SOLAS Consolidated Edition 2014 (6th Edition)
SOLAS Consolidated Edition 2014 (6th Edition)
, tulllilLru[lllrlillullrul
S
CON SOLIDATED EDITION 2OI4
Consolidated text of
the lnternational Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
and its Protocol of 19BB:
articles, annexes and certificates
lll|l@x#ilui.-:
London, 2014
First published in 1992 by the
INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORCANIZATION
4 Albert Embankment, London SEl 7SR
www.imo.org
.A Mtx
Pap$ fDm
rcaponaible sourcoa
*"s"fi FSC. C020872
IMO PUBLICATION
Sales number lFl10E
This publication has been prepared from official documents of lMO, and every effort
has been made to eliminate errors and reproduce the original text(s) faithfully. Readers
should be aware that, in case of inconsistency, the official IMO text will prevail.
077015
Contents
Foreword
Part 1
Protocol of 19BB relating to the tnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 11
Part2
Annex 1 Certificates and documents required to be carried on board ships . 455
Annex 2 List of resolutions adopted by the SOLAS Conferences 473
lntroduction
1 The lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, currently in force, was adopted
on 1 November 1974 by the International Conference on Safety of Life at Sea, which was convened by
the International Maritime Organization (lMO), and entered into force on 25 May ,1980. It has since been
amended twice by means of protocols:
.1 by the Protocol adopted on 17 Febru ary 1978 by the International Conference on Tanker Safety and
Pollution Prevention (1978 SOLAS Protocol), which entered intoforceon 1 May 1981; and
.2 by the Protocol adopted on 1.1 November .l9BB by the lnternational Conference on the Harmonized
System of Surveyand Certification (1988 SOLAS Protocol), which entered intoforceon 3 February
2000 and replaced and abrogatedthe l97B Protocol, as between Partiestothe lgBB protocol.
2 ln addition, the 1974 SOLAS Convention has been amended by means of resolutions adopted either
by IMO's Maritime Safety Committee (MSC) in its expanded form specifiecl in SOLAS article Vlll or by
Conferences of SOLAS Contracting Covernments, also specified in article VIll, as follows:
.1 by the 1981 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.1(XLV) and entered into force
on 'l September
.lgB4;
.2 by the 1983 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.6(48)and entered into force on
1 July 1986;
.3 by the April 19BB amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.i'l(55) and entered into
force on 22 October l9B9;
.4 by the October 19BB amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC..l2(55) and entered into
force on 29 April 1990;
.5 by the November 19BB amendments, which were adopted by resolutions -l and 2 of the Conference
of Contracting Covernments to SOLAS 1974 on the Clobal Maritime Distress and Safety System
and entered into force on 1 February 1992;
.6 by the 19B9.amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.13(57)and entered into force on
'l February 1992;
.7 by the 1990 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.I9(58) and entered into force on
1 February 1992;
.B by the 199] amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.22(59) and entered into force on
1 )anuary 1994;
.9 by the April 1992 amendments, which were adopted by resolutions MSC.24(60) and MSC.26(60)
and entered into force on 1 October 1994;
'10 by the December'1992 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.2Z(61) and entered
into force on 1 October 1994;
.1'l by the May 1994 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.31(63) and entered into
force on 1 January 1996 (annex 1) and on 1 July 1998 (annex 2);
.12 by the May 1994 amendments, which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of
.l .l)
Contracting Covernments to SOLAS 1974 and entered into force on January 1996 (annex and
on 1 July 1998 (annex 2);
.13 by the December 1994 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.42(64) and entered
into force on 1 July 1996;
.14 by the May.l995 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.46(65) and entered into
force on 1 )anuary 1997;
'l
.15 by the November 1995 amendments, which were adopted by resolution of the Conference of
Contracting Covernments to SOLAS 1974 and entered into force on 1 )uly 1997;
.16 by the June 1996 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.47(66) and entered into
force on 1 July 1998;
.17 by the December 1995 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.57(67) and entered
into force on 1 July 1998;
.18 by the )une 1997 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.65(68) and entered into
force on 1 )uly 1999;
.1g by the November 1997 amendments which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of
'1999;
Contracting Covernments to SOLAS 1974 and entered into force on 1 July
.20 by the May'1998 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.69(69) and entered into
force on 1 )uly 2OO2;
.21 by the May 1999 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.B7(71) and entered into
force on 1 January 2001;
.22 by the May 2000 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.91(72) and entered into
force on 1 )anuary 2002;
.23 by the November 2000 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.99(73) and entered
into force on 1 )uly 2OO2;
.24 by the June 2001 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.'|17(74) and entered into
force on 1 January 2003;
.25 by the May 2OO2 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.I23(75) and entered into
force on 1 )anuary 2OO4;
.26 by the December 2002 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.134(75) and entered
into force on 1 July 2004;
.27 by the Decembrer 2002 amendments, which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of
Cbntracting Covernments to the lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 and
entered into force on 1 )uly 2004;
.28 by theJune 2003 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.I42(77) and entered into
force on 1 July 20O6;
.2g by the May 2004 amendments, which were adopted by resolutions MSC.151(78), MSC.152(78)and
MSC.153(7S), and entered into force on 1 January 2006,1July 2005 and 1 July 2006, respectively;
.30 by the December 2004 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.170(79) and entered
into force on 1 July 2006;
.31 by the May 2005 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.I94(80) and entered into
force on 1 January 2007 (annex 1) and 1 January 2009 (annex 2);
.32 by the May 2006 amendments, which were adopted by resolutions MSC.2O.I(81)and MSC.202(B1)
and entered into force on 1 July 2010 and 'l January 2008, respectively;
.33 by the December 2006 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.215(82)and entered
into force on 1 July 2008 (annex 1), 1 January 2009 (annex 2), and 1 July 2010 (annex 3);
.34 by the October 2007 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.239(83) and entered
into force on 1 July 2009;
.35 by the May 2008 amendments, which were adopted by resolutions MSC.256(84) and MSC.257(84)
and entered into force on 1 January 2010;
.36 by the December 2008 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.259(85) and entered
into force on 1 July 2010 (annex 1) and 1 January 201,l (annex 2);
.37 by the June 2009 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.2B2(86) and entered into
force on 1 )anuary 2011;
.38 by the May 2010 amendments, which were adopted by resolutions MSC.290(87) and MSC.291(BZ)
and entered into force on 1 )anuary 2012;
.39 by the December 2010 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.30B(BB)and entered
into force on 1 )uly 2012;
.40 by the May 2011 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.317(89) and entered into
force on 1 January 2013;
.41 by the May 2012 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.325(90) and entered into
force on 'l January 2014; and
.42 by the November 2012 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.33B(91) and entered
into force on 1 )uly 2014.
3 Furthermore, the 1974 SOLAS Convention has recently been amended by resolutions MSC.350(92),
MSC.365(93)and MSC.366(93) which would enter into force on 'l January 2Ol5,1January 2016 and 1 January
2016, respectively, subject to their acceptance in accordance with article Vlll(b)(vi)(2)(bb) of the Convention.'*
4 ln addition to the above-mentioned amendments, the 1978 SOLAS Protocol has been amended, as
follows:
.1 by the 1981 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.2(XLV) and entered into force
on 1 September 1984;
.2 by the 19BB amendments, which were adopted by resolution 1 of the Conference of Contracting
Covernments to SOLAS 1974 on the Clobal Maritime Distress and Safety System and entered into
force on 1 February 1992; and
.3 by the 2012 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.343(91)and entered into force
on 1 )uly 2014.
.1 by the May 2000 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.92(72) and entered into
force on 1 )anuary 2OO2;
.2 by the December 2000 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.100(73) and entered
into force on 1 )uly 2002;
.3 by the May 2002 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.I24(75) and entered into
force on 1 )anuary 2004;
.4 by the May 2OO4 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.154(78) and entered into
force on 1 )uly 2006;
.5 by the December 2004 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC..171(79) and entered
into force on 1 July 2005;
.6 by the May 2006 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.204(81) and shall be
deemed to have been accepted on the date on which they are accepted by two thirds of the Parties
to the Protocol and shall enter into force six months after that date;
.7 by the December 2006 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.227(82) and entered
into force on 1 July 2008;
.o by the October 2007 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.240(83) and entered
into force on 1 July 2009;
.9 by the May 2008 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.258(84) and entered into
force on 1 January 2010;
.10 by the June 2009 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.2B3(86) and entered into
force on 1 )anuary 2011;
.11 by the December 2010 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.309(BB)and entered
into force on 1 July 2012; and
.12 by the November 2012 amendments, which were adopted by resolution MSC.344(91) and entered
into force on 1 )uly 2014.
.1 part 1, which contains the1974 SOLAS Convention and 19BB SOLAS Protocol articles, requirements
and certificates; and
.2 part2, which contains a listof certificates and documents" to be carried on board ships and a list
of resolutions adopted by the aforementioned SOLAS Conferences.
B The operational requirements contained in this consolidated text are, in general, applicable to all ships,
whilst the requirements for ship construction and equipment apply to ships constructed on or after the dates
specifiecl in the various regulations. To identify construction and equipment requirements applicable to ships
constructed before 2014, previous texts of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, the 19BB SOLAS Protocol and the
amendments to the Convention should be consulted.
9 Those requirements of chapter I and of the appendix to the annex to the 1974 SOLAS Convention which
have been modified by the 19BB SOLAS Protocol are indicated by the symbol @. No similar symbol is shown
for requirements of lhe1974 SOLAS Convention which were modified by the 1978 SOLAS Protocol because,
whilst. in respect of chapter I of the Convention, the requirements thereof have been replaced and abrogated
by the 19BB SOLAS Protocol, as between Parties to the Protocol, for requirements in other chapters of the
Convention, they have been superseded by SOLAS amendments subsequently adopted.
10 ln general, this publication reproduces the text of the 1974 SOLAS Convention and the 19BB SOLAS
Protocollnd includes the modifications and amendments thereto given in their authentic texts. ln addition, it
"'The list only includes the certificates and documents that are required under IMO instruments and it does not include certificates
or documenti required by other international organizations or governmental authorities. lt should not be used in the context of port
State control inspbctions for which convention requirements should be referred to.
'1 while the decimal numbering system used for paragraphs and subparagraphs of regulations
in chapters ll-1, ll-2, lll, lV V, VI and.isVIl, which'*"rE.on-,pletely rewriti'en'in
the respective
amendments, the original numbering system is retained in chapters I and
Vlll;
,2 the references to.regulations, paragraphs and chapters in the texts adopted in the 19Bl
and
subsequent amendments use an abbieviated form (e.g. "regulation ll-2/55.5\,
whereas the original
reference system is retained in unamended regulations'(e.g.;regulation
s of this chapter,,, ,,paragraph
(a) of this regulation", etc.);
.) the term tons gross ton2lqe hasbeen replaced by the term gross tonnage in
view of the Assembly,s
decision (resolution A.493(XIl)) that the term tons gross toniage used in IMo
instruments should be
considered as having the same meaning as gross tonnage aidetermined
under the 1969 Tonnage
Convention; and
'4 metric values of the Sl system have been used in accordance with resolution
A.351(lX).
Status of footnotes
l1 Some of the footnotes contained in this publication are not part of the
authentic text of the Convention.
They were inserted or updated at the time of publication by the
Secretariat, taking into account the provisions
of the uniform wording for referencing IMo instruments (resolution A.g1l(22)).
FJotnotes inserted or updated
refer to codes, guidelines, te.omm"ndations, explanatory notes
or decisions of the MSC relating to a paiticular
lext' The reader must make use of the latest versions of the referenced texts,
bearing ln mind that such texts
:ray have been revised or superseded by updated material since publication of
this"consolidated eclition of
1974 SoLAS Convention, as amended. However, this does not apply
"he to footnotes containing references to
sPecific editions of industry standards, such as their number or effeciive date,
which should ont! b" ur"na.J
after approval of the relevant revised edition of the industry standard by
the lMO.
BETNC DESTROUS of promoting safety of life at sea by establishing in a common agreement uniform principles
and rules directed thereto,
CoNSIDERINc that this end may best be achieved by the conclusion of a Convention to replace the lnternational
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, taking account of developments since that Convention was
concluded,
Article I
Ceneral obligations under the Convention
(a) The Contracting Covernments undertake to give effect to the provisions of the present Convention and
the annex thereto, which shall constitute an integral part of the present Convention. Every reference to the
present Convention constitutes at the same time a reference to the annex.
(b) The Contracting Covernments undertake to promulgate all laws, decrees, orders and regulations and to
take all other steps which may be necessary to give the present Convention full and complete effect, so as to
ensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, a ship is fit for the service for which it is intended.
Article ll
Application*
The present Convention shall apply to ships entitled to fly the flag of States the Covernments of which are
Contracti ng Covernments.
Article lll
Laws, regulationst
The Contracting Covernments undertake to communicate to and deposit with the Secretary-Ceneral of the
lnter-Covernmental Maritime Consultative Organizatio6t (hsreinafter referred to as "the Organization"):
ra) a list of non-governmental agencies which are authorized to act in their behalf in the administration of
measures for safety of life at sea for circulation to the Contracting Covernments for the information of their
officers;
D
lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
Article lV
(b) the text of laws, decrees, orders and regulations which shall have been promulgated on the various
matters within the scope of the p-esent Convention;
(c) a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates issued under the provisions of the present Convention
for circulation to the Contracting Covernments for the information of their officers.
Article lV
Cases of force majeure
(a) A ship, which is not subject to the provisions of the present Convention at the time of its departure on
any voyage, shall not become subject to the provisions of the present Convention on account of any deviation
from its intended voyage due to stress of weather or any other case of force majeure.
(b) Persons who are on board a ship by reason of force majeure or in consequence of the obligation laid
upon the master to carry shipwrecked or other persons shall not be taken into account for the purpose of
ascertaining the application to a ship of any provisions of the present Convention.
Article V
Carriage of persons in emergencies
(a) For the purpose of evacuating persons in order to avoid a threat to the security of their lives a Contracting
Covernment may permit the carriage of a larger number of persons in its ships than is otherwise permissibrle
under the present Convention.
(b) Such permission shall not deprive other Contracting Covernments of any right of control under the
present Convention over such ships which come within their ports.
(c) Notice of any such permission, together with a statement of the circumstances, shall be sent to the
Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization by the Contracting Covernment granting such permission.
Article Vl
Prior treaties and conventions
(a) As between the Contracting Covernments, the present Convention replaces and abrogates the
lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea which was signed in London on 17 June 1960.
(b) All other treaties, conventions and arrangements relating to safety of life at sea, or matters appertaining
thereto, at present in force between Covernments parties to the present Convention shall continue to have full
and complete effect during the terms thereof as regards:
(ii) ships to which the present Convention applies, in respect of matters for which it has not expressly
provided.
(c) To the extent, however, that such treaties, conventions or arrangements conflict with the provisions of
the present Convention, the provisions of the present Convention shall prevail.
(d) All matters which are not expressly provided for in the present Convention remain subject to the
Iegislation of the Contracting Covernments.
Article VII
Special rules drawn up by agreement
When in accordance with the present Convention special rules are drawn up by agreement between all or
some of the Contracting Covernments, such rules shall be communicated to the Secretary-Ceneral of the
Organization for circulation to all Contracting Covernments.
Article Vllt
Amendments"
(a) The present Convention may be amended by either of the procedures specified in the following
paragraphs.
ri'.rcr to Cuidance on entry into force of amendments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and related mandatory instruments (MSC.1/
' l+81) and Interim guidance on drafting of amendments to the .l974 SOLAS Convention and related mandatory instruments
'SC.1/Circ.1483).
*
lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
Article lX
(2) An amendment to the annex other than chapter I shall enter into force with respect to all
Contracting Covernments, except those which have objected to the amendment under
subparagraph (viX2) of this paragraph and which have not withdrawn such objections, six
months after the date on which it is deemed to have been accepted. However, before the date
set for entry into force, any Contracting Covernment may give notice to the Secretary-Ceneral
of the Organization that it exempts itself from giving effect to that amendment for a period not
longer than one year from the date of its entry into force, or for such longer period as may be
determined by a two-thirds majority of the Contracting Covernments present and voting in the
expanded Maritime Safety Committee at the time of the adoption of the amendment.
(d) (i) A Contracting Covernment which has accepted an amendment to the annex which has entered
into force shall not be obliged to extend the benefit of the present Convention in respect of the
certificates issued to a ship entitled to fly the flag of a State the Covernment of which, pursuant to
the provisions of subparagraph (b)(vi)(2) of this article, has objected to the amendment and has not
withdrawn such an objection, but only to the extent that such certificates relate to matters covered
by the amendment in question.
(ii) A Contracting Covernment which has accepted an amendment to the annex which has entered
into force shall extend the benefit of the present Convention in respect of the certificates issued
to a ship entitled to fly the flag of a State the Covernment of which, pursuant to the provisions of
subparagraph (b)(vii)(2) of this article, has notified the Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization that it
exempts itself from giving effect to the amendment.
(e) Unless expressly provided otherwise, any amendment to the present Convention made under this article,
which relates to the structure of a ship, shall apply only to ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a
similar stage of construction, on or after the date on which the amendment enters into force.
(f) Any declaration of acceptance of, or objection to, an amendment or any notice given under subparagraph
(b)(vii)(2) of this article shall be submitted in writing to the Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization, who shall
inform all Contracting Covernments of any such submission and the date of its receipt.
(S) The Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization shall inform allContracting Covernments of any amendments
which enter into force under this article, together with the date on which each such amendment enters into
force.
Article lX
Signatu re, ratification, acceptance, approval and accession
(a) The present Convention shall remain open for signature at the Headquarters of the Organization from
1 November 1974 until 1 July 1975 and shall thereafter remain open for accession. States may become parties
to the present Convention by:
(i) signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance or approval; or
(iii) accession.
tb) Ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument to that
effect with the Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization.
(c) The Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization shall inform the Covernments of all States which have signed
the present Convention or acceded to it of any signature or of the deposit of any instrument of ratification,
acceptance, approval or accession and the date of its deposit.
Article X
Entry into force
ta) The present Convention shall enter into force twelve months after the date on which not less than
tr,venty-five States, the combined merchant fleets of which constitute not Iess than fifty per cent of the gross
tonnage of the world's merchant shipping, have become parties to it in accordance with article IX.
rb) Any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited after the date on which the
present Convention enters into force shall take effect three months after the date of deposit.
rc) After the date on which an amendment to the present Convention is deemed to have been accepted
under article Vlll, any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to
the Convention as amended.
Article XI
Denunciation
,a) The present Convention may be denounced by any Contracting Covernment at any time after the expiry
of five years from the date on which the Convention enters into force for that Covernment.
b) Denunciation shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument of denunciation with the Secretary-
Ceneral of the Organization who shall notify all the other Contracting Covernments of any instrument of
denunciation received and of the date of its receipt as well as the date on which such denunciation takes
eilect.
c) A denunciation shall take effect one year, or such longer period as may be specified in the instrument of
denunciation, after its receipt by the Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization.
Article Xll
Deposit and regi stration
a, The present Convention shall be deposited with the Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization who shall
ransmit certified true copies thereof to the Covernments of all States which have signed the present Convention
rr acceded to it.
it As soon as the present Convention enters into force, the text shall be transmitted by the Secretary-
Ceneral of the Organization to the Secretary-Ceneral of the United Nations for registration and publication,
: accordance with Article 102 of the Charter of the United Nations.
Article Xlll
Languages
The present Convention is established in a single copy in the Chinese, English, French, Russian and Spanish
Ianguages, each text being equally authentic. Official translations in the Arabic, Cerman and ltalian languages
shall be prepared and deposited with the signed original.
lN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned,* being duly authorized by their respective Covernments for that
purpose, have signed the present Convention.
DONE AT LoNDoN this first day of November one thousand nine hundred and seventy-four.
Signatures omitted.
BEINC PARTIES to the lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, done at London on 1 November
1974,
RECOCNIZINc the need for the introduction into the above-mentioned Convention of provisions for survey
and certification harmonized with corresponding provisions in other international instruments,
CoNStDERINC that this need may best be met by the conclusion of a Protocol relating to the lnternational
Convention for the Safety of Life atSea,1974,
Article I
Ceneral obligations
1 The Parties to the present Protocol undertake to give effect to the provisions of the present Protocol and
the annex hereto, which shall constitute an integral part of the present Protocol. Every reference to the present
Protocol constitutes at the same time a reference to the annex hereto.
2 As between the Parties to the present Protocol, the provisions of the lnternational Convention for the
Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended, (hereinafter referred to as "the Convention") shall apply subject to the
modifications and additions set out in the present Protocol.
3 With respect to ships entitled to fly the flag of a State which is not a Party to the Convention and the
present Protocol, the Parties to the present Protocol shall apply the requirements of the Convention and the
present Protocol as may be necessary to ensure that no more favourable treatment is given to such ships.
Article ll
Prior treaties
1 As between the Parties to the present Protocol, the present Protocol replaces and abrogates the Protocol
of 1978 relating to the Convention.
2 Notwithstanding any other provisions of the present Protocol, any certificate issued under, and in
accordance with, the provisions of the Convention and any supplement to such certificate issued under, and
in accordance with, the provisions of the Protocol of 1978 relating to the Convention which is current when
the present Protocol enters into force in respect of the Party by which the certificate or supplement was issued,
shall remain valid until it expires under the terms of the Convention or the Protocol of 1978 relating to the
Convention, as the case may be.
3 A Party to the present Protocol shall not issue certificates under, and in accordance with, the provisions
of the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as adopted on 1 November 1974.
I
i
I
SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 2014 t3
t
I
!
I
I
Protocol of 19BB relating to SOLAS 1974
Article lll
Article lll
Com m u nication of i nformation*
The Parties to the present Protocol undertake to communicate to, and deposit with, the Secretary-Ceneral of
the lnternational Maritime Organization (hereinafter referred to as "the Organization"):
(a) the text of laws, decrees, orders and regulations and other instruments which have been promulgated
on the various matters within the scope of the present Protocol;
(b) a list of nominated surveyors or recognized organizations which are authorized to act on their
behalf in the administration of measures for safety of life at sea for circulation to the Parties for
information of their officers, and a notification of the specific responsibilities and conditions of the
authority delegated to those nominated surveyors or recognized organizations; and
(c) a sufficient number of specimens of their certificates issued under the provision of the present
Protocol.
Article lV
Signature, ratification, acceptance, approval and accession
1 The present Protocol shall be open for signature at the Headquarters of the Organization from 1 March
1989 to 28 February 1990 and shall thereafter remain open for accession. Subject to the provisions of
paragraph 3, States may express their consent to be bound by the present Protocol by:
(a) signature without reservation as to ratification, acceptance or approval; or
(b) signature subject to ratification, acceptance or approval, followed by ratification, acceptance or
approval; or
(c) accession.
3 The present Protocol may be signed without reservation, ratified, accepted, approved or acceded to only
by States which have signed without reservation, ratified, accepted, approved or acceded to the Convention.
Article V
Entry into force
1 The present Protocol shall enter into force twelve months after the date on which both the following
conditions have been met:
(a) not less than fifteen States, the combined merchant fleets of which constitute not less than fifty
per cent of the gross tonnage of the world's merchant shipping, have expressed their consent to be
bound by it in accordance with article lV, and
(b) the conditions for the entry into force of the Protocol of 19BB relating to the International Convention
on Load Lines, 1966, have been met,
provided that the present Protocol shall not enter into force before 1 February 1992.
2 For States which have deposited an instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession in
respect of the present Protocol after the conditions for entry into force thereof have been met but prior to the
date of entry into force, the ratification, acceptance, approval or accession shall take effect on the date of entry
into force of the present Protocol or three months after the date of deposit of the instrument, whichever is the
Iater date.
Refer to Notification and circulation through the Clobal lntegrated Shipping lnformation System (ClSlS) (resolution A.1O74(28)).
: Any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited after the date on which the
:'esent Protocol enters into force shall take effect three months after the date of deposit.
: After the date on which an amendment to the present Protocol is deemed to have been accepted
r:rder article VI,. any instrument of ratification, acceptance, approval or accession deposited shall apply to the
:'esent Protocol as amended.
Article Vl
lmendments*
The procedures set out in article Vlll of the Convention shall apply to amendments to the present protocol,
rrovided that:
(a) references in that article to the Convention and to Contracting Covernments shall be taken to mean
references to the present Protocol and to the Parties to the present Protocol respectively;
(b) amendments to the articles of the present Protocol and to the annex thereto shall be adopted and
brought into force in accordance with the procedure applicable to amendments to the articles of
the Convention or to chapter I of the annex thereto; and
(c) amendments to the appendix to the annex to the present Protocol may be adopted and brought into
force in accordance with the procedure applicable to amendments to the annex to the Convention
other than chapler l.
Article Vll
Denunciation
1 The present Protocol may be denounced by any Party at any time after the expiry of five years from the
date on which the present Protocol enters into force for that party.
2 Denunciation shall be effected by the deposit of an instrument of denunciation with the Secretary-
Ceneral of the Organization.
3 A denunciation shall take effect one year, or such longer period as may be specified in the instrument of
denunciation, after its receipt by the secretary-Ceneral of the organization.
Article Vlll
Depositary
1 The present Protocol shall be deposited with the Secretary-Ceneral of the Organization (hereinafter
referred to as "the depositary").
.Refer to Cuidance on entry into force of amendments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and related mandatory instruments (MSC.li
Circ.l4B.l) and lnterim guidance on drafting of amendments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention and related mandatorv instruments
(MSC.1/Circ.1483).
3 As soon as the present Protocol enters into force, a certified true copy thereof shall be transmitted by the
depositary to the Secretariat of the United Nations for registration and publication in accordance with Article
102 ol the Charter of the United Nations.
Article IX
Languages
The present Protocol is established in a single original in the Arabic, Chinese, English, French, Russian and
Spanish languages, each text being equally authentic. An official translation into the ltalian language shall be
prepared and deposited with the signed original.
DONE AT LoNDON this eleventh day of November one thousand nine hundred and eighty-eight.
IN WTTNESS WHEREOF the undersigned,* being duly authorized by their respective Covernments for that
purpose, have signed the present Protocol.
*
Signatures omitted.
Ceneral provisions
Chapter 1
Ceneral provisions
Page
Part A Application, definitions, etc.
Regulation 1 Application 23
Regulation 2 Definitions. al
z-)
Regulation 3 Exceptions. 24
Regulation 4 Exemptions 24
Regulation 5 Equivalents 24
Part C Casualties
Regulation 21 Casualties
Regulation 1
\pplication*
ta) Unless expressly provided otherwise, the present regulations apply only to ships engaged on international
.'
ovages.
tb) The classes of ships to which each chapter applies are more precisely defined, and the extent of the
application is shown, in each chapter.
Regulation 2
Definitions
For the purpose of the present regulations, unless expressly providec{ otherwise:
(a) Regulations means the regulations contained in the annex to the present Convention.
(b) Administration means the Covernment of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly.
(c) Approved means approved by the Administration.
(d) lnternational voyage means a voyage from a country to which the present Convention applies to a port
outside such country, or conversely.
(e) A passenger is every person other than:
(i) the master and the members of the crew or other persons employed or engaged in any capacity on
board a ship on the business of that ship; and
(ii) a child under one year of age.
(f) A passenger ship is a ship which carries more than twelve passengers.
(9 A cargo ship is any ship which is not a passenger ship.
(h) A tanker is a cargo sh ip constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulk of liquid cargoes of an inflammabler
nature.
(i) A fishing vesse/ is a vessel used for catching f ish, whales, seals, walrus or other Iiving resources of the sea.
(il A nuclear ship is a ship provided with a nuclear power plant.
25 May 1980.
(l) Existing shrp means a ship which is not a new ship.
to,tlnified,interpretation of the application of regulations governed by the building contract date, the keel laying date and the
-,l9fer date tor the requirements of the SOLAS and MARPOL Conventions'(MSC-MEPC:5/Circ.B).
delivery
i "lnflammable" has the same meaning as "flammable
Regulation 3
Exceptions
(a) The present regulations, unless expressly provided otherwise, do not apply to:
(i) Ships of war and trooPshiPs.
(ii) Cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage'
(iii) Ships not propelled by mechanical means'
Regulation 4
Exemptions'"
clrcumstances,
(a) A ship which is not normally engaged on international voyages but which, in exceptional
be,exempted by the Administration from any of the
ii'r"quir"a'to undertake a single international voyage may
which are adequate
requirements of the present rJgulations provided'thit it complies with safety requirements
in ihe opinion of the Administiation for the voyage which is to be undertaken by the ship.
Regulation 5
Equivalents
or apparatus, or type
(a) Where the present regulations require that a particular fitting, material, appliance
provision shall be made, the Administration
thereof, shall be fitted or clrried in a ship, or that any particular
to fitted or carried, or any
may aliow any otfrer-fiiting, material, app'lirnc" or apparatusa or type thereof, be,
that such fitting, material,
othlr provision to be *adJ'ln that ship,'ii it is satisfied'by trial thereof or otherwise
as that required by the present
appliance or apparatus, or type thereof, or provision, is at least as effective
regulations.
or apparatus, or type
(b) Any Administration which so allows, in substitution, a fitting, material, appliance
particulars thereof together with a report on any
thereof, or provision, shall communicate to the Organization
to other Contracting covernments for the
trials made and the organization shall circulate sluch particulars
information of their officers.
-Regulation 6
:spection and survey
a) The inspection and survey of ships, so far as regards the enforcement of the provisions of the present
=lulations and the granting of exemptions therefrom. shall be carried out by officers of the Administration.
--e Administration may, however, entrust the inspections and surveys eitherto surveyors nominated for the
: -'pose or to organizations recognized by it.
br An Administration nominating surveyors or recognizingorganizations to conduct inspections and surveys as
;.- iorth in paragraph (a) shall as a minimum empower any nominated surveyor or recognized
organization io:
(i) require repairs to a ship;
(ii) carry out inspections and surveys if requested by the appropriate authorities of a port State.
--e ,\dministration shal.l notify the Organization of the specific responsibilities and
conditions of the authority
,;= egated to nominated surveyors or recognized organizations.i
o When a nominated surveyor or recognized organization determines that the condition of the ship or its
=-;-:ipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of the certificate or is such that the ship rp rs
i
-'i Iit to proceed to sea without danger to the ship, or persons on board, such surveyor or organizatiion shall
-,i TI
--:lediately ensure that corrective action is taken and shall in due course notify the Adminiitration.
lf such
":ective action is not taken the relevant certificate should be withdrawn and the Administration shall be
ified immediately;/ u"v/ if the
and,. ,, ship is in the
.,,".,,,1" ru port of qrrvLrrsr
yurr ur another IParty,
or r// the appropriate
urE dvPtuPt authorities ul
tdt-c dut,ilullue5 of the port
LIle port
:-:te shall also be notified immediately. When an officer of the Administraiion, a nominated survevor or a
'=:ognized organization has notified the appropriate authorities of the port
State, the Covernment of the
: ,'t State concerned shall give such officer, surveyor or organization any necessary assistance to carry out
'^"ir obligations under this regulation. When applicable, the Covernment of the port State
concerned shall
:-sure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea, or leave port for the purpose of proceeding to the
.r-l'ri'opriate repair yard, without danger to the ship or persons on board.
dr ln every case, the Administration shall fully guarantee the completeness and efficiency of the inspection
.,-,:i survey, and shall undertake to ensure the necessary arrangements to satisfy this obligaiion.
- Regulation 7
-iurveys of passenger ships*
a) A passenger ship shall be subject to the surveys specified below:
(i) an initial survey before the ship is put in service;
:.'er to Ulobal
-:-er Clobal and uniform
uniform implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification (HSSC) (resolution A.BB3(2 l)), Survev
:-::i;nesundertheharmonizedsystemof surveyandcertification'(HSSC),201-] (resolutionA.1053(27),ni.rvtr"ur"raJr.Crij"iir"!
may be amended), Cuidelines
-c-planning of surveys in dry docks of ships.which
are not subject to the enhanced programmc"of insplctions (MSC.J/Cnc.1223),
, - - ed.interpretation
ed rnterpretation of term "first survey" referred to in soLAS
ot the term SOLAS regulations (MSC.l/Ciic
(MSC.1/Ciic.1790) and Cuidelines
Cuidblines for Administrations
Administr;tions to
-.
-'e the adequacy of transfer of class-related matters between recogiized organizations (ROs) (MSC-MEpC.5/Circ.2).
r.'er to Communication of information on the authorization of recognized organizations (ROs) (MSC/Circ.10.l0-MEpC/Circ.382) and
= :formation collected via the clobal Integrated shipping lnformat'ion systeft lctsts;
:.1 ,, ,l,r"rt
<r' lo
'ljj_,:.?li::r.1T!_,::f,l::::,fl:
Surveys and inspections o[ ro-ro passenS_er Snrps (resolUtlon
drru IlrslreLrr()rrs^ol^ro-ro A]elfie)), LUldellnes
(re;ohl1ion A./9+ll9)), cuiderines tor
for unscheduled
unschedured inspections of ro-ro
'rqer ships by,llag
':-1ger :..p,u:s-1s:',1lrips
Slales (MSC/Circ.956)
by flag States rMSCzCirc.qi and Cuidelines for the assessment of technical provisions for the performance oi an
in lieu of bottom inspection
''':l:er survey/....,.""rurl-uul nrpg:IT"it9rY;^dg:.k
in dry-dock to permit one dry-dock
drv-dock examination'in any
anv five-year
five-vear period
neriod for passenger
n:qqenocr
:,. other than ro-ro passenger ships (MSC.1/Circ.t:+A)
(ii) a renewal survey once every 12 months, except where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
(iii) addilional surveys, as occasion arises.
b) The surveys referred to above shall be carried out as follows:
(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the ship's structure, machinery and
equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom and the inside and outside of the boilers. This
survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, materials and scantlings of the structure,
boilers and other pressure vessels and their appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical
installation, radio installations including those used in life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire
safety systems and appliances, life-saving appliances and arrangements, shipborne navigational
equipment, nautical publications, means of embarkation for pilots and other equipment fully
comply with the requirements of the present regulations, and of the laws, decrees, orders and
regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration for ships of the service for which
it is intended. The survey shall also be such as to ensure that the workmanship of all parts of the
ship and its equipment is in all respects satisfactory, and that the ship is provided with the lights,
shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals as required by the provisions of the
present regulations and the lnternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;
(ii) the renewal survey shall include an inspection of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels,
machinery and equipment, including the outside of the ship's bottom. The survey shall be such
as to ensure that the ship, as regards the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels and their
appurtenances, main and auxiliary machinery, electrical installation, radio installations including
those used in life-saving appliances, fire protection, fire safety systems and appliances, Iife-saving
appliances and arrangements, shipborne navigational equipment, nautical publications, means of
embarkation for pilots and other equipment is in satisfactory condition and is fit for the service for
which it is intended, and that it complies with the requirements of the present regulations and of
the laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration.
The Iights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals carried by the ship shall
also be subject to the above-mentioned survey for the purpose of ensuring that they comply with
the requirements of the present regulations and of the lnternational Regulations for Preventing
Collisions at Sea in force;
(iii) an additional survey either general or partial, according to the circumstances, shall be made after a
repair resulting from investigations prescribed in regulation 11, or whenever any important repairs
or renewals are made. The survey shall be such as to ensure that the necessary repairs or renewals
have been effectively made, that the material and workmanship of such repairs or renewals are in
all respects satisfactory, and thatthe ship complies in all respects with the provisions of the present
regulations and of the lnternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force, and of the
laws, decrees, orders and regulations promulgated as a result thereof by the Administration;
(c) (i) the laws, decrees, orders and regulations referred to in paragraph (b)of this regulation shall be in all
respects such as to ensure that, from the point of view of safety of life, the ship is fit for the service
for which it is intended;
(ii) they shall among other things prescribe the requirements to be observed as to the initial and
subsequent hydraulic or other acceptable alternative tests to which the main and auxiliary troilers,
connections, steam pipes, high pressure receivers and fuel tanks for internal combustion engines
are to be submitted including the test procedures to be followed and the intervals between two
consecutive tests.
mRegulation B
Surveys of life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships
(a) The life-saving appliances and other equipment of cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards as
referred to in paragraph (b)(i) shall be subject to the surveys specified below:
(i) an initial survey before the ship is put in service;
(ii) a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration but not exceeding 5 years, except
where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
(iii) a periodical survey within three months before or after the second anniversary date or within
three
months before or after the third anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate
which shall take the place of one of the annual surveys specified in'paragraph'(aj(iv);
(iv) an annual survey within 3 months before or after each anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety
Eq u ipment Certif icate;
=Regulation 9
Surveys of radio installations of cargo ships
(a) The radio installations, irrcluding those used in life-saving appliances, of cargo ships to which chapters lll
and lV apply shall be subject to the surveys specified below:
(i) an initial survey before the ship is put in service;
(ii) a renewal s.urvey at intervals specified by the Administration but not exceeding five years, except
where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
(iii) a periodical survey within three months before or after each anniversary date of the Cargo Ship
Safety Rad io Certif icate;
(iv) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships in regulation Z(bXiii).
(b) The surveys referred to in paragraph (a) shall be carried out as follows:
(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the radio installations of cargo ships,
including those used in life-saving appliances, to ensure that they comply with the requirehents of
the present regulations;
(ii) the renewal and periodical surveys shall include an inspection of the radio installations of
cargo ships, including those used in life-saving appliances, to ensure that they comply with the
requirements of the present regulations.
(c) The periodical surveys referred to in paragraph (aXiii) shall be endorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Radio
Certificate.
mRegulation 10
Surveys of structure, machinery and equipment of cargo ships*
(a) The structure, machinery and equipment (other than items in respect of which a Cargo Ship Safety
Equipment Certificate and a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate are issued) of a cargo ship as referred to in
paragraph (bXi) shall be subject to the surveys and inspections specified below:
(i) an initial survey including an inspection of the outside of the ship's bottom before the ship is put in
service;
(ii) a renewal survey at intervals specified by the Administration but not exceeding 5 years, except
where regulation 14(b), (e), (f) and (g) is applicable;
(iii) an intermediate survey within three months before or after the second anniversary date or within
three months before or after the third anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety Construction
Certificate, which shall take the place of one of the annual surveys specified in paragraph (a)(iv);
(iv) an annual survey within 3 months before or after each anniversary date of the Cargo Ship Safety
Construction Certif icate;
(v) a minimum of two inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom during any five year period,
.14(e)
except where regulation or (f) is applicable. Where regulation 14(e) or (f) is applicable, this
five-year period may be extended to coincide with the extended period of validity of the certificate.
ln all cases the interval between any two such inspections shall not exceed 36 months;
(vi) an additional survey as prescribed for passenger ships in regulation 7(bxiii).
(b) The surveys and inspections referred to in paragraph (a) shall be carried out as follows:
(i) the initial survey shall include a complete inspection of the structure, machinery and equipment.
This survey shall be such as to ensure that the arrangements, materials, scantlings and workmanship
of the structure, boilers and other pressure vessels, their appurtenances, main and auxiliary
machinery including steering gear and associated control systems, electrical installation and other
equipment comply with the requirements of the present regulations, are in satisfactory condition
and are fit for the service for which the ship is intended and that the required stability information is
provided. tn the case of tankers such a survey shall also include an inspection of the pump-rooms,
cargo, bunker and ventilation piping systems and associated safety devices;
(ii) the renewal survey shall include an inspection of the structure, machinery and equipment as
referred to in paragraph (bxi) to ensure that they comply with the requirements of the present
regulations, are in satisfactory condition and are fit for the service for which the ship is intended;
(iiil the intermediate survey shall include an inspection of the structure, boilers and other pressure
vessels, machinery and equipment, the steering gear and the associated control systems and
electrical installations to ensure that they remain satisfactory for the service for which the ship is
intended. In the case of tankers, the survey shall also include an inspection of the pump-rooms,
cargo, bunker and ventilation piping systems and associated safety devices and the testing of
insulation resistance of electrical installations in dangerous zones;
(iv) the annual survey shall include a general inspection of the structure, machinery and equipment
referred to in paragraph (b)(i), to ensure that they have been maintained in accordance with
regulation 11(a) and that they remain satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended;
(v) the inspection of the outside of the ship's bottom and the survey of related items inspected at the
same time shall be such as to ensure that they remain satisfactory for the service for which the ship
is intended.
(c) The intermediate and annual surveys and the inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom referred to
in paragraphs (aXiii), (a)(iv) and (a)(v) shall be endorsed on the Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate.
'' Refer to Cuidelines for bulk carrier hatch cover surveys and owners'inspections and maintenance (MSC/Circ.1071).
-Regulation 11
\laintenance of conditions after survey*
la) The condition of the ship and its equipment shall be maintained to conform with the provisions of the
lresent regulations to ensure that the ship in all respects will remain fit to proceed to sea without danger to
:he ship or persons on board.
(b) After any survey of the ship under regulations 7,8,9 or 10 has been completed, no change shall be
rrade in the structural arrangements, machinery, equipment and other items covered by the survey/ without
lhe sanction of the Administration.
(c) Whenever an accident occurs to a ship or a defect is discovered, either of which affects the safety of the
or the efficiency or completeness of its life-saving appliances or other equipment, the master or owner of
'hip
:he ship shall report at the earliest opportunity to the Administration, the nominated surveyor or recognized
crganization responsible for issuing the relevant certificate, who shall cause investigations to be initiated
lo cletermine whether a survey, as required by regulationsT,8,9 or 10, is necessary. lf the ship is in a port
cf another Contracting Covernment, the master or owner shall also report immediately to the appropriate
authorities of the port State and the nominated surveyor or recognized organization shall ascertain that such
a report has been made.
-Regulatlon 12
lssue or endorsement of certificatesr
(a) (i) a certificate called a Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after an initial or renewal
survey to a passenger ship which complies with the relevant requirements of chapters ll-1, ll-2, Ill,
lV and V and any other relevant requirements of the present regulations;
(ii) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate shall be issued after an initial or
renewal survey to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of chapters ll-1 and
ll-2 (other than those relating to fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans) and any
other relevant requirements of the present regulations;
(iii) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate shall be issued after an initial or
renewal survey to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of chapters ll-1,11-2,
lll and V and any other relevant requirements of the present regulations;
(iv) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate shall be issued after an initial or renewal
survey to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of chapter lV and any other
relevant requirements of the present regulations;
(v) (1) a certificate called a Cargo Ship Safety Certificate may be issued after an initial or renewal
survey to a cargo ship which complies with the relevant requirements of chapters ll-1, Il-2, lll,
lV and V and any other relevant requirements of the present regulations, as an alternative to the
certificates referred to in paragraph (a)(ii), (aXiii) and (a)(iv);
(2) whenever in this chapter reference is made to a Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate,
Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate or Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate, it shall apply to
a Cargo Ship Safety Certificate, if it is used as an alternative to these certificates.
(vi) the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, the Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate, the Cargo Ship
Safety Radio Certificate and the Cargo Ship Safety Certificate, referred to in subparagraphs (i), (iii),
(iv) and (v), shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment;
Reier to Ship design, construction, repair and maintenance (MSC/Circ.'1070) and Shipboard technical operating and maintenance
--.:nuals (MSC.1/Circ.'l 253).
leier to Recommendation on the use of national tonnage in applying international conventions (resolution AJ073\28)).
(vii) when an exemption is granted to a ship under and in accordance with the provisions of the present
regulations, a certificate called an Exemption Certificate shall be issued in addition to the certificates
prescribed in this paragraph;
(viii) the certificates referred to in this regulation shall be issued or endorsed either by the Administration
or by any person or organization authorized by it. ln every case, that Administration assumes full
responsibility for the certificates.
(b) A Contracting Covernment shall not issue certificates under, and in accordance with, the provisions
of the lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, 1948 or 1929, after the date on which
acceptance of the present Convention by the Covernment takes effect.
mRegulation 13
lssue or endorsement of certificates by another Covernment
A Contracting Covernment may, at the request of the Administration, cause a ship to be surveyed and, if
satisfied that the requirements of the present regulations are complied with, shall issue or authorize the issue
of certificates to the ship and, where appropriate, endorse or authorize the endorsement of certificates on the
ship in accordance with the present regulations. Any certificate so issued shall contain a statement to the effect
that it has been issued at the request of the Covernment of the State the flag of which the ship is entitled to fly,
and it shall have the same force and receive the same recognition as a certificate issued under regulation 12.
mRegulation 14
Duration and validity of certificates*'
(a) A Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued for a period not exceeding 12 months. A Cargo
Ship Safety Construction Certificate, Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate and Cargo Ship.Safety Radio
Ceitificate shall be issued for a period specified by the Administration which shall not exceed five years. An
Exemption Certificate shall not be valid for longer than the period of the certificate to which it refers.
(b) (i) notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a), when the renewal survey is completed within
three months before the expiry date of the existing certificate, the new certificate shall be valid from
the date of completion of the renewal survey to:
(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of expiry of the existing
certificate;
(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate;
(ii) when the renewal survey is completed after the expiry date of the existing the new
certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal survey to:
(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of expiry of the existing
certificate;
(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate;
(iii) when the renewal survey is completed more than three months before the expiry date of the existing
certificate, the new certificate shall be valid from the date of completion of the renewal survey to:
(1) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of completion of the
renewal survey;
(2) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of completion of the renewal
survey.
* Refer to Recommended conditions for extending the period of validity of a certificate (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.1) and Unified interpretation
of the date of completion of the survey and verif"ication on which the certificates are based (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.3).
(c) lf a certificate other than a Passenger Shlp Safety Certificate is issued for a period of less than five years,
the Administration may extend the validity of the certificate beyond the expiry date to the maximum period
specified in paragraph (a), provided thatthe surveys referred to in regulations b,9 and .l0 applicable when a
certificate is issued for a period of 5 years are carried out as appropriate.
(d) If a renewal survey has been completed and a new certificate cannot be issued or placed on board the ship
llefore the expiry date of the existing certificate, the person or organization authorized by the Administration
nray endorse the existing certificate and such a certificate shall be accepted as valid for a further period which
shall not exceed 5 months from the expiry date.
(e) lf a ship at the time when a certificate expires is not in a port in which it is to be surveyed, the
,\dministratiol may extend the period of validity of the certificate but this extension shall be granted only for
the purpose of allowing the ship to complete its voyage to the port in which it is to be ruru"y"j, and then only
in cases where it appears proper and reasonable to do so. No certificate shall be extended ior a period longer
than three months, and a ship to which an extension is granted shall not, on its arrival in the port in whic[ it
ls to be surveyed, be entitled by virtue of such extension to leave that port without having a new certificate.
\Vhen the renewal survey is completed, the new certificate shall be valid to:
(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the clate of expiry of the existing
certificate before the extension was granted;
(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate
before the extension was granted.
(f) A certiflcate issued to a ship engaged on short voyages which has not been extended under the foregoing
provisions.of this regulation may be extended by the Administration for a period of grace of up to one riont[
from the date of expiry stated on it. When the renewal survey is completed, the ner.i certificate shall be valid
to:
(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of expiry of the existing
certificate before the extension was granted;
(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding 5 years from the date of expiry of the existing certificate
before the extension was granted.
(S) ln special circumstances, as determined by the Administration, a new certificate need not be dated
from the date of expiry of the existing certificate as required by paragraphs (bXii), (e) or (f). In these special
clrcumstances, the new certificate shall be valid to:
(i) for a passenger ship, a date not exceeding 12 months from the date of completion of the renewal
survey;
(ii) for a cargo ship, a date not exceeding five years from the date of completion of the renewal survey.
(h) If an annual, intermediate or periodical survey is completed before the period specified in the relevant
regulations then:
(i) the anniversary date shown on the relevant certificate shall be amended by endorsement to a date
which shall not be more than three months later than the date on which the survey was completed;
(ii1 the subsequent annual, intermediate or periodical survey required by the relevant regulations shall
be completed at the intervals prescribed by these regulations using the new anniversary clate;
( iii) the expiry date may remain unchanged provided one or more annual, intermediate or periodical
surveys/ as appropriate, are carried out so that the maximum intervals between the surveys
prescribed by the relevant regulations are not exceeded.
(i) A certificate issued under regulation 12 or 13 shall cease to be valid in any of the following cases:
(i) if the relevant surveys and inspections are not completed within the periods specifiecl under
regulations 7(a), B(a),9(a) and 10(a);
(ii) if the certificate is not endorsed in accordance with the present regulations;
(iii) upon transfer of the ship to the flag of another State. A new certificate shall only be issued
when the Covernment issuing the new certificate is fully satisfied that the ship is in compliance
with the requirements of regulation 11(a) and (b). In the case of a transfer between Contracting
Covernments, if requested within three months after the transfer has taken place, the Covernment
of the State whose flag the ship was formerly entitled to fly shall, as soon as possible, transmit to
the Administration copies of the certificates carried by the ship before a transfer and, if available,
copies of the relevant survey reports.
mRegulation 15
Forms of certificates and records of equipment*
The certificates and records of equipment shall be drawn up in the form corresponding to the models given in
the appendix to the annex to the present Convention. lf the language used is neither English nor French, the
text shall include a translation into one of these languages.t
mRegulation 16
Avai I abi I ity of ce rtificates*
.l2
The certificates issued under regulations and 13 shall be readily available on board for examination at all
times.
Regulation 17
Acceptance of certificates
Certificates issued under the authority of a Contracting Covernment shall be accepted by the other Contracting
Covernments for all purposes covered by the present Convention. They shall be regarded by the other
Contracting Covernments as having the same force as certificates issued by them.
Regulation 1B
Qu al ifi cation of ce rtificates
(a) If in the course of a particular voyage a ship has on board a number of persons less than the total number
stated in the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate and is in consequence, in accordance with the provisions of the
present regulations, free to carry a smaller number of lifeboats and other life-saving appliances than that stated
in the certificate, an annex may be issued by the Covernment, person or organization referred to in regulation
12 or 13 of this chapter.
(b) This annex shall state that in the circumstances there is no infringement of the provisions of the present
regulations. lt shall be annexed to the certificate and shall be substituted for it in so far as the life-saving
appliances are concerned. lt shall be valid only for the particular voyage for which it is issued.
19
=Regulation
Control*
(a) Every ship when in a port of another Contracting Covernment is subject to control by officers duly
authorized by such Covernment in so far as this control is directed towards verifying that the certificates
.13
issued under regulation 12 or regulation are valid.
(b) Such certificates, if valid, shall be accepted unless there are clear grounds for believing that the condition
of the ship or of its equipment does not correspond substantially with the particulars of any of the certificates
or that the ship and its equipment are not in compliance with the provisions of regulation 1.1(a) and (b).
(c) ln the circumstances given in paragraph (b) or where a certificate has expired or ceased to be valid, the
officer carrying out the control shall take steps to ensure that the ship shall not sail until it can proceed to sea
or leave the port for the purpose of proceeding to the appropriate repair yard without danger to the ship or
persons on board.
(d) ln the event of this control giving rise to an intervention of any kind, the officer carrying out the control
shall forthwith inform, in writing, the Consul or, in his absence, the nearest diplomatic representative of the
State whose f lag the ship is entitled to flyt 61u;1 the circumstances in which intervention was deemed necessary.
ln addition, nominated surveyors or recognized organizations responsible for the issue of the certificates shall
also be notified. The facts concerning the intervention shall be reported to the Organization.
(e) The port State authority concerned shall notify all relevant information about the ship to the authorities
of the next port of call, in addition to parties mentioned in paragraph (d), if it is unable to take action as
specified in paragraphs (c) and (d) or if the ship has been allowed to proceed to the next port of call.
(f) When exercising control under this regulation all possible efforts shall be made to avoid a ship being
unduly detained or delayed. lf a ship is thereby unduly detained or delayed it shall be entitled to compensation
for any loss or damage suffered.
Regulation 20
Privileges
The privileges of the present Convention may not be claimed in favour of any ship unless it holds appropriate
valid certificates.
" Refer to Procedures for port State control, 2011 (resolution A.1052(27)l and Code of good practice for port State control officers
rMSC-MEPC.4 lCirc.2)..
;Refer to Measures to improve port State control procedures (MSC/C|rc.l011-MEPC/Circ.3B3), to the MSC-MEPC.6 circular series,
and to the information collected via the Clobal lntegrated Shipping lnformation System (ClSlS).
Regulation 21
Casualties*
(a) Each Administration undertakes to conduct an investigation of any casualty occurring to any of its ships
subject to the provisions of the present Convention when it judges that such an investigition may assist in
determining what changes in the present regulations might be desirable.
(b) Each Contracting Covernment undertakes to supply the Organization with pertinent information
concerning the findings of such investigations. No reports or recommendations of the Organization based
upon such information shall disclose the identity or nationality of the ships concerned or in any manner fix or
imply responsibility upon any ship or person.
See additional requirements for the investigation of marine casualties and incidents in regulation Xl-1/6
Page
Part A General
Regulation 1 Application 41
Regulation 2 Definitions. 42
Regulation 3 Definitions relating to parts C, D and E 43
Regulation 3-6 Access to and within spaces in, and forward ol the cargo area of oil tankers
and bulk carriers 4B
Page
Regulation B Special requirements concerning passenger ship stability 65
Regulation B-1 System capabilities and operational information after a flooding casualty
on passenger ships. 65
Regulation 22-1 Flooding detection systems for passenger ships carrying 36 or more persons
constructed on or after 1 July 2010 o.l
Regulation 23 Special requirements for ro-ro passenger ships. . OJ
Regulation 24 Prevention and control of water ingress, etc., in cargo ships OJ
Regulation 25 water level detectors on single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers B4
Page
Regulation 2B Means of going astern o/
Regulation 29 Steering gear o/
Regulation 30 Additional requirements for electric and electrohydraulic steering gear. 91
Regulation 31 Machinery controls 92
Regulation 32 Steam boilers and boiler feed systems . . . . 93
Regulation 33 Steampipesystems.... 94
Regulation 34 Air pressure systems 94
Regulation 35 Ventilating systems in machinery spaces 94
Regulation 35-'l Bilge pumping arrangements 95
Regulation 35 lBlankl 9B
Regulation 37 Communication between navigation bridge and machinery space 9B
Regulation 38 Engineers' alarm .
9B
Regulation 39 Location of emergency installations in passenger ships 9B
Regulation 1
Application*
1.1 Unless.expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to ships the keels of which are laid or which
are at a similar stage of construction on or after 1 January 2009.
-1.2 For the purpose of this chapter, the term a similar stage of construction means the stage at which:
.1 the expression ships constructed means ships the l<eels of which are laid or which are at a similar
stage of construction;
.2 the expression all ships means ships constructed before, on or after 1 )anuary 2OO9;
.3 a carSo ship, whenever built,which is converted to a passenger ship shall be treated as a passenger
ship constructed on the date on which such a conversion commences;
.4 the expression alterations and modifications of a major character means, in the context of cargo ship
subdivision and stability, any modification to the construction which affects the level of subd]vision
of that ship. Where a cargo ship is subject to such modification, it shall be demonstrated that the
A/R ratio calculated for the ship after such modifications is not less than the A/R ratio calculated
for the ship before the modification. However, in those cases where the ship's A/R ratio before
modification is equal to or greater than unity, it is only necessary that the ship after modification
has an A value which is not Iess than R, calculated for the modified ship.
2. . Unless expressly provided otherwise, for ships constructed before 1 lanuary 2009, the Aclministration
shall ensure that the requirements which are applicable under chapter Il-1 of the International Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended by resolutions MSC.I(XLV), MSC.6(48), MSC..I1(55), MSC.12(5G),
MSC'13(57), MSC.]9(58), MSC.26(50) , MSC.27(61), Resolution 1 of the 1995 SOLAS Conference, MSC.47(66),
MSC.57(67), MSC.55(68), MSC.69(59), MSC.99(23), MSC.t34(26), MSC.t5t(ZB)and MSC.17O(7g)are compliecl
with.
3 All ships which undergo repairs, alterations, modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to
comply with at least the requirements previously applicable to these ships. Such ships, if constructed before
the date on which any relevant amendments enter into force, shall, as a rule, .ornpiy with the requirements
for ships constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as they did before undergoing such
repairs, alterations, modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major chiracter and
outfitting related thereto shall meet the requirements for ships constructed on or after the date on which any
relevant amendments enter into force, insofar as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.
4 The Administration of a State may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage
are such as to render the application of any specific requirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary,
exempt from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships entitled to fly the flag of that State which,
in the course of their voyage, do not proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.
5 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers of
special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration of the State whose flag such ships are
entitled to fly, if satisfied that it is impracticable to enforce compliance with the requirements of this chapter,
may exempt such ships from those requirements, provided that they comply fully with the provisions of:
.1 the rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971; and
.2 the rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.
Regulation 2
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
-l Subdivision length (1,) of the ship is the greatest projected moulded length of that part of the ship at or
below deck or decks limiting the vertical extent of flooding with the ship at the deepest subdivision draught.
5 Length (l) is the length as defined in the lnternational Convention on Load Lines in force.
6 Freeboard deck is the deck as defined in the lnternational Convention on Load Lines in force.
7 Forward perpendicuiar is the forward perpendicular as defined in the lnternational Convention on Load
Lines in force.
B Breadth (B) is the greatest moulded breadth of the ship at or below the deepest subdivision draught.
9 Draught (d) is the vertical distance from the keel Iine at mid-length to the waterline in question.
10 Deepest subdivision draught (dr) is the waterline which corresponds to the Summer Load Line draught
of the ship.
11 Light service draught (d) is the service draught corresponding to the lightest anticipated loading and
associated tankage, including, however, such ballast as may be necessary for stability and/or immersion.
Passenger ships should include the full complement of passengers and crew on board.
12 Partial subdivision draught (dr) is the light service draught plus 60% of the difference between the light
service draught and the deepest subdivision draught.
13 Trim is the difference between the draught forward and the draught aft, where the draughts are measured
at the forward and aft terminals respectively, disregarding any rake of keel.
14 Permeability (p") of a space is the proportion of the immersed volume of that space which can be
occupied by water.
15 Machinery spaces are spaces between the watertight boundaries of a space containing the main and
auxiliary propulsion machinery, including boilers, generators and electric motors primarily intended for
propulsion. ln the case of unusual arrangements, the Administration may define the limits of the machinery
spaces.
16 Weathertight means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the ship.
17 Watertight means having scantlings and arrangements capable of preventing the passage of water in any
direction under the head of water likely to occur in intact and damaged conditions.in the'dama"ged condition, the
head of water is to be considered in the worst situation at equilibrium, including intermediate iages of floojing.
1B Design pressure means the hydrostatic pressure for which each structure or appliance assumed watertight
in the intact and damage stability calculations is designed to withstand
19 Bulkhead deck in a passenger ship means the uppermost deck at any point in the subdivision length (1,)
to which the main bulkheads and the ship's shell are carried watertight and the lowermost deck from"whic"h
passenger and crew evacuation will not be impeded by water in iny stage of flooding for damage cases
defined in regulation B and in parlB-2 of this chapter. The bulkhead deck m1y be a stepp-ed deck. ln"a cargo
ship the freeboard deck may be taken as the bulkhead deck.
20 Deadweight is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity
ol 1 .025 at the draught corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the lightweight oi the shi[.
21 Lightweight is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel, Iubricating oil, ballast water, fresh
water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, and passengert and crew and their"effects.
22 Oil tanker is the oil tanker defined in regulation 1 of Annex I of the Protocol of l97B relating to the
lnternational Convention for the Prevention of pollution from Ships, 1973.
23 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro spaces or special category spaces as definecl in
regulation ll-2l3.
24 Bulk carrier means a bulk carrier as defined in regulation xw1.1.
25 Keel line is a line parallel to the slope of the keel passing amidships through:
.1 the top of the keel at centreline or line of intersection of the inside of shell plating with the keel if
a bar keel extends below that Iine, on a ship with a metal shell; or
.2 in wood and composite ships, the distance is measured from the lower edge of the keel rabbet.
When the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a hollow chaiacter, or where thick
garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the point where the line of the flat of the bottom
continued inward intersects the centreline amidships.
.1 amendments to the introduction and part A of the Code are adopted, brought into force ancl take
effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present ConvLntion concerning the
amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I thereof; and
.2 amendments to part B of the Code are adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee in accordance
with its Rules of Procedure.
28 Coal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and OilTankers means the International Coal-
Based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee
by resolution MSC.2B7(87), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are
adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present
Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I thereof.
Regulation 3
Definitions relating to parts C, D and E
1 Steering Sear control system is the equipment by which orders are transmitted from the navigating bridge
to the steering gear power units.
Steering gear control systems comprise transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps and their associated
motors, motor controllers, piping and cables.
2 Main steering gear is the machinery, rudder actuators, steering gear, power units, if any, and ancillary
equipment and the means of applying torque to the rudder stock (e.g. tiller or quadrant) necessary for effecting
movement of the rudder for the purpose of steering the ship under normal service conditions.
.1 in the case of electric steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment;
) in the case of electrohydraulic steering gear, an electric motor and its associated electrical equipment
and connected pump; or
..) in the case of other hydraulic steering gear, a driving engine and connected pump.
4 Auxiliary steering gearis the equipment other than any part of the main steering gear necessary to steer
the ship in the event of failure of the main steering gear but not including the tiller, quadrant or components
serving the same purpose.
5 Normal operational and habitable condition is a condition under which the ship as a whole, the
machinery, services, means and aids ensuring propulsion, ability to steer, safe navigation, fire and flooding
safety, internal and external communications and signals, means of escape, and emergency boat winches, as
well as the designed comfortable conditions of habitability, are in working order and functioning normally.
6 Emergency condition is a condition under which any services needed for normal operational and
habitable conditions are not in working order due to failure of the main source of electrical power.
7 Main source of electrical power is a source intended to supply electrical power to the main switchboard
for distribution to all services necessary for maintaining the ship in normal operational and habitable conditions.
B Dead ship condition is the condition under which the main propulsion plant, boilers and auxiliaries are
not in operation due to the absence of power.
Main generating station is the space in which the main source of electrical power is situated.
10 Main switchboard is a switchboard which is directly supplied by the main source of electrical power and
is intended to distribute electrical energy to the ship's services.
'11 Emergency switchboard is a switchboard which in the event of failure of the main electrical power
supply system is directly supplied by the emergency source of electrical power or the transitional source of
emergency power and is intended to distribute electrical energy to the emergency services.
12 Emergency source of electrical power is a source of electrical power, intended to supply the emergency
switchboard in the event of a failure of the supply from the main source of electrical power.
13 Power actuating system is the hydraulic equipment provided for supplying power to turn the rudder
stock, comprising a steering gear power unit or units, together with the associated pipes and fittings, and a
rudder actuator. The power actuating systems may share common mechanical components (i.e. tiller, quadrant
and rudder stock) or components serving the same purpose.
14 Maximum ahead service speed is the greatest speed which the ship is designed to maintain in service at
sea at the deepest seagoing draught.
15 Maximum astern speed is the speed which it is estimated the ship can attain at the designed maximum
astern power at the deepest seagoing draught.
16 Machinery spaces are all machinery spaces of category A and all other spaces containing propelling
machinery, boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal-combustion engines, generators and major electrical
machinery, oil filling stations, refrigerating, stabrilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar
spaces/ and trunks to such spaces.
17 Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain:
.1 internal-combustion machinery used for main propulsion;
.2 internal-combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such
machinery has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kW; or
.3 any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit.
1B Control stations are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency
source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equipmenl is centralized.
"19 Chemical tanker is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquid
product listed in either:
.1 chapter.lT of the International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.4(4B[
hereinafter referred to as "the lnternational Bulk Chemical Code", as may be amended by the
Organization; or
) chapter Vl of the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals
in Bulk adopted by the Assembly of the Organization by resolution A.212(Vll), hereinafter referred
to as "the Bulk Chemical code", as has been or may be amended by the organization,
whichever is applicable.
20 Cas carrier is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any Iiquefied gas
or other products listed in either:
.1 chapter 19 of the lnternational Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied
Cases in Bulk adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.5(48), hereinafter
referred to as "the lnternational Cas Carrier Code", as may be amended by the Organization; or
) chapter XIX of the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Cases
in Bulk adopted by the Organization by resolution A.328(lX), hereinafter referred to as "the Cas
Carrier Code", as has been or may be amended by the Organization,
whichever is applicable.
Regulation 3-1
Structural, mechanical and electrical requirements for ships
ln addition to the requirements contained elsewhere in the present regulations, ships shall be designed,
constructed and maintained in compliance with the structural, mechanical and electrical requirements of a
classification society which is recognized by the Administration in accordance with the provisions of regulation
Xl-l11, or with applicable national standards of the Administration which provide an equivalent level of safety.
Regulation 3-2
Protective coatings of dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships and
double-side skin spaces of bulk carriers
1 Paragraphs 2 and 4 of this regulation shall apply to ships of not less than 500 gross tonnage:
.1 for which the building contract is placed on or after 1 July 2008; or
.2 in the absence of a building contract, the keels of which are Iaid or which are at a similar stage of
construction on or after 1 January 2OO9; or
.3 the delivery of which is on or after 1 )uly 2012..
2 All dedicated seawater ballast tanks arranged in ships and double-side skin spaces arranged in bulk carriers
of 150 m in length and upwards shall be coated during construction in accordance with the Performance
standard for protective coatings for dedicated seawater ballast tanks in all types of ships and double-side
skin spaces of bulk carriers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.215(82), as may
be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take
effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIll of the present Convention concerning the amendment
procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l.
3 All dedicated seawater ballast tanks arranged in oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after
1 July 1998, for which paragraph 2 is not applicable, shall comply with the requirements of regulationll-113-2
adopted by resolution MSC.47(66).
4 Maintenance of the protective coating system shall be included in the overall ship's maintenance
scheme. The effectiveness of the protective coating system shall be verified during the life of a ship by the
Administration or an organization recognized by the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by
the Organization.i
Regulation 3-3
Saie access to tanker bows
1 For the purpose of this regulation and regulation 3-4, tankers include oil tankers as defined in regula-
tion2.22, chemical tankers as defined in regulation Vlll9.2 and gas carriers as defined in regulation Vll/1l.2.
2 Every tanker shall be provided with the means to enable the crew to gain safe access to the bow
even
in severe weather conditions. Such means of access shall be approved by the Administration based on the
guidelines developed by the Organization.*
Regulation 3-4
Emergency towing arrangements and procedures
1.1 Emergency towing arrangements shall be fitted at both ends on board every tanker of not less than
20,000 tonnes deadweight.
.1 the arrangements shall, at all.times, be capable of rapid deployment in the absence of main power
on the ship to be towed.and easy connection to the towing ship. At least one of the emergency
towing arrangements shall be pre-rigged ready for rapid deployment; and
.2 emergency towing arrangements at both ends shall be of adequate strength taking into account
the size and deadweight of the ship, and the expected forcei during bld weath"er conditions.
The design and construction and prototype testing of emergency tow-ing arrangements shall be
approved by the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by the Orgaiization.r
1.3 Fortankers constructed before 1 )uly 2Oo2,the design and construction of emergency towing arrangements
shall be approved by the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by th6 Organizatlon.r
.3 cargo ships constructed before-l January 2010, not later than 1 January 2012.
2.2 ships shall be provided with a ship-specific emergency towing procedure. Such a procedure shall be
carried aboard the ship for use in emergency situations and shall 6e based on existing arrangements and
equipment available on board the ship.
.1 drawings of fore and aft deck showing possible emergency towing arrangements;
.4 sample procedures to facilitate the preparation for and conducting of emergency towing operations.
Regulation 3-5
New installation of materials containing asbestos*
1 This regulation shall apply to materials used for the structure, machinery, electrical installations
and
equipment covered by the present Convention.
2 From 1 January 2011,for all ships, new installation of materials which contain asbestos shall be prohibited.
Regulation 3-6
Access to and within spaces in, and forward of, the cargo area of oil tankers
and bulk carriers
I Application
1'1 Except as provided for_in paragraph 1..2, this regulation applies to oil tankers of 500 gross tonnage and
over and bulk carriers, as defined in regulation lX/1, ol20,000 gross tonnage and over,
constructed on or after
1 )anuary 2006.
1'2 Oil tankers of 500 Sross tonnage and over constructed on or after I October 1994butbefore I January
2005 shall comply with the provisions of regulation ll-1/12-2 adopted by resolution MSC.27(61).
2.-l Each space shall be provided with means of access to enable, throughout the life of a ship, overall
and close-up inspections and thickness measurements of the ship's struiures to be carried out by
the
Administration, the Company, as defined in regulation IXl1, and the ship's personnel and others 6 n"."lrury.
Such means of access shall comply with the requirements of paragrapi-r 5 and with the Technical provisions
for means of access for inspe_ctions, aclopted by the Maritime Safely Committee by resolution MSC.133(26),
as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into
force
and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIll of the present Convention cJncerning
the
amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
2.2 Where a permanent means of access may be susceptible to damage during normal cargo loading and
unloading operations or where it is impracticable to fit permanent mearis of acc"ess, the AdmTnistration may
allow, in lieu thereof the provision of movable or portable means of access, as specifiecl in the Technical
provisions, provided that the means of attaching, rigging, suspending or supporting the portable means
of
access forms a permanent part of the ship's structure. All
[ortable equi-pment shall belapable of being readily
erected or deployed by ship's personnel.
2-3 The construction and materials of all means of access and their attachment to the ship,s structure shall
be to the satisfaction of the Administration. The means of access shall be subject to survey prior
to, or in
conjunction with, its use in carrying out surveys in accordance with regulation 1i10.
3 Safe access to cargo holds, cargo tanks, ballast tanks and other spaces
3.1 Safe accesst to cargo holds, cofferdams, ballast tanks, cargo tanks and other spaces in the cargo
area
shall be direct from the open deck and such as to ensure their iomplete inspection. Srf" access to double-
boltom spaces or to forward ballast tanks may be from a pump-room, deep cofferdam, pipe tunnel, cargo
hold, double-hull space or similar compartment not intended foithe carriage of oil or hazardous .urgo"r. "
3.2 Tanks, and subdivisions of tanks, having a Iength of 35 m or more, shall be fitted with at least two access
hatchways and ladders, as far apart as practicable. Tanks less than 35 m in length shall be served by at least
one access hatchway and ladder. When a tank is subdivided by one or more swash bulkheads or similar
obstructions which do not allow ready means of access to the other parts of the tank, at least two hatchways
and ladders shall be fitted.
3.3 Each cargo hold shall be provided with at least two means of access as far apart as practicable. ln
general, these accesses should be arranged diagonally, for example one access near the forward bulkhead on
the port side, the other one near the aft bulkhead on the starboard side.
4.2 For the purpose of this regulation "critical structural areas" are locations which have been identified
from calculations to require monitoring or from the service history of similar or sister ships to be sensitive to
cracking, buckling, deformation or corrosion which would impair the structural integrity of the ship.
5 Generattechnicalspecifications
5.1 For access through horizontal openings, hatches or manholes, the dimensions shall be sufficient to allow
a person wearing a self-contained air-breathing apparatus and protective equipment to ascend or descend any
ladder without obstruction and also provide a clear opening to facilitate the hoisting of an injured person from
the bottom of the space. The minimum clear opening shall not be less than 600 mm x 600 mm. When access
to a cargo hold is arranged through the cargo hatch, the top of the Iadder shall be placed as close as possible
to the hatch coaming. Access hatch coamings having a height greater than 900 mm shall also have steps on
the outside in conjunction with the ladder.
5.2 For access through vertical openings, or manholes, in swash brulkheads, floors, girders and web frames
providing passage through the length and breadth of the space, the minimum opening shall be not less than
600 mm x 800 mm at a height of not more than 600 mm from the brottom shell plating unless gratings or other
footholds are provided.
5.3 For oil tankers of less than 5,000 tonnes deadweight, the Administration may approve, in special
circumstances, smaller dimensions for the openings referred to in paragraphs 5.1 and 5.2, if the ability to
traverse such openings or to remove an injured person can be proved to the satisfaction of the Administration.
Regulation 3-7
Construction drawings maintained on board and ashore
1 A set of as-built construction drawings* and other plans showing any subsequent structural alterations
shall be kept on board a ship constructed on or after 1 )anuary 2007.
2 An additional set of such drawings shall be kept ashore by the Company, as defined in regulation IX/1.2
Regulation 3-B
Towing and mooring equipment
1 This regulation applies to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2OOT,butdoes not apply to emergency
towing arrangements provided in accordance with regulation 3-4.
2 Ships shall be provided with arrangements, equipment and fittings of sufficient safe working load to
enable the safe conduct of all towing and mooring operations associated with the normal operation of the ship.
3 Arrangements, equipment and fittings provided in accordance with paragraph 2 shall meet the appropriate
requirements of the Administration or an organization recognized by the Administration under regulation l/6.1
4 Each fitting or item of equipment provided under this regulation shall be clearly marked with any
restrictions associated with its safe operation, taking into account the strength of its attachment to the ship's
structure.
Regulation 3-9
Means of embarkation on and disembarkation from ships
1 Ships constructed on or after 1 January 2010 shall be provided with means of embarkation on and
disembarkation from ships for use in port and in port-related operations, such as gangways and accommodation
Iadders, in accordance with paragraph 2, unless the Administration deems that compliance with a particular
provision is unreasonable or impractical.*
2 The means of embarkation and disembarkation required in paragraph 1 shall be constructed and installed
based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.$
3 For all ships the means of embarkation and disembarkation shall be inspected and maintained$ in
suitable condition for their intended purpose, taking into account any restrictions related to safe loading.
All wires used to support the means of embarkation and disembarkation shall be maintained as specified in
regulation lll/20.4.
Regulation 3-10
Coal-based ship construction standards for bulk carriers and oil tankers
1 This regulation shall apply to oil tankers of '150 m in length and above and to bulk carriers of 150 m
in length and above, constructed with single deck, top-side tanks and hopper side tanks in cargo spaces,
excluding ore carriers and combination carriers:
.1 for which the building contract is placed on or after 1 )uly 2016;
'" Refer to on As-built construction drawings to be maintained on board the ship and ashore (MSC/Circ.l135).
i Refer to Cuidance on shipboard towing and mooring equipment (MSCiCirc.1.l75).
i' Circumstances where compliance may be deemed unreasonable or impractical may include where the ship:
.l has small freeboards and is provided with boarding ramps; or
.2 is engaged in voyages between designated ports where appropriate shore accommodation/embarkation ladders (platforms) are
provided.
.t Refer to Cuidelines for construction, installation, maintenance and inspection/survey of means of embarkation and disembarkation
(MSC..l/Circ..l 33.1 ).
.2 in the absence of a building contract, the keels of which are Iaid or which are at a similar stage of
construction on or after 1 )uly 2017; or
.3 the delivery of which is on or after 1 )uly 2020.
2 Ships shall be designed and constructed for a specified design life to be safe and environmentally friendly,
rvhen properly operated and maintained under the specified operating and environmental conditions, in intact
and specified damage conditions, throughout their Iife.
2.1 Safe and environmentally friendy means the ship shall have adequate strength, integrity and stability to
minimize the risk of loss of the ship or pollution to the marine environment due to structural failure, including
collapse, resulting in flooding or loss of watertight integrity.
2.2 Environmentally friendly also includes the ship being constructed of materials for environmentally
acceptable recycling.
2.3 Safety also includes the ship's structure, fittings and arrangements providing for safe access, escape,
inspection and proper maintenance and facilitating safe operation.
2.4 Specified operating and environmental conditions are defined by the intended operating area for the ship
throughout its life and cover the conditions, including intermediate conditions, arising from cargo and ballast
operations in port, waterways and at sea.
2.5 Specified design /ife is the nominal period that the ship is assumed to be exposed to operating and/or
environmental conditions and/or the corrosive environment and is used for selecting appropriate ship design
parameters. However, the ship's actual service life may be longer or shorter depending on the actual operating
conditions and maintenance of the ship throughout its life cycle.
3 The requirements of paragraphs 2 to 2.5 shall be achieved through satisfying applicable structural
requirements of an organization which is recognized by the Administration in accordance with the provisions
of regulation Xl-l11, or national standards of the Administration, conforming to the functional requirements of
the Coal-based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers.
4 A Ship Construction File with specific information on how the functional requirements of the Coal-
based Ship Construction Standards for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers have been applied in the ship design and
construction shall be provided upon delivery of a new ship, and kept on board the ship and/or ashore and
updated as appropriate throughout the ship's service. The contents of the Ship Construction File shall, at least,
conform to the guidelines developed by the Organization."'
Regulation 3-11
Corrosion protection of cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers
1 Paragraph 3 shall apply to crude oil tankers,t as defined in regulation 1 of Annex I to the lnternational
Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol o{ 1978 relating
thereto, of 5,000 tonnes deadweight and above:
.1 for which the building contract is placed on or after 1 January 2013; or
.2 in the absence of a building contract, the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of
construction on or after 1 July 2013; or
.3 the delivery of which is on or after 1 )anuary 2016.
2 Paragraph 3 shall not apply to combination carriers or chemical tankers as defined in regulations 1 of
Annexes I and ll, respectively, to the lnternational Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973,
as modified by the Protocol ol 1978 relating thereto. For the purpose of this regulation, chemical tankers also
include chemical tankers certified to carry oil.
. Referto Cuidelines for the information to be included in a Ship Construction File (MSC.1/Circ.1343).
i Referto items 1.11..1 or 1.11 .4 of the Supplementtothe International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (Form B)
.1 coated during the construction of the ship in accordance with the Performance standard for protective
coatings for cargo oil tanks of crude oil tankers, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by
resolution MSC.2BB(S7), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments
are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of articte Vlll of
the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than
chapter I; or
) protected by alternative means of corrosion protection or utilization of corrosion resistance material
to maintain required structural integrity for 25 years in accordance with the Performance standard
for alternative means of corrosion protection for cargo oil tanks of crude oil tanl<ers, adopted by the
Maritime Safety Committee by resolution MSC.2B9(87), as may be amended by the Organization,
provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance
with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures
applicable to the annex other than chapter l.
4 The Administration may exempt a crude oil tanker from the requirements of paragraph 3 to allow the
use of novel prototype alternatives to the coating system specified in paragraph 3.'1, for testing, provided
they are subject to suitable controls, regular assessment and acknowledgement of the neecl foiimmediate
remedial action if the system fails or is shown to be failing. Such exemption shall be recorded on an exemption
certificate.
5 The Administration may exempt a crude oil tanker from the requirements of paragraph 3 if the ship is
built to be engaged solely in the carriage of cargoes and cargo handling operations noi causing corrosion.*
Such exemption and conditions for which it is granted shall be recorded on an exemption certificate.
Regulation 3-12
Protection agai nst noise
1 This regulation shall apply to ships of 1,500 gross tonnage and above:
.2 in the absence of a building contract, the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of
construction on or after 1 January 2015; or
unless the Administration deems that compliance with a particular provision is unreasonable or impractical.
.1 contracted for construction before 1 )uly 2014 and the keels of which are laid or which are at a
similar stage of construction on or after 1 January 2009 but before 1 January 2015; or
.2 in the absence of a building contract, the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage of
construction on or after 1 January 2009 but before 1 )anuary 2015,
measurest shall be taken to reduce machinery noise in machinery spaces to acceptable levels as determined
by the Administration. lf this noise cannot be sufficiently reduced the source of excessive noise shall be
suitably insulated or isolated or a refuge from noise shall be provided if the space is required to be manned.
Ear protectors shall be provided for personnel required to enter such spaces, if necessary.
3 Ships shall be constructed to reduce onboard noise and to protect personnel from the noise in accordance
with the Code on noise levels on board ships, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee by resolution
MSC.337(91), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought
into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of Article Vlll of the present Convention concerning
the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l. For the purpose of this regulation,
although the Code on noise levels on board ships is treated as a mandatory instrument, recommendatory
parts as specified in chapter I of the Code shall be treated as non-mandatory, provided that amendments to
such recommendatory parts are adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee in accordance with its Rules of
Procedure.
4 .1,
Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph this regulation does not apply to types of ships listed
in paragraph 1.3.4 of the Code on noise levels on board ships.
Regulation 4
Ceneral
1 The damage stability requirements in parts B-1 through B-4 shall apply to cargo ships of B0 m in length
(t) and upwards and to all passenger ships regardless of length but shall exclude those cargo ships which are
shown to comply with subdivision and damage stability regulations in other instruments* developed by the
Organization.
2 The Administration may, for a particular ship or group of ships, accept alternative methodologies if
it is satisfied that at least the
same degree of safety as represented by these regulations is achieved. Any
Aclministration which allows such alternative methodologies shall communicate to the Organization particulars
thereof.
3 Ships shall be as efficiently subdivided as is possible having regard to the nature of the service for which
they are intended. The degree of subdivision shall vary with the subdivision length (1,) of the ship and with
the service, in such manner that the highest degree of subdivision corresponds with the ships of greatest
subdivision length (1,), primarily engaged in the carriage of passengers.
4 Where it is proposed to fit decks, inner skins or longitudinal bulkheads of sufficient tightness to seriously
restrict the flow of water, the Administration shall be satisfied that proper consideration is given to beneficial
or adverse effects of such structures in the calculations.
Cargo ships shown to comply with the following regulations may be excluded from the application of part B-1:
.1 Annex I to MARPOL, except combination carriers (as defined in regulation ll-213.14) with type B freeboards are not excluded;
.2 lnternational Bulk Chemical Code;
.3 lnternational Cas Carrier Code;
.4 Cuidelines for the design and construction of offshore supply vessels (resolution A.a69(XIl));
.5 Code of Safety for Special Purpose Ships (resolution A.534(13), as amended);
.6 Damage stability requirements of regulation 27 of the 1966 Load Lines Convention as ap-plied in compliance with resolutions
A.320iiX) and A.51+itlt, provided that in the case of cargo ships to which regulation 27(9) applies, main transverse watertight
bulkheads, to be consid'ered effective, are spaced aclording to paragrap-h (12Xf) of resolution A.320 (lX), except ships
intended for the carriage of deck cargo; and
.7 Damage stability requirements of regulation 27 of the 19BB Load Lines Protocol, except ships intended for the carriage of
deck cargo.
Regulation 5
lntact stability.
,. .. .tr"r, passenger ship regardless of size and every cargo ship having a length (L) of Z+ m and upwarcls
shall be inclined upon its completion and the elements of its stability determined. ln addition to any other
applicable requirements of the present regulations, ships having a length ol 24 m and upwards constructed on
.l
or after July 2010 shall as a minimum comply with the requiiements of part A of the 2008 lS Code.
2 The Administration may allow the inclining test of an individual cargo ship to be dispensed with, provided
basic stability data are available from the inclining test of a sister shiplnd it is shown to the satisfaction of
the Administration thatlL reliable
rcildure stability information ror
srduiltry tnrorrnauon for Ine
the exempteo
exempted sntp
shi can De obtained trom
be oDtatned from such basic
data, as required by regulation 5-1. A weight survey shall be carried out upon completion and the ship shall
be inclined whenever, in comparison with the data derived from the sister ship, a deviation from the lightship
displacement exceeding 1o/u for ships of 1 60 m or more in length and 2o/o for ships of 50 m or less in Ieng'th and
as determined by linear interpolation for intermediate lengths or a deviation from the Iightship longitudinal
centre of gravity exceeding 0.5% of l, is found.
3 The Administration may also allow the inclining test of an individual ship or class of ships especially
designed for the carriage of liquids or ore in bulk to be dispensed with when reference to existing data
for similar ships clearly indicates that, due to the ship's proportions and arrangements, more than suflicient
metacentric height will be available in all probable loading conditions.
4 Where any alterations are made to a ship so as to materially affect the stability information supplied to
the master, amended stability information shall be provided. lf necessary, the ship shall be re-inclined. The
ship shall be re-inclined if anticipated deviations exceed one of the values specified in paragraph 5.
5 At periodical intervals not exceeding five years, a lightweight survey shall be carried out on all passenger
ships to verify any changes in Iightship displacement and longitudinal centre of gravity. The ship shall be re-inclined
whenever, in comparison with the approved stability information, a deviation from the lightship displacement
exceeding 2o/o or a deviation of the longitudinal centre of gravity exceeding l"k of L, is found or anticipated.
6 Every ship shall have scales of draughts marked clearly at the bow and stern. In the case where the
draught marks are not located where they are easily readable, or operational constraints for a particular trade
make it difficult to read the draught marks, then the ship shall also be fitted with a reliable draught indicating
system by which the bow and stern draughts can be determined.
5-1
Stability information to be supplied to the masterl'
1 The master shall be supplied with such information satisfactory to the Administration as is necessary to
enable him by rapid and simple processes to obtain accurate guidance as to the stability of the ship under
varying conditions of service. A copy of the stability information shall be furnished to the Administration.
" Refer to the Code on lntact Stability for All Types of Ships covered by IMO Instruments (resolution A.74g(18), as amended) and the
lnternational Code on lntacr Stability, 2008 tresolution MSC.26Z(85)). '
'i Refer to
Cuidelines for the preparalign^9f intact stability. information (MSC/Circ.456), Cuidance on the intact stability of existing
tankers during trarlsfer operations (MSC/Circ.706) and Revised Cuidance to the master for avoiding clangerous situations in adversE
wealhor and sea condilions tMSC.l/Circ.l22Br.
.1 curves or tables of minimum operational metacentric height (CM) versus draught which assures
compliance with the relevant intact and damage stability requirements, alternatively corresponding
curves or tables of the maximum allowable vertical centre of gravity (KC) versus draught, or with
the equivalents of either of these curves;
.3 all other data and aids which might be necessary to maintain the required intact and
stability after damage.
3 The stability information shall show the influence of various trims in cases where the operational
range exceeds -l 0.5% of lr.
4 which have to fulfil the stability requirements of part B-1, information referred to in paragraph 2
For ships
is determined from considerations related to the subdivision index, in the following manner: Minimum
required
CM (or maximum permissible vertical position of centre of gravity KC) for the three drau"ghts d,, r/o and d1 are
equal to the CM (oi f<C values) of corresponding loading cases used for the calculation of survival factor s;. For
iniermediate draughts, values to be used shall be obtain;d by linear interpolation applied to the CM value only
line
between the deep"est subclivision draught and the partial subdivision draught and between the partial load
and the light service draught respectively. lntact stability criteria will also be taken into account by retaining
for each draft the maximr-in among minimum required CM values or the minimum of maximum permissible
KC values for both criteria. lf the subdivision index is calculated for different trims, several required
CM curves
will be established in the same way.
5 When curves or tables of minimum operational metacentric height (CM) versus draught are not
appropriate, the master should ensure that the operating condition does not deviate from a studied loading
condiiion, or verify by calculation that the stability criteria are satisfied for this loading condition.
Regulation 6
Required subdivision index R*
1 The subdivision of a ship is considered sufficient if the attained subdivision index A, determined in
accordance with regulation Z is not less than the required subdivision index R calculated
in accordance with
this regulation and Il in addition, the partial indices A,, Ao and Al are not less than 0.9R for passenger ships
and 0.5R for cargo ships.
2 For all ships to which the clamage stability requirements of this chapter apply, the degree
of subdivision
to be provided shall be determined by the required subdivision index R, as follows:
128
K: I L *r52
ln the case of cargo ships not less than B0 m in length (lr) and not greater than 100 m in length
(1,):
-2
p- |
I
'\- L, Ro
where Rn is the value of R as calculated in accordance with the formula in subparagraph .1.
N: Nr +2N2
Nr : number of persons for whom lifeboats are provided
Nz : number of persons (including officers and crew) the ship is permitted to carry in excess of N1.
.4 Where the conditions o{ service are such that compliance with paragraph 2.3 ol this regulation
on the basis of N : Nr + 2N2 is impracticable and where the Administration considers that a
suitably reduced degree of hazard exists, a lesser value of N may be taken but in no case less than
N: Nt * Nz.
Regulation 7
Attained subdivision index A
1 The attained subdivision index A is obtained by the summation of the partial indices A, Ap and A1,
(weighted as shown) calculated for the draughts d,, do and d1 defined in regulation 2 in accordance with the
following formula:
A:O.4As+0.4Ap+0.2A1
Each partial index is a summation of contritrutions from all damage cases taken in consideration, using the
following formula:
D P,t,
Where:
i represents each compartment or Broup of compartments under consideration,
p; accounts for the probability that only the compartment or group of compartments under consideration
may be flooded, disregarding any horizontal subdivision, as defined in regulation 7-1,
s; accounts for the probabilityof survival after flooding the compartment or group of compartments
under consideration, and includes the effect of any horizontal subdivision, as defined in regulation 7-2.
2 ln the calculation of A, the level trim shall be used for the deepest subdivision draught and the partial
subdivision draught. The actual service trim shall be used for the light service draught. lf, in any service
condition, the trim variation in comparison with the calculated trim is greater than 0.5% of 1., one or more
additional calculations of A are to be submitted for the same draughts but different trims so that, for all service
conditions, the difference in trim in comparison with the reference trim used for one calculation will be less
than 0.5ulo of lr.
3 When determining the positive righting lever (CZ) of the residual stability curve, the displacement used
should be that of the intact condition. That is, the constant-displacement method of calculation should be
used.
4 The summation indicated by the above formula shall be taken over the ship's subdivision length (1,) for
all cases of flooding in which a single compartment or two or more adjacent compartments are involved.
In the case of unsymmetrical arrangements, the calculated A value should be the mean value obtained from
calculations involving both sides. Alternatively, it should be taken as that corresponding to the side which
evidently gives the Ieast favourable result.
5 Wherever wing compartments are fitted, contribution to the summation indicated by the formula shall be
taken for all cases of flooding in which wing compartments are involved. Additionally, cases of simultaneous
flooding of a wing compartment or group of compartments and the adjacent inboard compartment or group
of compartments, but excluding damage of transverse extent greater than one half of the ship breadth B, may
be acldecl. For the purpose of this regulation, transverse extent is measured inboard from ship's side, at right
angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision draught.
6 ln the flooding calculations carried out according to the regulations, only one breach of the hull and only
one free surface need to be assumed. The assumed vertical extent of damage is to extend from the baseline
upwards to any watertight horizontal subdivision above the waterline or higher. However, if a lesser extent of
damage will give a more severe result, such extent is to be assumed.
Regulation 7-1
Calculation of the factor p;
I The factor p; for a compartment or group of compartments shall be calculated in accordance with
paragraphs 1.1 and 1.2 using the following notations:
j : the aftmost damage zone number involved in the damage starting with No. 1 at the stern;
k - the number of a particular longitudinal bulkhead as barrier for transverse penetration in a damage
zone counted from shell towards the centreline' The shell has k : 0;
x1 the distance from the aft terminal of L, to the aft end of the zone in question;
x2 : the distance from the aft terminal of l, to the forward end of the zone in question;
b the mean transverse distance in metres measured at right angles to the centreline at the deepest
subdivision load line between the shell and an assumed vertical plane extended between the
longitudinal limits used in calculating the factor p; and which is a tangent to, or common with, all
or part of the outermost portion of the longitudinal bulkhead under consideration. This vertical
plane shall be so orientated that the mean transverse distance to the shell is a maximum, but
not more than twice the least distance between the plane and the shell. lf the upper part of a
longitudinal bulkheacl is betow the deepest subdivision load line the vertical plane used for
determination of b is assumed to extend upwards to the deepest subdivision waterline. ln any
case, b is not to be taken Sreater Ihan Bl2.
pt: pl*1,, x2pt) lr(x1i, x2p, bp) - r(x|p x2,*t, br i) p811, x2) lr(x1y x21, bp) * r(x11 x21,
- p(x1i*t, x2pt)' fr(x1pt, x2pt, b*) - r(x1pt, x2p, b* t))
+ '
p(x1'pt, xipn-z) fr(x1pt, X2pn z, bp) - r(x1ul,, x21*n z, br i)
1.1 The factor p(xl, x2) is to be calculated according to the following formulae:
Overall normalized max damage length: J-n*: 10133
Knuckle point in the distribution: Jp": 5133
Cumulative probability at /qn: Pr: 11/12
Maximum absolute damage length: /,,u* : 60 m
Length where normalized distribution ends: L'r :260 m
Probability density atl g'
-
A rl'( lo. -pll
'J\)- -.
' u - -\/."
/.r, - /*" /
When l, ( L*:
/-r"
l-: L, l
\
,
tk -
+ It
tm
-r
1_lw
) bo
b": - b"l-
The non-dimensional damage length:
1.1.1 Where neither limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with
the aft or forward terminals:
J<Jr:
P(x1, x2) : Pt : f,Fto,,t + 3bD)
l>l*:
P(xl, x2) - Pz: - tb,,Jo, + ;b1J - b1)Jk2 + betlk - t- Jot) + - b22)(Jn2 - Jk2)
!br,U, +br1J
' brrlUn- l^t
1.1.2 Where the aft limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides
with the aft terminal or the forward limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration
coincides with the forward terminal:
J<lr:
p(x|, x2) - lt1, * n
l>lr:
p\x|, x2\ - lro, * t'
1.1.3 Where the compartment or groups of compartments considered extends over the entire subdivision
length (1,):
P(x1, x2) - 1
1.2 The factor r(x1, x2, b) shall be determined by the following formulae:
rtxl, x2, bt: 1- \r('l - L/
C) . /.t - - .C " \
\' ptx1, x2))
where:
C: 12' lb' e45 ' lo+ 4), where
t_
)b- b
1\. B
1.2.1 Where the compartment or groups of compartments considered extends over the entire subdivision
Iength (1,):
c-c,:)b,,lj+b,rto 1
1.2.2 Where neither limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides with
the aft or forward terminals:
c : ct : _
tb,rlo. + \tt,, J - b,r) lo2 + brrllo, where
1.2.3 Where the ait limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration coincides
with the aft terminal or the forward limit of the compartment or group of compartments under consideration
coincides with the forward terminal:
1^
c_)(c2-ct.l\
Regulation 7-2
Calculation of the factor si
1 The factor s; shall be determined for each case of assumed flooding, involving a compartment or group
of compartments, in accordance with the following notations and the provisions in this regulation.
flooding, where the righting lever brecomes negative, or the angle at which
0u is the angle, in any stage of
an opening incapable of being closed weathertight becomes submerged;
CZ*^* is the maximum positive righting lever, in metres, up to the angle 0u;
Range is the range of positive righting levers, in degrees, measured from the angle 0u. The positive range
is to be taken up to the angle 0u;
Flooding stage is any discrete step during the flooding process, including the stage before equalization (if
any), until final equilibrium has been reached.
1.1 The factor s;, for any damage case at any initial loading condition, d,; shall be obtained from the formula:
where:
is the probability to survive all intermediate flooding stages until the final equilibrium stage,
sintermediate,r
and is calculated in accordance with paragraph 2;
is the probability to survive in the final equilibrium stage of flooding. lt is calculated in accordance
si;no1,;
with paragraph 3;
5ror,; is the probability to survive heeling moments, and is calculated in accordance with paragraph 4.
2 The factor s;n,",.rediate,iis applicable only to passenger ships (for cargo ships sinrermediate.i should be taken
as unity) and shall be taken as the least of the s-factors obtained from all flooding stages including the stage
before equalization, if any, and is to be calculated as follows:
- ICZ.o^ Range 1l
sinlermcdidre,i:
\ o.os 7 )'
where CZ^n* is not to be taken as more than 0.05 m and Range as not more than 7o ' sint",r"d;u," : 0, if the
intermediate heel angle exceeds 15'. Where cross-flooding fittings are required, the time for equalization shall
not exceed 10 min.
K-1rte^<e mrn
K-0ifen>e.u*
where:
4 The factor s . is applicable only to passenger ships (for cargo ships s,o,,i shall be taken as unity) and
Mr,""r is the maximum assumed heeling moment as calculated in accordance with paragraph 4.1; and
sror,i { 1
4.1.1 Mporr"ng",. is the maximum assumed heeling moment resulting from movement of passengers, and is to
be obtained as follows:
where:
No is the maximum number of passengers permitted to be on board in the service condition corresponding
to the deepest subdivision draught under consideration; and
Alternatively, the heeling moment may be calculated assuming the passengers are distributed with 4 persons
per square metre on available deck areas towards one side of the ship on the decks where muster stations are
Iocated and in such a way that they produce the most adverse heeling moment. ln doing so, a weight of 75 kg
per passenger is to bre assumed.
4.1.2 M*in1 is the maximum assumed wind force acting in a damage situation:
where:
P : 120 N/m2;
A : projected lateral area above waterline;
Z : distance from centre of lateral projected area above waterline to T/2; and
T : ship's draught, d,.
4.1.3 the maximum assumed heeling moment due to the launching of all fully loaded davit-
Msu,,ivalcraft is
Iaunched survival craft on one side of the ship. lt shall be calculated using the following assumptions:
.1 all lifeboats and rescue boats fitted on the side to which the ship has heeled after having sustained
damage shall be assumed to be swung out fully loaded and ready for lowering;
.2 for Iifeboats which are arranged to be launched fully loaded from the stowed position, the maximum
heeling moment during launching shall be taken;
.3 a fully loaded davit-launched liferaft attached to each davit on the side to which the ship has heeled
after having sustained damage shall be assumed to be swung out ready for lowering;
.4 persons not in the life-saving appliances which are swung out shall not provide either additional
heeling or righting moment; and
.5 life-saving appliances on the side of the ship opposite to the side to which the ship has heeled shall
be assumed to be in a stowed position.
5 Unsymmetrical flooding is to be kept to a minimum consistent with the efficient arrangements. Where
it is necessary to correct large angles of heel, the means adopted shall, where practicable, be self-acting,
but in any case where controls to equalization devices are provided they shall be operable from above the
bulkhead deck. These fittings, together with their controls, shall be acceptabrle to the Administration.* Suitable
information concerning the use of equalization devices shall be supplied to the master of the ship.
5.1 Tanks and compartments taking part in such equalization shall be fitted with air pipes or equivalent
means of sufficient cross-section to ensure that the flow of water into the equalization compartments is not
delayed.
" Refer to Recommendation on a standard method for establishing compliance with the requirements for cross-flooding arrangements
in passenger ships (resolution A.255(Vlll), as may be amended).
5.2 ln all cases, s; is to be taken as zero in those cases where the final waterline, taking into account sinkage,
heel and trim, immerses:
.1 the lower edge of openings through which progressive flooding may take place and such flooding
is not accounted for in the calculation of factor s;. Such openings shall include air-pipes, ventilators
and openings which are closed by means of weathertight doors or hatch covers; and
.2 any part of the bulkhead deck in passenger ships considered a horizontal evacuation route for
compliance with chapter ll-2.
5.3 The factor s; is to be taken as zero if, taking into account sinkage, heel and trim, any of the following
occur in any intermediate stage or in the final stage of flooding:
.1 immersion of any escape hatch in the bulkhead deck intended for compliance with
.2 any controls intended for the operation of watertight doors, equalization devices, valves on piping
or on ventilation ducts intended to maintain the integrity of watertight bulkheads from above the
bulkhead deck become inaccessible or inoperable;
.3 immersion of any part of piping or ventilation ducts carried through a watertight boundary that is
located within any compartment included in damage cases contributing to the attained iniex A, if
not fitted with watertight means of closure at each boundary.
5.4 However, where compartments assumed flooded due to progressive flooding are taken into account in
the damage stability calculations, multiple values of sinterrnediat",i miy be calculated, assuming equalization in
additional flooding phases.
5.5 Except as provided in paragraph 5.3.1, openings closed by means of watertight manhole covers and
flush scuttles, small watertight hatch covers, remotely operatecl sliding watertight d-oors, sidescuttles of the
non-opening type as well as watertight access doors and hatch covers required to be kept closed at sea need
not be considered.
6 Where horizontal watertight boundaries are fitted above the waterline under consideration, the s-value
calculated for the lower compartment or group of compartments shall be obtained by multiplying the value
as determined in paragraph 1.1 by the reduction factor v,, according to paragraph 5.1, which iepiesents the
probability that the spaces above the horizontal subrdivision will not be flooded.
vn,:v(H1,n,n,d)-v(H
1,,. jlthe.least height above the baseline, in metres, within the longitudinal range of x,9, . .. x21,11n 11ol
the mth horizontal boundary which is assumed to limit the vertical extent of flooding foi the dimagecl
compartments under consideration;
H 1,n,.r-t is the, least height above the baseline, in metres, within the longitudinal range of x1r, ... xz(j+n_tt
of the (m-1)tt' horizontal boundary which is assumed to limit the veitical extentLf flooiing f.i it
damaged compartments under consideration; "
7 signifies the aft terminal of the damaged compartments under consideration;
m represents each horizontal boundary counted upwards from the waterline under consideration;
d is the draught in question as defined in regulation 2; and
xl and x2 represent the terminals of the compartment or group of compartments considered in
regulation 7-1.
6,1.1 The factors v(Hi,n,*, c/) and v(H1,n,. r, d) shall be obtained from the
where
v(H1,u,n, d) is to be taken as 1, if H,, coincides with the uppermost watertight boundary of the ship within
the range (x.r0 .. . xz11+, tt), and
v(H1,n,0, d) is to be taken as 0.
6.2 ln general, each contribution dA to the index A in the case of horizontal subdivisions is obtained from
the formula:
dA: Pi' [vr 'S*inr + Qz- vr) 's*inz + ... + (1 - v--r) 'S.in,r]
where:
sr;n : the least s-factor for all combinations of damages obtained when the assumed damage extends
from the assumed damage height H- downwards.
RegulationT-3
Permeability
1 For the purpose of the subdivision and damage stability calculations of the regulations, the permeability
of each general compartment or part of a compartment shall be as follows:
Spaces Permeability
2 For the purpose of the subdivision and damage stability calculations of the regulations, the permeability
of each cargo compartment or part of a compartment shall be as follows:
Regulation B
Special requirements concerning passenger ship stability
1 A passenger ship intended to carry 400 or more persons shall have watertight subdivision abaft the
collision bulkhead so that s, - I for the three loading conditions on which is based the calculation of the
subdivision index and for a damage involving all the compartments within 0.081 measured from the forward
perpendicular.
2 A passenger ship intended to carry 36 or more persons is to be capable of withstanding damage along
the side shell to an extent specified in paragraph 3. Compliance with this regulation is to be achiLved by
demonstrating that s,7 as defined in regulation 7-2, is not less than 0.9 for the three loading conditions on which
is based the calculation of the subdivision index.
3 The damage extent to be assumed when demonstrating compliance with paragraph 2 is to be dependent
on both N as defined in regulation 6, and l, as defined in regulation 2, such that:
.1 the vertical extent of damage is to extend from the ship's moulded baseline to a position up to
12.5 m above the position of the deepest subdivision draught as defined in regulation 2, unless a
lesser vertical extent of damage were to give a lower value of s,; in which car" ihis reduced extent
is to be used;
.2 where 400 or more persons are to be carried, a damage length of 0.031, brut not less than 3 m is to
be assumed at any position along the side shell, in conjunction with a penetration inboard of 0.lB
but not less than 0.75 m measured inboard from the ship side, at right angles to the centreline at
the level of the deepest subdivision draught;
.3 where fewer than 400 persons are carried, damage length is to be assumed at any position along
the shell side between transverse watertight bulkheads provided that the distance between two
adjacent transverse watertight bulkheads is not less than the assumed damage length. If the distance
between adjacent transverse watertight bulkheads is less than the assumed damage length, only
one of these bulkheads shall be considered effective for the purpose of demonstrating compliance
with paragraph 2;
.4 where 36 persons are carried, a damage length of 0.0151, but not less than 3 m is to be assumed,
in conjunction with a penetration inboard of 0.058 but not less than 0.75 m; and
.5 where more than 35, but fewer than 400, persons are carried, the values of damage length and
penetration inboard, used in the determination of the assumed extent of damage, are to be obtained
by linear interpolation between the values of damage length and penetration which apply for ships
carrying 36 persons and 400 persons as specifled in subparagraphs .4 and .2.
Regulation B-1
System capabilities and operational information after a flooding casualty
on passenger ships
1 Application
Passenger ships having length, as defined in regulation ll-1/2.5, of 120 m or more or having three or more main
vertical zones shall comply with the provisions of this regulation.
-Refer to Interim Explanatory Notes for the assessment of passenger ship systems' capabilities after a fire or flooding casualty (MSC.l/
Circ.1369) and Unified lnterpretations of SOLAS regulation ll-2121.4 (MSC.1/Circ..l437).
* Refer to Cuidelines on operational information for Masters of passenger ships for safe return to port by own power or under tow
(MSC..l/Circ.1400).
Regulation 9
Double bottoms in passenger ships and cargo ships other than tankers
1 A double bottom shall be fitted extending from the collision bulkhead to the afterpeak
bulkhead, as far
as this is practicable and compatiblewith the design and proper working of the ship.
2 Where a double bottom is required to be fitted, the inner bottom shall be continued
out to the ship,s
sides in such a manner as to protect the bottom to the turn of the bilge. Such protection
will be deemed
satisfactory if the inner bottom is not lower at any part than a plane palallel wittr the
keel Iine and which is
located not less than a vertical distance h measured from the keel line, as calculated
bv the formula:
h : B/2O
However, in no case is the value of h to be less than 760 mm, ancl need not be taken as more
than 2,000 mm.
3 Small wells constructed in the double bottom in connection with drainage arrangements
of holds, etc.,
shall not extend downward more than necessary. A well extencling to the outeibottom is,
however, permitted
at the after end of the shaft tunnel. other wells (e.g. for lubricatin[ oil under main engines)
may be permitted
by the Administration if satisfied that the atrung"rents give proteclion equivalent to tliat
afforded by a clouble
bottom complying with this regulation. ln no iase shaI the vertical distance from the bottom of
such a well
to a plane coinciding with the keel line be less than 500 mm.
4 A double bottom need not be fitted in way of watertight tanks, including dry tanks of moderate size,
provided the safety of the ship is not impaired in the event oibottom or side damage.
5 ln the case of passenger ships to which the provisions of regulation 1.5 apply and which are engagecJ
on regular service within the limits of a short international voyage as definei in regulation lll/3.2i,"the
Administration may permit a double bottom to be dispensed with it iutlrii".t that the fittin! of a clouble
bottom
in that part would not be compatible with the design and proper working of the ship.
6 Any part of a passenger ship or a cargo ship that is not fitted with a double bottom in accordance
with
paragraphs 1, 4 or 5 shall be capable of withstanding bottom damages, as specified in paragraph
B, in that part
of the ship.
7 ln the case of unusual bottom arrangements in a passenger ship or a cargo ship, it shall be demonstrated
that the ship is capable of withstanding bottom damages as s[ecified in parag"raph'8.
.1 Flooding of such spaces shall not render emergency power ancl lighting, internal communication,
signals or other emergency devices inoperable in other parts of the shi[.
For 0.3t from the forward Any other part of the ship
perpendicular of the ship
Longitudinal extent 11312/3 or 14.5 m, whichever is less 11312/3 or 14.5 m, whichever is less
Transverse extent 816 or 10 m, whichever is less 8/6 or 5 m, whichever is less
Vertical extent, measured Bl20 or 2 m, whichever is less Bl2O or 2 m, whichever is less
from the keel line
.3 If any damage of a lesser extent than the maximum damage specified in subparagraph .2 would
result in a more severe condition, such damage should be considered.
9 ln case of large lower holds in passenger ships, the Administration may require an increased double-
bottom height of not more than BllO or 3 m, whichever is less, measured from the keel Iine. Alternatively,
bottom damages may be calculated for these areas, in accordance with paragraph B, but assuming an increased
vertical extent.
Regulation 10
Construction of watertight bu I kheads
1 Each watertight subdivision bulkhead, whether transverse or longitudinal, shall be constructed having
scantlings as specified in regulation 2.17. ln all cases, watertight subdivision bulkheads shall be capable of
supporting at least the pressure due to a head of water up to the bulkhead deck.
2 Steps and recesses in watertight bulkheads shall be as strong as the bulkhead at the place where each
OCCUTS.
Regulation 11
lnitial testing of watertight bulkheads, etc.
1 Testing watertight spaces not intended to hold liquids and cargo holds intended to hold ballast by filling
them with water is not compulsory. When testing by filling with water is not carried out, a hose test shall be
carried out where practicable. This test shall be carried out in the most advanced stage of the fitting out of
the ship. Where a hose test is not practicable because of possible damage to machinery, electrical equipment
insulation or outfitting items, it may be replaced by a careful visual examination of welded connections,
supported where deemed necessary by means such as a dye penetrant test or an ultrasonic leak test or an
equivalent test. ln any case a thorough inspection of the watertight bulkheads shall be carried out.
2 The forepeak, double bottom (including duct keels) and inner skins shall be tested with water to a head
corresponding to the requirements of regulation 10.1.
3 Tanks which are intended to hold liquids, and which form part of the watertight subdivision of the ship,
shall be tested for tightness and structural strength with water to a head corresponding to its design pressure.
The water head is in no case to be less than the top of the air pipes or to a level of 2.4 m above the top of the
tank, whichever is the greater.
4 The tests referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 are for the purpose of ensuring that the subdivision structural
arrangements are watertight and are not to be regarded as a test of the fitness of any compartment for the
storage of oil fuel or for other special purposes for which a test of a superior character may be required,
depending on the height to which the liquid has access in the tank or its connections.
Regulation 12
Peak and machinery space burkheads, shaft tunners,
etc.
1 A collision bulkhead shall be fitted which shall be watertight up to the
bulkhead deck. This bulkhead
shall be located at a distance from the forward perpendiculu,
of iot less than 0.05t or l0 m, whichever is the
Iess, and, except as may be permitted by the Administration,
not more than 0.08t or 0.051 + 3 m, whichever
is the greater.
2 where any part of the ship below the waterline extends forward of the
forward perpendicular, e.g. a
bulbous bow, the distances stipulatecl in paragraph 1 shall be measured
from a point either:
.1 at the mid-length of such extension;
) at a distance 0.0151 forward of the forward perpendicular; or
.3 at a distance 3 m forward of the forward perpendicular,
rvhichever gives the smallest measurement.
?'2.. .lf the forepeak is divided to hold two different kinds of liquids, the Administration may allow
the collision
5'1, provided the Administration is satisfied that there is no practical
alternarive to t6e fitili ;;;i#,"";;X;
pipe and that, having regard to the
maintained.
udditi.;ir;;H uo,Iffi':.J iffilIllil:jf,H::safety of the ship is
6 where a Iong forward superstructure is fitted, the collision bulkhead shall be extended weathertight
to the deck next above the bulkhead deck. The extension need not be fitted
directly above the bulkhead
below provided it is located within the limits prescribed in paragraph 1
or 2 with the exception permitted by
paragraph 7 and that the part of the deck wi.icf.r forms the step is"made
effectively weathertight. The extension
shall be so arranged as to preclude the possibility of the bow door
causing damage to it in the case of clamage
to, or detachment of, a bow door.
7 where bow doors are fittedand a sloping loading ramp forms part of the extension of the collision
bulkhead above the bulkhead deck, the ramp'shail. be weXthertight
over its complete length. ln cargo ships the
part of the ramp which is more than 2.3 , ubou" the bulkhead
ieck may extend forwariof the lim-it ,p".iri"J
in paragraph 1 or 2. Ramps not meeting the above requirements
shall t airr"gura"J ,, un extension of the
collision bulkhead. "
B Thenumber of openings in the extension of the collision bulkhead above
the freeboard deck shall be
restricted to the minimum compatible with. the design and normal
operation of the ship. All such openings
shall be capable of being closed weathertight.
10 ln all cases, stern tubes shall be enclosed in watertight spaces of moderate volume. ln passenger ships
the stern gland shall be situated in a watertight shaft tunnel or other watertight space separate from the stern
tube compartment and of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, the bulkhead deck
will not be immersed. In cargo ships, other measures to minimize the danger of water penetrating into the ship
in case of damage to stern tube arrangements may be taken at the discretion of the Administration.
Regulation 13
Openings in watertight bulkheads below the bulkhead deck in passenger ships
1 The number of openings in watertight bull<heads shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the
design and proper working of the ship; satisfactory means shall be provided for closing these openings.
2.1 Where pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc., are carried through watertight bulkheads, arrangements
shall be made to ensure the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.
2.2 Valves not forming part of a piping system shall not be permitted in watertight bulkheads.
2.3 Lead or other heat-sensitive materials shall not be used in systems which penetrate watertight bulkheads,
where deterioration of such systems in the event of fire would impair the watertight integrity of the bulkheads.
3 No doors, manholes, or access openings are permitted in watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a
cargo space from an adjoining cargo space, except as provided in paragraph 9.1 and in regulation 14.
4 Subject to paragraph 10, not more than one door, apart from the doors to shaft tunnels, may be fitted
in each watertight bulkhead within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery, including
boilers serving the needs of propulsion. Where two or more shafts are fitted, the tunnels shall be connected
by an intercommunicating passage. There shall be only one door between the machinery space and the tunnel
spaces where two shafts are fitted and only two doors where there are more than two shafts. All these doors
shall be of the sliding type and shall be so located as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear
for operating these doors from above the bulkhead deck shall be situated outside the spaces containing the
machinery.
5.1 Watertight doors, except as provided in paragraph 9.1 or regulation 14, shall be power-operated sliding
doors complying with the requirements of paragraph 7 capable of being closed simultaneously from the
central operating console at the navigation bridge in not more than 60 s with the ship in the upright position.
5.2 The means of operation, whether by power or by hand, of any power-operated sliding watertight door
shall be capable of closing the door with the ship listed to '15'either way. Consideration shall also be given to
the forces which may act on either side of the door as may be experienced when water is flowing through the
opening, applying a static head equivalent to a water height of at Ieast '1 m above the sill on the centreline of
the door.
5.3 Watertight door controls, including hydraulic piping and electric cables, shall be kept as close as
practicable to the bulkhead in which the doors are fitted, in order to minimize the Iikelihood of them being
involved in any damage which the ship may sustain. The positioning of watertight doors and their controls shall
be such that if the ship sustains damage within one fifth of the breadth of the ship, as defined in regulation 2,
such distance being measured at right angles to the centreline at the level of the deepest subdivision draught,
the operation of the watertight doors clear of the damaged portion of the ship is not impaired.
6 All power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be provided with means of indication which will show
at all remote operating positions whether the doors are open or closed. Remote operating positions shall only
be at the navigation bridge as required by paragraph 7.1.5 and at the location where hand operation above the
bulkhead deck is required by paragraph 7.1.4.
) shall, subject to paragraph I0, be normally limited to a maximum clear opening width of 1.2 m. The
Administration may permit larger doors only to the extent considered nec"riary for the effective
operation of the ship provided that other safety measures, including the following, are taken into
consideration:
.2."1 special consideration shall be given to the strength of the door and its closing appliances in
order to prevent leakages; and
.2.2 lhe door shall be located inboard the damage zone Bl5;
.3 shall be fitted with the necessary equipment to open and close the door using electric power,
hydraulic power, or any other form of power that is acceptable to the Administration;
.4 shall be provided with an individual hand-operated mechanism. lt shall be possible to open and
close the door by hand at the door itself from either side, and in addition, close the door from
an accessible position above the bulkhead deck with an all round crank motion or some other
movement providing the same degree of safety acceptable to the Administration. Direction of
rotation or other movement is to be clearly indicated at all operating positions. The time necessary
for the complete closure of the door, when operating by hand gear, shall not exceed 90 s with the
ship in the upright position;
.5 shall be provided with controls for opening and closing the door by power from both sides of the
door and also for closing the door by power from the central operating console at the navigation
bridge;
.6 shall be provided with an audible alarm, distinct from any other alarm in the area, which will sound
whenever the door is closed remotely by power and which shall sound for at least 5 s but no more
than 10 s before the door begins to move and shall continue sounding until the door is completely
closed. ln the case of remote hand operation it is sufficient for the audible alarm to sound only
when the door is moving. Additionally, in passenger areas and areas of high ambient noise the
Administration may require the audible alarm to be supplemented by an intermittent visual signal
at the door; and
.7 shall have an approximately uniform rate of closure under power. The closure time, from the time
the door begins to move to the time it reaches the completely closed position, shall in no case be
less than 20 s or more than 40 s with the ship in the upright position.
7.2 The electrical power required for power-operated sliding watertight doors shall be supplied from the
emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated abrove the bulkhead
deck. The associated control, indication and alarm circuits shall be supplied from the emergency switchboard
either directly or by a dedicated distribution broard situated above the bulkhead deck and be capable of
being automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power required by regulation
42.3.1.3 in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical power.
.1 a centralized hydraulic system with two independent power sources each consisting of a motor
and pump capable of simultaneously closing all doors. In addition, there shall be for the whole
installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at least three
times, i.e. closed-open-closed, against an adverse list of 15". This operating cycle shall be capable
of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be
chosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during its service.
The power operating system shall be designed to minimize the possibility of having a single failure
in the hydraulic piping adversely affect the operation of more than one door. The hydraulic system
shall be provided with a low-level alarm for hydraulic fluid reservoirs serving the power-operated
system and a low gas pressure alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy
in hydraulic accumulators. These alarms are to be audible and visual and shall be situated on the
central operating console at the navigation bridge; or
,2 an independent hydraulic system for each door with each power source consisting of a motor and
pump capable of opening and closing the door. ln addition, there shall be a hydraulic accumulator
of sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed, against an
adverse list of '15'. This operating cycle shall be capable of being carried out when the accumulator
is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used shall be chosen considering the temperatures liable
to be encountered by the installation during its service. A low gas pressure group alarm or other
effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators shall be provided
at the central operating console on the navigation bridge. Loss of stored energy indication at each
local operating position shall also be provided; or
.3 an independent electrical system and motor for each door with each power source consisting of
a motor capable of opening and closing the door. The power source shall be capable of being
automatically supplied by the transitional source of emergency electrical power as required by
regulation 42.4.2 - in the event of failure of either the main or emergency source of electrical
power and with sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times, i.e. closed-open-closed,
against an adverse list of 15'.
For the systems specified in paragraphs7.3.1,7.3.2 and 7.3.3, provision should be made as follows: Power
systems for power-operated watertight sliding doors shall be separate from any other power system. A single
failure in the electric or hydraulic power-operated systems excluding the hydraulic actuator shall not prevent
the hand operation of any door.
7.4 Control handles shall be provided at each side of the bulkhead at a minimum height of 1.6 m above the
floor and shall be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold both handles in the
open position without being able to set the power closing mechanism in operation accidentally. The direction
of movement of the handles in opening and closing the door shall be in the direction of door movement and
shall be clearly indicated.
7.5 As far as practicable, electrical equipment and components for watertight doors shall be situated above
the bulkhead deck and outside hazardous areas and spaces.
7.6 The enclosures of electrical components necessarily situated below the bulkhead deck shall provide
suitable protection against the ingress of water.*
7.7 Electric power, control, indication and alarm circuits shall be protected against fault in such a way that a
failure in one door circuit will not cause a failure in any other door circuit. Short circuits or other faults in the
alarm or indicator circuits of a door shall not result in a loss of power operation of that door. Arrangements
shall be such that leakage of water into the electrical equipment located below the bulkhead deck will not
cause the door to open.
7.8 A single electrical failure in the power operating or control system of a power-operated sliding watertight
door shall not result in a closed door opening. Availability of the power supply should be continuously
monitored at a point in the electrical circuit as near as practicable to each of the motors required by paragraph
7.3. Loss of any such power supply should activate an audible and visual alarm at the central operating console
at the navigation bridge.
8.1 The central operating console at the navigation bridge shall have a "master mode" switch with two
modes of control: a "local control" mode which shall allow any door to be locally opened and locally closed
after use without automatic closure, and a "doors closed" mode which shall automatically close any door that
is open. The "doors closed" mode shall automatically close any door that is open. The "doors closed" mode
*
following publication IEC 60529:2003:
Refer to the
.-lelectrical motors, associated circuits and control components; protected to IPX 7 standard;
.2 door position indicators and associated circuit components; protected to IPX B standard; and
.3 door movement warning signals; protected to IPX 6 standard.
Other arrangements for the enclosures of electrical components may be fitted provided the Administration is satisfied that an equivalent
protection iiachieved. The water pressure IPX B shall be based on the pressure that may occur at the location of the component during
flooding ior a period of ]o h.
Regulation 13-'l
B'3 lt shall not be possible to remotely open any door from the
central operating console.
9'1 If the Administration is satisfied that such doors are essential, watertight doors of satisfactory
may be fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo construction
between deck rpu.u!. such doors may be hinged, rolling
or sliding doors but shall not be remotely co"ntrolied. They
shall b" iitted ,iiil ;G;"rr leveI and as far from
llt"
tl"ll plating as practicable, but in no case shall the ouiboard vertical edges be situated at a distance from
the shell plating which is less than one fifth of the breadth
of the ship, as .l"fi;;;;; ,"g;lrtion 2, such disrance
being measured at right angles to the centreline at the
level of the deepest subclivision draught.
9'2 Should any such doors be accessible d,urilq the voyage, they
shall be fitted with a device which prevents
unau.thorized,opening. it is proposed to flt ru.h io8ri, thJ numbemnd urrang"ments
special consideration of)!hen
shall receive the
the Administration.
11.2 where it is proposed to fit tunnels piercing watertight bulkheads, these receive the special
consideration of the Administration.
Regulation 13-1
openings in watertight bulkheads and internal decks in cargo ships
1 The number of openings in watertight subdivisions is to be kept to a minimum compatible with the
design and- proper working of the ship. Where penetrations of wateriight
bulkheads and internal decks are
necessary for access, piping, ventilation, electrical cables, etc.,
arrangements are to be made to maintain the
watertight integrity. The Administration may permit relaxation in thJ
watertightners tf opening, ,oo;" ih"
freeboard deck, provided that it is demonsirated that any progressive
flooding can be easily controlled and
that the safety of the ship is not impaired.
2 Doors provided to ensure the watertight integrity of internal openings which are used while at sea are
to be sliding watertight doors capable of being remotely closed from the bridge and are also to be operable
locally from each side of the bulkhead. lndicators are to be provided at the control position showing whether
the doors are open or closed, and an audible alarm is to be provided at the door closure. The power, control
and indicators are to be operable in the event of main power failure. Particular attention is to be paid to
minimizing the effect of control system failure. Each power-operated sliding watertight door shall be provided
with an individual hand-operated mechanism. lt shall be possible to open and close the door by hand at the
door itself from both sides.
3 Access doors and access hatch covers normally closed at sea, intended to ensure the watertight integrity
of internal openings, shall be provided with means of indication locally and on the bridge showing whether
these doors or hatch covers are open or closed. A notice is to be affixed to each such door or hatch cover to
the effect that it is not to be left open.
4 Watertight doors or ramps of satisfactory construction may be fitted to internally subdivide large cargo
spaces, provided that the Administration is satisfied that such doors or ramps are essential. These doors or
ramps may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors or ramps, but shall not be remotely controlled. Should any
of the doors or ramps be accessible during the voyage, they shall be fitted with a device which prevents
unauthorized opening.
5 Other closing appliances which are kept permanently closed at sea to ensure the watertight integrity of
internal openings shall be provided with a notice which is to be affixed to each such closing appliance to the
effect that it is to be kept closed. Manholes fitted with closely bolted covers need not be so marked.
Regulation 14
Passenger ships carrying goods vehicles and accompanying personnel
1 This regulation applies to passenger ships designed or adapted for the carriage of goods vehicles and
accompanyi ng personnel.
2 l{ in such a ship the total number of passengers, which includes personnel accompanying vehicles, does
not exceed 12 + Adl25, where Aa : total deck area (square metres) of spaces available for the stowage of
goods vehicles and where the clear height at the stowage position and at the entrance to such spaces is not
Iess than 4 m, the provisions of regulations '13.9.1 and 13.9.2 in respect of watertight doors apply except that
the doors may be fitted at any level in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo spaces. Additionally, indicators are
required on the navigation bridge to show automatically when each door is closed and all door fastenings are
secured.
3 The ship may not be certified for a higher number of passengers than assumed in paragraph 2, if a
watertight door has been fitted in accordance with this regulation.
Regulation 15
Openings in the shell plating below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships
and the freeboard deck of cargo ships
1 The number of openings in the shell plating shall be reduced to the minimum compatible with the design
and proper working of the ship.
2 The arrangement and efficiency of the means for closing any opening in the shell plating shall be
consistent with its intended purpose and the position in which it is fitted and generally to the satisfaction of
the Administration.
3'1 Subject to the requirements of the lnternational Convention on Load Lines in force, no sidescuttle shall
be fitted in such a position that its sill is below a line
drawn prrurr"r to the bulkhead deck at side and having
its lowest point2.5oh of the breaclth of the ship above
the deepesi subdivision arurjnt, o, 500 mm, whichever
is the greater.
3'2 All sidescuttles the sills of which are below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships ancl the
freeboard deck
oi cargo ships, as permitted by paragraph 3..1, shall be of such construction
as will effectively prevent any
person opening them without the consent of the master of
the ship.
{ E{ficient
!jnged inside deadlights, so arranged.thatthey can be easily and effectively closecland secured
qI IV JLLU I LU
t: sidescuttles j^LEpr that,
:::::1i:
perpendicular il"'l:,"
YLrPLrrurLUrdr drru
l["1 da ilr
and duL've
above line orawn
llrle drawn parallel to
abait uile
Lildt/ dudlL one etgn{n
:I:+.io the bulkhead de& eighth oT
of the
tne ship;s
snlp,s tength
deck at side and having
from the forward
ira its lowest point at a
the breadth, or the ship above tn" a""p"'i;ilri;;'i,nrsht, the
*.gT^'ll;l"I^ll:'l::1:_1r deadlights
deadrights
:]:*i [:]*,':^:,:.11:":P::'::1"T'.9-"1i"'
other,than
on Load Lines 'r'u'
io'
',J"*s;;;;;;;;'; ;i;; ;il" [lJi;fl]i:
in force to b" 6;,;;;;riy'rit".n"a in theirr proper
::"",,_",:r'""1 ?l I^: ]:Sln1!iol,lt,Convention
Positions' Such portable deadlights shall be stowed adjacent to the sidescuttles they'serve
B'3 Machinery space, main, and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges
, in connection with the operation of
machinery shall be fitted. with readily accessible valves between th"e
pipes and the shell plating or between
the pipes and fabricated boxes attached to the shell plating. ln mannecl
machinery spaces the valves may be
controlled locally and shall be provided with indicators sh6wing whether
they arJo o, closed.
"n
B'4 Moving parts penetrating the shell plating below the deepest subdivision
draught shall be fitted with
a sealing arrangement acceptable lo the Administiation. The inboard
.watertight
within.a watertight space of such volume that, if flooded, the bulkheacl [land shall be Iocated
deck will riot be submerged. The
Administration may require that, if such compartment is flooded, essential
or emergency power and Iighting,
internal communication, signals or other emergency devices must ,emain
available"in oiher parts or tr,E ,nifr.
8.5 AII shell fittings and valves required by this regulation shall be of steel, bronze or other approved ductile
material. Valves of ordinary cast iron or similar material are not acceptable. All pipes to which this regulation
refers shall be of steel or other equivalent material to the satisfaction of the Administration.
9 Cangway, cargo and fuelling ports fitted below the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard
deck of cargo ships shall be watertight and in no case be so fitted as to have their lowest point below the
deepest subdivision draught.
10.1 The inboard opening of each ash-chute, rubbish-chute, etc., shall be fitted with an efficient cover.
10.2 lf the inboard opening is situated brelow the bulkhead deck of passenger ships and the freeboard deck of
cargo ships, the cover shall be watertight and, in addition, an automatic non-return valve shall be fitted in the
chute in an easily accessible position above the deepest subdivision draught.
Regulation 15-1
External openings in cargo ships
1 All external openings leading to compartments assumed intact in the damage analysis, which are below
the final damage waterline, are required to be watertight.
2 External openings required to be watertight in accordance with paragraph 1 shall, except ior cargo hatch
covers, be fitted with indicators on the bridge.
3 Openings in the shell plating below the deck limiting the vertical extent of damage shall be fitted with a
device that prevents unauthorized opening if they are accessible during the voyage.
4 Other closing appliances which are kept permanently closed at sea to ensure the watertight integrity of
external openings shall be provided with a notice affixed to each appliance to the effect that it is to be kept
closed. Manholes fitted with closely bolted covers need not be so marked.
Regulation 16
Construction and initial tests of watertight doors, sidescuttles, etc.
1 ln all ships:
.1 the design, materials and construction of all watertight doors, sidescuttles, gangway and cargo
ports, valves, pipes, ash-chutes and rubbish-chutes referred to in these regulations shall be to the
satisfaction of the Administration;
.2 such valves, doors and mechanisms shall be suitably marked to ensure that they may be properly
used to provide maximum safety; and
.3 the frames of vertical watertight doors shall have no groove at the bottom in which dirt might lodge
and prevent the door closing properly.
2 ln passenger ships and cargo ships watertight doors shall be tested by water pressure to a head of water
they might sustain in a final or intermediate stage of flooding. Where testing of individual doors is not carried
out because of possible damage to insulation or outfitting items, testing of individual doors may be replaced
by a prototype pressure test of each type and size of door with a test pressure corresponding at least to the
head required for the intended location. The prototype test shall be carried out before the door is fitted. The
installation method and procedure for fitting the door on board shall correspond to that of the prototype test.
When fitted on board, each door shall be checked for proper seating between the bulkhead, the frame and
the door.
Regulation 16-1
Construction and initial tests of watertight decks, trunks, etc.
1 Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators shall be of the same strength as watertight
bulkheads at corresponding levels. The means used for making them watertight, and tlie arranger""nt,
adopted for closing openings in them, shall be to the satisfaction of the Aclministrition. Watertight ve"ntilators
and trunks shall be carried at least up to the bulkhead deck in passenger ships and up to the freeboard deck
in cargo ships.
2 Where a ventilation trunk passing through a structure penetrates the bulkhead deck, the trunk shall be
capable of withstanding the water pressure that may be present within the trunk, after having taken into account
the maximum heel angle allowable during intermediate stages of flooding, in accordanc" *ith regulation Z-2.
3 Where all or part of the penetration of the bulkhead deck is on the main ro-ro deck, the trunk shall be
capable of withstanding impact pressure due to internal water motions (sloshing) of water trappecl on the ro-ro
deck.
4 A{ter completion, a.hose or flooding test shall be applied to watertight clecks and a hose test to watertight
trunks, tunnels and ventilators.
Regulation 17
lnternal watertight integrity of passenger ships above the bulkhead deck
1 The Administration may require that all reasonable and practicable measures shall be taken to limit the
entry and spread of water above the bulkhead deck. Such measures may include partial bulkheads or webs.
When partial watertight bulkheads and webs are fitted on the bulkhead deck, above or in the immediate
vicinity of watertight bulkheads, they shall have watertight shell and bulkhead deck connections so as to
restrict the flow of water along the deck when the ship is in a heeled damaged condition. Where the partial
watertight bulkhead does not line up with the bulkhead below, the bulkhead deck between shall be made
effectively watertight. Where openings, pipes, scuppers, electric cables, etc., are carried through the partial
watertight bulkheads or decks within the immersed part of the bulkhead deck, arrangements shall be made to
ensure the watertight integrity of the structure above the bulkhead deck.''
2 All openings in the exposed weather deck shall have coamings of ample height and strength and shall
be provided with efficient means for expeditiously closing them weathertight. Freeing porti, open rails
and scuppers shall be fitted as necessary for rapidly clearing the weather deck of water under all weather
conditions.
3 The open end of air pipes terminating within a superstructure shall be at least 1 m above the waterline
when the ship heels to an angle of 15', or the maximum angle of heel during intermediate stages of flooding,
as determined by direct calculation, whichever is the greater. Alternatively, air pipes from tjnks other than
oil tanks may discharge through the side of the superstructure. The provisions of this paragraph are without
prejudice to the provisions of the International Convention on Load Lines in force.
Sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and fuelling ports and other means for closing openings in the shell plating
above the bulkhead deck shall be of efficient design and construction and of sufficient strength having regard
to the spaces in which they are fitted and their positions relative to the deepest subdivision draught.t- -
5 Efficient inside deadlights, so arranged that they can be easily and effectively closed and secured
watertight, shall be provided for all sidescuttles to spaces below the first deck above the bulkhead deck.
" Refer to Cuidance notes on the integrity of flooding boundaries above the bulkhead deck of passenger ships for proper application
.1,
of regulations ll-1lB and 20, paragraph of SOLAS 1974, as amended (MSC/Circ.54.l, as may 6e ame"nded).'
i Refer to Recommendation on strength and security and locking arrangements of shell doors on ro-ro passenger ships (resolution
A.793(.19)).
Regulation 17-1
lntegrity of the hull and superstructure, damage prevention and
control on ro-ro passenger ships
1.1 Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 1.2 and 1.3, all accesses that lead to spaces below the bulkhead
deck shall have a lowest point which is not less than 2.5 m above the bulkhead deck.
1,2 Where vehicle ramps are installed to give access to spaces below the bulkhead deck, their openings shall
be able to be closed weathertight to prevent ingress of water below, alarmed and indicated to the navigation
bridge.
1.3 The Administration may permit the fitting of particular accesses to spaces below the bulkhead deck
provided they are necessary for the essential working of the ship, e.g. the movement of machinery and stores,
subject to such accesses being made watertight, alarmed and indicated on the navigation bridge.
2 lndicators shall be provided on the navigation bridge for all shell doors, loading doors and other closing
appliances which, if left open or not properly secured, could, in the opinion of the Administration, lead to
flooding of a special category space or ro-ro space. The indicator system shall be designed on the fail-safe
principle and shall show by visual alarms if the door is not fully closed or if any of the securing arrangements
are not in place and fully locked and by audible alarms if such door or closing appliances become open or the
securing arrangements become unsecured. The indicator panel on the navigation bridge shall be equipped
with a mode selection function "harbourAea voyage" so arranged that an audible alarm is given on the
navigation bridge if the ship leaves harbour with the bow doors, inner doors, stern ramp or any other side shell
doors not closed or any closing device not in the correct position. The power supply for the indicator system
shall be independent of the power supply for operating and securing the doors.
3 Television surveillance and a water leakage detection system shall be arranged to provide an indication
to the navigation bridge and to the engine control station of any leakage through inner and outer bow doors,
stern doors or any other shell doors which could lead to flooding of special category spaces or ro-ro spaces.
ao
/() SOTAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 2014
Part B-3
subdivision load line assignment for passenger ships
Regulation 1B
Assigning, marking and recording of subdivision load lines for passenger
ships
1 ln order that the .required. degree of subdivision shall be maintained, a load Iine corresponding to the
approved subdivision draught shall be assigned and marked on the ship's
sides. A shif intended for altErnating
modes of operation may, il the owners desire, have one or more additional
load lines assigned and marked
to correspond with the subdivision draughts which the Administration may
approve for the alternative service
configurations. Each service configuration so upproued shall comply with part'B-1
of this chapter lndependently
of the results obtained for other modes of operation
4 The freeboard corresponding to each approved subdivision load line and the
service configuration for
which it is approved shall be clearly indicated on the Passenger Ship Safety Certificate-
5 In no case shall any subdivision load line mark be placed above the deepest load line in
salt water as
determined by the strength of the ship or the lnternationai Convention on Load Lines in
force.
6 .Whatever
may be the position of the subdivision load line marks, a ship shall in no case be loaded
so as
to submerge the load line mark appropriate to the season and locality as determined in
accordance with the
International Convention on Load Lines in force.
7 A ship shall in no case be so loaded that when it is in salt water the subdivision load line mark appropriate
to the particular voyage and service configuration is submerged.
Regulation 19
Damage control i nformation*
1 There shall be permanently exhibited, or readily available on the navigation bridge, for the guidance of
the officer in charge of the ship, plans showing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertight
compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position of any controls thereof, and the
arrangements for the correction of any list due to flooding. ln addition, booklets containing the aforementioned
information shall be made available to the officers of the ship.
2 Watertight doors in passenger ships permitted to remain open during navigation shall be clearly indicated
in the ship's stability information.
3 Ceneral precautions to be included shall consist of a listing of equipment, conditions and operational
procedures considered by the Administration to be necessary to maintain watertight integrity under normal
ship operations.
4 Specific precautions to be included shall consist of a listing of elements (i.e. closures, security of cargo,
sounding of alarms, etc.) considered by the Administration to be vital to the survival of the ship, passengers
and crew.
5 ln case of ships to which damage stability requirements of part B-1 apply, damage stability information
shall provide the master with a simple and easily understandable way of assessing the ship's survivability in all
damage cases involving a compartment or group of compartments.
Regulation 20
Loading of passenger ships
1 On completion of loading of the ship and prior to its departure, the master shall determine the ship's
trim and stability and also ascertain and record that the ship is in compliance with stability criteria in relevant
regulations. The determination of the ship's stability shall always be made by calculation. The Administration
may accept the use of an electronic loading and stability computer or equivalent means for this purpose.
2 Water ballast should not in general be carried in tanks intended for oil fuel. ln ships in which it is not
practicable to avoid putting water in oil fuel tanks, oily-water separating equipment to the satisfaction of the
Administration shall be fitted, or other alternative means, such as discharge to shore facilities, acceptable to
the Administration shall be provided for disposing of the oily-water ballast.
3 The provisions of this regulation are without prejudice to the provisions of the lnternational Convention
for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships in force.
Refer to Cuidclincs for damage control plans and information to the master (MSC..l/Circ.1245).
Regulation 21
Periodical operation and inspection of watertight doors, etc.,
in passenger ships
Drills for the operating of watertight doors, sidescuttles, valves and closing mechanisms of scuppers,
ash-chutes and rubbish-chutes shall take place weekly. In ships in which the voyage exceeds one week in
duration a complete drill shall be held before Ieaving port, and others thereafter at least once a week during
the voyage.
2 All watertight doors, both hinged and power-operated, in watertight bulkheads, in use at sea, shall be
operated daily.
3 ,The watertight doors and all mechanisms and indicators connected therewith, all valves the closing of
which is necessary to make a compartment watertight, and all valves the operation of which is necessarlifor
damage control cross-connections shall be periodically inspected at sea at least once a week.
4 A record of all drills and inspections required by this regulation shall be entered in the logbook with an
explicit record of any defects which may be disclosed.
Regulation 22
Prevention and control of water ingress, etc.
1 All watertight doors shall be kept closed during navigation except that they may be opened during
navigation as specified in paragraphs 3 and 4. Watertight doors of a width of more than 1.2 m in machinery
-13.10
spaces as permitted by regulation may only be opened in the circumstances detailed in that regulation.
Any door which is opened in accordance with this paragraph shall be ready to be immediately closed.
2 Watertight doors located below the bulkhead deck having a maximum clear opening width of more than
1.2 m shall be kept closed when the ship is at sea, except for limited periods when absolutely necessary as
determined by the Administration.
3 A watertight door may be opened during navigation to permit the passage of passengers or creq or when
work in the immediate vicinity of the door necessitates it being opened. The door must be immediately closed
when transit through the door is complete or when the task which necessitated it being open is finished.
4 Certain watertight doors may be permitted to rernain open during navigation only if considered
absolutely necessary; that is, being open is determined essential to the safe and effective operation of the
ship's machinery or to permit passengers normally unrestricted access throughout the passenger area. Such
determination shall be made by the Administration only after careful consideration of the impact on ship
operations and survivability. A watertight door permitted to remain thus open shall be clearly indicated in the
ship's stability information and shall always be ready to be immediately closed.
5 Portable plates on bulkheads shall always be in place before the ship leaves port, and shall not be
removed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion of the master. The necessary
precautions shall be taken in replacing them to ensure that the joints are watertight. Power-operated sliding
watertight doors permitted in machinery spaces in accordance with regulation 13.10 shall be closed before the
ship leaves port and shall remain closed during navigation except in case of urgent necessity at the discretion
of the master.
6 Watertight doors fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo between deck spaces in accordance with
regulation 13.9.1 shall be closed before the voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation;
the time of opening such doors in port and of closing them before the ship leaves port shall be entered in the
Iogbook.
7 Cangway, cargo and fuelling ports fitted below the bulkhead deck shall be effectively closed and secured
watertight before the ship leaves port, and shall be kept closed during navigation.
B The following doors, Iocated above the bulkhead deck, shall be closed and locked before the ship
proceeds on any voyage and shall remain closed and locked until the ship is at its next berth:
.1 cargo loading doors in the shell or the boundaries of enclosed superstructures;
.2 bow visors fitted in positions as indicated in paragraph 8.1;
9 Where a door cannot be opened or closed while the ship is at the berth, such a door may be opened
or left open while the ship approaches or draws away from the berth, but only so far as may be'necesiary to
enable the door to hre immediately operated. ln any case, the inner bow door must be kept closed.
10 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs 8.1 and 8.4, the Administration may authorize that
particular doors can be opened at the discretion of the master, if necessary for the operation of the ship or the
embarking and disembarking of passengers when the ship is at safe anchorage and provided that the safety of
the ship is not impaired.
"11 The master shall ensure that an effective system of supervision and reporting of the closing and opening
of the doors referred to in paragraph B is implemented.
12 The master shall ensure, before the ship proceeds on any voyage, that an entry in the logbook is made
of the time of the last closing of the doors specified in paragraph t: and the time of any openiig of particular
doors in accordance with paragraph 14.
13 Hinged doors, portable plates, sidescuttles, gangway, cargo and bunkering ports and other openings,
which are required by these regulations to be kept closed during navigation, shall be closed before'the sh"ip
leaves port. The time of closing and the time of opening (if permissible under these regulations) shall be
recorded in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
14 Where in a between-deck, the sills of any of the sidescuttles referred to in regulation 15.3.2 are below
a line drawn parallel to the bulkhead deck at side and having its lowest point 1.4 m plus 2.5./. of the breadth
of the ship above the water when the ship departs from any port, all the sidescuttles in that between-deck
shall be closed watertight and locked before the ship leaves port, and they shall not be opened before the ship
arrives at the next port. In the application of this paragraph the appropriate allowance for fresh water may be
made when applicable.
.1 The time of opening such sidescuttles in port and of closing and Iocking them before the ship
leaves port shall be entered in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
) For any ship that has one or more sidescuttles so placed that the requirements of paragraph 14
would apply when it was floating at its deepest subdivision draught, the Administration may indicate
the limiting mean draught at which these sidescuttles will have their sills above the Iine drawn
parallel to the bulkhead deck at side, and having its lowest point 1.4 m plus 2.5./" ol the breadth
of the ship above the waterline corresponding to the limiting mean draught, and at which it will
therefore be permissible to depart from port without previously closing and locking them and to
open them at sea on the responsibility of the master during the voyage to the next port. ln tropical
zones, as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines in force, this limiting draught may
be increased by 0.3 m.
15 Sidescuttles and their deadlights which will not be accessible during navigation shall be closed and
secured before the ship leaves port.
'16 lf cargo is carried in spaces referred to in regulation 15.5.2, the sidescuttles and their deadlights shall be
closed watertight and locked before the cargo is shipped and such closing and Iocking shall be recorded in
such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administration.
17 When a rubbish-chute, etc., is not in use, both the cover and the valve required by regulation 15.-l0.2
shall be kept closed and secured.
Regulation 22-1
Flooding detection systems for passenger ships carrying 36 or more persons
constructed on or after I July 2010
A flooding detection system for watertight spaces below the bulkhead deck shall be provided based on the
guidelines developed by the Organization.*
Regulation 23
Special requirements for ro-ro passenger ships
1 Special category spaces and ro-ro spaces shall be continuously patrolled or monitored by effective
means, such as television surveillance, so that any movement of vehicles in adverse weather conditions and
unauthorized access by passengers thereto can be detected whilst the ship is under way.
2. Documented operating procedures for closing and securing all shell doors, Ioading doors and other
closing appliances which, if left open or not properly secured, could, in the opinion of tie Administration,
Iead to flooding of a special category space or ro-ro space shall be kept on board and posted at an appropriate
place.
3 All accesses from the ro-ro deck and vehicle ramps that Iead to spaces below the bulkhead deck shall
be closed before the ship leaves the berth on any voyage and shall remain closed until the ship is at its next
berth.
4 The master shall ensure that an effective system of supervision and reporting of the closing and opening
of such accesses referred to in paragraph 3 is implemented.
5 The master shall ensure, before the ship leaves the berth on any voyage, that an entry in the logbook, as
required by regulation 22.13, is made of the time of the last closing of the accesses referred to in paragraph 3.
6 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3, the Administration may permit some accesses to be
opened during the voyage, but only for a period sufficient to permit through passage and, if required, for the
essential working of the ship.
7 All transverse or longitudinal bulkheads which are taken into account as effective to confine the seawater
accumulated on the ro-ro deck shall be in place and secured before the ship Ieaves the berth and remain in
place and secured until the ship is at its next berth.
B Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 7, the Administration may permit some accesses within
such bulkheads to be opened during the voyage but only for sufficient time to permit through passage and, if
required, for the essential working of the ship.
9 ln all ro-ro passenger ships, the master or the designated officer shall ensure that, without the expressed
consent of the master or the designated officer, no passengers are allowed access to an enclosed ro-ro deck
when the ship is under way.
Regulation 24
Prevention and control of water ingress, etc., in cargo ships
1 Openings in the shell plating below the deck limiting the vertical extent of damage shall be kept
permanently closed while at sea.
2 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3, the Administration may authorize that particular doors
may be opened at the discretion of the master, if necessary for the operation of the ship and provided that the
safety of the ship is not impaired.
*
Refer to cuidelines for flooding detection systems on passenger ships (MSC..l/Circ.1291).
3 Watertight doors or ramps fitted to internally subdivide large cargo spaces shall be closed before the
voyage commences and shall be kept closed during navigation; the time of opening such doors in port and of
closing them before the ship Ieaves port shall be entered in the logbook.
4 The use of access doors and hatch covers intended to ensure the watertight integrity of internal openings
shall be authorlzed by the officer of the watch.
Regulation 25
Water level detectors on single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers
1 Single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers constructed before 1 January 2007 shall comply with the
requirements of this regulation not later than 31 December 2009.
4 The water level detectors required by paragraph 2 need not be fitted in ships complying with regulation
Xll/12, or in ships having watertight side compartments each side of the cargo hold length extending vertically
at least from inner bottom to freeboard deck.
" Refer to Performance standards for water level detectors on bulk carriers and single hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers
(rcsolution MSC.1 BB(79)).
(Except where expressly provided otherwise part C applies to passenger ships and cargo ships)
Regulation 26
Ceneral
1. The machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels, associated piping systems and fittings shall be of a
design and construction adequate for the service for which they are intended and shall be slo installed and
protected as to reduceto a minimum any danger to persons on broard, due regard being paid to moving parts,
hot surfaces and other hazards. The design shall have regard to materials ur"Jin constriction, the purp"ose foi
which the equipment is intended, the working conditions to which it will be subjected and the environmental
conditions on board.*
2 The Administration shall give special consideration to the reliability of single essential propulsion
components and may require a separate source of propulsion power sufficient to give the ship a navigable
speed, especially in the case of unconventional arrangements.
3 Means shall be provided whereby normal operation of propulsion machinery can be sustaineclor restored
even though one of the essential auxiliaries becomes inoperative. Special consideration shall be given to the
malfunctioning of:
.10 the hydraulic, pneumatic or electrical means for control in main propulsion machinery including
controllable pitch propellers.
However, the Administration, having regard to overall safety considerations, may accept a partial reciuction in
propulsion capability from normal operation.
4 .
Means shall be provided to ensure that the machinery can be brought into operation from the clead ship
condition without external aid.
5 All boilers, all parts of machinery, all steam, hydraulic, pneumatic and other systems and their associated
fittings which are under internal pressure shall be subjected to appropriate tests including a pressure test
before being put into service for the first time.
6 Main propulsion machinery and all auxiliary machinery essential to the propulsion and the safety of the
ship shall, as fitted in the ship, be designed to operate when the ship is upright and when inclined at any angle
of list up to and including 15'either way under static conditions and 22.5" under dynamic conditions (rolling)
either way and simultaneously inclined dynamically (pitching) 7.5" by bow or stern. The Administration may
permit deviation from these angles, taking into consideration the type, size and service conditions of the ship.
7 Provision shall be made to facilitate cleaning, inspection and maintenance of main propulsion and
auxiliary machinery including boilers and pressure vessels.
B Special consideration shall be given to the design, construction and installation of propulsion machinery
systems so that any mode of their vibrations shall not cause undue stresses in this machinery in the normal
operating ranges.
9 Non-metallic expansion joints in piping systems, if located in a system which penetrates the ship's side
and both the penetration and the non-metallic expansion joint are located below the deepest load waterline,
shall be inspected as part of the surveys prescribed in regulation l/10(a) and replaced as necessary, or at an
interval recommended by the manufacturer.
10 Operating and maintenance instructions and engineering drawings for ship machinery and equipment
essential to the safe operation of the ship shall be written in a language understandable by those officers and
crew members who are required to understand such information in the performance of their duties.
11 Location and arrangement of vent pipes for fuel oil service, settling and lubrication oil tanks shall be such
that the event of a broken vent pipe this shall not directly lead to the risk of ingress of seawater splashes or
in
rainwater. Two fuel oil service tanks for each type of fuel used on board necessary for propulsion and vital
systems or equivalent arrangements shall be provided on each new ship, with a capacity of at Ieast B h at
maximum continuous rating of the propulsion plant and normal operating load at sea of the generator plant.*
This paragraph applies only to ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998.
Regulation 27
Machinery
1 Where risk from overspeeding of machinery exists, means shall be provided to ensure that the safe speed
is not exceeded.
2 Where main or auxiliary machinery including pressure vessels or any parts of such machinery are subject
to internal pressure and may be subject to dangerous overpressure, means shall be provided where practicable
to protect against such excessive pressure.
3 All gearing and every shaft and coupling used for transmission of power to machinery essential for the
propulsion and safety of the ship or for the safety of persons on board shall be so designed and constructed that
they will withstand the maximum working stresses to which they may be subjected in all service conditions,
and due consideration shall be given to the type of engines by which they are driven or of which they form
part.
4 lnternal combustion engines of a cylinder diameter of 200 mm or a crankcase volume of 0.6 m3 and
above shall be provided with crankcase explosion relief valves of a suitable type with sufficient relief area. The
relief valves shall be arranged or provided with means to ensure that discharge from them is so directed as to
minimize the possibility of injury to personnel.
* Reier regulation ll-2/4.2, Arrangements for oil fuel, Iubrication oil and other flammable oils
to
5 Main turbine propulsion machinery and, where applicable, main internal combustion propulsion
machinery and auxiliary machinery shall be provided with automatic shutoff arrangements in the case of
failures such as lubricating oil supply failure which could lead rapidly to complete breatdown, serious damage
or explosion. The Administration may permit provisions for overriding automatic shutoff devices.
Regulation 28
Means of going astern'r
1 Sufficient power for going astern shall be provided to secure proper control of the ship in all normal
circumstances.
2 The ability of the machinery to reverse the direction of thrust of the propeller in sufficient time, and so to
bring the ship to rest within a reasonable distance from maximum ahead service speed, shall be clemonstrated
and recorded.
3 The stopping times, ship headings and distances recorded on trials, together with the results of trials
to determine the ability of ships having multiple propellers to navigate and manoeuvre with one or more
propellers inoperative, shall be available on board for the use of the master or designated personnel.
4 Where the ship is provided with supplementary means for manoeuvring or stopping, the effectiveness of
such means shall be demonstrated and recorded as referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3.
Regulation 29
Steering geart
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, every ship shall be provided with a main steering gear and an
auxiliary steering gear to the satisfaction of the Administration. The main steering gerr and the auxiliary
steering gear shall be so arranged that the failure of one of them will not render the other one inoperative.
2.-l All the steering gear components and the rudder stock shall be of sound and reliable construction to
the satisfaction of the Administration. Special consideration shall be given to the suitability of any essential
component which is not duplicated. Any such essential component shall, where appropriate, utilize antifriction
bearings such as ball-bearings, roller-bearings or sleeve-bearings which shall be permanently lubricated or
provided with Iubrication fittings.
2.2 The design pressure for calculations to determine the scantlings of piping and other steering gear
components subjected to internal hydraulic pressure shall be at least 1.25 times the maximum working
pressure to be expected under the operational conditions specified in paragraph 3.2, taking into account any
pressure which may exist in the low-pressure side of the system. At the discretion of the Administration, fatigue
criteria shall be applied for the design of piping and components, taking into account pulsating pr"ssures Jre
to dynamic loads.
2.3 Relief valves shall be fitted to any part of the hydraulic system which can be isolated and in which
pressure can be generated from the power source or from external forces. The setting of the relief valves shall
not exceed the design pressure. The valves shall be of adequate size and so arranged as to avoid an undue rise
in pressure above the design pressure.
to Recommendation on the provision and the display of manoeuvring information on board ships (resolution 4.601(lS)),
"' Refer
Standards for ship manoeuvrability (resolution MSC.I37(76)) and Explanatory notes to thc standards for ship manoeuvrability
(MSC/Circ..l053).
i Refer to lmproved steering gear standards for passenger and cargo ships (resolution A.415(Xl)) and Examination of steering gears on
existing tankers (resolution A.416(Xl)).
6.1 Where the main steering gear comprises two or more identical power units, an auxiliary steering gear
need not be fitted, provided that:
.1 in a passenger ship, the main steering gear is capable of operating the rudder as required by
paragraph 3.2 while any one of the power units is out of operation;
.2 in a cargo ship, the main steering gear is capable of operating the rudder as required by paragraph
3.2 while operating with all power units;
.3 the main steering gear is so arranged that after a single failure in its piping system or in one of the
power units the defect can be isolated so that steering capability can be maintained or speedily
regained.
6.2 The Administration may, until 1 September 1986, accept the fitting of a steering gear which has a proven
record of reliability but does not comply with the requirements of paragraph 6.1.3 for a hydraulic system.
6.3 Steering gears, other than of the hydraulic type, shall achieve standards equivalent to the requirements
of this paragraph to the satisfaction of the Administration.
.3 for the auxiliary steering gear, in the steering gear compartment and, if power-operated, it shall also
be operable from the navigation bridge and shall be independent of the control system for the main
steering gear.
B Any main and auxiliary steering gear control system operable from the navigation bridge shall comply
with the following:
.1 if electric, it shall be served by its own separate circuit supplied from a steering gear power circuit
from a point within the steering gear compartment, or directly from switchboard busbars supplying
that steering gear power circuit at a point on the switchboard adl'acent to the supply to the steerinf
Bear power circuit;
.2 means shall be provided in the steering gear compartment for disconnecting any control system
operable from the navigation bridge from the steering gear it serves;
.3 the system shall be capable of being brought into operation from a position on the navigation
bridge;
.4 in the event of a failure of electrical power supply to the control system, an audible and visual alarm
shall be given on the navigation bridge; and
.5 short circuit protection only shall be provided for steering gear control supply circuits.
9
" The electrical power circuits and the steering gear control systems with their associated components,
cables and pipes required by this regulation and by regulation 30 shall be separated as far as is practicable
throughout their length.
10 A means of communication shall be provided between the navigation bridge and the steering gear
compartment.
.1 if the main steering gear is power-operated, be indicated on the navigation bridge. The rudder
angle indication shall be independent of the steering gear control system;
.1 arranSements to maintain the cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid taking into consideration the type
and design of the hydraulic system;
.2 a low-level alarm for each hydraulic fluid reservoir to give the earliest practicable indication of
hydraulic fluid leakage. Audible and visual alarms shall be given on the navigation bridge and in
the machinery space where they can be readily observed; and
.3 a fixed storage tank having sufficient capacity to recharge at least one power actuating system
including the reservoir, where the main steering gear is required to be power-operated. The storage
tank shall be permanently connected by piping in such a manner that the hydraulic systems crn 6e
readily recharged from a position within the steering gear compartment and shall be provided with
a contents gauge.
.1 readily accessible and, as far as practicable, separated from machinery spaces; and
.2 provided with suitable arrangements to ensure working access to steering gear machinery and
controls. These arrangements shall include handrails and gratings or other nonslip surfaces to
ensure suitable working conditions in the event of hydraulic fluid leakage.
14 Where the rudder stock is required to be over 230 mm diameter in way of the tiller, excluding strengthening
for navigation in ice, an alternative power supply, sufficient at least to supply the steering gear power unit
which complies with the requirements of paragraph 4.2 and also its associated control system and the rudder
angle indicator, shall be provided automatically, within 45 s, either from the emergency source of electrical
power or from an independent source of power located in the steering gear compartment. This independent
source of prtwer shall be used only for this purpose. ln every ship of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, the
alternative power supply shall have a capacity for at Ieast 30 min of continuous operation and in any other
ship for at least '10 min.
15 ln every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards and in every other
ship of 70,000 gross tonnage and upwards, the main steering gear shall comprise two or more identical power
units complying with the provisions of paragraph 5.
16 Every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall, subject to
paragraph 17, comply with the following:
.1 the main steering gear shall be so arranged that in the event of loss of steering capability due to a
single failure in any part of one of the power actuating systems of the main steering gear, excluding
the tiller, quadrant or components serving the same purpose, or seizure of the rudder actuators,
steering capability shall be regained in not more than 45 s after the loss of one power actuating
system;
.2.2 at least two identical power actuating systems which, acting simultaneously in normal
operation, shall be capable of meeting the requirements of paragraph 3.2. Where necessary
to comply with this requirement, interconnection of hydraulic power actuating systems shall
be provided. Loss of hydraulic fluid from one system shall be capable of being detected and
the defective system automatically isolated so that the other actuating system or systems shall
remain fully operational;
.3 steering gears other than of the hydraulic type shall achieve equivalent standards.
17 For tankers, chemical tankers or gas carriers of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, but of less than
.15,
100,000 tonnes deadweight, solutions other than those set out in paragraph which need not apply the
single failure criterion to the rudder actuator or actuators, may be permitted provided that an equivalent safety
standard is achieved and that:
.1 following loss of steering capability due to a single failure of any part of the piping system or in one
of the power units, steering capability shall be regained within 45 s; and
.2 where the steering gear includes only a single rudder actuator, special consideration is given to stress
analysis for the design including fatigue analysis and fracture mechanics analysis, as appropriate, to
the material used, to the installation of sealing arrangements and to testing and inspection and to
the provision of effective maintenance. ln consideration of the foregoing, the Administration shall
adopt regulations which include the provisions of the Cuidelines for acceptance of non-duplicated
rudder actuators for tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers of 10,000 gross tonnage and above
but less than 100,000 tonnes deadweight, adopted by the Organization.*
18 For a tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, but less than
70,000 tonnes deadweight, the Administration may, until 1 September 1986, accept a steering gear system
with a proven record of reliability which does not comply with the single failure criterion required for a
hydraulic system in paragraph 16.
19 Every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards, constructed before 1
september 1984, shall comply, not laterthan i september .l986, with thefollowing:
.1 the requirements of paragraphs 7.1,8.2,8.4,10,11,12.2,12.3 and 13.2;
.2 two independent steering gear control systems shall be provided each of which can be operated
from the navigation bridge. This does not require duplication of the steering wheel or steering lever;
.3 if the steering Sear control system in operation fails, the second system shall be capable of being
brought into immediate operation from the navigation bridge; and
.4 each steering gear control system, if electric, shall be served by its own separate circuit supplied
from the steering Bear power circuit or directly from switchboard busbars supplying that steering gear
power circuit at a point on the switchboard adjacent to the supply to the steering gear power ciriuit.
20 ln addition to the requirements of paragraph 19, in every tanker, chemical tanker or gas carrier of 40,000
Sross tonnage and upwards, constructed before 1 September 1984, the steering g"nr shrll, not later than
1 September 1988, be so arranged that, in the event of a single failure of the piping or of one of the power
units, steering capability can be maintained or the rudder movement can be limited so that steering capability
can be speedily regained. This shall be achieved by:
.-l an independent means of restraining the rudder; or
.2 fast-acting valves which may be manually operated to isolate the actuator or actuators from
the external hydraulic piping together with a means of directly refilling the actuators by a fixed
independent power-operated pump and piping system; or
.3 an arrangement such that, where hydraulic power systems are interconnected, loss of hydraulic
fluid from one system shall be detected and the defective system isolated either automatically or
from the navigation bridge so that the other system remains fully operational.
Regulation 30
Additional requirements for electric and electrohydraulic steering gear
1 Means for indicating that the motors of electric and electrohydraulic steering gear are running shall be
installed on the navigation bridge and at a suitable main machinery control position.
2 Each electric or electrohydraulic steering gear comprising one or more power units shall be served by
at least two exclusive circuits fed directly from the main switchboard; however, one of the circuits may be
supplied through the emergency switchboard. An auxiliary electric or electrohydraulic steering gear associated
with a main electric or electrohydraulic steering gear may be connected to one of the circuitisupplying this
main steering gear. The circuits supplying an electric or electrohydraulic steering gear shall have adequate
rating for supplying all motors which can be simultaneously connected to them ind may be required to
operate simu ltaneously.
3 Short circuit protection and an overload alarm shall be provided for such circuits and motors. Protectiorr
against excess current, including starting current, if provided, shall be for not less than twice the full load
current of the motor or circuit so protected, and shall be arranged to permit the passage of the appropriate
starting currents. Where a three-phase supply is used an alarm shall be provided that will indicate failure of
any one of the supply phases. The alarms required in this paragraph shall be both audible and visual and shall
be situated in a conspicuous position in the main machinery space or control room from which the main
machinery is normally controlled and as may be required by regulation 51.
4 When in a ship of less than 1,600 gross tonnage an auxiliary steering gear which is required by
regulation 29.4.3 to be operated by power is not electrically powered or is powered by an electiic motor
primarily intended for other services, the main steering gear may be fed by one circuit from the main
switchboard. Where such an electric motor primarily intended for other services is arrangeclto power such an
auxiliary steering gear, the requirement of paragraph 3 may be waived by the Administration if satisfied with
the protection arrangement together with the requirements of regulation 29.5.1 and .2 and 29.7.3 applicable
to auxiliary steering gear.
Regulation 31
Machinery controls
1 Main and auxiliary machinery essential for the propulsion and safety of the ship shall be provided with
effective means for its operation and control.
2 Where remote control of propulsion machinery from the navigation bridge is provided and the machinery
spaces are intended to be manned, the following shall apply:
.1 the speed; direction of thrust and, if applicable, the pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable
from the navigation bridge under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring;
.2 the remote control shall be performed, for each independent propeller, by a control device so
designed and constructed that its operation does not require particular attention to the operational
details of the machinery. Where multiple propellers are designed to operate simultaneously, they
may be controlled by one control device;
.3 the main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device on the
navigation bridge which shall be independent of the navigation bridge control system;
.4 propulsion machinery orders from the navigation bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery
control room or at the manoeuvring platform as appropriate;
.5 remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one location at a time;
at such locations interconnected control positions are permitted. At each location there shall be
an indicator showing which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of
control between the navigation bridge and machinery spaces shall be possible only in the main
machinery space or the main machinery control room. This system shall include means to prevent
the propelling thrust from altering significantly when transferring control from one location to
another;
.6 it shall be possible to control the propulsion machinery locally, even in the case of failure in any
part of the remote control system;
.7 the design of the remote control system shall be such that in case of its failure an alarm will be
given. Unless the Administration considers it impracticable the preset speed and direction of thrust
of the propellers shall be maintained until local control is in operation;
3 Where the main propulsion and associated machinery, including sources of main electrical supply, are
provided with various degrees of automatic or remote control and are under continuous manual supervision
from a control room the arrangements and controls shall be so designed, equipped and installed that the
machinery operation will be as safe and effective as if it were under direct supervision; for this purpose
regulations 46 to 50 shall apply as appropriate. Particular consideration shall be given to protect such spaces
against fire and flooding.
4 ln general, automatic starting, operational and control systems shall include provisions for manually
overriding the automatic controls. Failure of any part of such systems shall not prevent the use of the manual
override.
5 Ships constructed on or after 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 1 to 4, as
amended, as follows:
.2 in the second and third lines of paragraph 2, the words "and the machinery spaces are intended to
be manned" are deleted;
.3 the first sentence of paragraph 2.2 is replaced by the following:
'.2 the control shall be performed by a single control device for each independent propeller,
with automatic performance of all associated services, including, where necessary, means of
preventing overload of the propulsion machinery.,';
Regulation 32
Steam boilers and boiler feed systems
1 Every steam boiler and every unfired steam generator shall be provided with not less than two safety
valves of adequate capacity. However, having regard to the output or any other features of any boiler or
unfired steam generator, the Administration may permit only one safety valve to be iitted if it is satisfied that
adequate protection against overpressure is thereby provided.
2 Each oil-fired boiler which is intended to operate without manual supervision shall have safety
arrangements which shut off the fuel supply and give an alarm in the case of low water level, air supply failure
or flame failure.
3 Water tube boilers serving turbine propulsion machinery shall be fitted with a high-water-level alarm'
4 Every steam generating system which provides services essential for the safety of the ship, or which could
be rendered dangerous by the failure of its feedwater supply, shall be provided with not less than two separate
feedwater systems from and including the feed pumps, noting that a single penetration of the steam drum is
acceptable. Unless overpressure is prevented by the pump characteristics, means shall be provided which will
prevent overpressure in any part of the systems.
5 Boilers shall be provicled with means to supervise and control the quality of the feedwater. Suitable
arrangements shall be provided to preclude, as far as practicable, the entry of oil or other contaminants which
may adversely affect the boiler.
6 Every boiler essential for the safety of the ship and designed to contain water at a specified level shall be
provicled with at least two means for indicating its water level, at least one of which shall be a direct reading
gauge glass.
Regulation 33
Steam pipe systems
1 Every steam pipe and every fitting connected thereto through which steam may pass shall be so designed,
constructecl and insialled as to withstind the maximum working stresses to which it may be subjected.
2 Means shall be provided for draining every steam pipe in which dangerous water hammer action might
otherwise occur.
3 If a steam pipe or fitting may receive steam from any source at a higher pressure than for which it is
designed a suitabie reducing valve, relief valve and pressure gauge shall be fitted'
Regulation 34
Air pressure systems
1 ln every ship means shall be provided to prevent overpressure in any part of compressed air systems and
wherever water jackets or casings of air compressors and coolers might be subjected to dangerous overpressure
due to leakage into them from iir pressure parts. Suitable pressure relief arrangements shall be provided for all
systems.
2 The main starting air arrangements for main propulsion internal combustion engines shall be adequately
protectecl against the effects of backfiring and internal explosion in the starting air pipes.
3 All discharge pipes from starting air compressors shall lead directly to the starting air receivers, and all
starting pipes frolm ihe air receivers to main or auxiliary engines shall be entirely separate from the compressor
discharge pipe system.
4 provision shall be macle to reduce to a minimum the entry of oil into the air pressure systems and to drain
these systems.
Regulation 35
Ventilating systems in machinery spaces
Machinery spaces of category A shall be adequately ventilated so as to ensure that when machinery or boilers-
therein are operating at full power in all weaiher conditions including hga"vy weather, an adequate supply of
air is maintained to tI-1" ,pu.", for the safety and comfort of personnel and the operation of the machinery. Any
other machinery space if,rtt U" adequately ventilated appropriate for the purpose of that machinery space.
Regulation 35-1
Bilge pum ping arrangements
2.2 Sanitary, ballast and general service pumps may be accepted as independent power bilge pumps if fitted
with the necessary connections to the bilge pumping system.
2.3 All bilge pipes used in or under coal bunkers or fuel storage tanks or in boiler or machinery spaces,
including spaces in which oil-settling tanks or oil fuel pumping units are situated, shall be of steel or other
suitable material.
2.4 The arrangement of the bilge and ballast pumping system shall be such as to prevent the possibility
of water passing from the sea and from water ballast spaces into the cargo and machinery spaces, or from
one compartment to another. Provision shall be made to prevent any deep tank having bilge and ballast
connections being inadvertently flooded from the sea when containing cargo, or being discharged through a
bilge pump when containing water ballast.
2.5 All distribution boxes and manually operated valves in connection with the bilge pumping arrangements
shall be in positions which are accessible under ordinary circumstances.
2.6 Provision shall be made for the drainage of enclosed cargo spaces situated on the bulkhead deck of
a passenger ship and on the freeboard deck of a cargo ship, provided that the Administration may permit
the means of drainage to be dispensed with in any particular compartment of any ship or class of sl"rip if it
is satisfied that by reason of size or internal subdivision of those spaces the safety of the ship is not thereby
impaired.
2.6.1 Where the freeboard to the bulkhead deck or the freeboard deck, respectively, is such that the deck
edge is immersed when the ship heels more than 5o, the drainage shall be by means of a sufficient number
of scuppers of suitable size discharging directly overboard, fitted in accordance with the requirements of
regulation 15 in the case of a passenger ship and the requirements for scuppers, inlets and discharges of the
lnternational Convention on Load Lines in force in the case of a cargo ship.
2.6.2 Where the freeboard is such that the edge of the bulkhead deck or the edge of the freeboard deck,
respectively, is immersed when the ship heels 5' or less, the drainage of the enclosed cargo spaces on the
bulkhead deck or on the freeboard deck, respectively, shall be led to a suitable space, or rpices, of adequate
capacity, having a high water level alarm and provided with suitable arrangements for discharge overboard. In
addition it shall be ensured that:
.1 the number, size and disposition of the scuppers are such as to prevent unreasonable accumulation
of free water;
.2 the pumping arrangements required by this regulation for passenger ships or cargo ships, as
applicable, take account of the requirements for any fixed pressure water-spraying f ire-extinguishing
system;
.3 water contaminated with petrol or other dangerous substances is not drained to machinery spaces
or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present; and
.4 where the enclosed cargo space is protected by a carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system the
deck scuppers are fitted with means to prevent the escape of the smothering gas.
2.6.3 Provisions for the drainage of closed vehicle and ro-ro spaces and special category spaces shall also
comp ly with regu lations ll -2 I 20.6.1 .4 and ll -2 I 20.6.1 .5.
Passenger ships
3.1 The bilge pumping system required by paragraph 2.1 shall be capable of operation under all practicable
conditions after a casualty whether the ship is upright or listed. For this purpose wing suctions shall generally
be fitted except in narrow compartments at the end of the ship where one suction may be sufficient. ln
compartments of unusual form, additional suctions may be required. Arrangements shall be made whereby
water in the compartment may find its way to the suction pipes. Where, lor particular compartments, the
Administration is satisfied that the provision of drainage may be undesirable, it may allow such provision to be
dispensed with if calculations made in accordance with the conditions laid down in regulations 7 and B show
that the survival capability of the ship will not be impaired.
3.2 At least three power pumps shall be fitted connected to the bilge main, one of which may be driven by
the propulsion machinery. Where the bilge pump numeral is 30 or more, one additional independent power
pump shall be provided.
where:
N - the number of passengers for which the ship is to be certified; and
K : 0.056[
However, where the value of KN is greater than the sum of P and the whole volume of the
actual passenger spaces above the bulkhead deck, the figure to be taken as P1 is that sum or
two-thirds KN, whichever is the greater.
3.3 Where practicable, the power bilge pumps shall be placed in separate watertight compartments and so
arranged or situated that these compartments will not be flooded by the same damage. lf the main propulsion
machinery, auxiliary machinery and boilers are in two or more watertight compartments, the pumps available
for bilge service shall be distributed as far as is possible throughout these compartments.
3.4 On a ship of 91.5 m in length and upwards or having a bilge pump numeral, calculated in accordance
with paragraph 3.2, of 30 or more, the arrangements shall be such that at least one power bilge pump shall be
available for use in all flooding conditions which the ship is required to withstand, as follows:
.1 one of the required bilge pumps shall be an emergency pump of a reliable submersible type having
a source of power situated above the bulkhead deck; or
.2 the bilge pumps and their sources of power shall be so distributed throughout the length of the ship
that at least one pump in an undamaged compartment will be available.
3'5 With the exception of additional pumps which may be provided for peak compartments only, each
required bilge pump shall be so arranged as to draw water from any space required to be drained by
paragraph 2.1.
3.6 Each power bilge pump shall be capable of pumping water through the required main bilge pipe at a
speed of not less than 2 m/s. Independent power bilge pumps situated in machinery spaces shall-have clirect
su_ctions from these spaces, except that not more than two such suctions shall be required in any one space.
Where two or more such suctions are provided, there shall be at least one on each side of the ship. fhe
Administration may require independent power bilge pumps situated in other spaces to have separate direct
suctions. Direct suctions shall be suitably arranged and those in a machinery space shall be of a diameter not
less than that required for the bilge main.
3.7J1 ln addition to the direct bilge suction or suctions required by paragraph 3.6, a direct suction from the
main circulating pump leading to the drainage level of the machinery space and fitted with a non-return valve
shall be provided in the machinery space. The diameter of this direct suction pipe shall be at least two thirds
of the diameter of the pump inlet in the case of steamships, and of the same diameter as the pump inlet in the
case of motorships.
3.7.2 Where, in the opinion of the Administration, the main circulating pump is not suitable for this purpose,
a direct emergency bilge suction shall be led from the largest availabie independent power-driven pump to
the drainage level of the machinery space; the suction shall be of the same diameter as the main inlet oi.the
pump used. T_he capacity of the pump so connected shall exceed that of a required bilge pump by an amount
deemed satisfactory by the Administration.
3.7.3 The spindles of the sea inlet and direct suction valves shall extend well above the engine-room platform.
3.8 All bilge suction piping up to the connection to the pumps shall be independent of other piping.
3.9 The diameter d of the bilge main shall be calculated according to the following formula. However, the
actual internal diameter of the bilge main may be rounded off to the nearest standanC size acceptable to the
Administration:
d - 2s i- 1.68V/(B * D))
where:
d is the internal diameter of the bilge main (millimerres);
L and B are the length and the breadth of the ship (metres) as defined in regulation 2; and
D is the moulded depth of the ship to the bulkhead deck (metres) provided that, in a ship having
an enclosed carSo space on the bulkhead deck which is internally drained in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph 2.6.2 and which extends for the full length of the ship, D shall be measured to
the next deck above the bulkhead deck. Where the enclosed cargo spaces cover a lesser length, D shall
be taken as the moulded depth to the bulkhead deck plus lh/L where / and h are the aggregate length
and.height,.respectively, of the enclosed cargo spaces (metres). The diameter of the bilge branch pifies
shall meet the requirements of the Administration.
3.10 Provision shall be made to prevent the compartment served by any bilge suction pipe being flooded in
the event of the pipe being severed or otherwise damaged by collision o, grorncling in any other co"mpartment.
For this purpose, where the pipe is at any part situated nearer the side of ihe ship ihan onu fifth of the breadth
of the ship (as defined in regulation 2 and measured at right angles to the centreline atthe level of the deepest
subdivision load line), or is in a duct keel, a non-return valve shall be fitted to the pipe in the compartment
containing the open end.
3.11 Distribution boxes, cocks and valves in connection with the bilge pumping system shall be so arranged
that, in the event of flooding, one of the bilge pumps may be operative on any compartment; in additLn,
damage to a pump or its pipe connecting to the bilge main outboard of a line drawn at one fifth of the breadth
of the ship shall not put the bilge system out of action. lf there is only one system of pipes common to all
the pumps, the necessary valves for controlling the bilge suctions must be capable of being operated from
above the bulkhead deck. Where, in addition to the main bilge pumping system, an emergency bilge pumping
system is provided, it shall be independent of the main system and so arranged that a pump is capable of
operating on any compartment under flooding condition as specified in paragraph 3..1; in that case only the
valves necessary for the operation of the emergency system need bre capable of being operated from above
the bulkhead deck.
3.12 All cocks and valves referred to in paragraph 3.11 which can bre operated from above the bulkhead
deck shall have their controls at their place of operation clearly marked and shall be provided with means to
indicate whether they are open or closed.
4 Cargo ships
At least two power pumps connected to the main bilge system shall be provided, one of which may be driven
by the propulsion machinery. lf the Administration is satisfied that the safety of the ship is not impaired, bilge
pumping arrangements may be dispensed with in particular compartments.
Regulation 36.
Regulation 37
Communication between navigation bridge and machinery space
1 At least two independent means shall be provided for communicating orders from the navigation bridge
to the position in the machinery space or in the control room from which the engines are normally controlled:
one of these shall be an engine-room telegraph which provides visual indication of the orders and responses
both in the machinery space and on the navigation bridge. Appropriate means of communication shall be
provided to any other positions from which the engines may be controlled.
At least two independent means shall be provided for communicating orders from the navigation bridge
to the position in the machinery space or in the control room from which the speed and direction of thrust
of the propellers are normally controlled; one of these shall be an engine-room telegraph which provides
visual indication of the orders and responses both in the machinery spaces and on the navigation bridge.
Appropriate means of communication shall be provided from the navigation bridge and the engine-room
to any other position from which the speed or direction of thrust of the propellers may be controlled.
Regulation 38
Engineers'alarm
An engineers' alarm shall be provided to be operated from the engine control room or at the manoeuvring
platform as appropriate, and shall be clearly audible in the engineers' accommodation.
Regulation 39
Location of emergency installations in passenger ships
Emergency sources of electrical poweri fire pumps, bilge pumps except those specifically serving the spaces
forward of the colllsion bulkhead, any fixed fire-extinguishing system required by chapter ll-2 and other
emergency installations which are essential for the safety of the ship, except anchor windlasses, shall not be
installed forward of the collision bulkhead.
(Except where expressly provided otherwise part D applies to passenger ships and
cargo ships)
Regulation 40
Ceneral
1 Electrical installations shall be such that:
.1 all. electrical auxiliary.services necessary for maintaining the ship in normal operational and
habitable conditions will be ensured without recourse to the emergency source of electrical power;
.2 electrical services essential for safety will be ensured under various emergency conditions; and
.3 the safety of passengers, crew and ship from electrical hazards will be ensured.
2 The Administration shall take appropriate steps to ensure uniformity in the implementation and application
of the provisions of this part in respect of electrical installations..
Regulation 41
Main source of electrical power and lighting systems
1.1 A main source of electrical power of sufficient capacity to supply all those services mentioned in regulation
40.1.1 shall be provided. This main source of electrical power shall consist of at least two generating iets.
1.2 The capacity of these generating sets shall be such that in the event of any one generating set being
stopped it will still be possible to supply those services necessary to provide normal operitional cJnditions oi
propulsion and safety. Minimum comfortable conditions of habitability shall also be ensured which include at
least adequate services for cooking, heating, domestic refrigeration, mechanical ventilation, sanitary and fresh
water.
1.3 The arrangements of the ship's main source of electrical power shall be such that the services referred
to in regulation 40.1.1 can be maintained regardless of the speed and direction of rotation of the propulsion
machinery or shafting.
"1.4 ln addition, the generating sets shall be such as to ensure that with
any one generator or its primary
source of power out of operation, the remaining generating sets shall be capable of"providing the eiectrical
services necessary to start the main propulsion plant from a dead ship condition. The er"rgen.y source of
electrical power may
!e used for the purpose of starting from a dead ship condition if its fapability either
alone or combined with that of any other source of electrical power is sufficient to provide at ihe same time
those services required to be supplied by regulalions 42.2.1 to 42.2.3 or 43.2.1 to 43.2.4.
1.5 Where transformers constitute an essential part of the electrical supply system required by this paragraph,
the system shall be so arranged as to ensure the same continuity of the supply as is stated in ihir purug[ph.
- Refer to the recommendations published by the International Electrotechnical Comnrission and, in particular, publication IEC 60092
Flectrical installations in ships. -
2.1 A main electric lighting system which shall provide illumination throughout those parts of the ship
normally accessible to and used by passengers or crew shall be supplied from the main source of electrical
power.
2.2 The arrangement of the main electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in
spaces containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the main
switchboard and the main lighting switchboard, will not render the emergency electric lighting system required
by regulations 42.2.1 and 42.2.2 or 43.2.1, 43.2.2 and 43.2.3 inoperative.
2.3 The arrangement of the emergency electric lighting system shall be such that a fire or other casualty in
spaces containing the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the
emergency switchboard and the emergency lighting switchboard will not render the main electric lighting
system required by this regulation inoperative.
3 The main switchboard shall be so placed relative to one main generating station that, as far as is
practicable, the integrity of the normal electrical supply may be affected only by a fire or other casualty in
one space. An environmental enclosure for the main switchboard, such as may be provided by a machinery
control room situated within the main boundaries of the space, is not to be considered as separating the
switchboards from the generators.
4 Where the total installed electrical power of the main generating sets is in excess of 3 MW, the main
busbars shall be subdivided into at Ieast two parts which shall normally be connected by removable Iinks or
other approved means; so far as is practicable, the connection of generating sets and any other duplicated
equipment shall be equally divided between the parts. Equivalent arrangements may be permitted to the
satis[action oi the Administration.
6 ln passenger ships constructed on or after 1 )uly 2010, supplementary lighting shall be provided in all
cabins to clearly indicate the exit so that occupants will be able to find their way to the door. Such lighting,
which may be connected to an emergency source of power or have a self-contained source of electrical
power in each cabin, shall automatically illuminate when power to the normal cabin lighting is lost and remain
on for a minimum of 30 minutes.
Regulation 42
Emergency source of electrical power in passenger ships
(Paragraphs 2.6.1 and 4.2 of this regulation apply to ships constructed on or after 1 February 1992)
'1 atevery muster and embarkation station and overthe sides as required by regulations
lll/1-1 .4 and
ilt/16.7;
) in alleyways, stairways and exits giving access to the muster and embarkation
statiions, as required
by regulation lllil 1.5;
.3 in all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways and exits, personnel Iift
cars;
,4 in the machinery spaces and main generating stations including their control
positions;
.5 in all control stations, machinery control rooms, ancl at each main and emergency
switchboaid;
.6 at all stowage positions for firemen,s outfits;
.7 at the steering gear; and
'B at the fire pump, the sprinkler pu.mp and the emergency bilge pump referred
to in paragr aph 2.4
and at the starting position of their motors.
) the shipborne navigational equipment as required by regulation V/19; where such provision is
unreasonable or impracticable the Administration may waive this requirement for ships of less than
5,000 gross tonnage;
a
.J the fire detection and fire alarm system, and the firedoor holding and release system; and
.4 for intermittent operation of the daylight signalling lamp, the ship's whistle, the manually operated
call points, and all internal signals that are required in an emergency;
unless such services have an independent supply for the period of 36 h from an accumulator battery suitably
located for use in an emergency.
2.5 For the period of time required by regulation 29.14 the steering gear if required to be so supplied by
regulation.
2.7 ln a ship engaged regularly on voyages of short duration, the Administration if satisfied that an adequate
standard of safety would be attained may accept a lesser period than the 36 h period specified in paragraphs 2.1
to 2.5 but not less than 12 h.
3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generator or an accumulator battery, which
shall comply with the following:
3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be:
.1 driven by a suitable prime mover with an independent supply of fuel having a flashpoint (closed
cup test) of not less than 43"C;
.2 started automatically upon failure of the electrical supply from the main source of electrical power
and shall be automatically connected to the emergency switchboard; those services referred to in
paragraph 4 shall then be transferred automatically to the emergency generating set. The automatic
starting system and the characteristic of the prime mover shall be such as to permit the emergency
generator to carry its full rated load as quickly as is safe and practicable, subject to a maximum
of 45 s; unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generating set is provided,
the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the
automatic starting system; and
.3 provided with a transitional source of emergency electrical power according to paragraph 4.
3.2 Where the entergency source of electrical power is an accumulator battery, it shall be capable of:
.1 carrying the emergency electrical Ioad without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the
battery throughout the discharge period within 12"/" above or below its nominal voltage;
.2 automatically connecting to the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of the main source
of electrical power; and
.3 immediately supplying at least those services specified in paragraph 4.
3.3 The following provisions in paragraph 3.1.2 shall not apply to ships constructed on or after I October 1994:
Unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generating set is provided, the single
source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by tl-re automatic starti"ng
system.
3.4 For ships constructed on or after 1)uly 1998, where electrical power is necessary to restore propulsion,
the capacity shall be sufficient to restore propulsion to the ship in conjunction wiih other machinery, as
appropriate, from a dead ship condition within 30 min after blackout.
4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power required by paragraph 3..l.3 shall consist of an
accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency which shali operate without recharging while
maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12/o above or below iis n-ominal
voltage and be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure of either
the main or emergency source of electrical power at least the following services, if they depend upon an
electrical source for their operation:
.2 all services.required by paragraphs2.3.1,2.3.3 and 2.3.4 unless such services have an independent
supply for the period specified from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.
4.2 .Power
to operate the watertight doors, as required by regulation 15.7.3.3, but not necessarily all of them
simultaneously, unless an independent temporary source of stored energy is provided. power to the control,
indication and alarm circuits as required by regulation 15.7.2 for half an hour.'
5:1 The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the emergency source of
electrical power.
5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be
located in the same space unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.
5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this regulation shall be installed in the same space
as the emergency switchboard. An indicator shall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard
or in the machinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting either the emergency source of
electrical power or the transitional source of emergency electrical power referred to in paragraph 3.1 .3 or 4
are being discharged.
5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normal operation from the main switchboard by an
interconnector feeder which is to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload and short
circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at the emergency switchboard upon failure of the main
source of electrical power. Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the interconnector feeder is
also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short circuit.
5.5 ln order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source of electrical power, arrangements shall be
made where necessary to disconnect automatically non-emergency circuits from the switchboard
to ensure that power shall be available to the emergency circuits. "rnerg"ncy
6 The emergency generator and its prime mover and any emergency accumulator battery shall be so
designed arranged as to ensure that they will function at full rated power when the ship is upright and
.and
when inclined at any angle of list up to 22.5'or when inclined up to 10'either in the fore or aft diieciion, or
is in any combination of angles within those limits.
7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the complete emergency system and shall include the
testing of automatic starting arrangements.
Regulation 42-1
Supplementary emergency lighting for ro-ro passenger ships
(This regulation applies to all passenger ships with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined
in regulation ll-2/3, except that for ships constructed before 22 October 1989, this regulation shall apply not
later than 22 October 1990)
1 ln addition to the emergency lighting required by regulation 42.2, on every passenger ship with ro-ro
cargo spaces or special category spaces as defined in regulation ll-2l3:
.1 all passenger public spaces and alleyways shall be provided with supplementary electric lighting
that can operate for at Ieast 3 h when all other sources of electrical power have failed and under
any condition of heel. The illumination provided shall be such that the approach to the means
of escape can be readily seen. The source of power for the supplementary lighting shall consist
of accumulator batteries located within the lighting units that are continuously charged, where
practicable, from the emergency switchboard. Alternatively, any other means of Iighting which is at
least as effective may be accepted by the Administration. The supplementary lighting shall be such
that any failure of the lamp will be immediately apparent. Any accumulator battery provided shall
be replaced at intervals having regard to the specified service life in the ambient conditions that
they are subject to in service; and
.2 a portable rechargeable battery operated lamp shall be provided in every crew space alleyway,
recreational space and every working space which is normally occupied unless supplementary
emergency lighting, as required by subparagraph .1, is provided.
Regulation 43
Emergency source of electrical power in cargo ships
1.1 A self-contained emergency source of electrical power shall be provided.
1.2 The emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, transitional source
of emergency power, emergency switchboard and emergency lighting switchboard shall be located above
the uppermost continuous deck and shall be readily accessible from the open deck. They shall not be located
forward of the collision bulkhead, except where permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances.
1.3 The location of the emergency source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the
transitional source of emergency power, the emergency switchboard and the emergency Iighting switchboard
in relation to the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and the main
switchboard shall be such as to ensure to the satisfaction of the Administration that a fire or other casualty
in the space containing the main source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, and
the main switchboard, or in any machinery space of category A will not interfere with the supply, control
and distribution of emergency electrical power. As far as practicable the space containing the emergency
source of electrical power, associated transforming equipment, if any, the transitional source of emergency
electrical power and the emergency switchboard shall not be contiguous to the boundaries of machinery
spaces of category A or those spaces containing the main source of electrical power/ associated transforming
equipment, if any, and the main switchboard.
1.4 Provided that suitable measures are taken for safeguarding independent emergency operation under
all circumstances, the emergency generator may be used, exceptionally, and for short periods, to supply
non-emergency ci rcuits.
2 The electrical power available shall be sufficient to supply all those services that are essential for safety
in an emergency, due regard being paid to such services as may have to be operated simultaneously. The
emergency source of electrical power shall be capable, having regard to starting currents and the transitory
nature of certain loads, of supplying simultaneously at least the following services for the periods specified
hereinafter, if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:
'1 in all service and accommodation alleyways, stairways and exits, personnel
lift cars and personnel
Iift trunks;
'6 at the fire pump referred to in paragraph )..5, arthe sprinkler pump,
if any, and at the emergency
bilge pump, if any, and at the starting positions of their motors;
and
.7 in all cargo pump-rooms of tankers constructecl on or after I Julv 2002.
2.3 For a period of 1B h:
'1 the.navigation lights and other lights required by the International
Regulations for
Collisions at Sea in force;
.2 on ships constructed on or after .l February .1995 the VHF radio installation required by
regulation lV/7.1.1 and ly/7.1.2; and, if applicable:
'2 the shipborne navigational equipment as required by regulation V/19; where such
provision is
unreasonable or impracticable the Administration may'waiie this requirement
for ships of less than
5,000 gross tonnage;
2'5 For a period of 'lB h one of the fire pumps required by regulations 112./10.2.2.2
and ll-2/10.2.2.3;
dependent upon lhe emergency generator for its'source of power.
2.6.1 For the period oJ time required by regulation 29.14 the steering gear where is required to be so
supplied by that regulation.
3 The emergency source of electrical power may be either a generator or an accumulator battery, which
shall comply with the following:
3.1 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, it shall be:
.1 driven by a suitable prime mover with an independent supply of fuel, having a flashpoint (closed
cup test) of not less than 43"C;
.2 started automatically upon failure of the main source of electrical power supply unless a transitional
source of emergency electrical power in accordance with paragraph 3.1.3 is provided; where the
emergency generator is automatically started, it shall be automatically connected to the emergency
switchboard; those services referred to in paragraph 4 shall then be connected automatically to the
emergency generator; and unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generator
is provided the single source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion
by the automatic starting system; and
.3 provided with a transitional source of emergency electrical power as specified in paragraph 4
unless an emergency generator is provided capable both of supplying the services mentioned in
that paragraph and of being automatically started and supplying the required load as quickly as is
safe and practicable subject to a maximum of 45 s.
3.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is an accumulator battery it shall be capable of:
.1 carrying the emergency electrical load without recharging while maintaining the voltage of the
battery throughout the discharge period within 12o/o above or below its nominal voltage;
.2 automatically connecting to the emergency switchboard in the event of failure of the main source
of electrical power; and
.3 immediately supplying at least those services specified in paragraph 4.
3.3 The following provision in paragraph 3.1.2 shall not apply to ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994:
Unless a second independent means of starting the emergency generating set is provided, the single source
of stored energy shall be protected to preclude its complete depletion by the automatic starting system.
3.4 For ships constructed on or after 1 )uly 1998, where electrical power is necessary to restore propulsion,
the capacity shall be sufficient to restore propulsion to the ship in conjunctlon with other machinery, as
appropriate, from a dead ship condition within 30 min after blackout.
4 The transitional source of emergency electrical power where required by paragraph 3.1.3 shall consist of
an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency which shall operate without recharging while
maintaining the voltage of the battery throughout the discharge period within 12'/o above or below its nominal
voltage and be of sufficient capacity and shall be so arranged as to supply automatically in the event of failure
of either the main or the emergency source of electrical power for half an hour at least the following services
if they depend upon an electrical source for their operation:
.1 the lighting required by paragraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.1. For this transitional phase, the required
emergency electric lighting, in respect of the machinery space and accommodation and service
spaces may be provided by permanently fixed, individual, automatically charged, relay operated
accumulator lamps; and
.2 all services required by paragraphs 2.4.1, 2.4.3 and 2.4.4 unless such services have an independent
supply for the period specified from an accumulator battery suitably located for use in an emergency.
5.1 The emergency switchboard shall be installed as near as is practicable to the emergency source of
electrical power.
5.2 Where the emergency source of electrical power is a generator, the emergency switchboard shall be
located in the same space unless the operation of the emergency switchboard would thereby be impaired.
5.3 No accumulator battery fitted in accordance with this regulation shall be installed in the same space
as the emergency switchboard. An indicator shall be mounted in a suitable place on the main switchboard
or in the machinery control room to indicate when the batteries constituting either the emergency source
of electrical power or the transitional source of electrical power referred to in paragraph 3.2 oi 4 are being
discharged.
5.4 The emergency switchboard shall be supplied during normal operation from the main switchboard by an
interconnector feeder which is to be adequately protected at the main switchboard against overload and short
circuit and which is to be disconnected automatically at the emergency switchboard upon failure of the main
source of electrical power. Where the system is arranged for feedback operation, the interconnector feeder is
also to be protected at the emergency switchboard at least against short circuit.
5.5 ln order to ensure ready availability of the emergency source of electrical power, arrangements shall be
made where necessary to disconnect automatically non-emergency circuits from the emergency switchboard
to ensure that electrical power shall be available automatically to the emergency circuits.
6 The emergency generator and its prime mover and any emergency accumulator battery shall be so
designed and arranged as to ensure that they will function at full rated power when the ship is upright and
when inclined at any angle of Iist up to 22.5" or when inclined up to 10'either in the fore or aft diieciion, or
is in any combination of angles within those limits.
7 Provision shall be made for the periodic testing of the complete emergency system and shall include the
testing of automatic starting arrangements.
Regulation 44
Starting arrangements for emergency generating sets
1 Emergency generating sets shall be capable of being readily started in their cold condition at a temperature
of 0"C. lf this is impracticable, or if lower temperatures are Iikely to be encountered, provision acceptable to
the Administration shall be made for the maintenance of heating arrangements, to ensure ready starting of the
generating sets.
2 Each emergency Benerating set arranged to be automatically started shall be equipped with starting
devices approved by the Administration with a stored energy capability of at least three consecutive starts. A
second source of energy shall be provided for an additional three starts within 30 min unless manual starting
can be demonstrated to be eifective.
2.1 Ships constructed on or after 'l October 1994, in lieu of the provision of the second sentence of
paragraph 2, shall comply with the following requirements:
The source of stored energy shall be protected to preclude critical depletion by the automatic starting
system, unless a second independent means of starting is provided. ln addition, a second source of
energy shall be provided for an additional three starts within 30 min unless manual starting can be
demonstrated to be effective.
.3 all of these starting, charging and energy storinB devices shall be located in the emergency generator
space; these devices are not to be used for any purpose other than the operation of the emergency
generating set. This does not preclude the supply to the air receiver of the emergency generating
set from the main or auxiliary compressed air system through the non-return valve fitted in the
emergency generator space.
4.1 Where automatic starting is not required, manual starting is permissible, such as manual cranking,
inertia starters, manually char{ed hydraulic accumulators, or powder charge cartridges, where they can be
demonstrated as being effective.
4.2 When manual starting is not practicable, the requirements of paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be complied with
except that starting may be manually initiated.
Regulation 45
Prdcautions against shock, fire and other hazards of electrical origin
(paragraphs 10 and 11 of this regulation applyto ships constructed on or after 1 January 2007)
1.1 Exposed metal parts of electrical machines or equipment which are not intended to be live but which
are liable under fault conditions to become live shall be earthed unless the machines or equipment are:
1l supplied at a voltage not exceeding 50 V direct current or 50 V root mean square between
conductors; auto-transformers shall not be used for the purpose of achieving this voltage; or
.2 supplied at a voltage not exceeding 250 V by safety isolating transformers supplying only one
consuming device; or
.3 constructed in accordance with the principle of double insulation.
1.2 The Administration may require additional precautions for portable electrical equipment for use in
confined or exceptionally damp spaces where particular risks due to conductivity may exist.
1.3 All electrical apparatus shall be so constructed and so installed as not to cause iniury when handled or
touched in the normal manner.
2 Main and emergency switchboards shall be so arranged as to give easy access as may be needed to
apparatus and equiprient, without danger to personnel. The sides and the rear and, where necessary, the
front
oi switchboards shall be suitably guarded. Exposed live parts having voltages to earth exceeding a voltage to
be specified by the Administration shall not be installed on the front of such switchboards. Where necessary/
nonconducting mats or gratings shall be provided at the front and rear of the switchboard.
3.1 The hull return system of distribution shall not be used for any purpose in a tanker, or for power, heating,
or lighting in any other ship of 1,600 gross tonnage and upwards'
j.2 The requirement of paragraph 3.1 does not preclude under conditions approved by the Administration
the use of:
.1 impressed current cathodic protective systems;
.2 limited and locally earthed systems; or
.3 insulation level monitoring devices provided the circulation current does not exceed 30 mA under
the most unfavourable conditions.
3.2-1 For ships constructed on or after 1 October 1994,lhe requirement of paragraph 3.1 does not preclude
the use of limited and locally earthed systems, provided that any possible resulting current does not flow
directly through any dangerous spaces.
3.3 Where the hull return system is used, all final subcircuits, i.e. all circuits fitted after the last protective
device, shall be two-wire ani special precautions shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration.
4.1 Earthecl distribution systems shall not be used in a tanker. The Administration may exceptionally permit
(line to line) and over,
in a tanker the earthing of t'he neutral for alternating current power networks of 3,000 V
provided that any porlibl" resulting current does not flow directly through any of the dangerous spaces.
4.2 When a distribution system, whether primary or secondary, for power, heating or liShting, with.no
and of
connection to earth is used, a device capable of continuously monitoring the insulation level to earth
giving an audible or visual indication of abnormally low insulation values shall be provided.
.1 Except as permitted by paragraph 4.3.2, earthed distribution systems shall not be used in a tanker.
.2 The requirement of paragraph 4.3.1 does not preclude the use of earthed intrinsically safe circuits
and in addition, under conditions approved by the Administration, the use of the following earthed
systems:
.2.1 power-supplied control circuits and instrumentation circuits where technical or safety reasons
preclude the use of a system with no connection to earth, provided the current in the hull is
limited to not more than 5 A in both normal and fault conditions; or
.2.2 limited and locally earthed systems, provided that any possible resulting current does not flow
directly through any of the dangerous spaces; or
.2.3 alternatingcurrentpowernetworksofl,000Vrootmeansquare(linetoline)andover,provided
that any possible resulting current does not flow directly through any of the dangerous spaces.
5.1 Except as permitted by the Administration in exceptional circumstances, all metal sheaths and armour of
cables shall be electrically continuous and shall be earthed.
5.2 All electric cables and wiring external to equipment shall be at least of a flame-retardant type and
shall be so installed as not to impair their original flame-retarding properties. Where necessary for particular
applications the Administration may permit the use of special types of cables such as radio frequency cables,
which do not comply with the foregoing.
5.3 Cables and wiring serving essential or emergency power, lighting, internal communications or signals
shall so far as practicable be routed clear of galleys, laundries, machinery spaces of category A and their
casings and other high fire risk areas. ln ro-ro passenger ships, cabling for emergency alarms and public
address systems installed on or after 1 July 1998 shall be approved by the Administration having regard
to the recommendations developed by the Organization.* Cables connecting fire pumps to the emergency
switchboard shall be of a fire-resistant type where they pass through high fire risk areas. Where practicable all
such cables should be run in such a manner as to preclude their being rendered unserviceable by heating of
the bulkheads that may be caused by a fire in an adjacent space.
5.4 Where cables which are installed in hazardous areas introduce the risk of fire or explosion in the event
of an electrical fault in such areas, special precautions against such risks shall be taken to the satisfaction of
the Administration.
5.5 Cables and wiring shall be installed and supported in such a manner as to avoid chafing or other damage.
5.6 Terminations and joints in all conductors shall be so made as to retain the original electrical, mechanical,
flame-retarding and, where necessary, fire-resisting properties of the cable.
6.1 Each separate circuit shall be protected against short circuit and against overload, except as permitted in
regulations 29 and 30 or where the Administration may exceptionally otherwise permit.
6.2 The rating or appropriate setting of the overload protective device for each circuit shall be permanently
indicated at the location of the protective device.
7 Lighting fittings shall be so arranged as to prevent temperature rises which could damage the cables and
wiring, and to prevent surrounding material from becoming excessively hot.
B All lighting and power circuits terminating in a bunker or cargo space shall be provided with a multiple-
pole switch outside the space for disconnecting such circuits.
"' Refer to Recommendation on performance standards for public address systems on passenger ships, including cabling ((MSC/
Circ.B0Brr.
9.1 Accumulator batteries shall be suitably housed, and compartments used primarily for their accommodation
shall be properly constructed and efficiently ventilated.
9.2 Electrical or other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapours shall not
be permitted in these compartments except as permitted in paragraph 10.
9.3 Accumulator batteries shall not be located in sleeping quarters except where hermetically sealed to the
salisfaction of the Administration.
10 No electrical equipment shall be installed in any space where flammable mixtures are liable to collect,
e.g. in compartments assigned principally to accumulator batteries, in paint lockers, acetylene stores or similar
spaces, unless the Administration is satisfied that such equipment is:
1"1 ln tankers, electrical equipment, cables and wiring shall not be installed in hazardous locations unless
it conforms with standards not inferior to those acceptable to the Organization.* However, for locations not
covered by such standards, electrical equipment, cables and wiring which do not conform to the standards
may be installed in hazardous locations based on a risk assessment to the satisfaction of the Administration,
to ensure that an equivalent level of safety is assured.
12 In a passenger ship, distribution systems shall be so arranged that fire in any main vertical zone as is
defined in regulation ll-213.32 will not interfere with services essential for safety in any other such zone. This
requirement will be met if main and emergency feeders passing through any such zone are separated both
vertically and horizontally as widely as is practicable.
" Refer to the standards published by the lnternational Electrotechnical Commission, and in particular lEC60092-502:1999'. Electrical
installations -
in ships Tankers.
(Part E applies to cargo ships except that regulation 54 refers to passenger ships)
Regulation 46
Ceneral
1 The arrangements provided shall be such as to ensure that the safety of the ship in all sailing conditions,
including manoeuvring, is equivalent to that of a ship having the machinery spaces manned.
2 Measures shall be taken to the satisfaction of the Administration to ensure that the equipment is functioning
in a reliable manner and that satisfactory arrangements are made for regular inspections and routine tests tJ
ensure continuous reliable operation.
3 Every ship shall be provided with documentary evidence, to the satisfaction of the Administration, of its
fitness to operate with periodically unattended machinery spaces.
Regulation 47
Fire precautions
1 Means shall be provided to detect and give alarms at an early stage in case of fires:
.1 in boiler air supply casings and exhausts (uptakes); and
.2 in scavenging air belts of propulsion machinery,
unless the Administration considers this to be unnecessary in a particular case.
2 lnternal combustion engines ol 2,250 kW and above or having cylinders of more than 300 mm brore shall
be provided with crankcase oil mist detectors or engine bearing temperature monitors or equivalent devices.
Regulation 48
P rotectio n agai n st fl ood i n g
1 Bilge wells in periodically unattended machinery spaces shall be located and monitored in such a way
that the accumulation of liquids is detected at normal angles of trim and heel, and shall be Iarge enough to
accommodate easily the normal drainage during the unattended period.
Where-the bilge pumps are capable of being started automatically, means shall be provided to indicate
when the. influx of liquid is greater than the pump capacity or when the pump is operaiing more frequently
than would normally be expected. ln these cases, smaller bilge wells to cover a'reasonable p"eriod of time may
be permitted. Where automatically controlled bilge pumps aie provided, special attention rnutl bu given to oil
pollution prevent ion requirements.
3 The location of the controls of any valve serving a sea inlet, a discharge below the waterline or a bilge
injection system shall be so sited as to allow adequate time for operation in case of influx of water to the spacle,
having regard to the time likely to be required in order to reach and operate such controls. lf the level to which
the space could become flooded with the ship in the fully loaded condition so requires, arrangements shall
be made to operate the controls from a position above such level.
Regulation 49
Control of propulsion machinery from the navigation bridge
1 Under all sailing conditions, including manoeuvring, the speed, direction of thrust and, if applicable, the
pitch of the propeller shall be fully controllable from the navigation bridge.
1.1 Such remote control shall be performed by a single control device for each independent propeller, with
automatic performance of all associated services, including, where necessary, means of preventing overload
of the propulsion machinery.
1.2 The main propulsion machinery shall be provided with an emergency stopping device on the navigation
bridge which shall be independent of the navigation bridge control system.
2 Propulsion machinery orders from the navigation bridge shall be indicated in the main machinery control
room or at the propulsion machinery control position as appropriate.
3 Remote control of the propulsion machinery shall be possible only from one location at a time; at such
locations interconnected control positions are permitted. At each location there shall be an indicator showing
which location is in control of the propulsion machinery. The transfer of control between the navigation
bridge and machinery spaces shall be possible only in the main machinery space or in the main machinery
control room. The system shall include means to prevent the propelling thrust from altering significantly when
transferring control from one location to another.
4 lt shall be possible for all machinery essential for the safe operation of the ship to be controlled from a
local position, even in the case of failure in any part of the automatic or remote control systems.
5 The design of the remote automatic control system shall be such that in case of its failure an alarm will
be given. Unless the Administration considers it impracticable, the preset speed and direction of thrust of the
propeller shall be maintained until local control is in operation.
7 The number of consecutive automatic attempts which fail to produce a start shall be limited to safeguard
sufficient starting air pressure. An alarm shall be provided to indicate low starting air pressure set at a level
which still permits starting operations of the propulsion machinery.
Regulation 50
Communication
A reliable means of vocal communication shall be provided between the main machinery control room or
the propulsion machlnery control position as appropriate, the navigation bridge and the engineer officers'
accommodation.
Regulation 51
Alarm system
An alarm system shall be provided indicating any fault requiring attention and shall:
,1 be capable of sounding an audible alarm in the main machinery control room or at the propulsion
machinery control position, and indicate visually each separate alarm function at a suitable position;
) have a connection to the engineers' public rooms and to each of the engineers' cabins through a
selector switch, to ensure connection to at least one of those cabins. Administrations may permit
equivalent arrangements;
Regulation 53
.3 activate an audible and visual alarm on the navigation bridge for any situation which requires
action by or attention of the officer on watch;
zJl The alarm system shall be continuously powered and shall have an automatic change-over to a stand-by
power supply in case of loss of normal power supply.
2.2 Failure of the normal power supply of the alarm system shall be indicated by an alarm.
3.1 The alarm system shall be able to indicate at the same time more than one fault and the acceptance of
any alarm shall not inhibit another alarm.
3.2 Acceptance at the position referred to in paragraph 1 of any alarm condition shall be indicatecl at the
positions where it was shown. Alarms shall be maintained until they are acceptecl and the visual indications
of individual alarms shall remain until the fault has been corrected, when the aiarm system shall automatically
reset to the normal operating condition.
Regulation 52
Safety systems
A safety system shall be provided to ensure that serious malfunction in machinery or boiler operations, which
presents an immediate danger, shall initiate the automatic shutdown of that part of the piant ancl that an
alarm shall be given Shutdown of the propulsion system shall not be automatically activated except in cases
which could lead to serious damage, complete breakdown, or explosion. Where arrangements for overriding
the shutdown of the main propelling machinery are fitted, these shall be such as to"preclude inadvertent
operation. Visual means shall be provided to indicate when the override has been activated.
Regulation 53
Special requirements for machinery, boiler and electricil installations
1 The special requirements for the machinery, boiler and electrical installations shall be to the satisfaction
of the Administration and shall include at least the requirements of this regulation.
2 The main source of electrical power shall comply with the following:
2-1 Where the electrical power can normally be supplied by one generator, suitable load-shedding
arrangements shall be provided to ensure the integrity of supplies to services required for propulsio, ,nj
steering as well as the safety of the ship. ln the case of loss of the generator in operation, adequaie provision
shall be made for automatic starting and connecting to the main switchboard of a stand-by generator of
sufficient capacity to permit propulsion and steering and to ensure the safety of the ship wit)r automatic
restarting of the essential auxiliaries including, where necessary, sequential operations. The Administration
may dispense with this requirement for a ship of less than .1,600 gross tonnage, if it is considered impracticable.
2.2 lf the electrical power is normally supplied by more than one generator simultaneously in parallel
operation, provision shall be made, for instance by load shedding, to ensure that, in case of loss of one of these
generating sets, the remaining ones are kept in operation without overload to permit propulsion and steering,
and to ensure the safety of the ship.
3. Where stand-by machines are required for other auxiliary machinery essential to propulsion, automatic
change-over devices shall be provided.
4.3 An alarm system complying with regulation 51 shall be provided for all important pressures, temperatures
and fluid levels and other essential parameters.
4.4 A centralized control position shall be arranged with the necessary alarm panels and instrumentation
indicating any alarm.
5 Means shall be provided to keep the starting air pressure at the required level where internal combustion
engines are used for main propulsion.
Regulation 54
Special consideration in respect of passenger ships
Passenger ships shall be specially considered by the Administration as to whether or not their machinery
spaces may be periodically unattended and if so whether additional requirements to those stipulated in these
regulations are necessary to achieve equivalent safety to that of normally attended machinery spaces.
Regulation 55
Alternative design and arrangements
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to provide a methodology for alternative
design and arrangements for
machinery and electrical installations.
2 Genera!
2'1 Machinery and electrical installation design and arrangements may deviate from
the requirements set out
in parts C,. D and E, provided that the alternative design unJurrrng"ments
meet the intent of the requirements
concerned and provide an equivalent level of safety io this chapter.
2'2 when alternative design or arrangements cleviate from the prescriptive requirements
of parts C, D and
E, an engineering analysis, evaluation and approval of the design ancJ
arrangements shall be carried out in
accordance with this regulation.
3 Engineering analysis
The engineering analysis shall be prepared and submitted to the Administration,
based on the guidelines
developed by the Organization," and shall include, as a minimum, the following elements:
'1 determination of the ship type, machinery, electrical installations and space(s) concerned;
) identification of the prescriptive requirement(s)with which the machinery and electrical
installations
will not comply;
.3 identification of the reason the.proposed design will not meet the prescriptive requirements
supported by compliance with other recognized engineering or industry standards;
.4 determination of the performance criteria for the ship, machinery, electrical installation
or the
space(s) concerned addressed by the relevant prescriptive requirement(s):
.4.1 performance criteria shall provide a level of safety not inferior to the relevant prescriptive
requirements contained in parts C, D and E; and
performance criteria shall be quantifiable and measurable;
.5 detailed description of the alternative design and. arrangements, including a Iist
of the assumptions
used in the design and any proposed operitional restriltions oiconditiois;
.6 technical iustification demonstrating that the alternative design and arrangements meet
the safety
performance criteria; and
.7 risk assessment based on of the potential faults and hazards associated with the
proposal.
Refer to Cuidelines on alternative design and arrangements for SoLAS chapters ll-.1 and Ill (MSC.j/Circ.12l2).
5 Exchange of information
The Administration shall communicate to the Organization pertinent
information concerning alternative design
and arrangements approved by them for circulat*ion to all Contracting
Covernments.
Page
Part A General
Regulation 1 Application
121
Regulation 2 Fire safety objectives and functional requirements
124
Regulation 3 Definitions.
12s
Part D Escape
Regulation 12 Notification of crew and passengers. . .
192
Regulation 13 Means of escape
192
Page
Regulation 21 Casualty threshold, safe return to port and safe areas . 222
Regulation 22 Design criteria for systems to remain operational after a fire casualty 223
Regulation 1*
Application
1 Application
1.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to ships constructed on or after 1
)uly 2012.
-1.2
For the purpose of this chapter:
.1 the expression ships constructed means ships the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar
stage of construction;
.3 a carSo ship, whenever built,which is converted to a passenger ship shall be treated as a passenger
ship constructed on the date on which such a conversion commences.
1.3 For the pu rpose of this chapter, the expressi on a similar stage of construction means the stage at which:
2.2 Ships constructed before 1 )uly 2OO2 shall also comply with:
.2 regulations 13.3.4.2 to 13.3.4.5, 13.4.3 and part E, except regulations 16.3.2.2 and 16.3.2.3 thereol
as appropriate, not later than the date of the first surveyt after 'l )uly 2oo2;
.4 regulation 10.5.6 not later than 'l October 2005 for passenger ships of 2,000 gross tonnage and
above;
" The application date of 1 )uly 2012 was introduced by resolution MSC.30B(BB). However, this resolution amended, under chapter ll-2,
regulations. ll-213.23(definitionof "FireTestProceduresCode") andll-217.4.1 (newsubparagraph.3) only,anJ.if .tn"r-r"grf.ti."i
with the original application date of 1 )uly 2OO2 were not amended.
i Refer to MSC.1/Circ.1290 on the Unified interpretation of the term '/first survey// referred to in SOLAS regulations (MSC.1/Circ.1290).
.5 regulations 5.3.1.3.2 and 5.3.4 to passenger ships not later than the date of the first survey after
1 July 2008; and
.6 regulation 4.5.7.1.
2.3 Ships constructed on or after 1 )uly 2002 and before 1 )uly 2O1O shall comply with paragraphs 7.1.1,
7.4.4.2,7.4.4.3 and 7.5.2.1.2 of regulation 9, as adopted by resolution MSC.99(73).
2.4 The following ships, with cargo spaces intended for the carriage of packaged dangerous goods, shall
comply with regulation 19.3, except when carrying dangerous goods specified as classes 6.2 and 7 and
dangerous goods in limited quantities* and excepted quantitiest in accordance with tables 19.1 and 19.3, not
Iater than the date of the first renewal survey on or after 1 )anuary 2011:
.1 cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships constructed on or after 1
)anuary 2011,
and notwithstanding these provisions:
.3 cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships constructed on or after
'l September 1984 but before 1 July.l9B5 need not comply with regulation 19.3.3 provided that
they comply with regulation 54.2.3 as adopted by resolution MSC..I(XLV);
,4 cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July
1986 but before 1 February 1992 need not comply with regulation 19.3.3 provided that they
comply with regulation 54.2.3 as adopted by resolution MSC.5(48);
.5 cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships constructed on or after
1 September 1984 but before 1 July 1998 need not comply with regulations 19.3.10.1 and 19.3.10.2;
.6 cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage constructed on or after 1 Febru ary 1992 but before 1 July
'1998 need not
comply with regulations 19.3.,l0.1 and 19.3.10.2;
.7 cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships constructed on or after
1 February 1992buIbefore 1)uly2002 need notcomplywith regulation 19.3.3 providedthatthey
comply with regulation 54.2.3 as adopted by resolution MSC.13(57); and
.B cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships constructed on or after 1
September 1984 but before 1 )uly 2002 need not comply with regulations 19.3.1, 19.3.5, 19.3.6,
19.3.9, provided that they comply with regulations 54.2.1,54.2.5, 54.2.6,54.2.9 as adopted by
resol ution MSC.1 (XLV).
2.5 Ships constructed before 1 )uly 2012 shall also comply with regulation 10.10.1.2, as adopted by resolution
MSC.33B(91).
4 Exemptions
4'1 The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such as
to render the application of any specific requirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecesiary,
exempt*
irom those requirements ind.ividual ships or classes of ships entitied to fly the flag of its State,
provided that
such ships, in the course of their voyage, do not sail at distances of ,or" thun zo riiles from
the nearest Iand.
4'.2 ln the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers
of special
I -- --- trade
- passengers, such as the pilgrim trade,
rraus/ ihe
frrE Administration,
/\urrilril)LrclrrLrr/ ilif S<lusileu
satisfied that
Uldt ltit ls impiacticable to
is lmpracUca
with the,requirementsof this chapter, may exempt such ships from those requirer
::1"i::,.:rlllur."
provided that they comply fully with the provislons of:
rements,
.1 the rules annexed to the special Trade passenger ships Agreement, 1921; and
) the rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade passenger Ships, -1923.
.1 requirements not referring to a specific ship type shall apply to ships of all types; and
.2 requirements referring to "tankers" shall apply to tankers subject to the requirements specified
in
paragraph 6 below.
A liquid cargo with a f lashpoint of less than 60'C for which a regular foam fire-fighting system complying
6.2.-1
with the Fire Safety Systems Code is not effective, is considered to be a cargo intoduiing additional'firE
hazards in this context. The following additional measures are required:
.-l the foam shall be of alcohol-resistant type;
) the type of foam concentrates for use in chemical tankers shall be to the satisfaction of the
Administration, taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization;l ancj
.3 the capacity and application rates of the foam extinguishing system shall comply with chapter 1'l of
the lnternational Bulk Chemical Code, except that lower apflication rates may'be accepted based
on performance tests. For tankers fitted with inert gas systems, a quantity of foam concentrate
sufficient for 20 min of foam generation may be accepted.+
6.2.2 For the purpose of this regulation, a liquid cargo with a vapour pressure greater than 1.013 bar absolute
at 37.8"C is considered to be a cargo introducing additional fire hazards. Ships carrying such substances
shall
comply with paragraph 15.1a of the International Bulk Chemical Code. When ships opErate in restricted areas
and at restricted times, the Administration concerned may agree to waive the requirements for refrigeration
systems in accordance with paragraph 15.14.3 of the lnternational Bulk Chemical Code.
6.3 Liquid cargoes with a flashpoint exceeding 60"C other than oil products or liquid carSoes subject to
the requiremenis of the lnternational Bulk Chemical Code are considered to constitute a low fire risk, not
requiring the protection of a fixed foam extinguishing system.
6.4 Tankers carrying petroleum products with a flashpoint exceeding 60"C (closed cup test), as determined
by an approved fiaslipoint apparatus, shall comply with the requirements provided in regulations 10.2].4.4
and to.io.z.3 and the requiiements for cargo ships other than tankers, except that, in lieu of the fixed fire-
extinguishing system required in regulation tb.z, tn"y shall be fitted with a fixed deck foam system which shall
.ornfly witl'r the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code.
6.S Combination carriers constructed before, on or after 1 )uly 2002 shall not carry carEoes other than oil
unless all cargo spaces are empty of oil and gas-freed or unless the arrangements provided in each case have
been approvJa Oy tne Administration takinglnto account the guidelines developed by the Organization.*
6.6 Chemicaltankersandgascarriersshallcomplywiththerequirementsfortankers,exceptwherealternative
and supplementary urrung""r"nts are provided to the satisfaction of the Administration, having due regard to
the provisions of the lnteriational Bulk Chemical Code and the lnternational Cas Carrier Code, as appropriate.
6.7 The requirements of regulations 4.5..10.1 .1 and 4.5.10.1.4 and a system for_continuous monitoring of the
concentration of hydrocarboi gases shall be fitteclon all tankers constructed before 1 )uly 2002 by the.date of
the first scheduled dry-dockinIafter 1 )uly 2002, but not later than 1 July 2005. Sampling points.ordetector
heads shall be located in suita"ble positions in order that potentially dangerous leakages are readily detec_ted-
When the hyclrocarbon gas concentration reaches a pre-set level which shall not be higher thaL-r 107o of the
lower flammable limit, a" continuous audible and viiual alarm signal shall be automatically effected in the
pump-room and cargo control room to alert personnel to th.e potential hazard. However, existing monitoring
systems already fittei having a pre-set level not greater than 30% of the lower flammable limit
may be
accepted.
Regulation 2
Fire safety obiectives and functional requirements
.3 reduce the risk of damage caused by fire to the ship, its cargo and the environment;
.4 contain, control and suppress fire and explosion in the compartment of origin; and
.5 provide adequate and readily accessible means of escape for passengers and crew'
Functional requirements
2.1 ln order to achieve the fire safety objectives set out in paragraph 1, the following functional requirements
are embodied in the regulations of this chapter as appropriate:
.1 division of the ship into main vertical and horizontal zones by thermal and structural boundaries;
-
Refer to Cuidelines for inert gas systems (MSC/Circ.353, as amended by MSC/Circ 3B7)'
.2 separation of accommodation spaces from the remainder of the ship by thermal and structural
boundaries;
a
.J restricted use of combustible materials;
.1 the ship's design and arrangements, as a whole, comply with the relevant prescriptive requirements
in parts B, C, D, E or C;
.2 the ship's design and arrangements, as a whole, have been reviewed and approved in accordance
with part F; or
.3 part(s) of the.ship's design and arrangements have been reviewed and approved in accordance with
part F and the remaining parts of the ship comply with the relevant piescriptive requirements in
parts B, C, D, E or C.
Regulation 3
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise, the following definitions shall apply:
1 Accommodation spaces are those spaces used for public spaces, corridors, lavatories, cabins, offices,
hospitals, cinemas, game and hobby rooms, barber shops, pantries containi ing no cooking appliances and
similar spaces.
2 'A' class divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads and decks which comply with the following
criteria:
.3 they are insulated with approved non-combustible materials such that the average temperature
of the unexposed side will not rise more than 140"C above the original tempeLture, nor will
the temperature, at any one point, including any joint, rise more than tAO'C above the original
temperature, within the time listed below:
class'A-50" G0 min
class'A-30" 30 min
class 'A-15" 15 min
class'A-0" 0 min
.4 they are so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of smoke and flame to the end
of the one-hour standard fire tesg and
..) the Administration required a test of a prototype bulkhead or deck in accordance with the Fire Test
Procedures Code to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise.
3 Atriums are public spaces within a single main vertical zone spanning three or more open decks.
4 'B' class divisions are those divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings or linings which comply with
the fol lowing criteria:
.1 they are constructed of approved non-combustible materials and all materials used in the construction
and erection of "8" class divisions are non-combustible, with the exception that combustible veneers
may be permitted provided they meet other appropriate requirements of this chapter;
) they have an insulation value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side will not
rise more than 140'C above the original temperature, nor will the temperature at any one point,
including any joint, rise more than 225'C above the original temperature, within the time listed
below:
class "B-15" 15 min
class "B-0" 0 min
.3 they are so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of the first
half hour of the standard fire test; and
.4 the Administration required a test of a prototype division in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures
Code to ensure that it meets the above requirements for integrity and temperature rise.
Bulkhead deck is the uppermost deck up to which the transverse watertight bulkheads are carried.
6 Cargo area is that part of the ship that contains cargo holds, carSo tanks, slop tanks and carSo pump-
rooms inlludlng prrp-ioorns, cofferdams, ballast and void spaces adjacent to cargo tanks and also deck
areas throughout the entire length and breadth of the part of the ship over the aforementioned spaces.
B Cargo spaces are spaces used for cargo, cargo oil tanks, tanks for other liquid cargo and trunks to such
spaces.
9 Central control station is a control station in which the following control and indicator functions are
centralized:
.1 fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems;
.2 automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems;
.3 fire door indicator panels;
.4 fire door closure;
.5 watertight door indicator panels;
.6 watertight door closures;
.7 ventilation fans;
.B general/firealarms;
.9 communication systems including telephones; and
.10 microphones to public address systems.
10 class divisions are divisions constructed of approved non-combustible materials. They need meet
"C"
neither requirements relative to the passage of smoke and flame nor limitations relative to the temperature rise.
Combustible veneers are permitted provided they meet the requirements of this chapter.
11 Chemical tanker,is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any Iiquid
product of a flammable nature Iisted in chapter 17 of the International Bulk Chemlc"al Code, as deiined in
regulation VII/8.1.
12 Closed ro-ro spaces are ro-ro spaces which are neither open ro-ro spaces nor weather decks.
13 Closed vehicle spaces are vehicle spaces which are neither open vehicle spaces nor weather decks.
14 Combination carrier is a cargo ship designed to carry both oil and solid cargoes in bulk.
16 Continuous "8" class ceilings or linings are those ,,B,, class ceiliings or Iinings which terminate at an "A',
c)r "8" class division.
17 Continuously manned central control station is a central control station which is continuously manned
by a responsible member of the crew.
'lB Control stations are those spaces in which the ship's radio or main navigating equipment or the emergency
source of power is located or where the fire recording or fire control equifmenl is centralized. Spaces rir6"r"
the fire recording or fire control equipment is centralLed are also consiclered to be a fire control station.
19 Crude oil is any oil occurring naturally in the earth, whether or not treated to render it suitable for
transportation, and includes crude oil where certain distillate fractions may have been removed from or added
to.
20 Dangerous goods are those goods referred to in the IMDC Code, as defined in regulation Vll/1.1.
21 Deadweight is the difference in tonnes between the displacement of a ship in water of a specific gravity
of 1.025 at the load waterline corresponding to the assigned summer freeboard and the Iightweight of th[ ship.
22 Fire Safety Systems Code means the lnternational Code for Fire Safety Systems as adopted by the Maritime
Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.9B(73), as may be amended by the Organization,
provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordanc6 with the
provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the
annex other than chapter I thereof.
23 Fire Test Procedures Code means the lnternational Code for Application of Fire Test Proceclures, 2010
(2010 FTP Code) as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.30Z(BB),
as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force
and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention cJncerning the
amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
24 Flashpoint is the temperature in degrees Celsius (closed cup test) at which a product will give off enough
flammable vapour to be ignited, as determined by an approved flashpoint apparatus.
25 Cas carrier is a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquefied gas
or other products of a flammable nature listed in chapter '19 of the lnternationaiCas Carrier Code,'as defiried
in regulation Vlll11.1.
26 Helideck is a purpose-built helicopter landing area located on a ship including all structure, fire-fighting
.
appliances and other equipment necessary for the safe operation of helicopters.
28 Lightweight is the displacement of a ship in tonnes without cargo, fuel, lubricating oil, ballast water, fresh
water and feedwater in tanks, consumable stores, and passengers and crew and their effects.
29 Low flame-spread means that the surface thus described will adequately restrict the spread of flame, this
being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code.
30 Machinery spaces are machinery spaces of category A and other spaces containing propulsion machinery,
boilers, oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators and major electrical machinery, oil
filling stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air conditioning machinery, and similar spaces, and
trunks to such spaces.
31 Machinery spaces of category A are those spaces and trunks to such spaces which contain either:
.1 internal combustion machinery used for main propulsion;
.2 internal combustion machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion where such machinery
has in the aggregate a total power output of not less than 375 kW; or
.3 any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit, or any oil-fired equipment other than boilers, such as inert gas
Benerators, incinerators, etc.
32 Main vertical zones are those sections into which the hull, superstructure and deckhouses are divided
by "A" class divisions, the mean length and width of which on any deck does not in general exceed 40 m.
33 Non-combustible material is a material which neither burns nor gives off flammable vapours in sufficient
quantity for self-ignition when heated to approximately 750'C, this being determined in accordance with the
Fire Test Procedures Code.
34 Oil fuel unit is the equipment used for the preparation of oil fuel for delivery to an oil-fired boiler, or
equipment used for the preparation for delivery of heated oil to an internal combustion engine, and includes
any oil pressure pumps, filters and heaters dealing with oil at a pressure of more than 0.18 N/mm2.
35 Open ro-ro spaces are those ro-ro spaces which are either open at both ends or have an opening at one
end, and are provided with adequate natural ventilation effective over their entire length through permanent
openings distributed in the side plating or deckhead or from above, having a total area of at least 10% of the
total area of the space sides.
36 Open vehicle spaces are those vehicle spaces which are either open at both ends or have an opening
at one end and are provided with adequate natural ventilation effective over their entire length through
permanent openings distributed in the side plating or deckhead or from above, having a total area of at least
10"/" of the total area of the space sides.
38 Prescriptive requirements means the construction characteristics, limiting dimensions, or fire safety
systems specified in parts B, C, D, E or C.
39 Public spaces are those portions of the accommodation which are used for halls, dining rooms, lounges
and similar permanently enclosed spaces.
40 Rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk, for the purpose of regulation 9, are those
rooms containing furniture and furnishings of restricted fire risk (whether cabins, public spaces, offices or other
types of accommodation) in which:
.1 case furniture such as desks, wardrobes, dressing tables, bureaux, or dressers are constructed
entirely of approved non-combustible materials, except that a combustible veneer not exceeding
2 mm may be used on the working surface of such articles;
.2 free-standing furniture such as chairs, sofas, or tables are constructed with frames of non-combustible
materials;
.3 draperies, curtains and other suspended textile materials have qualities of resistance to the
propagation of flame not inferior to those of wool having a mass of 0.8 kg/m2, this being determined
in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code;
.4 floor coverings have low flame-spread characteristics;
.5 exposed surfaces of bulkheads, linings and ceilings have low flame-spread characteristics;
110
I L(' SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 2014
Part A: Ceneral
Regulation 3
'6 upholstered Jurniture has qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation of flame,
this being
determined in accordance with the Fire Test procedrrui cod"; ,nd
'7 bedding com.ponents have qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation
of flame, this
being determined in accordance with the Fire Test Procedu-res Code.
41 .Ro-ro spaces are spaces not normally subdivided in any way and normally extending to either a substantial
length or the entire length of the ship in which motor vehicles with fuel in their
tanks foitheir own propulsion
and/or goods (packaged or in bulk, in or on rail or road cars, vehicles (including road or
rail tankers), trailers,
containers, pallets, demountable tanks or in or on similar stowage units or othJr receptacles)
can be loaded
and unloaded normally in a horizontal clirection
42 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro spaces or special
category spaces.
43 .S.teel .or
other equivalent materialmeans any non-combustible material wh ich, by itself or due
to insu lation
provided, has structural, and integrity properties equivalent to steel at the end
of the applicable exposure to the
standard fire test (e.g. aluminium alloy with appropriate insulation).
46 category spaces are those enclosed vehicle spaces above and below the bulkhead deck,
. .Special. into
and from which vehicles can be driven and to wlicl-r passengers have access. Special
category spaces may
be accommodated on more than one deck provided tLat the"total overall ct"rr- ir"ij[t for
vehicles does not
exceed 10 m.
47 A standard fire test is a test in which specimens of the relevant bulkheads or clecks are exposed in a test
furnace to temperatures corresponding approximately to the standard time-temperature
curve in accordance
with the test method specified in the Fire Test procejures Code.
48 Tanker is a ship as defined in regulation l/2(h).
49 Vehicle spaces are cargo spaces intended for carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their
tanl<s for their
own propulsion.
50 weather deck is a deck which is completely exposed to the weather from above and from at least
two
sides.
51 Safe area in the context.of a casualty is, from the perspective of habitability, any area(s) which is not
flooded or which is outside the main vertical zone(s) in which a fire has occuried such that it
can safely
accommodate all persons on board to protect them from hazards to life or health and provide
them with basic
services.
52 Safety centre is a control station dedicated to the management of emergency situations. Safety systems,
operation, control and/or monitoring are an integral part of the safety centre.
53. Cabin balcony is an open deck space which is provided for the exclusive use of the occupants of a single
cabin and has direct access from such a cabin.
Regulation 4
Probability of ignition
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to prevent the ignition o{ combustibrle materials or flammabrle liquids. For this
purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:
.5 ignition sources shall be separated from combustible materials and flammable liquids; and
.6 the atmosphere in cargo tanks shall be maintained out of the explosive range.
Arrangements for oil fuel, lubrication oil and other flammable oils
.1 except as otherwise permitted by this paragraph, no oil fuel with a flashpoint of less than 60"C shall
be used;i
) in emergency generators, oil fuel with a flashpoint of not less than 43'C may be used;
..) the use of oil fuel having a flashpoint of less than 60"C [:rut not less than 43"C may be permitted (e.g.
for feeding the emergency fire pump's engines and the auxiliary machines which are not located in
the machinery spaces of category A) subject to the following:
.3.1 fuel oil tanks except those arranged in double-bottom compartments shall be located outside
of machinery spaces of category A;
.3.2 provisions for the measurement of oil temperature are provided on the suction pipe of the oil
fuel pump;
.3.3 stop valves and/or cocks are provided on the inlet side and outlet side of the oil fuel strainers;
and
.3.4 pipe joints of welded construction or of circular cone type or spherical type union joint are
applied as much as possible; and
Refer to Cuidelines for measures to prevent fires in engine-rooms and cargo pump-rooms (MSC.1/Circ.1321).
Refer to Recommended procedures to prevent the illegal or accidental use of low flashpoint cargo oil as fuel (resolution A.565(14))
Regulation 4
lli;i",fiJ::l'*:,,:*]:;"lll*j:lk: :l:],
be part of the ship,s structure and shal
j,iui"]ilffi;ff:il be rocared outsicre
[i:::::11's:;ff1'i5ff,?j;yT:::1":::lli;+i.il; ff.:T:Hi[::i3;
t,,i.""1.":ril#,[:Jt*XX,:"T.,^T"S":t"[1S;l:fid;:T,1,"#,.Tii;:,,";:iTf:y"f_.#::
[Ji; ]T?i:":l#ff:3-:i*:r:*,f,y"il,,tri'r,"""',:;#H;::H.jJ,'ffiill,lff[:XBi,:H
il;;,."#:ffi:::i:;:l
ffi:';Tiliffi::,:'jl:,,'::1^:,-"#?::r^:;Tr;#j( ilJ?J[,::ff;|;H
H?:I;*f:h:;"":*::?*ly^,i#::1.;;,:rl;;;;il:'J";:?::1"'#J;i".ffi:niili:Iffi;
d::,t;;;;;:ililH,i,'X"1iJJ#;,:i:[njl[l;iji
;,lJS,X:ll*J5p::1,:j.i::lH
when such tanks are employed thei,iu ,6utiu"
pi";-,luia"j'i-'(rree-stanorng
;""f:il::i
orl luel tanks shall be avoided.
ships. wher" p"rriiaua, they'shall
Where permitted, A machinery spaces on passenger
thev shall U"be pir.".f
nlaced in
i an ^ir
an oil-tight spill --:"^"F:ty
+i^L+.^i, tray oiample
Ieading to a suitably sized spill oil tank. size havirng a suitable drain pipe
that these latter requirements are impracticable, it may permit termination of sounding pipes in machinery
spaces on condition that all of the following requirements are met:
.1 an oil-level gauge is provided meeting the requirements of paragraph 2.2.3.5.2;
.2 the sounding pipes terminate in locations remote from ignition hazards unless precautions are
taken, such as the fitting of effective screens, to prevent the oil fuel in the case of spillage through
the terminations of the sounding pipes from coming into contact with a source of ignition; and
.3 the terminations of sounding pipes are fitted with self-closing blanking devices and with a small-
diameter sellclosing control cock located below the blanking device for the purpose of ascertaining
before the blanking device is opened that oil fuel is not present. Provisions shall be made so as to
ensure that any rpillag" of oil fuel through the control cock involves no ignition hazard.
2.2.3.5.2 Other oil-level gauges may be used in place of sounding pipes subject to the following conditions:
,1 in passenger ships, such gauges shall not require penetration below the top of the tank and their
failure or overfilling of the tanks shall not permit release of fuel; and
) in cargo ships, the failure of such gauges or overfilling of the tank shall not permit release of fuel
into the space. The use of cylindrical gauge glasses is prohibited. The Administration may permit
the use oi oil-level gauges with flat glasses and self-closing valves between the gauges and fuel
tanks.
2.2.i.5.3 The means prescribed in paragraph 2.2.3.5.2 which are acceptable to the Administration shall be
maintained in the proper condition to ensure their continued accurate functioning in service.
2.2.5.2 External high-pressure fuel delivery lines between the high-pressure fuel p.umps and fuel injectors
shall be protected wlth a jacketed piping system capable of containing fuel from a high-pressure line failure. A
jacketed pipe incorporates an outer pipe into which the high-pressure fuel pipe is placed, forming a permanent
assembly. ihe jacketecl piping system'shall include a means for collection of leakages and arrangements shall
be provided with an alarm in case of a fuel line failure'
2.2.5.3 Oil fuel lines shall not be located immediately above or near units of high temperature, including
boilers, steam pipelines, exhaust manifolds, silencers or other equipment required to be insulated by
paragraph Z.Z.6i. As far as practicable, oil fuel lines shall be arranged far apart from hot surfaces, electrical
installatlons or other sources of ignition and shall be screened or otherwise suitably protected to avoid oil
spray or oil leakage onto the torries of ignition. The number of joints in such piping systems shall be kept to
a minimum.
"'Refertorecommendationspublishedbythelnternational OrganizationforStandardization,inparticularpublicationslSOl5540:1999,
Fire resistance of hose utt"iiti"i
- test'methods and lSo lis+l:lggg, Fire resistance of hose assemblies - requirements for the test
bench.
2'2'5'4 components of a diesel engine fuel system shall be designed considering the maximum
pressure which peak
will be experienced in service, including any high-pressure pulses
which are generated and
transmitted back into the {uel t,rqply and spill lines by
th[ ,ciion"of iu"l in;eci;;;r;p, Connections wirhin
the,fuel,supply and spill lines shal'l be constructed having
regard to their ability to prevent pressurized oil fuel
leaks while in service and after maintenance.
2'3'2 The provisions of paragraph 2.2.3.4 shall also apply to Iu.bricating oil tanks except those having a
capacity less than 500 L, storage tanks on which valves aie'closed
duringihe norrur operation mode of the
ship, or where it is determined that an unintended operation
of a quick-clo"sing ,alue on the oll Iubricating tank
would endanger the safe operation of the main propulsion and essential
auxiliary machinery.
'1 where daily service oil fuel tanks are filled automatically, or by
remote control, means shall be
provided to prevent overflow spillages. other equipmentwhich
treats flammable Iiquicls rrtorrtilntty
(e'g' oil fuel purifiers) which, whenever practicabie,
shall be installed in a sfecial spr." ,"rerue,lfo',.
purifiers and their heaters, shall have arrangements to prevent
overflow spillages; and
.2 where daily service oil fuel tanks or settling tanks are fitted with heating arrangements, a high
temperature alarm shall be provided if the flashpoint of the oil fuel can be exceeded.
M4
bottles shall be located on the open deck or in a well ventilated space which opens only to the open deck.
5.1.2 Main cargo control stations, control stations, accommodation and service spaces (excluding isolated
cargo handling fear lockers) shall be positioned aft of cargo tanks, slop tanks, and spaces which isolate cargo
or iop tanks from machinery spaces, but not necessarily aft of the oil fuel bunker tanks and ballast tanks,
and shall be arranged in such a way that a single failure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of
gas or fumes from*the cargo tanks into main cargo control stations, control stations, or accommodation and
iervice spaces. A recess piovided in accordance with paragraph 5.1.,l need not be taken into accountwhen
the position of these spaces is being determined.
5'1'3 However, where deemed necessary, the Administration may permit main cargo control stations, control
stations, accommodation and service spaces forward of the cargo ianks, slop tanks"and
spaces whicir isolate
cargo and slop tanks from machinery spaces, but not n"."suriiy forward of oil fuel bunker
tanks or ballast
tanks. Machinery spaces, other than those of category A, m.ay. be permitted forward of the cargo
tanks and slop
tanks provided they are isolated from the .utgo irnkr and ilop tanks by cofferdams, cargo pump-rooms,
oil
fuel bunker tanks or ballast tanks, and have at Last one portabie fire extinguisher. ln .ur"i*h"r"
ihey .ontrin
internal combustion m.achinery, one approved foam-type extinguisher oflt least 45 L capacity
or equivalent
shall be arranged in addition to portable fire extinguishers. lf oferation of a semi-portable fire'extinguisher
is
impracticable, this fire extinguisher may be replaced by two additional portable fire extinguishers. MXin
cargo
control stations, control stations and accommodation and service spaces shall be ,rrung"i in such a way
th"at
a single failure of a deck or bulkhead shall not permit the entry of gas or fumes from the-cargo
tanks into such
spaces. ln addition, where deemed necessary for the safety or navigation of the ship, the
Aiministration may
permit machinery spaces containing internal combustion machine"ry not being ,uin proprlsion machinery
having an output greater than 375 kw to be locatecl forward of the cargo area p"rovided the
arrangements are
in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.
-2 Means shall be provided for isolating the piping connecting the pump-room with the slop tanks
referred. to. in paragraph 5.1.4.-1. The means of isolation shall consist of a valve followed
by a
spectacle flange or a spool piece with appropriate blank flanges. This arrangement shall be locaied
adjacent to the slop tanks, but where this is unreasonable or impracticable, ii may be located within
the pump-room directly after the piping penetrates the bulkhead. A separat" p"irun"ntly installed
lryr.pilS and piping arrangement incorporating a manifold, provided with a shut-off valve and a
blank-flange, shall be.provided for discharging the contents of the slop tanks directly to the open
deck-for disposal to shore reception facilities when the ship is in the dry .urgo *oi". When the
transfer system is used for slop transfer in the dry cargo mode, it shall have no-connection to other
systems. Separation from other systems by means of removal of spool pieces may be accepted;
a
.J Hatches and tank cleaning openings to slop tanks shall only be permitted on the open deck and
shall be fitted with closing arrangements. Except where they consist of bolted plates with bolts at
watertight spacing, these closing arrangements shall be provided with locking arrangements under
the control of the responsible ship,s officer; and
.4 Where cargo wing tanks are provided, cargo oil lines below deck shall be installed inside these
tanl<s. However, the Administration may
fermit cargo oil lines to be placed in special ducts
provided these are capable of being adequately cleaned and ventilated io the satisfaction of the
Administration. Where cargo wing tanks are not provided, cargo oil Iines below deck shall be
placed in special ducts.
5.1.5 Where the fitting.of a navigation position above the cargo area is shown to be necessary, it shall be for
navigation purposes only,and it shall be separated from the cargo tank deck by means of an open space with
a height of at least 2 m. The fire protection requirements for rr.h navigation position shall bethose required
"
for control stations, as specified in regulation 9.2.4.2 and other provisio*ns for iankers, as applicable.
5.1.6 Means shall be provided to keep deck spills away from the accommodation and service areas. This may
be accomplished by provision of a permanent continuous coaming of a height of at least 300 mm, extending
a
from side to side. Special consideration shall be given to the arran[ements associated with stern loading.
5.2.3 Windows and sidescuttles facing the cargo area and on the sides of the superstructures and deckhouses
within the Iimits specified in paragraph 5.2.1 shall be of the fixed (non-opening) type. Such windows and
sidescuttles, except wheelhouse windows, shall be constructed to "A-60" class standard except that 'A-0"
class standard is acceptable for windows and sidescuttles outside the limit specified in regulation 9.2.4.2.5.
5.2.4 Where there is permanent access from a pipe tunnel to the main pump-room, a watertight door shall
be fitted complying with the requirements of regulation ll-1/13-1.2 and, in addition, with the following:
.1 in addition to the bridge operation, the watertight door shall be capable of being manually closed
from outside the main pump-room entrance; and
.2 the watertight door shall be kept closed during normal operations of the ship except when access
to the pipe tunnel is required.
5.2.5 Permanent approved gastight lighting enclosures for illuminating cargo pump-rooms may be permitted
in bulkheads and decks separating cargo pump-rooms and other spaces provided they are of adequate strength
and the integrity and gastightness of the bulkhead or deck is maintained.
5.2.6 The arrangement of ventilation inlets and outlets and other deckhouse and superstructure boundary
.11.6.
space openings shall be such as to complement the provisions of paragraph 5.3 and regulation Such
vents, especially for machinery spaces, shall be situated as far aft as practicable. Due consideration in this
regard shall be given when the ship is equipped to load or discharge at the stern. Sources of ignition such as
electrical equipment shall be so arranged as to avoid an explosion hazard.
5.3.2.1 The venting arrangements in each cargo tank may be independent or combined with other cargo
tanks and may be incorporated into the inert gas piping.
5.3.2.2 Where the arrangements are combined with other cargo tanks, either stop valves or other acceptable
means shall be provided to isolate each cargo tank. Where stop valves are fitted, they shall be provided with
lf
cargo loading and ballasting or,discharging of a cargo tank or cargo
?'3'2'3
lrom a common venting tank group which is isolated
system is intended, that cirgJ tank or largo tank gro"up
shall'be fitted with a means
for over-pressure or under-pressure protection as
req"uired in regulation 11 .6.3.2.
3'3'2'4 The venting arrangements shall be. connected to the
top of.each cargo tank and shall be self-draining
to the cargo tanks under all normal conditions of trim
and list of
the
rnip. fiir-r"r" iirry not be possible to
provide self-draining lines, permanent arran8ements
shall be provided to drain the vent lines to a cargo tank.
5.3.3 Safety devices in ventingsystems
The venting system shall be provided with.devices
to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks.
The design, testing and locating of these devices
rnurr'.o-fry with-the-reqrir"r"nt, established by the
Administration based on the guidelines developed
by the orga'niiation.- ull"g;'il;;ings shall not be used
pressure equalization' Th,"I shall be provided for
with self-closiXg and tightly r"iri,rg;"'rs. Flame arresters
screens are not permitted in these openings. and
Ret'er lo Revist'd slandards ior lhe design, le>ting and locaring o[devices
ro prevenr the,pasr.rge of illme inro cargo r.rnks in Iankcr*
Revise? iactorito be raken ?nto.t.iia"'.ri-." nhen
#:[J:[:fI1,J;i[ilor"f ,and
desisni8g.r,so i)nl venring and gas-rieeins
5.4 Ventilation
5.5.1.2 Tankers operating with a cargo tank cleaning procedure using crude oil washing shall be fitted with
an inert gas system complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code and with fixed tank washing machines.
5.5.1.3 Tankers required to be fitted with inert gas systems shall comply with the following provisions:
.1 double-hull spaces shall be fitted with suitable connections for the supply of inert gas;
) where hull spaces are connected to a permanently fitted inert gas distribution system, means shall
be provided to prevent hydrocarbon gases from the cargo tanks entering the double-hull spaces
through the system; and
a
..) where such spaces are not permanently connected to an inert gas distribution system, appropriate
means shall be provided to allow connection to the inert gas main.
The requirements for inert gas systems contained in the Fire Safety Systems Code need not be applied to:
.1 chemical tankers and gas carriers when carrying cargoes described in regulation 1.6.1, provided
that they comply with the requirements for inert gas systems on chemical tankers established by
the Administration, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization;* or
) chemical tankers and gas carriers when carrying flammable cargoes other than crude oil or
petroleum products such as cargoes listed in chapters 17 and 1B of the lnternational Bulk Chemical
bode, provided that the capacity of tanks used for their carriage does not exceed 3,000 m3 and
the individual nozzle capacities of tank washing machines do not exceed 17.5 m3lh and the total
combined throughput from the number of machines in use in a cargo tank at any one time does
not exceed 110 m3lh.
Refer to Regulation for inert gas systems on chemical tankers (resolution A.567(14))
5.5.3.2 The inert gas system referred to in paragraph 5.5.3.1 shall be designed, constructed and tested in
accordance with the Fire Safety Systems Code.
5.5.3.3 Tankers fitted with a fixed inert gas system shall be provided with a closed ullage system.
5.6.2 The procedure for cargo tank purging and/or gas-freeing shall be carried out in accordance with
regulation 16.3.2.
5.6.3 The arrangements for inerting, purging or gas-freeing of empty tanks as required in paragraph 5.5.3.-1
shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration and shall be such that the accumulation of iydrocarbon
vapours in pockets formed by the internal structural members in a tank is minimizecl and that:
.1 on individual cargo tanks, the gas outlet pipe, if fitted, shall be positioned as far as practicable from
the inert gas/air inlet and in accordance with paragraph 5.3 and regulation 11.G. The inlet of such
outlet pipes may be located either at deck level or at not more than 1 m above the bottom of the
tank;
.2 the cross-sectional area of such gas outlet pipe referred to in paragraph 5.6.3.1 shall be such that an
exit velocity of at least 20 m/s can be maintained when any three tanks are being simultaneously
supplied with inert gas. Their outlets shall extend not less than 2 m above deck level; and
.3 each gas outlet referred to in paragraph 5.6.3.2 shall be fitted with suitable blanking arrangements.
5-7.2 Arrangements for gas measurement in double-hull spaces and double-bottom spaces
5.7:2.1 Suitable portable instruments for measuring oxygen and flammable vapour concentrations in double-
hull spaces and double-bottom spaces shall be provided. ln selecting these instiuments, due attention shall be
Siven to their use in combination with the fixed gas sampling line systems referred to in paragraph 5.7.2.2.
5.7.2.2 Where the atmosphere in double-hull spaces cannot be reliably measured using flexible gas sampling
hos"gs, such spaces shall.befitted with permanent gas sampling lines. The configuration"of gas sJmpling'lineI
shall be adapted to the design of such spaces.
5.7.2.3 The materials of construction and dimensions of gas sampling lines shall be such as to prevent
restriction. Where plastic materials are used, they shall be electrically conductive.
5.7.3.1 In addition to the requirements in paragraphs 5.7.1 and 5.7.2, oil tankers of 20,000 tonnes deadweight
and above, constructed on or after 1 January 2012, shall be provided with a fixed hydrocarbon gas detection
system complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code for measuring hydrocarbon gas concentrations in all
ballast tanks and void spaces of double-hull and double-bottom spaces adjacent to the cargo tanks, including
the forepeak tank and any other tanks and spaces under the bulkhead deck adjacent to cargo tanks.
5.7.3.2 Oil tankers provided with constant operative inerting systems for such spaces need not be equipped
with fixed hydrocarbon gas detection equipment.
5.7.3.3 Notwithstanding the above, cargo pump-rooms subject to the provisions of paragraph 5.10 need not
comply with the requirements of this paragraph.
Double-hull spaces and double-bottom spaces shall be fitted with suitabrle connections for the supply of air.
Drip pans for collecting cargo residues in cargo lines and hoses shall be provided in the area of pipe and hose
connections under the manifold area. Cargo hoses and tank washing hoses shall have electrical continuity
over their entire lengths, including couplings and flanges (except shore connections), and shall be earthed for
removal of electrostatic charges.
5.10.1 ln tankers:
.1 cargo pumps, ballast pumps and stripping pumps, installed in cargo pump-rooms and driven by
shafts passing through pump-room bulkheads shall be fitted with temperature sensing devices for
bulkhead shaft glands, bearings and pump casings. A continuous audible and visual alarm signal
shall be automatically effected in the cargo control room or the pump control station;
) lighting in cargo pump-rooms, except emergency lighting, shall be interlocked with ventilation such
that the ventilation shall be in operation when switching on the lighting. Failure of the ventilation
system shall not cause the lighting to go out;
.3 a system for continuous monitoring of the concentration of hydrocarbon gases shall be fitted.
Sampling points or detector heads shall be located in suitable positions in order that potentially
dangerous leakages are readily detected. When the hydrocarbon gas concentration reaches a
pre-set level, which shall not be higher than '10% of the lower flammable limit, a continuous
audible and visual alarm signal shall be automatically effected in the pump-room, engine control
room, cargo control room and navigation bridge to alert personnel to the potential hazard; and
.4 all pump-rooms shall be provided with bilge level monitoring devices together with appropriately
located alarms.
Regulation 5
Fire growth potential
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to limit the fire growth potential in every space of the ship. For this purpose,
the following functional requirements shall be met:
.1 means of control for the air supply to the space shall be provided;
.2 means of control for flammable liquids in the space shall be provided; and
2.1.1 The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems shall be capable of being closed from outside the
spaces being ventilated. The means of closing shall be easily accessible as well as prominently and permanently
marked and shall indicate whether the shut-off is open or closed.
2.1 .2 Power ventilation of accommodation spaces, service spaces/ cargo spaces, control stations and
machinery spaces shall be capable of being stopped from an easily accessible position outside the space being
served. This position shall not be readily cut off in the event of a fire in the spaces served.
2.1.3 ln passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, power ventilation, except machinery space and
carSo space ventilation and any alternative system which may be required under regulation 8.2, shali be fitted
with controls so grouped that all fans may be stopped from either of two separate positions which shall be
situated as far apart as practicable. Fans serving power ventilation systems to cargo spaces shall be capable of
being stopped from a safe position outside such spaces.
2.2.1 Means of control shall be provided for opening and closure of skylights, closure of openings in funnels
which normally allow exhaust ventilation and closure of ventilator dampers.
2.2.2 Means of control shall be provided for stopping ventilating fans. Controls provided for the power
ventilation serving machinery spaces shall be grouped so as to be operable from two positions, one of which
shall be outside such spaces. The means provided for stopping the power ventilation of the machinery spaces
shall be entirely separate from the means provided for stopping ventilation of other spaces.
2.2.3 Means of control shall be provided for stopping forced and induced draught fans, oil fuel transfer
pumPS, oil fuel unit pumps, lubricating oil service pumps, thermal oil circulating
[rrps and oil separators
(purifiers). However, paragraphs 2.2.4 and 2.2.5 need not apply to oily water separators.
2.2.4 The controls required in paragraphs2.2.l to2.2.3 and in regulation 4.2.2.3.4 shall be located outside
the space concerned so they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve.
2.2.5 ln passenger ships, the controls required in paragraphs 2.2.1 to 2.2.4 and in regulations 8.3.3 and
9.5.2.3 and the controls for any required fire-extinguishing system shall be situated at one control position or
grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall have a
safe access from the open deck.
2.3.2 ln passenger ships, these requirements shall be at least equivalent to those of machinery spaces normally
attended.
3.1.2.2 ln cargo ships, all linings, ceilings, draught stops and their associated grounds shall be of
non-combustible materials in the following spaces:
.1 in accommodation and service spaces and control stations for ships where method lC is specified
as referred to in regulation 9.2.3.1; and
.2 in corridors and stairway enclosures serving accommodation and service spaces and control
stations for ships where methods llC or lllC are specified as referred to in regulation 9.2.3.-l.
3."1.3.2 Linings, ceilings and partial bulkheads or decks used to screen or to separate adjacent cabin balconies
shall be of non-combustible materials. Cabin balconies on passenger ships constructed before 1 July 2008
shall comply with the requirements of this paragraph by the first survey after 1 July 2008.
3.2.1 Ceneral
3.2.1 .1 ln passenger ships, "N',"8" or "C" class divisions in accommodation and service spaces and cabin
bralconies which are faced with combustible materials, facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers shall
comply with the provisions of paragraphs 3.2.21o 3.2.4 and regulation 6. However, traditional wooden benches
and wooden linings on bulkheads and ceilings are permitted in saunas and such materials need not be subject
to the calculations prescribed in paragraphs 3.2.2 and 3.2.3. However, the provisions of paragraph 3.2.3 need
not be applied to cabin balconies.
'1 The total volume of combustible facings, mouldings, decorations and veneers
in accommodation
and service spaces shall not exceed a volume equi"valent to 2.5 mm veneer
on the combined area
of the wallsand ceiling linings. Furniture fixed to linings, bulkheads or decks
need not be included
in the calculation of the total vorume of combustible iraterials; and
'2 in the case of ships fitted with an.automatic sprinkler system complying with the
provisions of
the Fire Safety Systems Code, the above volume may include some combustible material
used for
erection of ,,C,, class divisions.
'2 surfaces and grounds in concealed or inaccessible spaces in accommodation and service
spaces
and control stations.
Regulation 6
Smoke generation potential and toxicity
Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to reduce the hazard to life from smoke and toxic products generated during a
fire in spaces where p"rrons normally work or live. For this purpose, the quantity of smoke and toxic products
released from combustible materials, including surface finishes, during fire shall be limited.
2.2 On passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2008, paints, varnishes and other finishes used on
exposecl surfacei of ca'bin balconies, excluding natural hard wood decking systems, shall not be capable of
producing excessive quantities of smoke and toxic products, this being determined in accordance with the Fire
Test Procedures Code.
Regulation 7
Detection and alarm
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to detect a fire in the space of origin and to provide for alarm for safe escape
and fire-fighting activity. For this purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:
.1 fixed fire detection and fire alarm system installations shall be suitable for the nature of the space,
fire growth potential and potential generation of smoke and gases;
.2 manually operated call points shall be placed effectively to ensure a readily accessible means of
notification; and
.3 fire patrols shall provide an effective means of detecting and locating fires and alerting the navigation
bridge and fire teams.
2 General requirements
2.1 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be provided in accordance with the provisions of this
regulation.
2.2 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system and a sample extraction smoke detection system required in
this regulation and other regulations in this part shall be of an approved type and comply with the Fire Safety
Systems Code.
2.3 Where a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system is required for the protection of spaces other than
those specified in paragraph 5.1, at least one detector complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code shall be
installed in each such space.
2.4 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system for passenger ships shall be capable of remotely ancl
individually identifying each detector and manually operated call point.
3.2 The function of fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems shall be periodically tested to the satisfaction
of the Administration by means of equipment producing hot air at the appropriate temperature, or smoke or
aerosol particles having the appropriate range of density or particle size, or other phenomena associated with
incipient fires to which the detector is designed to respond.
4.1 Installation
A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be installed in:
.1 periodically unattended machinery spaces;
.2 machinery spaces where:
.2.1 the installation of automatic and remote control systems and equipment has been approved
in lieu of continuous manning of the space; and
.2.2 Ihe main propulsion and associated machinery, including the main sources of electrical power,
are provided with various degrees of automatic or remote control and are under continuous
manned supervision from a control room; and
4.2 Design
The fixed fire detection and fire alarm system required in paragraph 4.1.1 shall be so designed and the
detectors so positioned as to detect rapidly the onset of fire in any part of those spaces and under any normal
conditions of operation of the machinery and variations of ventilation as required by the possible range of
ambient temperatures. Except in spaces of restricted height and where their use is specially appropriate,
detection systems using only thermal detectors shall not be permitted. The detection system shall initiate
audible and visual alarms distinct in both respects from the alarms of any other system not indicating fire,
in sufficient places to ensure that the alarms are heard and observed on the navigation bridge and by a
responsible engineer officer. When the navigation bridge is unmanned, the alarm shall sound in a place where
a responsible member of the crew is on duty.
Smoke detectors shall be installed in all stairways, corridors and escape routes within accommodation spaces
as provided in paragraphs 5.2,5.3 and 5.4. Consideration shall be given to the installation of special purpose
smoke detectors within ventilation ducting.
A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in
service spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces, including corridors, stairways and escape routes
within accommodation spaces. Smoke detectors need not be fitted in private bathrooms and galleys. Spaces
having little or no fire risk such as voids, public toilets, carbon dioxide rooms and similar spaces need not be
fitted with a fixed fire detection and alarm system. Detectors fitted in cabins, when activated, shall also be
capable of emitting, or cause to be emitted, an audible alarm within the space where they are located.
5.3 Requirements for passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers
There shall be installed throughout each separate zone, whether vertical or horizontal, in all accommodation
and service spaces and, where it is considered necessary by the Administration, in control stations, except
spaces which afford no substantial fire risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc., either:
.1 a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system so installed and arranged as to detect the presence
of fire in such spaces and providing smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes
within accommodation spaces. Detectors fitted in cabins, when activated, shall also be capable of
emitting, or cause to be emitted, an audible alarm within the space where they are located; or
'2 an automatic sprinkler, fire detectio, nlq fire alarm system of an approved
type complying with
the relevant requirements of the Fire Safety systems Code and so installed'and
arrangejas to
protect such spaces and, in addition, a fixed fire detection and fire
alarm system and so installed
and arranged as to provide smoke cletection in corridors, stairways and
escape routes within
accommodation spaces.
5'5'1 Method lC - A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and
arranged as to provide
smoke detection in all corridors, stairways and escape routes within
a..ormodntionlpu."r.
5'5'2 Method llC-An automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved
type complying
with the relevant requirements of the Fire Safety systems Code shall be so installed
ani arranged as to protect
accommodation spaces, galleys and other service spaces, except spaces
which afford no substantial fire risk
such as.vojd spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. ln addition, a fixed fire detection
and fire alarm system shall be
so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors,
stairways and escape routes *i,nl,
accommodation spaces.
5'5'3 Method lllC - A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system shall be so installed and arranged
as to detect
the presence of fire in all accommodation spaces and service spaces, providing
smoke detectiin in corridors.
stairways and escape routes within accommodation spaces, except spaces
*ni.n afford no substantial fire
risk such as void spaces, sanitary spaces, etc. ln addition, a fixed fire
detection and fire alarm system shall be
so installed and arranged as to provide smoke detection in all corridors, stairways
and escape routes within
accommodation spaces.
9.3 passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers shall have the fire detection alarms for the systems
required by [aragraph 5.2 ce"ntralized in a continuoJsly manned central control station. ln addition, controls
for remote closinlg of the fire doors and shutting down the ventilation fans shall be centralized in the same
location. The ventilation fans shall be capable of"reactivation by the crew at the continuously manned control
positions
station. The control panels in the central control station shall be capable of indicating open of closed
of fire doors and closed or off status of the detectors, alarms and fans. The control panel shall be continuously
power
powered and shall have an automatic change-over to standby power supply in case of loss of normal
srpply. The control panel shall be powered from the main source of electrical power and the emergency
,orr." of electrical power defined by regulation ll-1142 unless other arrangements are permitted by the
regulations, as applicable.
g.4 A special alarm, operated from the navigation bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to summon
the crew. This alarm'may be part of the ship's general aLrm system and shall be capable of
being sounded
independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces.
Regulation B
Control of smoke sPread
Purpose
hazards from smoke'
The purpose of this regulation is to control the spread of smoke in order to minimize the
control stations, machinery spaces and concealed
For this purpose, ,"u"n, for controlling smoke in atriums,
spaces shall be provided.
* Refer to the Code on alerts and indicators 2009 (resolution A 1021(26)' as may be amended)
closing arrangements would be equally effective. The ventilation system serving safety centres may
be derived
from the ventilation system serving the navigation bridge, unless located in an"adjacent main vertical
zone.
3.3 Means of control shall be provided for permitting the release of smoke and such controls shall be located
outside the space concerned so that they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space they serve.
3.4 ln
.passenger
ship.s, the controls required by paragraph 3.3 shall be situated at one control position or
grouped in as few positions as possible to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions shall
have a
safe access from the open deck.
4 Draught stops
Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, panelling or Iinings shall be divided by close-fitting draught stops spaced
not more than 14 m apart. ln the vertical direction, such enclosecl air spaces, includin"g thosle behind iinings
of stairways, trunks, etc., shall be closed at each deck.
Regulation 9
Containment of fire
-l Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to contain a fire in the space of origin. For this purpose, the following
functional requirements shall be met:
.1 the ship shall be subdivided by thermal and structural boundaries;
-2 thermal insulation of boundaries shall have due regard to the fire risk of the space and adjacent
spaces; and
.3 the fire integrity of the divisions shall be maintained at openings and penetrations.
defined in paragraph 2.2.3.2.2 is on one side or where fuel oil tanks are on both sides of the division the
standard may be reduced to'A-0".
2.2.1.1.21n ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the hull, superstructure and deckhouses in way of
accommodation and service spaces shall be subdivided into main vertical zones by 'A' class divisions. These
divisions shall have insulation values in accordance with tables in paragraph 2.2.4.
2.2.1.2 As far as practicable, the bulkheads forming the boundaries of the main vertical zones above the
bulkhead deck shall be in Iine with watertight subdivision bulkheads situated immediately below the bulkhead
deck. The length and width of main vertical zones may be extended to a maximum of 48 m in order to bring
the ends of main vertical zones to coincide with watertight subdivision bulkheads or in order to accommodate
a large public space extending for the whole length of the main vertical zone provided that the total area of
the main vertical zone is not greater than 1,600 m2 on any deck. The length or width of a main vertical zone
is the maximum distance between the furthermost points of the bulkheads bounding it.
2.2.1.3 Such bulkheads shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries.
2.2.1.4 Where a main vertical zone is subdivided by horizontal 'A' class divisions into horizontal zones
for the purpose of providing an appropriate barrier between a zone with sprinklers and a zone without
sprinklers, the divisions shall extend between adjacent main vertical zone bulkheads and to the shell or
exterior broundaries of the ship and shall be insulated in accordance with the fire insulation and integrity values
given in table 9.4.
2.2.1.5.1On ships designed for special purposes, such as automobile or railroad car ferries, where the
provision of main vertical zone bulkheads would defeat the purpose for which the ship is intended, equivalent
means for controlling and limiting a fire shall be substituted and specifically approved by the Administration.
Service spaces and ship stores shall not be located on ro-ro decks unless protected in accordance with the
applicable regulations.
2.2.1.5.2 However, in a ship with special category spaces, such spaces shall comply with the applicable
provisions of regulation 20 and, where such compliance would be inconsistent with other requirements for
passenger ships specified in this chapter, the requirements of regulation 20 shall prevail.
2.2.2.2 For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, bulkheads within accommodation and service
spaces which are not required to be 'A' class divisions shall be at least "8" class or "C" class divisions as
prescribed in the tables in paragraph 2.2.4.|n addition, corridor bulkheads, where not required to be "l(' class,
shall be "B" class divisions which shall extend from deck to deck except:
.1 when continlrolrs "B" class ceilings or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the portion
of the bulkhead behind the continuous ceiling or lining shall be of material which, in thickness and
composition, is acceptable in the construction of "8" class divisions, but which shall be required to
meet "B" class integrity standards only in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of
the Administration; and
.2 in the case of a ship protected by an automatic sprinkler system complying with the provisions
oi the Fire Safety Systems Code, the corridor bulkheads may terminate at a ceiling in the corridor
provided such bulkheads and ceilings are of "8" class standard in compliance with paragraph 2.2.4.
All doors and frames in such bulkheads shall be of non-combustible materials and shall have the
same fire integrity as the bulkhead in which they are fitted.
2.2.2.3 Bulkheads required to be "B" class divisions, except corridor bulkheads as prescribed in paragraph
2.2.2.2, shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or other boundaries. However, where a continuous
"8" class ceiling or lining is fitted on both sides of a bulkhead which is at least of the same fire resistance as
the adjoining bulkhead, the bulkhead may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.
2.2.3 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying more than 36 passengers
2.2.3.1 ln addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire inregrity of bulkheads and decks of
passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of all bulkheads and decks shall b-e as prescribed in tables 9..1
and
9.2' Where, due to any particular structural arrangements in the ship, difficulty is experienced in determining
irom the tables the minimum fire integrity value of any divisions, such values shall be determined to th;
>atisfaction of Lhe Administralion.
.1 Table 9.1 shall apply to bulkheads not bounding either main vertical zones or horizontal zones.
Table 9.2 shall apply to decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding horizontal
zones.
-2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to bounclaries between
adjacent spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire iisl< as shown in categories (-l)
to (14) below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt'as to its
classification for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more
classifications to a space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant cate*gory having the
most stringent boundary requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have lesihan
307o communicating openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity
of the boundary bulkheads and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables'9.i
and 9.2. The title of each category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in
parentheses preceding each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
(1) Control stations
Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
Wheelhouse and chartroorn.
Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
Fire control stations.
Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the propulsion machinery
space.
Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
Spaces containing centralized emergency public address system stations and equipment.
(2) Stairways
Interior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than
those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) for passengers and crew and enclosures
thereto.
ln this connection, a stairway which is enclosed at only one level shall be regarded as part of
the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
(3) Corridors
Passenger and crew corridors and lobbies.
(4) Evacuation stations and external escape routes
Survival craft stowage area.
Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades forming lifeboat and Iiferaft embarl<ation and
lowering stations.
Assembly stations, internal and external.
External stairs and clpen decks used for escape routes.
The ship's side to the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, superstructure and deckhouse
sides situated below and adjacent to the liferaft and evacuation slide embarkation areas.
+ O c) O
!
O O o o ra o O
!O aa o \o c) aa \o O C) \o o .a
!
O ra ro
I o o LO
o o O o
!
N o o O O O o O
\o aa \o O aa \o o o c) O
o r]1 L'
!
C o
\o \o O O
L'
O o o
a) o O O o o o O o o O
o
N
Or ra
c O O o
o co U U U U
N
!
-c'
*q O L' L' o
!O c o o O
o co
qJ
!
o N o 6 L'
-o'
O
N \o !O O O o
frJ co co
U !
d
q.) O L' O
O \o O O
C
ro
A) O o O O
o
0O
sf O
'b O O
o
cY)
o L'
co
E
N
C) o
-Y
q
I
o
CO
ql N ea \l ro N O) at il +
0,
0) .a -:z
o_
G) c.)
q-)
-a-'- d =
gf,
U
.,; iI c.)
G CJ
a) (, C
o -o 0O o ", CJ
G
c .E o G
a)
--C o
t! c d 6 '- =
CJ
rE
aE_ o! c E
(.) E E b! .0
xC' .c o_ E c-j
o o o 9u; G G
O
-o .gc 6L- E
C
.g
(-)
U
6
0,
Q
.J
CJ
I
.!
G
XO
=L
* 9'r -o
C
o_
o -.c
,9
o
_o
C
o o_ o_
.d-y
l-o =e o .6 --c
E 6
o =E 3 on
.9 Q C C C CJ
o C
o U
C
.9
rB
(d
o_
.d
.9
.n
.e
G
'6
-o
C_
.g EO
aC
.E
o-
.c ;
o
(E q
o (J o
-o
o
-o
o C p'; c Y"rg
E
0,
o
C)
-o E E E ^rg >-U F c) o
^Y
E rd o r0- E E E nl uio .C
o ;5
,o qi
C d ocJ o
6 C '6 =o c, o
U
o
9-z
o
Qt
t_
c
lU ';u0, -.c
(.) a)
-c. c
o >^ o_ (, ad- -
6 U U - ('; U; 6 6a
< -'-6
G o
t-/ d
CJ
o
+ O O o o O
O o o o O O O !O O O !;e\
a'v -o
Ec cJ co
*(, c, t
aY)
o O O o O o O o O o o o O u- > O
ES E o
.=
-OG C, 9
al O
!O
o
ca
O
aa o O o o O O o o
aa
-o.- u M u
.-+ r= cJ cJ
O O o o C) O O o o o o O +>
_6(.);
qJ v6su
7i= ?
y
o 7)^ .;r
N
F o o o o o o o O o o O O o o -O >-. i
=
C, *
0n 9,:N..19 -o o
-r--Lo
a 2- E rl d
o
N Oi
o o O O o O O O O O O O O O x-c9!h :-:
o g_PUO_
bO U._ L d
ro o O O o O ->--;,c
-o C)
aa O
L'
O O o aa O O aa \o
Pc,q.
c
YUU>
,*d-:-
=.o
-a
N ra ro ro ro O O O
o o o O o LO
O o a.. !O
-a<-o ;=6
ggX c ! o"li6
9 - 6
o ^-
-
9-ry-,>=
o
N O o o C) O
ra
O o O ra o
aa
U
=h> { i qc,
ro
AJ
o o o O O o O O o o 'e-Yu-- *-:t
r^ G :
C :oo:aarU :
O X'r.,
I6 >: o :- i
E
o o
o o o O O., v L :
+ O O O ^ -
O o O !O \o O o !O !O !O !O
->-A^U
:o6JU!i
o_ !! ts ri
A) -
LO rn
O O
O o rr) O
L J
oo O O O O O !O !O !O O=6 \V
a Ofo
.o O O O O -Xo!.j
N O L' ra rr)
O \o
aO O O O O !O dU- P < F -
o >Ye .=
LE !, C U O
-Y
U O O O o O o o O -'.YLX M Q r=
AJ O
LO
O !O !O o \o \o
o
I
+ : i= 6 '> c.qo
: o P
N 1 N cY.) sf rO N O) N ({)
= Y | ' :-
6,) 6 : n ,- 0, -- - o
e -v. o lz
6
( -^A
'N
- or I -M
E
> - Y A
7-' -,u =
.o o
a,
E _'c = r . >i ro =c A+
.rg
G)
o
o_
6
U
CJ
iE
€J
G
E
o
0)
O
CJ
gf,
a' P: : *
-o -'Y^* : =.:
l:2
rd o 0) CJ
C LrJl o . CJ ui c,) R - Y.-'- t i U
(r)
G o -o _.c o .IU _o
C C
.F o (.) u'=
ad _.
N-; =bo .d
or'-cO-J.i-o
C E ,^ ., -S 7.6 6,
o C E 00 (!
x o o o
!l--o C
'a o_ E o*":rry .E.96
-X q o-5 3 j
q, I'6
LlF
o U E
G ^
" _
P^.
i!
Ec OJ o
()
CJ
(J
.6
o- :XO o-O* -o o_
o -.c fU dUE< ryb
G
U
(E
o- o_
6
o_
a
f-.
df!
a-o ="o c
ag
iz
.9
-.c
G - S o t,:
c .F -o
P^=:
--+
o O c C C C .E CJ
O o
.s .9 o
,c: o '6 C_ !,us (6 .C v-
gu.-Y.-vY U O :i
C
.;o
.0 o_
.g N (d -o
G00
6C
o ui o
=
6 dC= -6 e= ^
iz(J -o -o -o; =
E= a3 c
o CJ
o o
c
o C
.g
c)
E
o -o c!-o o o;;,Y
-E E E o ^Y
o o
-o g- E E E rduio C
EU
0) '- u C o o o 6
.= r- ';oc) o ! 6 Y^
6J > =c bo+-:
.!
>
s L
2 >
CJ
(! C .= .iY AJ
UV \)t 5 2 bo
o G o >- o_ U
Q U-; U-; C
rd .J o c-, :vaY=>_! ^, -'t' Q)
tr U tf) U Ui o 4'- aB O_
< *6 z-<:".--=.L
('l-l) Auxiliary machinery spaces, cargo spaces, cargo and other oil tanks ancl other similar spaces
of ntoderate fire risk
oil tanks.
Cargc.r
Cargo holds, trunkways and hatchways.
Refrigerated chambers.
Oil fuel tanks (where installed in a separate space with no machinery).
Shaft alleys and pipe tunnels allowing storage of combustibles.
Auxiliary machinery spaces as in category (10) which contain machinery having a pressure
Iubrication system or where storage of combustibles is permitted.
Oil fuel filling stations.
Spaces containing oil-filled electrical transformers (above 10 kVA).
Spaces containing turbine and reciprocating steam engine driven auxiliary generators and
small internal combustion engines of power output up to 110 kW driving g"n"ritorr, sprinkler,
drencher or fire pumps, bilge pumps, etc.
Closed trunks serving the spaces listed above.
(12) Machinery spaces and main galleys
Main propulsion machinery rooms (other than electric propulsion motor rooms) and boiler
rooms.
Auxiliary machinery spaces other than those in categories (.10) and ('11)which contain internal
combustion machinery or other oil-burning, heating or pumping units.
Main galleys and annexes.
Trunks and casings to the spaces listed above.
(13) Store-rooms, workshops, pantries, etc.
Main pantries not annexed to galleys.
Main laundry.
Large drying rooms (having a deck area of more than 4 m2).
Miscellaneous stores.
Mail and baggage rooms.
Carbage rooms.
Workshops (not part of machinery spaces, galleys, etc.).
Lockers and store-rooms having areas greater than 4 m2, other than those spaces that have
provisions for the storage of flammable liquids.
(14) Other spaces in which flammable liquids are stowed
Paint lockers.
Store-rooms containing flammable liquids (including dyes, medicines, etc.).
Laboratories (in which flammable liquids are stowed).
.3 Where a single value is shown for the fire integrity of a boundary between two spaces, that value
shall apply in all cases.
.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2, there are no special requirements for material
or integrity of boundaries where only a dash appears in the tables.
.5 The Administration shall determine in respect of category (5) spaces whether the insulation values
in table 9.'l shall apply to ends of deckhouses and superstructures, and whether the insulation
values in table 9.2 shall apply to weather decks. ln no case shall the requirements of category (5)
of tables 9.1 or 9.2 necessitate enclosure of spaces which in the opinion of the Administration need
not be enclosed.
2.2.3.3 Continuous "8" class ceilings or Iinings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be
accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a cJivision
2.2.3.4.2 Bathrooms with direct access to saunas may be considered as part of them. ln such cases, the door
between sauna and the bathroom need not comply with fire safety requirements.
2.2.8.4.3 The traditional wooden lining on the bulkheads and ceiling are permitted in the sauna. The ceiling
above the oven shall be lined with a non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm. The distance
from the hot surfaces to combustible materials shall be at least 500 mm or the combustible materials shall be
protected (e.g. non-combustible plate with an air gap of at least 30 mm).
2.2.3.4.4 The traditional wooden benches are permitted to be used in the sauna.
2,2.3.4.5 The sauna door shall open outwards by pushing.
2.2.3.4.6 Electrically heated ovens shall be provided with a timer.
2,2.4 Fire integrity of bulkheads and decks in ships carrying not more than 36 passengers
2.2.4.1 ln addition to complying with the specific provisions for fire integrity of bulkheads and decks of
passenger ships, the minimum fire integrity of bulkheads and decks shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and
9.4.
.1 Tables 9.3 and 9.4 shall apply respectively to the bulkheads and decks separating adjacent spaces.
.2 For cletermining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adiacent
spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (11) below.
Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the
purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space,
it rnutt be treated as a space within the retevant category having the most stringent boundary
requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 307o communicating
openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the boundary bulkheads
and deiks of suih smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.3 and 9.4. The title of each
category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding
eacl-L category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
O o o o
a/) aa O \o O o aa
O
o o
ao
O) O O s
._O o \o O O o
O
\o o o O O O
AJ
N
Q
0J
O O o o O O
o_
-
4.,)
U
N
o o O o
!O \o !O
OO
ro
e ro
O O
O. m co U
CJ
t0J
\l o
AJ
<d <co
-Y
O
J
-o ca \o o
U
o
\
N O
oo
o U
AJ
LL
O
I
ft1 N ca sf ro N Ol
01
I
(!
CJ
o
.0
o_
o
oo o
o R
O)
c)
.6
aE
U
(.)
U '- o c)
U
.E .d -o
o_ o a_ --c c rE
C
c
.s
I
= c,
O
G CJ
s.9p G
o
bo
C
>
o .g CJ
(J o- .= 0) oo
-o a) U
G
o 6
o_ U O
6
aE
o_
sU .0
=o
.E
E c) o_ C) U
o o
-o .0 C) .C
E c)
-o c)
E o E(J
o 3 ,U -.C .U C o
6 C O .= Q CJ
CJ C
o o Q o
(E o_ o
U o
ao
c) o- (.)
th U U o U) CJ
O
\o
c.a O! O
ca o C)
\o O o O
aa O
O
c o o O
O C O O o O a'a
O O O o O
o
aa O O O
N
o o o
!O O O
o
U
G
O
\o
C)
\o
o
\o
o O
\o O o O
€ o
\o
o_
o
U
ft 1O O
-c- O !O O O
oJ
bO
e
(B
!f
o o O O
o
a O O .aO
q-)
-Y
U en O
CJ C O \o C) o .iO
U
o
N C) O
b. o o C) o \o O .aO
CJ-
Al
:\
u_ O O O o C)
I
o O \c O
Lr)
\o
L'
!O \o
<f
t N aa + tn N co g)
=
.G
l!
(r)
c-)
U
o_
o
co
o
o
-v. G o iz o
a)
U .o U U
-o
G .g
o_ o o- -c C
o .9p 6
C CJ
(J -c.
C .9 rd CJ
o
o
.r: 6 C) o_ .= o b!
-o O O
= .g G -c
O
CJ
U lz q)
E o o_ (! G o_ U G
E c) o_ CJ O
q o .3 C E
o C) C'
EU
E
o .(, Z(-) (, o .9 C
C
o
=o Q
\)
.=
=
G q) 6 -c OD
(E
(,
o_
o_
V) U U o U
C)
o
.3 In determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within a
main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system
complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones neither of
which is so protected, the higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply.
.4 ln determining the applicable fire integrity standard of a boundary between two spaces within
a main vertical zone or horizontal zone which is protected by an automatic sprinkler system
complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or between such zones both of
which are so protected, the lesser of the two values given in the tables shall apply. Where a zone
with sprinklers and a zone without sprinklers meet within accommodation and service spaces, the
higher of the two values given in the tables shall apply to the division between the zones.
2.2.4.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be
accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.
2.2.4.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 to be of steel or other equivalent
materjal may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for
such boundaries of passenger ships to have 'A' class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not
required to have 'A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the
Administration.
is closed in one 'tween-deck space/ the stairway enclosure shall be protected in accordance with
the tables for decks in paragraphs 2.2.3 or 2.2.4; and
.2 stairways may be fitted in the open in a public space, provided they lie wholly within the public space.
2.2.5.2 Lift trunks shall be so fitted as to prevent the passage of smoke and flame from one 'tween-deck
to another and shall be provided with means of closing so as to permit the control of draught and smoke.
Machinery for lifts located within stairway enclosures shall be arranged in a separate room, surrounded
by steel boundaries, except that small passages for lift cables are permitted. Lifts which open into spaces
other than corridors, public spaces, special category spaces, stairways and external areas shall not open into
stairways included in the means of escape.
2.3.2.4 Method ///C - There shall be no restriction on the construction of bulkheads not required for cargo
ships to be "A" or "8" class divisions except that the area of any accommodation space or spaces bounded
by a continuous'A" or "B" class divlsion shall in no case exceed 50 m2, except in individual cases where
"C" class bulkheads are required in accordance with table 9.5. However, consideration may be given by the
Administration to increasing this area for public spaces.
.2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent
spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1)to (11) below.
Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification for the
purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a space,
it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary
requirements. Smaller, enclosed rooms within a space that have less than 3O7o communicating
openings to that space are considered separate spaces. The fire integrity of the broundary bulkheads
and decks of such smaller rooms shall be as prescribed in tables 9.5 and 9.6. The title of each
category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number in parentheses preceding
each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
(1) Control stations
Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
Wheelhouse and chartroom.
Spaces containing the ship's radio equipment.
Fire control stations.
Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
(2) Corridors
Corridors and Iobbies.
(3) Accommodationspaces
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1, excluding corridors.
(4) Stairways
Interior stairway, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, and escalators (other than
those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) and enclosures thereto.
In this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded as part of
the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
(5) Service spaces (low risk)
Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable liquids and having
areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.
(6) Machinery spaces of category A
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.
(7) Other machinery spaces
Electrical equipment rooms (auto-telephone exchange, air-conditioning duct spaces).
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30, excluding machinery spaces of category A.
(B) Cargo spaces
All spaces used for cargo (including cargo oil tanks) and trunkways and hatchways to such
spaces.
o O o O O
!O aa .a ao o (o O O o aa
Oj O O !
\o o O o O C O O
o
\o O O O O o o
N L'
O o o -o
AJ
U
G
OT O
!O
o
I
O
\-o
O
\o
O
\o
AJ
U
CB
-o- ro
frJ
L'
o
OO co U
d
(tr
+
o_
AJ
O oo OO
-ci
G
a.)
(rl O
-Y rO o !
d
co U
-o
o
\ N
o
oo U
o
-
qJ
t\
q
O
I
rO at rn + ro r.\ Ot
ol
qJ
o
0)
-:Z o oi
-v.
(,)
U .o (.) U
c.)
'- (-)
6
C'
G o_ -o
d
o_ 3 o o_ I
o .qp C) OD
c CJ -c. C
o U ll
c
o 6
(.1
G
o_
C)
C c) -c. ;
o
'r= -o U EU U 0)
aE
o
6
o_ .0
(J
6
.0
o_
ll
(-) -o z
o E C.)
c E
o_ -o
CJ c.J
6l E -o E
G !J
,9 E(-) o
c.)
.9
(,)
o C
o o o
(! c U .=
= (d
C,)
-.c
bo c
o o ag (.) (! o_ o o
th U U o U
0)
rr) o C)
o - 898 =c
-e
O
\o
O
aa
O
aa ca O
O
rO C) o O
aa o a'l -'9. 5:
,, __
c-
o Pl
^;: _::
:- e ti
O
* .9 e.z
I
r
' =
a;,.
=n
- - !trd
Or
o O O O O
O
O O
!
o o -u-Y f9 Y <-o-
aa =- .e I c.Y
:!-
>=^OyC_
UV
O ; - "
=".=={
o
== :1'-
-L,
c) O O O O O O
c-- ; -; a'=
9:.. =
9
n9-t-=
,t,
r,:.=
n i::.- r -
\
=--*!
- - -
N
O O O O o -
!O O O C
, -
av-=-d4a4
4 - -.=
c '-= a .!: -'-C1
! (-f q -. !^ =-;
O=Y
; 3g i ,= i q:=
U
!J
o
^-::,--Y
oJ
O O
\o !O
O
\o
O
!O o O
O o
\o
= !_
F = =:i-
o_ rO ! tr = C- vOJ!U
U _ Y
_!.=.-
x j
= - -=-
AJ
-a-si.=!-;
U
CU
-o-
ro
C O
O
!O o O
E
,
5-
--;
;! l"zn+
_ sc o =
I ;o E - =c-l
Co
/ cr--
.-:
= a
s + ==a,_!.-:_=- ;.= !
= ^I --a':-
O
o O O o ; :>l - > =h
- i d":
J '-L J
0J
o_
C) O O
-,-._= j,i, '--=E*
a,
I=
LJ-'^-L+.=-:_
_qqco: ; _=_=
'
-Y u ' u= -
; r a=- .'- J: =.:
o o
U i i-7==
A) o O \o C)
o ::=-,_-/-=
(-) aa '= i E i x^a E i =Xx
9 d- y\i:€ .. c = -:-i
,- -
o
=-:;i:/*-:
'/ t. j.
^ -!, t-fa
.=
= :
; F
\ N O
/J
oi i; - c o : ='
_
o j E.
: !
:
:-
o o o '-I 3
OD O \o o o O -
A)
aa
g ;F=
-- -.= l; ]^3c
-Y
AJ =yi=r.=:.E1--==
...- I c-1 r : & - t - 1
:\ +: 7 . ! .= i i,<J,
rL o LO C) L' O O O =.=U ', .-- e e
O O \o \o \o -c
I L N *
- :
I -o - E- o E.q
I
rO
= -- i
\o ,, H ; 6-t ; : b -. o i E
^>:-
C']
I N \l Ln N = _ L
. ; y .'a
J: ^l - -
= i P 4, I E i
-
-.:J
,:2,==:i:"
- - - ^ - -
= - -
.cr=--;r:-=;
o.=3=c:Y.=--!.2=L= =R;PF
o
oo
c-)
o
j!;
*: g'E:^-' qo q: i-;i;t
c, -lz 6 a 'i (J - !:.r 19 ?9t
U ,I U U .d
.E
ag
o_ o o_ c o_ :^-l-*L--:-J-;/
: Y - - - o!- J C l; F; Xn
O:-- -O-C rE;:
o .9p -i=-a^i-> ^ "+.= o C
J
c
C o
U
CJ
.(J i 7 i1 i' l. :t
=;!a?::'i= izi.dE
=
.9
6
.e
.o
-o
C.)
U
G
.E
o_
c,
.C
-c.
(-) U
c.)
U
G
-c
a = ';=:-!
- - h., Y
o
; 9 E *.E
o- -o
E o
-o
E
G
CJ
G
E
.d
o_
o_
(.)
U
o
-o C
G
-"
t ''= t &+; 5 E*=
'- E C) .C
.. = 1 a :; sa :.: t {: - a e t
c)
o .=
.U -c o o
bo
.O C o i ': -.
6U]9vUUv:
< f .- , * -:
l! C
o o
U
U
=
aE
Q
(E -c o
CJ
il:a:;Fi'-;:'.a=-
q) .E o o z = d 5= =li.==:= i- 2 - c
(r) U U U) o U
a,
o cl z-
co < -: ^
-:.-v:2=a -
2.3.3.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevantdecks or bulkheads, may be
accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.
2.3.3.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11.2 Io be of steel or other equivalent material
may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such
boundaries of cargo ships to have'4" class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have
'A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.
2.3.3.5 Saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.23.a.
2.3.4.1 Stairways which penetrate only a single deck shall be protected, at a minimum, at one level by at
least "B-0" class divisions and self-closing doors. Lifts which penetrate only a single deck shall be surrounded
by "A-0" class divisions with steel doors at both levels. Stairways and lift trunks which penetrate more than a
single deck shall be surrounded by at least'A-0" class divisions and be protected by self-closing doors at all
levels.
2.3.4.2 On ships having accommodation for 12 persons or less, where stairways penetrate more than a
single deck and where there are at least two escape routes direct to the open deck at every accommodation
level, the "A-0" requirements of paragraph 2.3.4.1 may be reduced to "B-0".
2.4 Tankers
2.4.1 Application
Fortankers, only method lC as defined in paragraph 2.3.1.1 shall bre used.
.2 For determining the appropriate fire integrity standards to be applied to divisions between adjacent
spaces, such spaces are classified according to their fire risk as shown in categories (1) to (10)
below. Where the contents and use of a space are such that there is a doubt as to its classification
for the purpose of this regulation, or where it is possible to assign two or more classifications to a
space, it shall be treated as a space within the relevant category having the most stringent boundary
requirements. Smaller, enclosed areas within a space that have Iess than
307o communicating
openings to that space are considered separate areas. The fire integrity of the
boundary bulkheadi
and decks of such smaller spaces shall be as prescribed in tables 9.7 and 9.8. The
title of each
category is intended to be typical rather than restrictive. The number ii n parentheses
preceding
each category refers to the applicable column or row in the tables.
(1) Control stations
Spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting.
Wheelhouse and chartroom.
Spaces containing the ship,s radio equipment.
Fire control stations.
Control room for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery space.
Spaces containing centralized fire alarm equipment.
(2) Corridors
Corridors and lobbies.
(3) Accommodationspaces
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.1, excluding corridors.
(4) Stairways
lnterior stairways, lifts, totally enclosed emergency escape trunks, ancl escalators (other
than
those wholly contained within the machinery spaces) ancl enclosures thereto.
ln this connection, a stairway which is enclosed only at one level shall be regarded
as part of
the space from which it is not separated by a fire door.
(5) Service spaces 0ow risk)
Lockers and store-rooms not having provisions for the storage of flammable Iiquids
and having
areas less than 4 m2 and drying rooms and laundries.
(6) Machinery spaces of category A
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.31.
(7) Other machinery spaces
Electrical equipment rooms (autotelephone exchange and air-conditioning duct spaces).
Spaces as defined in regulation 3.30, excluding machinery spaces of category A.
(B) Cargo pump-rooms
Spaces containing cargo pumps and entrances and trunks to such spaces.
(9) Service spaces (high risk)
Calleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, saunas, paint lockers and store-rooms having
areas of 4 m2 or rot_",. spaces.for the storage of flammable liquids and workshops
other thai
those forming part of the machinery spacei.
('10) Open decks
Open deck spaces and enclosed promenades having little or no fire risk. To be considered in
this category, enclosed promenades shall have no significant fire risk, meaning that furnishings
shall be restricted to deck furniture. In adclition, rrih ,pu.es shall be naturally ventilated
fry
permanent openings.
Air spaces (the space outside superstructures and deckhouses).
2.4.2.3 Continuous "B" class ceilings or linings, in association with the relevant decks or bulkheads, may be
accepted as contributing, wholly or in part, to the required insulation and integrity of a division.
O C) O !
\o o o O O \o o !O o
o o C) O O -o
rO !O \o \o C)
F. rn !
O O o o O O
O O O
(o
O
a, !O \o rO \o
U
O-
-
a) ro
U
.u
LO
U co ao U
G
0o
+
G
C) oo
CJ
-o
eo
q) O
.Y U
J
*o
o N
\ O
U
oo
AJ
o
LJ*
6'
4t-l
at
ol
ool CC
9l-
clo) .I
oi
o
OI
ul
6l
'- UIU
*lrn _o
olc _c d
al .9p
.l
ol
o
= tul>
(l:
-c CD
C
-l 'Ll
ol l-o
;! OJ
U o
OJ
U
tv c
=
>-l U 6
dl
lP lu
aE
I
L o_
u, lP l,^ 9t tr
G
o_ laJ
to
Ttfl \-t6 o o
Itr t> '=l! .;U l-
0.)
tsl-
.;
U *t( o
OD lor c
c
G ti t(B Io (,
UIU l< 16
C)
>lc U
0,
lo €,)
'-UO ; i)
: co -o
J_O
P
6
iE d,{
".:
!,
" P> 9.>
;^
O !
-JY
O O o O \o O o a <0,
-r -J
E e Ozi
t
- i a=6
o o :
A-IL
l, :XO
--
; o
'=J
c -o-
! -
6
C
=.
.64-
|.\ O a
O O O O o \o O O I -o "l 3'.9
>^Flrh^
;'
.--
: j<ox
h:
-
=J
z' - d . v
O o o o o ! O ^
!O \o \o \o \o O o !O !YL.:-YU
A)
I := -o,:d 9 o?&
a_ -O U (,YY
O a9-!.=UreJ
AJ O O \o O O --rLA
i c 6-; a * c- c.,
aJ
-o- 3oa ;o_d .: = E =
.E
--i
oo j
+ i .= ?-
o c i; - --
O O O \c O o zP -64 E =-= 6
N I ! -rL
G --O>.--<.=C6O=a =
o- J:>--lq=^
CJ
I
:i-E::;
-.=i.-h6^-1'=
> q!:
- ! a-L ;1 ; o-o
o
t C.l aa \t ro N o\ -:\ i; ^ : o i i >
c) 9 Lr I.:O- " -,c/ ^-:
r .:
:-: tr 7 I - = (. !
G J d I =E+
'u
.= =:
U! ='
J
r! ^l
---l-
0) .=NC^2Y.-:.:ur
(! I5 r 'u " u - Cr
-^a---h-^--v = -
th
-t tn +c 6 Q: .c Ets o
3
I
;u=i : i ; + .>tu.: d+
t ; o_= 4
co €, o o!-C E ? . - ta'u
-i aJ .Y7
-raa.,O--:6^- I t c, .;,
=-o-i.^--,=-c!9
! c. : 9{l .c : l-.
='=f,-===-.,=-
\ : I xi=a
==.'=
o
bo
17i-i"<E;E;-E%
^=-=e_:v-
u>u^_.
J
c-)
.0 J i.r;aa=.=XIP>
0,
U .C U
c,
U '-
o o
cJ
o_
: O= qorA - o-E9.o
o- --c
.qo
r:3aocJ=8rc-;-
s v - U U - (. Yr Z-
q
c
.e
:o c)
O
G a) e;;; rn-' z- a.-!;A
o C) o .= c, O- O , !a O- c.Y -
o
-o U o U 9ULJ-
= (n .c -c G iz
- E += -o -o t = F-==
O U
= o o_ G G o- U
E a, o_ a)
-o
E o
-o 6 o .= E c) F ! :.='-'-= I Q='.
6l E (-)
s o .9
o B '= U C)
C c"UV!lrU:U
(! C U '= .c -c.
C'
o 0J:Si==rtS==
o o o G
6 U U o U 6
a,
o v u >'-
-:
z--!-Err-a
o u J u > - ^
2.4.2.4 External boundaries which are required in regulation 11 .2 to be of steel or other equivalent material
may be pierced for the fitting of windows and sidescuttles provided that there is no requirement for such
boundaries of tankers to have "l(' class integrity. Similarly, in such boundaries which are not required to have
"A" class integrity, doors may be constructed of materials which are to the satisfaction of the Administration.
2.4.2.5 Exterior boundaries of superstructures and deckhouses enclosing accommodation and including any
overhanging decks which support such accommodation shall be constructed of steel and insulated to 'A-60"
stanclarJfoi the whole of the portions which face the cargo area and on the outward sides for a distance of
3 m from the end boundary facing the cargo area. The distance of 3 m shall be measured horizontally and
parallel to the middle line oi the ship from the boundary which faces the carSo area at each deck level. In the
case of the sides of those superstructures and deckhouses, such insulation shall be carried up to the underside
of the deck of the navigation bridge.
2.4.2.6 Skylights to cargo pump-rooms shall be of steel, shall not contain any glass and shall be capable of
being closed from outside the pump-room.
2.4.2.7 Construction and arrangement of saunas shall comply with paragraph 2.23.a.
4.1."1.2 The construction of doors and door frames in 'A" class divisions, with the means of securing them
w.hen closed, shall provide resistance to fire as well as to the passage of smoke and flame
equivalent to that
of the bulkheads in which the doors are situated, this being determined in accordance with the Fire Test
Procedures Code' Such doors and door frames shall be constructed of steel or other equivalent
material.
Doors approved without the sill being part of the frame, which are installed on or after 1
luly 201o, shall be
installed such that the gap under the door does not exceed 12 mm. A non-combustible sill shall be installed
under the door such that floor coverings do not extend beneath the closecl door.
4.1.1.5 Fire doors in main vertical zone bulkheads, galley boundaries and stairway enclosures other than
power-operated watertight doors and those which are normally locked shall satisfy the following requirements:
.1 the doors shall be self-closing and be capable of closing with an angle of inclination of up to 3.5.
opposing closure;
) the approximate time of closure for hinged fire doors shall be no more than 40 s and no less than
10 s from the beginning of their movement with the ship in upright position. The approximate
uniform rate of closure for sliding doors shall be of no moie than 0.2 mls and no less than 0.1 m/s
with the ship in upright position;
a
.^) the doors, except those for emergency escape trunks, shall be capable of remote release from
the co.ntinuously manned central control station, either simultaneously or in groups, and shall be
capable of release also individually from a position at both sicles of the door. nlleaie switches shall
have an on-off function to prevent automatic resetting of the system;
.4 hold-back hooks not subject to central control station release are prohibitecl;
.5 a door closed remotely from the central control station shall be capable of being re-opened from
both sides of the door by local control. After such local opening, the door shall aJtomaiically close
again;
.6 indication shall be provided at the fire door indicator panel in the continuously manned central
control station whether each door is closed;
.7 the release mechanism shall be so designed that the door will automatically close in the event of
disruption of the control system or central power supply;
.B local power accumulators for power-operated doors shall be provided in the immediate vicinity
of the doors to enable the doors to be operated at Ieast ten times (fully opened and closed) after
disruption of the control system or central power supply using the locai controls;
.9 disruption of the control system or central power supply at one door shall not impair the safe
functioning of the other doors;
.10 remote-released sliding or power-operated doors shall be equipped with an alarm that sounds at
least 5 s but no more than 10 s, after the door is released from'the central control station and before
the door begins to move and continues sounding until the door is completely closed;
.11 a door designed to re-open upon contacting an object in its path shall re-open not more than 1 m
from the point of contact;
.12 double-leaf doors equipped with a latch necessary for their fire integrity shall have a latch that is
automatically activated by the operation of the doors when released ty the system;
.13 doors giving direct access to special category spaces which are power-operated and automatically
closed need not be equipped with the alarms and remote-release mechanisms required in
paragraphs 4.1.1.4.3 and 4..1 .1.4.10;
.14 the components of the local control system shall be accessible for maintenance and adlusting;
.15 power-operated doors shall be provided with a control system of an approved type which shall be
able to operate in case of fire and be in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code. This system
shall satisfy the following requirements:
.15.1 the control system shall be able to operate the door at the temperature of at least 200'C for at least
60 min, served by the power supply;
.15.2 the power supply for all other doors not subject to fire shall not be impaired; and
.15.3 at temperatures exceeding 200'C, the control system shall be automatically isolated from the
power supply and shall be capable of keeping the door closed up to at least 945'C.
4.1.1.6 ln ships carrying not more than 35 passengers, where a space is protected by an automatic sprinkler
fire detection and fire alarm system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code or fitted
with a continuous "8" class ceiling, openings in decks not forming steps in main vertical zones nor bounding
horizontal zones shall be closed reasonably tight and such decks shall meet the 'A" class integrity requirements
in so far as is reasonable and practicable in the opinion of the Administration.
4.1.1.7 The requirements for "A" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass
partitions, windows and sidescuttles, provided that there is no requirement for such boundaries to have 'A'
class integrity in paragraph 4.1.3.3. The requirements for "N'class integrity of the outer boundaries of the
ship shall not apply to exterior doors, except for those in superstructures and deckhouses facing life-saving
appliances, embarkation and external assembly station areas, external stairs and open decks used for escape
routes. Stairway enclosure doors need not meet this requirement.
4.1.1.8 Except for watertight doors, weathertight doors (semi-watertight doors), doors leading to the open
deck and doors which need to be reasonably gastight, all "N' class doors located in stairways, public spaces
and main vertical zone bulkheads in escape routes shall be equipped with a self-closing hose port. The
material, construction and fire resistance of the hose port shall be equivalent to the door into which it is fitted,
and shall be a 150 mm square clear opening with the door closed and shall be inset into the lower edge of the
door, opposite the door hinges or, in the case of sliding doors, nearest the opening.
4.1.1.9 Where it is necessary that a ventilation duct passes through a main vertical zone division, a fail-safe
automatic closing fire damper shall be fitted adjacent to the division. The damper shall also be capable of
being manually closed from each side of the division. The operating position shall be readily accessible and be
marked in red light-reflecting colour. The duct between the division and the damper shall be of steel or other
equivalent material and, if necessary, insulated to comply with the requirements of paragraph 3.1. The damper
shall be fitted on at least one side of the division with a visible indicator showing whether the damper is in the
open position.
4.1.2.2 Cabin doors in "B" class divisions shall be of a self-closing type. Hold-back hooks are not permitted.
4.1.2.3 The requirements lor "B" class integrity of the outer boundaries of a ship shall not apply to glass
partitions, windows and sidescuttles. Similarly, the requirements lor "B" class integrity shall not apply to exterior
doors in superstructures and deckhouses. For ships carrying not more than 36 passengers, the Administration
may permit the use of combustible materials in doors separating cabins from the individual interior sanitary
spaces such as showers.
.1 openings
ngs in
i decks not formiing steps in main vertical zones
nor bounding horizontal zones shail be
--" *-'t tight
closed rea,sonably and sirch decks >rdil
''"'_:,:,^,:, shall rileelrne '5" crass irntegrity requirements
meet the,,B,,.tu* in so far as
is reasonable and practicabre1:-,:,"=-o:
in the opinion of the Administration; and
'2 openings in corridor bulkheads of "B" class materials
shall be protected in accordance with the
provisions ol paragraph 2.2.2.
4.2.3 ln corridor bulkheads, ventilation openings may be permitted in and under the doors of cabins and
public spaces. Ventilation openings are also permitted in "8" class doors leading to lavatories, offices, pantries,
Iockers and store-rooms. Except as permitted below, the openings shall be provided only in the lower half
of a door. Where such an opening is in or under a door, the total net area of any such opening or openings
shall not exceed 0.05 m2. Alternatively, a non-combustible air balance duct routed between the cabin and
the corridor, and located below the sanitary unit, is permitted where the cross-sectional area of the duct does
not exceed 0.05 m2. Ventilation openings, except those under the door, shall be fitted with a grill made of
non-combustible material.
5.1 Application
5.1.1 The provision of this paragraph shall apply to machinery spaces of category A and, where the
Administration considers it desirable, to other machinery spaces.
5.2.2 Skylights shall be of steel and shall not contain glass panels.
5.2.3 Means of control shall be provided for closing power-operated doors or actuating release mechanisms
on doors other than power-operated watertight doors. The controls shall be located outside the space
concerned, where they will not be cut off in the event of fire in the space it serves.
5.2.4 ln passenger ships, the means of control required in paragraph 5.2.3 shall be situated at one control
position or grouped in as few positions as possible, to the satisfaction of the Administration. Such positions
shall have safe access from the open deck.
.5.2.5 ln passenger ships, doors, other than power-operated watertight doors, shall be so arranged that positive
closure is assured in case of fire in the space by power-operated closing arrangements or by the provision
of self-closing doors capable of closing against an inclination of 3.5" opposing closure, and having a fail-safe
hold-back arrangement, provided with a remotely operated release device. Doors for emergency escape
trunks need not be fitted with a fail-safe hold-back facility and a remotely operated release device.
5.2.6 Windows shall not be fitted in machinery space boundaries. However, this does not preclude the use
of glass in control rooms within the machinery spaces.
6.2 ln passenger ships, indicators shall be provided on the navigation bridge which shall indicate when any
fire door leading to or from the special category spaces is closed.
6.3 ln tankers, for the protection of cargo tanks carrying crude oil and petroleum products having a flashpoint
not exceeding 60'C, materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for valves, fittings, tank
opening covers, cargo vent piping and cargo piping so as to prevent the spread of fire to the cargo.
7 Ventilation systems
.2 on ships constructed on or after1 )uly 2010, the ducts shall be made of heat resisting non-combustible
material, which may be faced internally and externally with membranes having low flame-spread
characteristics and, in each case, a calorific value'i. not exceedin g 45 M)/m2 of their surface area for
the thicl<ness used;
.3 the ducts are only used at the end of the ventilation device; and
.4 the ducts are not situated less than 600 mm, measured along the duct, from an opening in an ,A,,
or "8" class division, including continuous ,,B,' class ceiling.
7."1.2 The following arrangements shall be tested in accordance with the Fire Test Procedures Code:
.1 fire dampers, including their relevant means of operation; and
.2 duct penetrations through 'A" class divisions. However, the test is not required where steel sleeves
are directly joined to ventilation ducts by means of riveted or screwed flanges or by welding.
except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.,l.8.
7.2.2 Ducts provided for ventilation to accommodation spaces, service spaces or control stations shall not pass
through machinery spaces of category A, galleys, vehicle spaces, ro-ro spaces or special category spaces unless
they Jomply with the conditions specif ied in paragraph s 7.2.2.1.1 to 7.2.2.1.3 or 7.2.2.2.1 and 7.2.2.2.2 below:
.1.1 the ducts, where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro
space or special category space, are constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs7.2.1.1.1
and 7.2.1.1.2;
:1.2 automatic fire dampers are fitted close to the boundaries penetrated; and
.1.3 the integrity of the machinery space, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro space or special category space
boundaries is maintained at the penetrations;
.2.1 the ducts, where they pass through a machinery space of category A, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro
space or special category space,ire constructed of steel in accordance with paragraphs7.2.1.1.1
and 7.2.1.1.2; and
.2.2 lhe ducts are insulated lo "A-60" standard within the machinery space, galley, vehicle space, ro-ro
space or special categorY space;
except that penetrations of main zone divisions shall also comply with the requirements of paragraph 4.1.1.8.
7.2.1 Where with a free cross-sectional area equal to, or less than, 0.02 m2 passes through
a thin plated duct
class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined with a steel sheet sleeve having a thickness of at least
,,1g,
3 mm and a length of at least200 mm, diuid"d preferably into 100 mm on each side of the bulkhead or, in
the case of the d"eck, wholly laid on the lower side of the decks pierced. Where ventilation ducts with a free
cross-sectional area e*ceeding O.o2 m2 pass through "A" class bulkheads or decks, the opening shall be lined
with a steel sheet sleeve. Hoinrever, where such ducts are of steel construction and pass through a deck or
bulkhead, the ducts and sleeves shall comply with the following:
.1 The sleeves shall have a thickness of at least 3 mm and a length of at least 900 mm. When
passing through bulkheads, this length shall be divided preferably into 450 mT on each side of
the bulkhead. These ducts, or sleevel lining such ducts, shall be provided with fire insulation' The
insulation shall have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead or deck through which the duct
passes; and
-2 Ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.075 m2 shall be fitted with fire dampers in
addition to the requirements of paragraph 7.3.1.1. The fire damper shall operate.automatically,
but shall also be capable of being closed' manually from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. The
damper shall be provided with an indicator which shows whether the damper is open or closed.
Fire dampers are not required, however, where ducts pass through spaces surrounded by "N'
class divisions, without serving those spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as
the divisions which they pierie. Fire dampers shall be easily accessible. Where they are placed
behind ceilings or Iinings,'these ceilings or linings shall be provided with an inspection door on
which a plate"reporting the iclentification number of the fire damper is provided' The fire damper
iclentification number ihall also be placed on any remote controls required.
7.3.2 Ventilation ducts with a free cross-sectional area exceeding 0.02 m2 passing through "8" class bulkheads
shall be lined with steel sheet sleeves of goo mm in length, divided preferably into 450 mm on each side
of
the bulkheads unless the duct is of steel for this length.
7.4 Ventilation systems for passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers
7.4.1 The ventilation system of a passenger ship carrying more than 36 passengers shall be in compliance
with the following additional requirements.
7.4.2 ln general, the ventilation fans shall be so disposed that the ducts reaching the various spaces remain
within the main vertical zone.
7.4.3 Where ventilation systems penetrate decks, precautions shall be taken, in addition to those relating
to the fire integrity of the deck required by paragraphs 3.1 and 4.L'1.5, to reduce the likelihood of smokE
and hot gases passing from one 'tween-deck spaCe to another through the system. In addition to insulation
requirements contained in paragraph 7.4, vertical ducts shall, if necessary, be insulated as required
by the
appropriate tables 9.1 and 9.2.
7.4.4 Except in cargo spaces, ventilation ducts shall be constructed of the following materials:
.1 ducts not less than o.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area and all vertical ducts serving more than a
single 'tween-deck space shall bre constructed of steel or other equivalent material;
.2 ducts less than 0.075 m2 in free cross-sectional area, other than the vertical ducts referred to in
paragraph 7.4.4.1, shall be constructed of steel or equivalent materials. Where such ducts penetrate
"N' or "B" class divisions, due regard shall be given to ensuring the fire integrity of the division; and
.3 short lengths of duct, not in general exceeding 0.02 m2 in free cross-sectional area nor 2 m in
length, need not be steel or equivalent provided that all of the following conditions are met:
.3.1 subject to paragraph 7.4.4.3.2, the duct is constructed of any material which has low flame-
spread characteristics;
.3.2 on ships constructed on or after 1 July 2010, the ducts shall be made of heat resisting
non-combustible material, which may be faced internally and externally with membranes
having low flame-spread characteristics and, in each case, a calorific value* not exceeding 45
M)lm2 of their surface area for the thickness used;
.3.3 the duct is used only at the terminal end of the ventilation system; and
.3.4 the duct is not located closer than 600 mm measured along its length to a penetration of an
"A" or "8" class division, including continuous ,,8,, class ceiiings.
7.4.5 Stairway enclosures shall be ventilated and served by an independent fan and duct system which shall
not serve any other spaces in the ventilation systems.
7.4-6 Exhaust ducts shall be provided with hatches for inspection and cleaning. The hatches shall be located
near the fire dampers.
Exh_aust ducts from galley ranges shall meet the requirements of paragraphs 7.2.L2.-l and 7.2.1.2.2 and shall
be fitted with:
.1 a Srease trap readily removable for cleaning unless an alternative approved grease removal system
is fitted;
.2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct which is automatically and remotely operated
and, in addition, a remotely operated fire damper located in the upper end of the duct;
.3 a fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct;
.4 remote-control arrangements for shutting off the exhaust fans and supply fans, for operating the
fire dampers mentioned in paragraph 7.5.1.2 and for operating the fire-extinguishing system, r,^7t-,i.t-,
shall be placed in a position close to the entrance to the galley. Where a irultl-bianch system is
installed, a remote means located with the above controls shali be provided to close all branches
" Refer to the recommendations published by the lnternational Organization for Standardization, in particular publication
ISO 1716:2002, Reaction to f ire tests for building'products
- Determinatiin of the heat of combustion.
exhausting through the same main duct before an extinguishing medium is released into the system;
and
7.5.1.2 Exhaust ducts from ranges for cooking equipment installed on open decks shall conform to paragraph
7.5.1.1, as applicable, when passing through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible
materials.
7.5.2 Requirements for cargo ships and passenger ships carrying not more than 36 passengers
7.5.2.-l Where they pass through accommodation spaces or spaces containing combustible materials, the
exhaust ducts from galley ranges shall be constructed of 'A" class divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fitted
with:
.1 a grease trap readily removable for cleaning;
.2 a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct and, in addition, a fire damper in the upper end
of the duct;
.3 arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fans; and
.4 fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.
7.6 Ventilation systems for main laundries in ships carrying more than 36 passengers
Exhaust ducts from main laundries shall be fitted with:
.3 remote-control arrangements for shutting off the exhaust fans and supply fans from within the
space and for operating the fire damper mentioned in paragraph 7.6.2; and
Regulation 10
Fire fighting
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to suppress and swiftly extinguish a fire in the space of origin. For this
purpose, the following functional requirements shall be met:
.1 fixed fire-extinguishing systems shall be installed, having due regard to the fire growth potential of
the protected spaces; and
.2 fire-extinguishing appliances shall be readily available.
2.1.1 Ceneral
Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used for fire mains and hydrants unless adequately
protected. The pipes and hydrants shall be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. The
The arrangements for the ready availability of water supply shall be:
.1 in passenger ships:
'1'1 of '1,000 gross tonnage and upwards such that at least one effective jet of water is
immediately
available-from any hydrant in an interior location and so as to ensure the
continuation of the
output of water by the automatic starting of one required fire pump;
.1.2 of less than 1,000 gross tonnage by automatic start of at least one fire pump or
by remote
starting from the navigation bridge of at least one fire. pump. If the pump
starts automatically
or if the bottom valve cannot be opened from where tl-re pump is remoteiy
started, the bottom
valve shall always be kept open; and
.1.3 if fitted with periodically unattended machinery spaces in accordance with
regulation ll-1/54,
the Administration shall determine provisions for'fixed water fire-extinguishin!
arrangements
for such spaces equivalent to those required for normally attended rnulhin"ry"ril;;r;
.2 in cargo ships:
.2.1 to the satisfaction of the Administration; and
'2'2 with a periodically unattended machinery space or when only one person is required
on watch,
there shall be immediate water delivery from the fire main system at a suitable pressure,
either
by remote starting of one of the.main fire pumps with remote starting from the navigation
bridge and fire control station, if any, or permanent pressurization oithe fire main
sj,stem
by one of the main fire pumps, except that the Administration may waive this requirement
for cargo ships of less than 1,600 gross tonnage if the fire pump startiing arrangement
in the
machinery space is in an easily accessible position.
2'1.4.2 A valve shall be fitted to serve each fire hydrant so that any fire hose may be removed while
the fire
pumps are in operation.
2.1.4.3 Relief valves shall be provided in conjunction with fire pumps if the pumps are capable of developing
a pressure exceeding the design pressure of the water service pipes, hydrants and hoses. These valves shall be
so placed and adjusted as to prevent excessive pressure in any part of the fire main system.
2.-1.4.4 ln tankers, isolation valves shall be f itted in the fire main at the poop front in a protected position and
on the tank deck at intervals of not more than 40 m to preserve the integrity of the fire main system in case oi
fire or explosion.
2.1.5.1 The number and position of hydrants shall be such that at least two jets of water not emanating from
the same hydrant, one of which shall be from a single length of hose, may reach any part of the ship normally
accessible to the passengers or crew while the ship is being navigated and any part of any cargo space when
empty, any ro-ro space or any vehicle space, in which latter case the two jets shall reach any part of the space,
each from a single length of hose. Furthermore, such hydrants shall be positioned near the accesses to the
protected spaces.
2J|.5.2 In addition to the requirements in paragraph 2.1.5.1, passenger ships shall comply with the following:
.1 in the accommodation, service and machinery spaces, the number and position of hydrants shall
be such that the requirements of paragraph 2.1.5.1 may be complied with when all watertight doors
and all doors in main vertical zone bulkheads are closed; and
.2 where access is provided to a machinery space of category A at a low level from an adjacent shaft
tunnel, two hydrants shall be provided external to, but near the entrance to, that machinery space.
Where such access ls provided from other spaces, in one of those spaces two hydrants shall be
provided near the entrance to the machinery space of category A. Such provision need not be
made where the tunnel or adjacent spaces are not part of the escape route.
With the two pumps simultaneously delivering water through the nozzles specified in paragraph 2.3.3, with
the quantity of water as specified in paragraph 2.1.3, through any adjacent hydrants, the following minimum
pressures shall be maintained at all hydrants:
and
.3 the maximum pressure at any hydrant shall not exceed that at which the effective control of a fire
hose can be demonstrated.
21.7.1 Ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards shall be provided with at least one international shore
connection complying with the Fire Safety Systems Code.
2.1.7.2 Facilities shall be available enabling such a connection to be used on either side of the ship.
'2 in passenger ships of less than 1,000 gross tonnage and. in. cargo
ships, if a fire in any one
compartment could put all the pumps ou1 of action,Ihere
shall be fn alternative means .onlirting
of an emergency fire pump comp.lying with the provisions
of the rire sii"tf systems Code with its
source of power and sea connection located ouiside
the space where the main fire pumps or their
sources of power are located.
2'2'3.2 Requirements for the space containing the emergency fire pump
Ventilation arrangements to the space containing the independent source of power for the emergency fire
pump shall be such as to preclude, as far as practicable, the possibility of smoke from a machinery space fire
entering or being drawn into that space.
ln addition, in cargo ships where other pumps, such as general service, bilge and ballast, etc., are fitted in a
machinery space, arrangements shall be made to ensure that at least one of these pumps, having the capacity
and pressure required by paragraphs 2.1.6.2 and 2.2.4.2, is capable of providing water to the fire main.
The required fire pumps shall be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes a quantity of water, at the
pressure specified in paragraph 2.1.6, as follows:
.1 pumps in passenger shlps: the quantity of water is not less than two thirds of the quantity required
to be dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping; and
.2 pumps in cargo ships, other than any emergency pump: the quantity of water is not less than
four thirds of the quantity required under regulation ll-1l35-1 to be dealt with by each of the
independent bilge pumps in a passenger ship of the same dimension when employed in bilge
pumping, provided that in no cargo ship need the total required capacity of the fire pumps exceed
'180
m3/h.
Each of the required fire pumps (other than any emergency pump required in paragraph 2.2.3.1.2for cargo
ships) shall have a capacity not less than B0% of the total required capacity divided by the minimum number
of required fire pumps, but in any case not less than 25 m3lh, and each such pump shall in any event be
capable of delivering at least the two required jets of water. These fire pumps shall be capable of supplying the
fire main system under the required conditions. Where more pumps than the minimum of required pumps are
installed, such additional pumps shall have a capacity of at least 25 m3lh and shall be capable of delivering at
least the two jets of water required in paragraph 2.1.5.1.
.1 l5 m in machinery spaces;
.2 20 m in other spaces and open decks; and
2.3.1.2 Unless one hose and nozzle is provided for each hydrant in the ship, there shall be complete
interchangeability of hose couplings and nozzles.
3'2'3 carbon dioxide fire extinguishers shall not be placed in accommodation spaces. ln
control stations and
other spaces containing electricll or electronic equipment or appliance,
n"."rrirf ior the safety of the ship,
iire extinguishers shall be provided whose extinguishing media are
neither electricjly conductive nor harmful
to the equipment and appliances.
'Refer to lmoroved
Cuidelines for marine portable,fire.extinguishers (resolution A.95-l(23)
chapter II-2 on the number una ,rirng"r"",Li'i-i"rrr" and Unified interpretation of SOLAS
fire extinguishers on board ships (MSC.t/ C,rc.l275).
3.2.4 Fire extinguishers shall be situated ready for use at easily visible places, which can be reached quickly
and easily at any time in the event of a fire, and in such a way that their serviceability is not impaired by the
weather, vibration or other external factors. Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided with devices which
indicate whether they have been used.
3.3.2 For fire extinguishers which cannot be recharged on board, additional portable fire extinguishers of the
same quantity, type, capacity and number as determined in paragraph 3.3.1 above shall be provided in lieu of
spare charges.
4 Fixedfire-extinguishingsystems
4.-..1 A fixed fire-extinguishing system required by paragraph 5 below may be any of the following systems:
.1 a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code;
.2 a fixed high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire
Safety Systems Code; and
.3 a fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire
Safety Systems Code.
4.1.2 Where a fixed fire-extinguishing system not required by this chapter is installed, it shall meet the
requirements of the relevant regulations of this chapter and the Fire Safety Systems Code.
4.1.3 Fire-extinguishing systems using Halon 1211,1301, and2402 and perfluorocarbons shall be prohibited.
4.1.4 ln general, the Administration shall not permit the use of steam as a fire-extinguishing medium in
fixed fire-extinguishing systems. Where the use of steam is permitted by the Administration, it shall be used
only in restricted areas as an addition to the required fire-extinguishing system and shall comply with the
requirements of the Fire Safety System Code.
4.1.5 By the first scheduled dry-docking after 1 January 2010, fixed carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing systems
for the protection of machinery spaces and cargo pump-rooms on ships constructed before 1 July 2002 shall
comply with the provisions of paragraph 2.2.2 of chapter 5 of the Fire Safety Systems Code.
sha-ll be gastight. For the purpose of the application of tables 9.1 to 9.8, such storage rooms shall be treated
.,rs iire control stalions.
5'"1.2.2 There shall be at least two portable foam extinguishers or equivalent in each firing space in each
boiler room and in each space in which a part of the oilJuel installation is situated. There iha'll
be not less
than one approved foam-type extinguisher of at least '135 L capacity or equivalent in each boiler
room. These
extinguishers shall be provided with hoses on reels suitable for reaching any part of the boiler room.
ln the
case of domestic boilers of less than 175 kW an approved foam-type extlnguisher of at least -135
L capacity is
not required.
5.1.2.3 ln each firing space there shall be a receptacle containing at least 0.1 m3 sancJ, sawdust impregnated
rvith soda, or other approved dry material, along with a suitable shJvel for spreading the material. An'apfroved
portable extinguisher may be substituted as an alternative.
'vachinery spaces of category A containing internal combustion machinery shall be provided with one of the
fixed fire-extinguishing systems in paragraph 4.-1.
5.2.2.2 There shall be in each such space approved foam-type fire extinguishers, each of at least 45 L
capacity or equivalent, sufflcient in number to enable foam or its equivalen"t to be directed onto any
part
of the fuel and lubricating oil pressure systems, gearing and other fire hazards. ln adcJition, there shali be
provided a sufficient number of portable foam exiinguishers or equivalent which shall be so located that
no
lloint in the space is more than 10 m walking distancefrom an extinguisher and that there are at least two such
Retcr tg Unified interpretation of SOLAS chapter ll-2 on the number and arrangemcnt of portable
. fire extinguishers on board ships
VSC.l,Cirr.ll75r
extinguishers in each such space. For smaller spaces of cargo ships the Administration may consider relaxing
this requirement.
5.3.2.1 There shall be approved foam fire extinguishers, each of at least 45 L capacity or equivalent, sufficient
in number to enable foam or its equivalent to be directed on to any part of the pressure lubrication system,
on to any part of the casings enclosing pressure-lubricated parts of the turbines, engines or associated gearing,
and any other fire hazards. However, such extinguishers shall not be required if protection, at least equivalent
to that required by this subparagraph, is provided in such spaces by a fixed fire-extinguishing system fitted in
compliance with paragraph a.l.
5,3,2.2 There shall be a sufficient number of portable foam extinguishers* or equivalent which shall be so
located that no point in the space is more than l0 m walking distance from an extinguisher and that there
are at least two such extinguishers in each such space, except that such extinguishers shall not be required in
addition to any provided in compliance with paragraph 5.1.2.2.
Where, in the opinion of the Administration, a fire hazard exists in any machinery space for which no specific
provisions for fire-extinguishing appliances are prescribed in paragraphs 5.1,5.2 and 5.3, there shall be
provided in, or adjacent to, that space such a number of approved portable fire extinguishers or other means
of fire extinction as the Administration may deem sufficient.
ln passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, each machinery space of category A shall be provided
with at least two suitable water fog applicators.t
5.6.2 Machinery spaces of category A above 500 m3 in volume shall, in addition to the fixed fire-extinguishing
system required in paragraph 5.1.1, be protected by an approved type of fixed water-based or equivalent local
application fire-extinguishing system, based on the guidelines developed by the Organization.* In the case
of periodically unattended machinery spaces, the fire-extinguishing system shall have both automatic and
manual release capabilities. ln the case of continuously manned machinery spaces, the fire-extinguishing
system is only required to have a manual release capability.
'' Refer to Unified interpretation of SOLAS chapter ll-2 on the number and arrangement of portable fire extinguishers on board ships
(MSC.1/Circ.1275).
'r
A water fog applicator might consist of a metal L-shaped pipe, the long Iimb being about 2 m in length, capable of being fitted to a
fire hose, and the short limb being about 250 mm in length, fitted with a fixed water fog nozzle or capable of belng fitted with a water
spray nozzle.
* Refer to Revised Cuidelines for the approval of fixed water-based local application fire-fighting systems for use in category A
machinery spaces (MSC/CIrc.913) (MSC.1 /Cic.13B7), Unified interpretations of the Cuidelines for the approval of fixed water-based
local application fire-fighting systems (MSC/Circ.913) (MSC/Circ.1082) and Unified interpretations of SOLAS chapter ll-2 (MSC.1/
Circ.1276\.
5'6'4 Activation of any local applicatlon system shall give a visual and distinct audible alarm in the
protected
space and at continuously manned stations. The alarm shall indicate the
specific system activated. The system
alarm requirements described,within this paragraph are in addition to, and not
a substitute for, the detection
and fire alarm system required elsewhere in this chapter.
9'1'3 A fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire
Ju'Lt/ J/rts,ir) code
safety systems L(ruu 5ildn
shall ue
be ilrsldlleo
installed on caorn
cabin LarconLs
Dalconresol
of shtps
shi to which regulation
regulati 5.3.4 applies, where
furniture and furnishings on such balconies are not as defined in regulationri.+0.1,3.40.2,3.40.3,3.40.6
and 3.4O.7.
.3 a water spraying or sprinkler system, designed for 5 Llm2 min. Water spraying systems may be
connected to the fire main of the ship; or
.4 a system providing equivalent protection, as determined by the Administration.
ln all cases, the system shall be operable from outside the protected space.
6.3.2 Flammable liquid lockers shall be protected by an appropriate fire-extinguishing arrangement approved
by the Administration.
6.3.3 For lockers of a deck area of less than 4 m2, which do not give access to accommodation spaces, a
portable carbon dioxide fire extinguisher sized to provide a minimum volume of free gas equal to
407o of the
in lieu of a fixed system. A discharge port shall be arranged in the
gross volume of the space may be"accepted
into the protected space. The required
locker to allow the discharge of the extinguisher without having to enter
portable fire extinguisher lhall be stowed adjacent to the port. Alternatively, a port or hose connection may
be provided to facilitate the use of fire main water.
.3 arrangements for automatically shutting off the electrical power upon activation of the fire-
extinguishing system;
.4 an alarm for indicating operation of the fire-extinguishing system in the galley where the equipment
is installed; and
.5 controls for manual operation of the fire-extinguishing system which are clearly labelled for ready
use try the crew.
7.1|l Except as provided for in paragr aph 7.2, the cargo spaces of passenger ships of 1,000 gross tonnage and
complying with the
upwards shall be protected by a fixejcarbon dioxide or inert gas fire-extinguishing system
Fire safety dystems Code or by a fixed high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system
which
provisions of the
gives equivalent Protection.
on voyaSes
7:1.2 Where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Administration that a passenger ship is engaged
of such short duration that it would be unreasonable to apply the requirements of paragraph 7.1'1-and also
be to the satisfaction of
in ships of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the arrangemenis'in cargo spaces.shall
means of closing all
the Administration, provideithat the st-Iip is fitted wlth steel hatch Covers and effective
ventilators and other openings leading to the cargo spaces'
Except for ro-ro and vehicle spaces, cargo spaces on cargo ships of 2,000 gross tonnage
and upwards
7.1 .3 with the provisions
shall be protected by a f ixecl carbon d'ioxide or iiert gas fire-extinguishing system complying
equivalent protection'
of the Fire Safety Systems Code, or by a fire-extinguishing system which gives
spaces of
7.1.4 The Administration may exempt from the requirements of paragraphs 7.1.3 and 7.2 cargo
timber,
any cargo ship if constructed, and solely intended, ior the carriage of ore, coal, grain, unseasoned
of the Administration, constitute a low fire risk'i
non-combustible cargoes or cargoes which, in the opinion
with hatch covers and effective means of
such exemptions ma'y be grantJd only if the ship is iitted steel
When such exemptions are granted,
closing all ventilators'und &her openings leading to the cargo spaces.
.1537.1
,. -"f", Standardization, in particular publication ISO :2009, Ships
,-h" -."rmendations by the lnternational Organization for galley cooking equipment'
n,ii iuin" technology - Fire-exti'nguishiftg systems for protection of
i Refer to the IMSBC Code (resotution MSC.268(85)), as amended, app.endix.1, entry for coal,.and to the Lists ofsystem solid bulk cargoes
system .";';; ;;;pr"J or for which a fixed gas fire-extinguishing is inef{ective
for which a fixecl gas fire-extinguishing
(MSC.1 /Circ.1 39S/Rev.1 ).
'|shiq engaged in the carriage of dangerous goods in any cargo spaces shall
be provided with a fixed carbon
dioxide or inert gas fire-extinguishing system-complying'witl-ithe provisions of
ihe rire Safety Systems Code
or with a fire-extinguishing system which, in the opinion"of the Administration,
gives protection for
the cargoes carried. "qriuul"nt
B'1'1 For tankers of 20,000 tonnes deadweight ancl upwards, a fixed deck foam fire-extinguishing system
shall be provided complying-with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems
Cocle, except that, in lieu of the
above, the Administration, after having given consideration to the ,hip',
urrung";;ri and equipment. may
accept other fixed installations if they afford protection equivalent to the
above, ilr accordance wiih ,"guiriioi
l/5' The requirements for alternative fixed initallations shall comply with the requiremlnts
in paragraph 8.1.2.
B'1'2 In accordance with paragraph 8.1.1, where the Administration accepts an equivalent fixed installation
in lieu of the fixed deck foam fire-extinguishing system, the installation shall:
'1 be capable of extinguishing spill fires and also preclude ignition of spilled oil not
yet ignited; and
.2 be capable of combating fires in ruptured tanks.
B'1'3 Tankers of less than 20,000 tonnes deadweightshall be provided with a deck foam fire-extinguishing
system complying with the requirements of the rire safety Systems Code.
Each cargo pump-room shall be provided with one of the following fixed fire-extinguishing
systems operated
from a readily accessible position outside the pump-room. Cargo pump-rooms shall b"e provided
with a
system suitable for machinery spaces of category A.
9.1.1 A carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the
Safety Systems
Code and with the following:
'1 the alarms giving audible warning of the release of fire-extinguishing medium shall be
safe for use
in a flammable cargo vapour/air mixture; and
'2 a notice shall be exhibited at the controls stating that, due to the electrostatic ignition hazard,
the
system is to be used only for fire extinguishing and not for inerting purposes.
9'1..3 A fixed pressure water-spraying fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions
o{ the Fire
Safety Systems Code.
Where the fire-extinguishing medium used in the cargo pump-room system is also used in systems serving
other spaces, the quantity of medium provided or its delivery rate need not be more than the maximum
required for the Iargest compartment.
10 Fire-fighter's outfits
10.1 Types of fire-fighter's outfits
10.1.1 Fire-fighter's outfits shall comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code.
10.1.2 Self-contained compressed air breathing apparatus of fire-fighter's outfits shall comply with paragraph
2.1.2.2 of chapter 3 of the Fire Safety Systems Code by 1 July 2019.
.1 for every BO m,or part thereof of the aggregate of the lengths of all passenger spaces and service
spaces on the deck which carries such spaces or, if there is more than one such deck, on the deck
which has the largest aggregate of such lengths, two fire-fighter's outfits and, in addition, two
sets of personal equipment, each set comprising the items stipulated in the Fire Safety Systems
Code. ln passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, two additional fire-fighter's outfits
shall be provided for each main vertical zone. However, for stairway enclosures which constitute
indiviclual main vertical zones and for the main vertical zones in the fore or aft end of a ship which
do not contain spaces of categories (6), (7), (B) or (12) defined in regulation 9.2.2.3, no additional
fire-fighter's outfits are required; and
.2 on ships carrying more than 36 passengers, for each pair of breathing apparatus, one water fog
applicator which shall be stored adjacent to such apparatus'
10.2.4 The Administration may require additional sets of personal equipment and breathing apparatus,
having due regard to the size and type of the ship.
10.2.5 Two spare charges shall be provided for each required breathing apparatus. Passenger ships carrying
not more than 36 passeng"rs and cargo ships that are equipped with suitably located means for fully recharging
the air cylinders free from contamination need carry only one spare charge for each required apparatus. ln
passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, at least two spare charges for each breathing apparatus
shall be provided.
10.2.G Passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers constructed on or after 1 July 2010 shall be fitted
with a suitably located means for fully recharging breathing air cylinders, free from contamination. The means
for recharging shall be either:
.1 breathing air compressors supplied from the main and emergency switchboard, or independently
driven, *ith u minimum capacity of 60 L/min per required breathing apparatus, not to exceed
420 Llmin; or
.2 self-contained high-pressure storage systems of suitable pressure to recharge the breathing apparatus
used on board, *ith n capacity o1'at least 1,200I per required breathing apparatus, not to exceed
50,000 L of free air.
Regulation 11
Structural integrity
1 Purpose
6.1 General
The venting arrangements shall be so designed and operated as to ensure that neither pressure nor vacuum in
cargo tanks shall exceed design parameters and be such as to provide for:
.1 the flow of the small volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixtures caused by thermal variations in a
cargo tank in all cases through pressure/vacuum valves; and
.2 the passage of large volumes of vapour, air or inert gas mixtures during cargo loading and ballasting,
or during discharging.
.2 a negative pressure in excess o{ 7OO mm water gauge if the cargo were to be discharged at the
maximum rated capacity of the cargo pumps and the inert gas blowers were to fail.
Such devices shall be installed on.the inert gas main unless they are installed in the venting system required by
regulation 4.5.3.1or on indlvidual cargo tanks. The location and design of the devices shill'be in accordance
with regulation 4.5.3 and paragraph 6.
Vent outlets for cargo loading, discharging and ballasting required by paragraph 6.1.2 shall be designed on
the basis of the maximum designed loading rate multiplied by a factor of at Ieast 1.251o take accouXt of gas
evolution, in order to prevent the pressure in any cargo tank from exceeding the design pressure. The maiter
shall be provided with information regarding the maximum permissible loaJing rate f6r each cargo tank and,
in the case of combined venting systems, for each group of cargo tanks.
Regulation 12
Notification of crew and passengers
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to notify crew and passengers of a fire for safe evacuation. For this purpose,
a general emergency alarm system and a public address system shall be provided.
A public address system or other effective means of communication complying with the requirements of
regulation lll/6.5 shall be available throughout the accommodation and service spaces and control stations
and open decks.
Regulation 13
Means of escape
-l Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to provide means of escape so that persons on board can safely and swiftly
escape to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation deck. For this purpose, the following functional requirements
shall be met:
.3 additional aids for escape shall be provided as necessary to ensure accessibility, clear marking, and
adequate design for emergency situations.
2 General requirements
2.1 Unless expressly provided otherwise in this regulation, at least two widely separated and ready means
of escape shall be provided from all spaces or groups of spaces.
2.2 Lifts shall not be considered as forming one of the means of escape as required by this regulation.
to have direct access to these stairway enclosures. Public spaces may also have direct access to stairway
enclosures except for the backstage of a theatre. Small corridors or "lobbies" used to separate an enclosed
stairway from galleys or main laundries may have direct access to the stairway provided they have a minimum
deck area of 4.5 m2, a width of no less than 900 mm and contain a fire hose station.
3.2.4.2 Protection of access from the stairway enclosures to the lifeboat and liferaft embarkation areas shall
be provided either directly or through protected internal routes which have fire integrity and insulation values
for stairway enclosures as determined by tables 9.1 lo 9.4, as appropriate.
3.2.4.3 Stairways serving only a space and a balcony in that space shall not be considered as forming one
of the required means of escape.
3.2.4.4 Each level within an atrium shall have two means of escape, one of which shall give direct access to
an enclosed vertical means of escape meeting the requirements of paragraph 3.2.4.1.
3.2.4.5 The widths, number and continuity of escapes shall be in accordance with the requirements in the
Fire Safety Systems Code.
3.2.5.2 ln passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, the requirements of the paragraph 3.2.5.1 shall
also apply to the crew accommodation areas.
3.2.5.3 ln lieu of theescape route lighting system required by paragraph 3.2.5.1, alternative evacuation
guidance systems may be accepted if approved by the Administration based on the guidelines developed by
the Organization."'
" Refer to Functional requirements and performance standards for the assessment.of evacuation guidance systems (MSC/Circ.1167) and
Interim guidelines for the testing, apprbval and maintenance of evacuation guidance systems used as an alternative to low-location
lighting systems (MSC/Circ.1 1 68).
i"l'6.2 Escape doors from public spaces that are normally latched shall be fitted with a means of quick
-: .rse. Such means shall consist of a door-latching mechanism incorporating
a device that releases the iatch
-: -.l the application of a force in the direction of escape flow. Quick release mechanisms shall be designed
*
. r irstalled to the satisfaction of the Administration and, in particular:
'1 consist of bars or panels, the actuating portion of rvhich extends across at least one half of the width
of the door leaf, at least 760 mm and not more than 1,'120 mm above the deck;
.2 cause the latch to release when a force not exceeding 62 N is applied; and
.3 not be equipped with any locking device, set screw or other arrangement that prevents the release
of the latch when pressure is applied to the releasing device.
3.4.2 All ships shall carry at least two emergency escape breathing devices within accommodation spaces.
3.,1.3 ln all passenger ships, at least two emergency escape breathing devices shall be carried in each main
. ertical zone.
3..1.4 ln all passenger ships carrying more than 36 passengers, two emergency escape breathing devices, in
:ddition to those required in paragraph 3.4.3 above, shall be carried in each main vertical zone.
3.-1.5 However, paragraphs 3.4.3 and3.4.4 do not apply to stairway enclosures which constitute individual
-tain vertical zones and to the main vertical zones in the fore or aft end of a ship which do not contain spaces
-'; categories (6), (7), (B) or (12) as defined in regulation 9.2.2.3.
Means of escape from each machinery space in passenger ships shall comply with the following provisions.
Where the space is above the bulkhead deck, the two means of escape shall be as widely separated as
possible and ihe cloors leading from such means of escape shall be In a position from which access is provided
io the appropriate lifeboat and liferaft embarkation decks. Where such means of escape require the use of
ladders, these shall be of steel.
ln a ship of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape,
due regard being paid to the width and disposition of the upper part of the space. ln a ship of 1,000 gross
tonnag"e and abo"ve, the Administration may dispense with one means of escape from any such space, includin_g
a norirally unattended auxiliary machinery space, so long as either a door or a steel ladder provides a safe
escape route to the embarkation deck, due regard being paid to the nature and location of the space and
*heiher persons are normally employed in that space. ln the steering Eear space, a second means of escape
shall be provided when the emergency steering position is located in that space unless there is direct access
to the open deck.
Means of escape from each machinery space in cargo ships shall comply with the following provisions.
Except as provided in paragraph 4.2.2,lwo means of escape shall be provided from each machinery space of
category A. ln particular, one of the following provisions shall be complied with:
.1 two sets of steel ladders, as widely separated as possible, leading to doors in the upper part of
the space, similarly separated and from which access is provided to the open deck. One of these
ladders shall be located within a protected enclosure that satisfies regulation 9.2.3.3, category (4),
from the lower part of the space it serves to a safe position outside the space. Self-closing fiie doors
of the same fire integrity standards shall be fitted in the enclosure. The ladder shall 6e fixed in
such a way that heat is not transferred into the enclosure through non-insulated fixing points. The
enclosure shall have minimum internal dimensions of at least 800 mm x 800 mm, and shall have
emergency lighting provisions; or
.2 one steel ladder leading to a door in the upper part of the space from which access is provided
to the open deck and, additionally, in the Iower part of the space and in a position well separated
from the ladder referred to, a steel door capable of being operated from each side and which
provides access to a safe escape route from the lower part of the space to the open decl<.
- a ship of less than 1,000 gross tonnage, the Administration may dispense with one of the means of escape
'-cluired under paragraph 4.2.1, due regard being paid to the dimension and disposition
of the upper part of
'e space. ln addition, the means of escape from machinery spaces of category A need not compiy wlth the
-:clLrirement for an enclosed fire
shelter listed in paragraph 4.2.1 .1. ln the steering gear space, a second means
'escape shall be provided when the emergency steering position is located in that space unless there is direct
: -cess to the open deck.
'-ottr machinery spaces other than those of category A, two escape routes shall be provided except that a
. 'rgle escape route may be accepted for spaces that are entered only occasionally and for spaces where the
'-:.rrimum travel distance to the door is 5 m or less.
1.3.1 On all ships, within the machinery spaces, emergency escape breathing devices shall be situated ready
-,,: use at easily visible places, which can be reached quickly and easily
at any time in the event of fire. The
-,cation of emergency escape breathing devices shall take into account the layout of the machinery space and
--e number of persons normally working in the spaces."
{.3.2 The number and location of these devices shall be indicated in the fire control plan required in regulation
',2.4.
{.3.3 Emergency escape breathing devices shall comply with the Fire Safety Systems Code.
5 Means of escape on passenger ships from special category and open ro-rb spaces
to which any passengers carried can have access
r.1 In special category and open ro-ro spaces to which any passengers carried can have access, the number
,-rcl locations of the means of escape both below and above the bulkhead deck shall be to the satisfaction of
-e Administration and, in general, the safety of access to the embarkation deck shall be at least equivalent
that provided for under paragraphs '3.2.1.1,3.2.2,3.2.4.1 and 3.2.4.2. Such spaces shall be provided with
::signated walkways to the means of escape with a breadth of at least 500 mm. The parking arrangements for
--e vehicles shall maintain the walkways clear at all times.
i.2 One of the escape routes from the machinery spaces where the crew is normally employed shall avoid
,:'i-ect access to any special category space.
?eler to Cuidelines for the perforrnance, location, use and care of emergency escape breathing devices (MSC/Circ.B4q).
7.1 General
on the ship to an assemblr
7.1.1 Escape routes shall be provicled from every normally occupied space
most direct route possible to the assemblr
station. These escape routes shall be arranged ,o u, to providl.the
cJeveloped by the Organization'i
station,* and shall be marked with symbols based on the guidelines
as possible, with a minimunr
7.1.2 The escape route from cabins to stairway enclosures shall be as direct
one side of the ship to the other to
number of changes in direction. lt shall not be necessary to cross from
reach an escape route. lt shall not be necessary to climb more than
two decks up or down in order to reach
an assembly station or open deck from any passenger space'
to the survival craft
7.1.3 External routes shall be provided from open decks, as referred to in paragraphT'1'2,
embarkation slations.
space to the open deck shall'
7.1.4 Where enclosed spaces adjoin an open deck, openings from the enclosed
where practicable, be capable of being used as an emergency exit'
' Refer to Cuidelines for evacuation analysis for new and existing passenger ships (MSC.l/C irc.1238).
Operational requirements
Regulation 14
Operational readiness and maintenance
1 Purpose
measures the ship
The purpose of this regulation is to maintain and monitor the effectiveness of the fire safety
is proviied with. For tlir prrpor", the following functional requirements shall be met:
for use;
.1 fire protection systems and fire-fighting systems and appliances shall be maintained ready
and
.2 fire protection systems and fire-fighting systems and appliances shall be properly tested and
inspected.
2 General requirements
be complied A ship is
At all times while the ship is in service, the requirements of paragraph 1.1
not in service when:
.1 it is in for repairs or lay-up (either at anchor or in port) or in dry-dock;
.2 it is declared not in service by the owner or the owner's representative; and
2.2.2 The maintenance plan shall be kept on board the ship and shall be available for inspection whenever
required by the Administration.
2.2.3 The maintenance plan shall include at least the following fire protection systems and fire-fighting
systems and appliances, where installed:
.1 fire mains, fire pumps and hydrants, including hoses, nozzles and international shore connections;
.2 fixed fire detection and fire alarm systems;
.3 fixed fire-extinguishing systems and other fire-extinguishing appliances;
.4 automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems;
.5 ventilation systems, including fire and smoke dampers, fans and their controls;
.6 emergency shutdown of fuel supply;
.7 fire doors, including their controls;
.B general emergency alarm systems;
.9 emergency escape breathing devices;
.10 portable fire extinguishers, including spare charges; and
.11 fire-fighter'soutfits.
2.2.4 fhe maintenance programme may be computer-based.
Regulation 15
lnstructions, on-board training and drills
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to mitigate the consequences of fire bry means of proper instructions for
training and drills of persons on board in correct procedures under emergency conditions. For this purpose, the
crew shall have the necessary knowledge and skills to handle fire emergency cases, including passenger care.
2 General requirements
2.1.3 Parties responsible for fire extinguishing shall be organized. These parties shall have the capability to
complete their duties at all times while the ship is in service.
2.2.2 Training in the use of the emergency escape breathing devices shall be considered as part of on-boarc
training.
2.2.3 Performance of crew members assigned fire-fighting duties shall be periodically evaluated by conductrne
on-board training and drills to identify areas in need of improvement, to ensure competency in fire-fightin:
skills is maintained, and to ensure the operational readiness of the fireJighting organization.
2.2.4 On-boarcJ training in the use of the ship's fire-extinguishing systems and appliances shall be plannec
and conducted in accordance with the provisions of regulation lll/19.4.1.
2.2.5 F,redrills shall be conducted and recorded in accordance with the provisions of regulations lll/19'3 ani
il t/l9.5.
2.2.6 An onboard means of recharging breathing apparatus cylinders used during drills shall be provided or
a suitable number of spare cylinders shall be carried on board to replace those used.
2.3.1 A training manual shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in each cretr
cabin.
23.2 fhe training manual shall be written in the working language of the ship.
2.3.3 The trainlng manual, which may comprise several volumes, shall contain the instructions and information
required in parag"raph 2.3.4 in easily understood terms and illustrated wherever possible. Any part of such
information ,rybe provided in the form of audio-visual aids in lieu of the manual.
2.4.1 Ceneral arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the ship's officers,
showing clearly for eich deck the control stations, the various fire sections enclosed bY "N' class divisions, the
,,8" class divisions together with particulars of the fire detection and fire alarm systems,
sectioni encloied by
'" Refer to Craphical symbols for shipboard fire control plans (resolution A.952(23))
3;ij *3ll:.,,",r""T:^:llf
o* pg:kl:. containing such ptans shal be permanenrty a stored in
prominently
personnel. "
":,"^ly:ltt11s
marked weathertight enclosure outside the deckhoui"C,r-,"lrr;,;;""f;;;;;i-":filil
ire-fighting
ln shrps carrying more than 36 plans and booklets requirecl by this regulation shall
.passengers,
information regarding fire protection, provide
fire"detection and fire extinction based on the guidelines
the Organization.t developed by
Regulation 16
Operations
1 Purpose
"' Refer to cuidance concerning the location of fire control plans for assistance
of shoreside fire-fighting personnel (MSC/Circ.45.l)
to be provlded wlth fire control plans and bookrets required by
:fft;i1",|,:yjir"J:;t^TJi:Jilormation soLAS resurations il-2l20
2.2 The fire safety operational booklet shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in
each crew cabin.
2.3 The fire safety operational booklet shall be written in the working language of the ship.
2.4 Thefiresafetyoperationalbookletmaybecombinedwiththetrainingmanualsrequiredinregulation15.2.3.
3.1 General
The fire safety operational booklet referred to in paragraph 2 shall include provisions for preventing fire spread
to the cargo area due to ignition of flammable vapours and include procedures of cargo tank gas-purging and/
or gas-freeing, taking into account the provisions in paragraph 3.2.
3.2.2 When the ship is not provided with an inert gas system, the operation shall be such that the flammable
vapour is discharged initially through:
.1 the vent outlets as specified in regulation 4.5.3.4;
.2 outlets at Ieast 2 m above the cargo tank deck level with a vertical efflux velocity of at least 30 m/s
maintained during the gas-freeing operation; or
.3 outlets at least 2 m above the cargo tank deck level with a vertical efflux velocity of at least 20 m/s
and which are protected by suitable devices to prevent the passage of flame.
3.2.3 The above outlets shall be located not less than 10 m, measured horizontally, from the nearest air
intakes and openings to enclosed spaces containing a source of ignition and from deck machinery, which may
include anchor windlass and chain locker openings, and equipment which may constitute an ignition hazard.
3.2.4 When the flammable vapour concentration at the outlet has been reduced to 30% of the lower
flammable limit, gas-freeing may be continued at cargo tank deck level.
Regulation 17
Alternative design and arrangements
1 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to provide a methodology
for alternative design and arrangements for fire
safety.
2 Ceneral
2'1 Fire safety design and arrangements may deviate from the prescriptive
requirements set out in parts B,
C' D E or C, provided that the design and arrangements meet the fire safety
requirements.
.O;*rir"r and the functional
2'2 when fire safety design or arrangements deviate from the prescriptive requirements of this
chapter,
engineering analysis, evaluation and approval of the alternative design
and arrangements shall be carried out
in accordance with this regulation.
3 Engineering analysis
The engineering analysis shail be prepared and submitted to the Administration,
based on the guidelines
developed by the Organization," and shall include, as a minimum, the
following elements:
.1 determination of the ship type and space(s) concerned;
.2 identification of prescriptive requirement(s) with which the ship or the space(s)
will not comply;
.3 identification of the fire and explosion hazards of the ship or the space(s)
concerned, including:
.3.1 identification of the possible ignition sources;
.3.2 identification of the fire growth potential of each space concerned;
'3.3 identification of the smoke and toxic effluent generation potential for each space concerned;
.3.4 identification of the potential for the spread of fire, smoke or of toxic effluents from
the
space(s) concerned to other spaces;
.4 determination of the required fire safety performance criteria for the ships
or the space(s) concerned
addressed by the prescriptive requirement(s), in particular:
'4'1 performance criteria shall be based on the fire safety objectives and on
the functional
requirements of this chapter;
'4'2 performance criteria shall provide a degree of safety not less than that
achievecl by using the
prescriptive requ irements; and
.4.3 performance criteria shall be quantifiable and measurable;
Refer to Cuidelines on alternative design and arrangements for fire safety (MSC/Circ.1002).
.5 detailed description of the alternative design and arrangements, including a list of the assumptions
used in the deiign and any proposed operational restrictions or conditions; and
.6 technical justification demonstrating that the alternative design and arrangements meet the required
fire safety performance criteria.
4.2 A copy of the documentation, as approved by the Administration, indicating that the alternative design
and arrangements comply with this regulation shall be carried on board the ship.
5 Exchange of information
design
The Administration shall communicate to the Organization pertinent information concerning alternative
and arrangements approved by them for circulation to all Contracting Covernments.
" Refer to cuidelines on alternative design and arranSements for fire safety (MSC/Circ'1002)'
Regulation 1B
Helicopter facilities
1 Purpose
ne purpose of this regulation is
to provide additional measures in order
to address the fire safety objectives
wiilr ror h"ri;;p;;,; For this purpose, the
:jill*:i,T:[]i 'fl*:fed ''p".iutir.itities rorrowing runctionar
2 Application
2'1 In addition to complying with the requirements
ships equipped with herideckishrrt
of regulations-in parts B, c, D and E, as appropriate,
-.piy'*ith the ,"fril"r"ris of this reguration.
2'2 where heliconters land or conciuct winching operations
rvithout helidecks, iire-fighting on an occasionar or emergency basis on
ships
This equipment shall be mad"e"q;;p;;;;;ittecl
iri";.;;Jr;.;;th the requirements in parr C may be used.
,""riily lruitunt" i, .t;;;;,.;r'irity to trr"
helicopter operations. irrJirg o.. *inching areas during
Structure
.2 if the platform is located above the ship's deckhouse or similar structure, the following conditions
shall be satisfied:
.2.1 the deckhouse top and bulkheads under the platform shall have no openings;
.2.2 windows under the platform shall be provided with steel shutters; and
.2.3 after each fire on the platform or in close proximity, the platform shall undergo a structural
analysis to determine its suitability for further use.
4 Means of escape
A helideck shall be provided with both a main and an emergency means of escape and access for fire fighting
and rescue personnel. These shall be located as far apart from each other as is practicable and prefern6ty on
opposite sides of the helideck.
5 Fire-fighting appliances
5.1 In close proximity to the helideck, the following fire-fighting appliances shall be provided and stored
near the means of access to that helideck;
.1 at least two dry powder extinguishers having a total capacity of not Iess than a5 kgi
.2 carbon dioxide extinguishers of a total capacity of not less than 1B kg or equivalent;*
.3 a suitable foam application system consisting of monitors or foam-making branch pipes capable
of delivering foam to all parts of the helideck in all weather conditions in which helicopters can
operate. The system shall be capable of delivering a discharge rate as required in table lB.1 for at
least five minutes;
.4 the principal agent shall be suitable for use with salt water and conform to performance standards
not inferior to those acceptable to the Organization;t
.5 at least two nozzles of an approved dual-purpose type (et/spray) and hoses sufficient to reach any
part of the helideck;
.6 in addition to the requirements of regulation 10.10, two sets of fire-fighter's outfits; and
.7 at least the following equipment shall be stored in a manner that provides for immediate use and
protection from the elements:
.1 adjustable wrench;
.2 blanket,fire-resistant;
.3 cutters, bolt, 60 cm;
.4 hook, grab or salving;
- ngler
19 Unified interpretation of SOLAS chapter ll-2 on the number and arrangement of portable fire extinguishers on board ships
(MSC.1/Circ.1275).
t Refertothe/rternational Civil AviationOrganizationAirportservicesManual,partl,RescueandFireFighting,chapterB,Extinguishing
Agent Characteristics, paragraph 8.1.5, Foam Specifications table B-.1, level 'B'.
6 Drainage facilities
Drainage facilities in way of helidecks shall be constructed of steel and shall lead directly overboard
independent of any other system and shall be designed so that drainage does not fall onto ,nyprit of the ship.
."1 a designated area shall be provided for the storage of fuel tanks which shall be:
.2 the fuel storage area shall be provided with arrangements whereby fuel spillage may be collected
and drained to a safe location;
.3 tanks and associated equipment shall be protected against physical damage and from a fire in an
adjacent space or area;
.4 where portable fuel storage tanks are used, special attention shall be given to:
.4.1 design of the tank for its intended purpose;
.4.2 mounting and securing arrangements;
.4.3 electric bonding; and
.4.4 inspection procedures;
.5 storage tank fuel pumps shall be provided with means which permit shutdown from a safe remote
Iocation in the event of a fire. Where a gravity fuelling system is installed, equivalent closing
arrangements shall be provided to isolate the fuel source;
.6 the fuel pumping unit shall be connected to one tank at a time. The piping between the tank and
the pumping unit shall be of steel or equivalent material, as short as possible, and protectecl against
damage;
.7 electrical fuel pumping units and associated control equipment shall be of a type suitable for the
location and potential hazards;
.B fuel pumping units shall incorporate a device which will prevent over-pressurization of the delivery
or filling hose;
.9 equipment used in refuelling operations shall be electrically bonded;
.10 "NO SMOKINC" signs shall be displayed at appropriate locations;
.11 hangar, refuelling and maintenance facilities shall be treated as category A machinery spaces with
regard to structural fire protection, fixed fire-extinguishing and detection system requirements;
.12 enclosed hangar facilities or enclosed spaces containing refuelling installations shall be providec
with mechanical ventilation, as required by regulation 20.3 for closed ro-ro spaces of cargo ships.
Ventilation fans shall be of non-sparking type; and
.13 electric equipment and wiring in enclosed hangars or enclosed spaces containing refuellin:
installations shall comply with regulations 20.3.2, 20.3.3 and 20.3.4.
8.2 The procedures and precautions to be followed during refuelling operations shall be in accordance it'itl'
recognized safe practices and contained in the operations manual.
8.3 Fire-fighting personnel, consisting of at least two persons trained for rescue and fire-fighting duties, anc
fire-fighting equipment shall be immediately available at all times when helicopter operations are expected.
8.4 Fire-fighting personnel shall be present during refuelling operations. However, the fire-fighting personne,
shall not be involved with refuelling activities.
8.5 On-board refresher training shall be carried out and additional supplies of fire-fighting media shall be
provided for training and testing of the equipment.
Regulation 19
Carriage of dangerous goods*
Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to provide additional safety measures in order to address the fire safetr
objectives of this chapter for ships carrying dangerous goods. For this purpose, the following functlonal
requirements shall be met:
.1 fire protection systems shall be provided to protect the ship from the added fire hazards associated
with carriage of dangerous goods;
) dangerous goods shall be adequately separated from ignltion sources; and
..) appropriate personnel protective equipment shall be provided for the hazards associated with the
carriage of dangerous goods.
2 General requirements
.lB
2.1 ln addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in parts B, C, D, E and regulations and
20,i as appropriate, ship types and cargo spaces, referred to in paragraph 2.2, intended for the carriage of
dangerous goods shall comply with the requirements of this regulation, as appropriate, except when carrying
dan[erous goods in limited quantitiest and excepted quantitiesS unless such requirements have already been
met by compliance with the requirements elsewhere in this chapter. The types of ships and modes of carriage
of dangerous goods are referred to in paragraph 2.2 and in table 19.1. Cargo ships of less than 500 gross
tonnage shall comply with this regulation, but Administrations may reduce the requirements and such reduced
requirements shall be recorded in the document of compliance referred to in paragraph 4.
2.2 The following ship types and cargo spaces shall govern the application of tables 19.1 and 19.2:
.1 ships and cargo spaces not specifically designed for the carriage of freight containers, but intended
for the carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form, including goods in freight containers and
portable tanks;
) purpose-built containerships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods in
freight containers and portable tanks;
a
.J ro-ro ships and ro-ro spaces intended for the carriage of dangerous goods;
.4 ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of solid dangerous goods in bulk; and
.5 ships and cargo spaces intended for carriage of dangerous goods other than liquids and gases in
bulk in shipborne barges.
3 Special requirements
.19.1,
Unless otherwise specified, the following requirements shall govern the application of tables 19.2 and
19.3 to both "on-deck" and "under-deck" stowage of dangerous goods where the numbers of the following
paragraphs are indicated in the first column of the tables.
3.1.3 Means shall be provided for effectively cooling the designated under-decl< cargo space by at Ieast
5 L/min per square metre of the horizontal area of cargo spaces, either by a fixed arrangement of spraying
nozzles or by flooding the cargo space with water. Hoses may be used for this purpose in small cargo spaces
and in small areas of larger cargo spaces at the discretion of the Administration. However, the drainage and
pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up of free surfaces. The drainage system shall be
sized to remove no less than 125"/" of the combined capacity of both the water spraying system pumps and the
required number of fire hose nozzles. The drainage system valves shall be operable from outside the protected
space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding
capacity and shall be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m
in each watertight compartment. lf this is not possible, the adverse effect upon stability of the added weight
and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the Administration in
its approval of the stability information."
3.1.4 Provision to flood a designated under-deck cargo space with suitable specified media may be substituted
for the requirements in paragraph 3.1.3.
3.1.5 The total required capacity of the water supply shall satisfy paragraphs 3.1.2 and 3.1.3, if applicable,
simultaneously calculated for the largest designated cargo space. The capacity requirements of paragraph
3.1.2 shall be met by the total capacity of the main fire pump(s), not including the capacity of the emergency
fire pump, if fitted. If a drencher system is used to satisfy paragraph 3.1.3, the drencher pump shall also be
taken into account in this total capacity calculation.
Refer to Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special category spaces (resolution A.123(V))
fitted in such spaces, it shall be of a certified safe type- for use in the dangerous environments to which it
may be exposed unless it is possible to completely isolate the electrical system (e.g. by removal of links in the
system, other than fuses). Cable penetrations of the decks and bulkheads shall be sealed against the passage oi
gas or vapour. Through runs of cables and cables within the cargo spaces shall be protected against damage
from impact. Any other equipment which may constitute a source of ignition of flammable vapour shall not
be permitted.
3.4.2 fhe fans shall be such as to avoid the possibility of ignition of flammable gas/air mixtures. Suitable wire
mesh guards shall be fitted over inlet and outlet ventilation openings.
3.4.3 Natural ventilation shall be provided in enclosed cargo spaces intended for the carriage of solid
dangerous goods in bulk, where there is no provision for mechanical ventilation.
3.5.3 Whenever flammable or toxic liquids are carried, the bilge Iine into the machinery space shall be
isolated either by fitting a blank flange or by a closed lockable valve.
3.5.4 Enclosed spaces outsicle machinery spaces containing bilge pumps serving carSo spaces intended for
carriage of flammable or toxic liquids shall be fitted with separate mechanical ventilation giving at least six air
changes per hour. lf the space has access from another enclosed space, the door shall be self-closing.
3.5.5 lf bilge drainage of cargo spaces is arranged by gravity drainage, the drainage shall be either led directly
overboard or to a closed drain tank located outside the machinery spaces. The tank shall be provided with a
vent pipe to a safe location on the open deck. Drainage from a carEo space into bilge wells in a lower space
is oniy permitted if that space satisfies the same requirements as the carSo space above.
" Refer to the recommenclations of the lnternational Electrotechnicat Commission, in particular publication IEC 60092, Electrical
installations in ships.
with the chemicals hreing transported and the standards developed by the Organization according to the class
and physical state.* The protective clothing shall cover all skin, so that no prit of the body is unprotected.
3.6.2 At leasttwo self-contained breathing apparatuses additional to those required by regulation '10.10 shall
be provided' Two spare charges suitable for use with the breathing apparatus shall'be"provided for each
required apparatus. Passenger ships carrying not more than 36 putrung"ri and cargo ships that are equipped
with suitably located means for fully recharging the air cylinders free from contamiriation need carry only one
spare charge for each required apparatus.
Portable fire extinguishers with a total capacity of at least 12 kg of dry powder or equivalent shall be provided
for the carSo spaces. These extinguishers shall be in addition to any portable fire extinguishers required
elsewhere in this chapter.
Bulkheads forming boundaries between cargo spaces and machinery spaces of category A shall be insulated
to "A-60" class standard, unless the dangerous goods are stowed at least 3 m horiionially away from such
bulkheads. Other boundaries between such spaCes shall be insulated to "A-60" class standard.
3.10.1 ln ships having ro-ro spaces, a separation shall be provided between a closed ro-ro space and an
adjacent open ro-ro space. The separation shall be such as to minimize the passage of dangeious vapours
and liquids between such spaces. Alternatively, such separation need not be provided if the ro-ro space is
considered to be a closed cargo space over its entire length and fully complies with the relevant special
requirements of this regulation.
3.10.2 ln ships having ro-ro spaces, a separation shall be provided between a closed ro-ro space and
the adjacent weather deck. The separation shall be such as to minimize the passage of dangerous vapours
and liquids between such spaces. Alternatively, a separation need not be provided if the airangements of
the c.losed ro-ro spaces are in accordance with those required for the dangerous goods carried Jn adjacent
weather decks.
Table 19.1 - Application of the requirements to different modes of carriage of dangerous goods
in ships and cargo spaces
Where X appears in table 19..1, it means this requirement is applicable to all classes of dangerous goods as
given in the appropriate line of table 19.3, except as indicated by the notes.
.1 .2 .3 .4 .5
.3.1 .4 X X X X X
ll
X X X X X4
).. ) X X
For
.. X x4
application of
.3.4.1 X X1 X requirements x4
) /1
.-).4.L X X1 X of regulation
19 to dif{erent
.3.5 X X X classes of
.3.6.1 X x X X X dangerous
goods,
.3.6.2 X X X X X .19.2
see table
.). / X x X
. f .o X X X) X X
.3.9 x3 X
.3..10.1 X
.3.10.2 X
Notes
1 For classes 4 and 5..1 solids not applicable to closed freight containers. For classes 2, 3, 6.1 and B when carried in closed freight
containers, the ventilation rate may be reduced to not less than two air changes per hour. For classes 4 and 5.1 liquids when carried
in closed freight containers, the ventilation rate may be reduced to not less than two air changes per hour. For the purpose of this
requirement, a portable tank is a closed freight container.
2 Applicable to decl<s only.
3 Applies only to closed ro-ro spaces, not capable of being sealed.
a ln the special case where the barges are capable of containing flammable vapours or alternatively if they are capable of discharging
flammable vapours to a safe space outside the barge carrier compartment by means of ventilation ducts connected to the barges, these
requirements may be reduced or waived to the satisfaction of the Administration.
s Special category spaces shall be treated as closed ro-ro spaces when dangerous goods are carried.
Table 19.2 - Application of the requirements to different c/asses of dangerous goods for ships
and cargo spaces carrying solid dangerous goods in bulk
Regulation'19
.3.1.'1 X X X X
.3.1.2 X X X X
)a
X x7 X XB XB
1.4.1 X7 X
E
c
o'=
,q
-Y
-ci E
U
..!
o €
oo s
o
:r,
.q" .o-
-Oo
o o-
_t6
AJ
bO -o
.- !
9?
N oo-
a^
_= -9
6a,: -ci
o c. n9
.=Xy "_
-.,. _o ;9
;5
- E
o
CJ
(J
.:J:: Qr
xA) o-
9:
.!
n-a=
ii :
("(/!
JIU
o <2_
o
o
hO ", c (,
€lra u o-o
o
-" _a=L __o
AJ
bO =3c
oiJ
tt\
CU
u-o;.
^;e
CLN
Q.A-
o U=
q)
-= -y
:=E
o ,u o
,v
sU (,
.-UV :-
-.
-
bu2q, =3
o PU a+
,AJ
1
>E
r'-
P qp
'J J = a.
U I *;
o .; 'o€ ; i :
U-v
!
c r- c :: :.
r :d m .r ,
AJ ii-
A: qo.4 n --.=.=
:
=7
E L__r>)
r.\.:!L:o!o.
c)
rrI '=
o=6r;-=1v
1 a::^?":
o !=.>ti,-
*XA"
>nd
CJ --L
X : o i o-.! o o
.=, €r t; o 0r
o J!OOGG=OOoO ^
o ;; j
i coo q 12
:! o,'= c oooDJ i
i--J-;E--nn
dvu:
Q ^]EE -- ! c- o,'E;; o. o;
hc!aa:]u9
O- u: d U-:l-i-!!UU
!=900
+- q u o o oou
I o
9u!=Zaat..1 3 qD oo oo=
^OOO^n
= ff,l-- 2-
=
o\ =:-oa,oooarc,
=<3c:-:-::s!
l2a,o*!?^uu--
- -jY .t
& 9! Qo bo- .-
I I
I
i--,:
z='e-J'u==
y - t ! ! o ,
(6 c : !=) UUUVU
- 'F : j Q-'= C, O Cr'.
r:>e56o-a=66 - =
a/ a=.--g!vLgg
-oet=!==
a-;^-":::^a
c] _-^-^G=--
1 i:
q o
/, - - -l 11
-l
.I I P
.1 61 - O
.1
OaAdE-
e3a,d<=rooorl
9i_ O-i C c C C C c
z-1)-$ror65f,-
4 Document of compliance*
The Administration shall provide.the ship with an_ appropriate document as evidence
of compliance of
co.nstruction and equipment with the requirements of this regulation. Certification
for dangerous goods, except ffi
solid.dangerous goods.in bulk, is not required for those caigoes specified
as class 6.2 ind z ria arng"ror, ffi
goods in limited quantities and excepted quantities
ffi
Regutation 2o ffi-
Protection of vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces
3
1 Purpose 3
The purpose of this regulation is to provide aclditional safety measures in order
to address the fire safety I
objectives.of this chapter for ships fitted with vehicle, special category and ro-ro
spaces. For this purpose, the
- -r--'--"' I
tollowing functional requirements shall be met:
I
'1 fire protection systems shall be provided to adequately protect the ship from the fire
hazards I
associated with vehicle, special category and ro_ro spaces;
.2 ignition sources shall be separated from vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces;
I
and I
.3 vehicle, special category and ro-ro spaces shall be adequately ventilated.
I
2 Ceneral requirements
2.'l Application
In addition to complying with the requirements of regulations in parts B, C, D and
E, as appropriate, vehicle,
special category and ro-ro spaces shall comply with the requirements of this regulation.
?'2.1 The basic principle underlying the provisions of this regulation is that the main vertical zoning required
by regulation 9.2 may not be praciicabie in vehicle rpr."i of passenger ships and, therefore, Jquivalent
protection must be obtained in.such spaces on the basis of a horizontal ,Ln".on."pt and by
the'provision of
an efficient fixed fire-extinguishing system. Based on this concept, a horizontal zone for the
purpose of this
regulation may include special category spaces on more than one deck provided that the total
overall clear
height for vehicles does not exceed l0 m.
2-2.2 rhe basic principle underlying the provisions of paragraph 2.2.1 isalso applicable to ro-ro spaces.
2.2.3 The requirements of ventilation systems, openings in 'A" class divisions and penetrations in ,,1,1,
class
divisions for maintaining the.integrity of vertical ,on"rln this chapter shall be applied equally
to decks and
bulkheads forming the boundaries separating horizontal zones from each other and from the remainder
of the
ship.
L
Chapter ll-2: Construction - Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction
Regulation 20
.1 Passenger ships:
Special category spaces 10 air changes per hour
Closed ro-ro and vehicle spaces other than special 10 air changes per hour
category spaces for ships carrying more than
36 passengers
Closed ro-ro and vehicle spaces other than special 6 air changes per hour
category spaces for ships carrying not more than
36 passengers
The Administration may require an increased number of air changes when vehicles are being loaded and
unloaded.
3.1.2.2 ln cargo ships, ventilation fans shall normally be run continuously whenever vehicles are on board.
Where this is impracticable, they shall be operated for a limited period daily as weather permits and in any
case for a reasonable period prior to discharge, after which period the ro-ro or vehicle space shall be proved
gas-free. One or more portable combustible gas detecting instruments shall be carried for this purpose. The
system shall be entirely separate from other ventilating systems. Ventilation ducts serving ro-ro or vehicle
spaces shall be capable of being effectively sealed for each cargo space. The system shall be capable of being
controlled from a position outside such spaces.
3.1.2.3 The ventilation system shall be such as to prevent air stratification and the formation of air pockets.
3.-1.4.2 Ventilation ducts, including dampers, within a common horizontal zone shall be made of steel.
ln passenger ships, ventilation ducts that pass through other horizontal zones or machinery spaces shall be
"A-60" class steel ducts constructed in accordance with regulations9.7.2.1.1 and 9.7.2.1.2.
Refer to Design Cuidelines and operational recommendations for ventilation systems in ro-ro carSo spaces (MSC/Circ.729).
rf,_
Part C: Special requirements
Regulation 20
3.2.2 ln case of other than special category spaces below the bulkhead deck, notwithstanding the provisions
in paragraph 3.2.1, above a height of 450 mm from the deck and from each platform for vehicles, if fitted,
except platforms with openings of sufficient size permitting penetration of petrol gases downwards, electrical
equipment of a type so enclosed and protected as to prevent the escape of sparks shall be permitted as an
alternative, on condition that the ventilation system is so designed and operated as to provide continuous
ventilation of the cargo spaces at the rate of at least ten air changes per hour whenever vehicles are on board.
Scuppers shall not be led to machinery or other spaces where sources of ignition may be present.
"' Refer to the recommendations of the lnternational Electrotechnical Commission, in particular publication 60079, Electrical apparatus
ior explosive gas atmospheres.
4.3.2 Manually operated call points shall be spaced so that no part of the space is more than 20 m from a
manually operated call point, and one shall be placed close to each exit from such spaces.
Fire extinction
(The requirements of paragraphs 5.1.1 and 6.1.2 shall apply to ships constructed on or after'l
July 2014. Ships
constructed before 1 )uly 2014 shall comply with the previously applicable requirements of paragraphs 6.1.,
and 6.1.2.)
6.1."1 Vehicle spaces and ro-ro spaces, which are not special category spaces and are capable of being sealec
from a location outside of the cargo spaces, shall be fitted with one of the following fixed fire-extinguishin:
systems:
.1 a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Cocle:
.2 a fixed high-expansion foam fire-extinguishing system complying with the provisions of the Frre
Safety Systems Code; or
.3 a fixed water-based fire-fighting system for ro-ro spaces and special category spaces complyin:
with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code and paragraphs 6.1.2.1 Io 6.1.2.4.
.3 instructions for maintenance and operation located in the valve room; and
6.1.3 The Administration may permit the use of any other fixed fire-extinguishing system* that has been
shown, by a full-scale test in conditions simulating a flowing petrol fire in a vehicle space or a ro-ro space, to
be not less effective in controlling fires likely to occur in such a space.
6.1.4 The requirement of this paragraph shall apply to ships constructed on or after 1 January 2010. Ships
constructed on or after 1 )uly 2002 and before 1 January 2010 shall comply with the previously applicable
requirements of paragraph 6.1.4, as adopted by resolution MSC.99(73). When fixed pressure water-sprayins
systems are fitted, in view of the serious loss of stability which could arise due to large quantities of wate:
accumulating on the deck or decks during the operation of the fixed pressure water-spraying system, the
following arrangements shall be provided:
.1 in passenger ships:
.1.1 in the spaces above the bulkhead deck, scuppers shall be fitted so as to ensure that such
water is rapidly discharged directly overboard, taking into account the guidelines developed
by the Organ ization;'''
.1.2."1 in ro-ro passenger ships, discharge valves for scuppers, fitted with positive means o{
closing operable from a position above the bulkhead deck in accordance with the
requirements of the lnternational Convention on Load Lines in force, shall be kept
open while the ships are at sea;
J1.2.2 any operation of valves referred to in paragraph 6.1 .4.1.2.1 shall be recorded in the
logbook;
.1.3 in the spaces below the bulkhead deck, the Administration may require pumping and drainage
facilities to be provided additional to the requirements of regulation ll-1l35-1.-ln such caie,
the drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125'h of the combined capacity of
both the water-spraying system pumps and the required number of fire hose nozzles, taking
into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.''' The drainage system valves shall
be operable {rom outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity of the extinguishing
system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall be arranged at the
side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in each watertight
compartmenU
.2 in cargo ships, the drainage and pumping arrangements shall be such as to prevent the build-up
of free surfaces. In such case, the drainage system shall be sized to remove no less than 125"/" of
the combined capacity of both the water-spraying system pumps and the required number of fire
hose nozzles, taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.'" The drainage
system valves shall be operable from outside the protected space at a position in the vicinity
of the extinguishing system controls. Bilge wells shall be of sufficient holding capacity and shall
be arranged at the side shell of the ship at a distance from each other of not more than 40 m in
each watertight compartment. lf this is not possible, the adverse effect upon stability of the added
weight and free surface of water shall be taken into account to the extent deemed necessary by the
Administration in its approval of the stability information.i Such information shall be included in
the stability information supplied to the master as required by regulation ll-1/5-1.
6.1.5 On all ships, for closed vehicles and ro-ro spaces and special category spaces, where fixed pressure
water-spraying systems are fitted, means shall be provided to prevent the blockage of drainage arrangements,
taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.. Ships constructed before 1 January 2010
shall comply with the requirements of this paragraph by the first survey after .l January 2010.
6.2|l Portable fire extinguishers shall be provided at each deck level in each hold or compartment where
vehicles are carried, spaced not more than 20 m apart on both sides of the space. At Ieast one portable fire
extinguisher shall be located at each access to such a cargo space.*
' Refer to
^DlqIage 9j fjre-fighting water from enclosed vehicle and ro-ro spaces and special category spaces for passenger and cargo
:hips'MSC. lCirc.l ) \4
I .
- Refer to Recommendation on fixed fire-extinguishing systems for special category spaces (resolution A.123(V)).
+ n^ele1
19
Ulified interpretation of SOLAS chapter ll-2 on the number and arrangement of portable fire extinguishers on board ships
IMSC.1lCirc.1275).
6.2.2 ln addition to the provision of paragraph 6.2.1, the following fire-extinguishing appliances shall be
provided in vehicle, ro-ro and special category spaces intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in
their tanks for their own propulsion:
.1 at least three water-fog applicators; and
.2 one portable foam applicator unit complying with the provisions of the Fire Safety Systems Code,
provided that at least two such units are available in the ship for use in such spaces.
Regulation 21
Casualty threshold, safe return to port and safe areas
1 Application
Passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2010 having a length, as defined in regulation ll-112.5, of 120 m
or more or having three or more main vertical zones shall comply with the provisions of this regulation.
2 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to establish design criteria for a ship's safe return to port under its ow,n
propulsion after a casualty that does not exceed the casualty threshold stipulated in paragraph 3 and also
provides functional requirements and performance standards for safe areas.
3 Casualty threshold
The casualty threshold, in the context of a fire, includes:
.1 loss of space of origin up to the nearest 'A" class boundaries, which may be a part of the space oi
origin, if the space of origin is protected by a fixed fire-extinguishing system; or
.2 loss of the space of origin and adjacent spaces up to the nearest 'A" class boundaries which are not
part of the space of origin.
.5 internal communication between the bridge, engineering spaces, safety centre, fire-fighting and
damage-control teams, and as required for passenger and crew notification and mustering;
.6 externalcommunication;
.7 fire main system;
.B fixedfire-extinguishingsystems;
.9 fire and smoke detection system;
'. n^e!e1 t^q lnterim Explanatory Notes for the assessment of passenger ship systems' capabilities after fire
a or flooding casualtr
(MSC.1 /Circ.'l 369/Add.1 ).
.14 other systems determined by the Administration to be vital to damage control efforts.
5 Safe area(s)
.2 the safe area(s) shall provide all occupants with the following basic services* to ensure that the
health of passengers and crew is maintained:
.2.1 sanitation;
.2.2 water'
.2.3 food;
.2.4 alternate space for medical care;
.4 means of access to life-saving appliances shall be provided from each area identified or used as a
safe area, taking into account that a main vertical zone may not be available for internal transit.
Regulation 22
Design criteria for systems to remain operational after a fire casualty
1 Application
Passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2010 having a length, as defined in regulation ll-1/2.5, of 120 m
or more or having three or more main vertical zones shall comply with the provisions of this regulation.
.T:!"1 ,g In_t:r]T,.ElPlinatory Notes for the assessment of passenger ship systems' capabilities after a fire or flooding casualty
VSC.1/Circ..l
369/Add.1 ).
Refer to Cuidance on the establishment of medical and sanitation related programmes for passenger ships (MSC/Cir c.1129\.
2 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to provide design criteria for systems required to remain operational '-'
supporting the orderly evacuation and abandonment of a ship, if the casualty threshold, as def ined in regulatir- -
21.3, is exceeded.
3 Systems*
3.1 ln case any one main vertical zone is unserviceable due to fire, the following systems shall be so arranq€:
and segregated as to remain operational:
.1 fire main;
.2 internal communications (in support of fire fighting as required for passenger and crew notificatic -
and evacLration);
.5 lighting along escape routes, at assembly stations and at embarkation stations of life-sarir.
appliances; and
3.2 The above systems shall be capable of operation for at least 3 h based on the assumption of no danra..
outside the unserviceable main vertical zone. These systems are not required to remain operational within ti-=
unserviceable main vertical zones.
3.3 Cabling and piping within a trunk constructed to an "A-50" standard shall be deemed to remain intac
and serviceable while passing through the unserviceable main vertical zone for the purposes of paragraph 3.
An equivalent degree of protection for cabling and piping may be approved by the Administration.
Regulation 23
Safety centre on passenger ships
1 Application
Passenger ships constructed on or after 1 July 2010 shall have on board a safety centre complying with the
requirements of this regulation.
2 Purpose
The purpose of this regulation is to provide a space to assist with the management of emergency situations.
The safety centre shall either be a part of the navigation bridge or be located in a separate space adjaceni
but having direct access, to the navigation bridge, so that the management of emergencies can be performec
without distracting watch officers from their navigational duties.
" Refer to lnterim Explanatory Notes for the assessment of passenger ship systems'capabilities after a fire or flooding casuall
(MSC.1 /Circ.1 369/Add.1 ).
5 Communications
Means of communication between the safety centre, the central control station, the navigation bridge, the
engine control room, the storage room(s) for fire-extinguishing system(s) and fire equipment lockers shall be
provided.
Page
Part A Ceneral
Regulation 1 Application 231
Regulation 2 Exemptions 231
Regulation 3 Definitions. 232
Regulation 4 Evaluation, testing and approval of life-saving appliances and arrangements . .
1)) )
L)
Regulation 5 Production tests. 234
Pagi=
Section V Miscellaneous
Regulation 35 Training manual and on-board training aids . . 256
Regulation 36 Instructions for on-board maintenance 2)9
Regulation 11
)/ Muster list and emergency instructions 2;9
Regulation 1
Application
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter shall apply to ships the keels of which are laid or which
are at a similar stage of construction on or a{ter 1 July 1998.
.2 ensure that when life-saving appliances or arrangements on such ships are replaced or such ships
undergo repairs, alterations or modifications of a major character which involve replacement of,
or any addition to, their existing life-saving appliances or arrangements, such life-saving appliances
or arrangements, in so far as is reasonable and practicable, comply with the requirements of this
chapter. However, if a survival craft other than an inflatable liferaft is replaced without replacing
its launching appliance, or vice versa, the survival craft or launching appliance may be of the sam6
type as that replaced.
I2014,Notwithstanding
but not later
paragraph 4.2, for all ships, not later than the first schedulecl dry-docking after 1 July
than 1 )uly 2019, lifeboat on-load release mechanisms not complying witf, paragraphs
*
4.4.7-6.4 to 4.4.7.6.6 of the Code shall be replaced with equipment that complies with the Code.-
Regulation 2
Exemptions
1 The Administration may, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of the voyage are such
as to render the application of any specific requirements of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary/ exempt
Refer to Cuidelines for evaluation and replacement of lifeboat release and retrieval systems (MSC.1/Circ.1392).
from those requirements individual ships or classes of ships which, in the course of their voyage, do not
proceed more than 20 miles from the nearest land.
2 In the case of passenger ships which are employed in special trades for the carriage of large numbers
of special trade passengers, such as the pilgrim trade, the Administration, if satisfied that it is impracticable to
enforce compliance with the requirements of this chapter, may exempt such ships from those requirements,
provided that such ships comply fully with the provisions of:
.1 the rules annexed to the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971; and
.2 the rules annexed to the Protocol on Space Requirements for Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.
Regulation 3
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
1 Anti-exposure suit is a protective suit designed for use by rescue boat crews and marine evacuation
system parties.
2 Certificated person is a person who holds a certi{icate of proficiency in survival craft issued under
the authority of, or recognized as valid by, the Administration in accordance with the requirements of the
lnternational Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, in force;
or a person who holds a certificate issued or recognized by the Administration of a State not a Party to that
Convention for the same purpose as the convention certificate.
4 Embarkation ladder is the ladder provided at survival craft embarkation stations to permit safe access to
survival craft after launching.
5 FloatJree launching is that method of launching a survival craft whereby the craft is automaticallv
released from a sinking ship and is ready for use.
6 Free-fall launching is that method of launching a survival craft whereby the craft with its complement of
persons and equipment on board is released and allowed to fall into the sea without any restraining apparatus.
7 lmmersion suit is a protective suit which reduces the body heat loss of a person wearing it in cold water.
B lnflatable appliance is an appliance which depends upon non-rigid, gas-filled chambers for buoyano
and which is normally kept uninflated until ready for use.
9 lnflated appliance is an appliance which depends upon non-rigid, gas-filled chambers for buoyancy and
which is kept inflated and ready for use at all times.
10 lnternational Life-Saving Appliance (LSA) Code (referred to as "the Code" in this chapter) means the
lnternational Life-Saving Appliance (LSA) Code adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization
by resolution MSC.4B(65), as it may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are
adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present
Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter L
"11 Launching appliance or arrangement is a means of transferring a survival craft or rescue boat from its
stowed position safely to the water.
12 Length is96Yo of the total length on a waterline at B57o of the least moulded depth measured from the
top of the keel, or the Iength from the fore-side of the stem to the axis of the rudder stock on that waterline, ii
that be greater. ln ships designed with a rake of keel the waterline on which this is measured shall be parallel
to the designed waterline.
'13 Lightest seagoing condition is the loading condition with the ship on even keel, without cargo, with .10%
stores and fuel remaining and in the case of a passenger ship with the full number of passengerr Jnd crew anci
their luggage.
-14 Marine evacuatic:n sYstem is an appliance for the rapid transfer of persons from the embarkation deck of
a ship to a floating survival craft.
15 Moulded depth
."1 fhe moulded depth is the vertical distance measured from the top of the keel to the top of the
freeboard deck beam at side. ln wood and composite ships the distance is measured fiom the
Iower edge of the keel rabbet. Where the form at the lower part of the midship section is of a
hollow character, or where thick garboards are fitted, the distance is measured from the point
where the line of the flat of the bottom continued inwards cuts the side of the keel.
.2 ln ships having rounded gunwales, the moulded depth shall be measured to the point of intersection
of the moulded lines of the deck and side shell plating, the lines extending as ihough the gunwale
were of angular design.
.3 Where the freeboard deck is stepped and the raised part of the deck extends over the point at
which the moulded depth is to be determined, the moulcled depth shall be measured to a line of
reference extending from the lower part of the deck along a line parallel with the raised part.
17 Positive stability is the ability of a craft to return to its original position after the removal of a heeling
momenl.
1B Recovery time for a rescue boat is the time required to raise the boat to a position where persons on
board can disembark to the deck of the ship. Recovery time includes the time required to make pieparations
for recovery on board the rescue boat such as passing and securing a painter, connecting the rescue boat
to the launching appliance, and the time to raise the rescue boat. Recovery time does noiinclude the time
needed to lower the launching appliance into position to recover the rescue boat.
"19 Rescue boatis a boatdesigned to rescue persons in distress and to marshal survival craft.
21 Ro-ro passenger ship means a passenger ship with ro-ro cargo spaces or special category spaces as
defined in regulation ll-2l3.
22 Short international voyage is an international voyage in the course of which a ship is not more than
200 miles from a port or place in which the passengers and crew could be placed in safety. Neither the distance
between the last port of call in the country in which the voyage begins and the final port of destination nor
the return voyage shall exceed 600 miles. The final port of destination is the last port of call in the scheduled
voyage at which the ship commences its return voyage to the country in which the voyage began.
23 Survival craftis a craft capable of sustaining the lives of persons in distress from the time of abandoning
the ship.
24 Thermal protective aid is a bag or suit made of waterproof material with low thermal conductance.
Regulation 4
Evaluation, testing and approval of life-saving appliances and arrangements
Except as provided in paragraphs 5 and 5, life-saving appliances and arrangements required by this
chapter shall be approved by the Administration.
2 Before giving approval to life-saving appliances and arrangements, the Administration shall ensure that
such life-saving appliances and arrangements:
|l are tested, to confirm that they comply with the requirements of this chapter and the Code, in
accordance with the recommendations of the Organization;* or
.2 have successfully undergone, to the satisfaction of the Administration, tests which are substantiallr
equivalent to those specified in those recommendations.
3 Before giving approval to novel life-saving appliances or arrangements, the Administration shall ensure
that such:
.1 appliances provide safety standards at least equivalent to the requirements of this chapter and the
Code and have been evaluated and tested based on the guidelines developed by the Oiganization;'
or
.2 arrangements have successfully undergone an engineering analysis, evaluation and approval in
accordance with regulation 38.
4 Procedures adopted by the Administration for approval shall also include the conditions wherebr
approval would continue or would be withdrawn.
5 Before accepting.life-saving appliances and arrangements that have not been previously approved by the
Administration, the Administration shall be satisfied that life-saving appliances and arrang"r"nir comply with
the requirements of this chapter and the Code.
6 Life-saving appliances required by this chapter for which detailed specifications are not included in the
Code shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.
Regulation 5
Production fests
The Administration shall require life-saving appliances to be subjected to such production tests as are necessar\
to ensure that the Iife-saving appliances are manufactured to the same standard as the approved prototype.
* Refer to Recommendation on testinB of life-saving appliances (resolution A.689(17)). For life-saving appliances installed on board on
or after 1 )uly 1999, refer to Revised Recommendations on testing of life-saving appliances (resolution'MSC.At(ZOi).
i Refer to the guidelines to be developed by the Organization.
Section I
Passenger ships and cargo ships ffi
Regulation 6
Communications I
1 Paragraph 2 applies to all passenger ships and to all cargo ships of 300 gross tonnage and upwards.
2.1.2 Two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus provided on board ships prior to 1 Febrruary 1992 and not
complying fully with the performance standards adopted by the Organization may be accepted by the
\dministration until 1 February 1999 provided the Administration is saiisfied that they are compatible with
a pproved two-way VH F rad iotelephone appa ratus.
\t least one search and rescue locating device shall be carried on each side of every passenger ship and of
every carSo ship of 500 gross tonnage and upwards. At least one search and rescue locating device shall be
carried on every cargo ship of 300 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 500 gross tonnige. Such search
and rescue locating devices shall conform to the applicable performance stanJards not inferior to those
adopted by the Organization.t The search and rescue locating devices* shall be stowed in such location that
:hey can be rapidly placed in any survival craft other than the liferaft or liferafts requirecJ by regulatio n 31.1.4.
\lternatively one search and rescue Iocating device shall be stowed in each survival .ruit oth", than those
'equired by regulation31.1.4. On ships carrying at leasttwo search and rescue locating devices and equipped
,r ith free-fall lifeboats one of the search and rescue locating devices shall be stowed in a free-fall lifeboai
and
-he other located in the immediate vicinity of the navigation bridge so that it can be utilized on board and
'eady for transfer to any of the other survival craft.
Reler to Performance standards for survival craft two-way VHF radiotelephone apparatus (resolution A.S09(19), as it may be
.l
..rrcnded, annex or annex 2, as applicable), and resolution MSC..l49(77).
Refer to Recommendation on^pe^rformance standards for survival craft radar transponders for use in search ancl rescue operations
'esolution MSC.247(s3)) (A.S02(.19), as amended) and Recommendation on performance standards for survival craft AIS Search and
iescue Transmitters (AlS-SART) for use in search and rescue operations (resolution MSC.246(S3)).
' One of these search and rescue locating devices may be the search and rescue locating device required by regulation 1V17.1.3.
Distress flares
Not less than 12 rocket parachute flares, complying with the requirements of section 3.1 of the Code, shall lte
carried and be stowed on or near the navigation bridge.
4.2 A general emergency alarm system complying with the requirements of paragraph 7.2.1 of the Cocle
shall be provided and shall be used for summoning passengers and crew to muster stations and to initiate
the actions included in the muster Iist. The system shall be supplemented by either a public address systenl
complying with the requirements of paragraph 7.2.2 of the Code or other suitable means of communication.
Entertainment sound systems shall automatically be turned off when the general emergency alarm system i.
activated.
4.3 The general emergency alarm system shall be audible throughout all the accommodation and norma
crew working spaces. On passenger ships, the system shall also be audible on all open decks.
4.4 On ships fitted with a marine evacuation system communication between the embarkation station anc
the platform or the survival craft shall be ensured.
5.1 In addition to the requirements of regulation ll-2112.3 and of paragraph 4.2, all passenger ships shai
be fitted with a public address system. With respect to passenger ships constructed before 1 )uly 1997 the
requirements of paragraphs 5.2 and 5.4, subject to the provisions of paragraph 5.5, shall apply not later thar
the date of the first periodical survey after 1 )uly 1997.
5.2 The public address system shall be clearly audible above the ambient noise in all spaces, prescribed [r,.
paragraph 7.2.2.1 of the Code, and shall be provided with an override function controlled from one locatio:'
on the navigation bridge and such other places on board as the Administration deems necessary, so that ai
emergency messages will be broadcast if any loudspeaker in the spaces concerned has been switched ofi it.
volume has been turned down or the public address system is used for other purposes.
.-l the public address system shall have at least two loops which shall be sufficiently separate.:
throughout their length and have two separate and independent amplifiers; and
.2 the public address system and its performance standards shall be approved by the Administratio-
having regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.*
5.4 The public address system shall be connected to the emergency source of electrical power required [r,,
regu lation ll -1 142.2.2.
5.5 Ships constructed before 1 )uly 1997 which are already fitted with the public address system approvec
by the Administration which complies substantially with those required by sections 5.2 and 5.4 and paragrap:
7.2.2.1 ol the Code are not required to change their system.
* Refer to Recommendation on performance standards for public address systems on passenger ships, including cablir.
(MSC/Cirt.B0B).
Regulation 7
Personal life-saving appliances
1 Lifebuoys
1.1 Lifebuoys complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.1 of the Code shall be:
.1 so distributed as to be readily available on both sides of the ship and as far as practicable on all
open decks extending to the ship's side; at least one shall be placed in the vicinity of the stern; and
.2 so stowed as to be capable of being rapidly cast loose, and not permanently secured in any way.
"l-2 At least onelifebuoy on each side of the ship shall be fitted with a buoyant lifeline complying with the
requirements of paragraph 2.1.a of the Code equal in length to not Iess than twice the height at which it is
stowed above the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition, or 30 m, whichever is the greater.
1.3 Not less than one half of the total number of lifebuoys shall be provided with lifebuoy self-igniting lights
complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.2 of the Code; not less than two of ihese ihall jro-0"
provided with Iifebuoy self-activating smoke signals complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.1.3 of the
Code and be capable of quick release from the navigation bridge; lifebuoys with lights andlhose with lights
and smoke signals shall be equally distributed on both sides of the ship and shall notle the Iifebuoys proviled
with lifelines in compliance with the requirements of paragraph 1.2.
1.! Each lifebuoy shall be marked in block capitals of the Roman alphabet with the name and port of registry
of the ship on which it is carried.
2 Lifejackets
2.1 A Iifejacket complying with the requirements of paragraph 2.2.1 or 2.2.2 of the Code shall be provicled
for every person on board the ship and, in addition:
.1 for passenger ships on voyages of less Ihan24 hours, a number of infant Iifejackets equalto at least
2.5"k of the number of passengers on board shall be provided;
.2 for passenger ships on voyages of 24hours or greater, infant lifejackets shall be provided for each
infant on board;
.3 a number of lifejackets suitable for children equal to at least 1O"h of the number of passengers on
board shall be provided or such greater number as may be required to provide a lifejacket for each
child;
.4 a sufficient number of lifejackets shall be carried for persons on watch and for use at remotely
Iocated survival craft stations. The lifejackets carried for persons on watch should be stowed on the
bridge, in the engine control room and at any other manned watch station; and
.5 if the adult lifejackets provided are not designed to fit persons weighing up to 140 kg and with a
chest girth of up to 1,750 mm, a sufficient number of suitable accessories shall be availabrle on
board to allow them to be secured to such persons.
2.2 Lifejackets shall be so placed as to be readily accessible and their position shall be plainly indicated. Where,
due to the particular arrangements of the ship, the lifejackets provided in compliance with the requirements
of paragraph 2.1 may become inaccessible, alternative provisions shall be made to the satisfaction of the
Administration which may include an increase in the number of lifejackets to be carried.
2.3 The lifeiackets used in totally enclosed lifeboats, except free-fall lifeboats, shall not impede entry into the
Iifeboat or seating, including operation of the seat belts in the lifeboat.
2.4 Lifejackets selected for free-fall lifeboats, and the manner in which they are carried or worn, shall not
interfere with entry into the lifeboat, occupant safety or operation of the lifeboat.
Regulation 9
O pe rati n g i n stru cti on s
1 This regulation applies to all ships.
2 Posters or signs shall be provided on or in the vicinity of survival craft and their launching controls and
shall:
.1 illustrate the purpose of controls and the procedures for operating the appliance and give relevant
instructions or warnings;
.2 be easily seen under emergency lighting conditions; and
.3 use symbols in accordance with the recommendations of the Organization.t
Regulation 10
Manning of survival craft and supervision
1 This regulation applies to all ships.
2 There shall be a sufficient number of trained persons on board for mustering and assisting untrained
persons.
3 There shall be a sufficient number of crew members, who may be deck officers or certificated persons.
on board for operating the survival craft and launching arrangements required for abandonment by the total
number of persons on board.
* Refer
to Cuidelines for the assessment of thermal protection (MSC/Circ.1046).
i Refer to Symbols related to life-saving appliances and arrangements (resolution A.760(18), as amended by resolution MSC.B2(70
rMSC/Circ.l046r).
5 The person in charge of the survival craft shall have a list of the survival
craft crew and shall see that the
crew under his command are acquainted with their duties. In Iifeboats
the second-in-command shall also have
Regulation 11 I.
survival craft muster and embarkation arrangements I
'l Lifeboats and liferafts for which approved launching appliances are
accommodation and service spaces as possible.
required - be stowed as close
I - shall to I
l
2 Muster stations shall be provided crose to the embarkation stations. Each muster station shall have
sufficient clear deck space to accommodate all persons assigned to muster
at that station, but at least 0.35 m2
per person.
5 Alleyways, stairwayt exits giving access to the muster and embarkation stations shall be lighted.
11d
such lighting shall be_capable of being supplied by the emergency source of electrical power r"qrir?Jrrf
regulation ll-1/42 or ll-1143, as appropriite. ln addition to and as"part of the markingr
r"frir"a under regulation
ll-2/13'3'2.5.1, routes to muster stations shall be indicated with the muster statio"n
symbol, intended for that
purpose, in accordance with the recommendations of the organization.','
6 Davit-launched and free-fall launched survival craft muster and embarkation stations
shall be so arranged
as to enable stretcher cases to be placed in survival craft.
q Wl9'9 necessary, means shall be provided for bringing the clavit-launched survival craft against the ship,s
side and holding them alongside so that persons can be"saiely embarked.
Regulation 12
Launching stations
stations shall be in such positions as to ensure safe launching having particular regard to clearance
Launching"propeller
from the and steeply oveihanging portions of the hull and so that, as far as possible, survival craft
except survival craft special'ly'designedTor fieeJall launching, can be launched down the straight side of the
ship. lf positioned forward, ihey s[all be located abaft the collision bulkhead in a sheltered position and, irr
this respect, the Administration shall give special consideration to the strength of the launching appliance.
Regulation 13
Stowage of survival craft
Each survival craft shall be stowed
.1 so that neither the survival craft nor its stowage arrangements will interfere with the operation o;
any other survival craft or rescue boat at any other launching station;
) as near the water surface as is safe and practicable and, in the case of a survival craft other than
a liferaft intendecl for throw-overboard launching, in such a position that the survival craft in the
embarkation position is not less than 2 m above the waterline with the ship in the fully loadec
condition under unfauourable conditions of trim of up to 10" and listed up to 20" either way, or to
the angle at which the ship's weather deck edge becomes submerged, whichever is less;
a
..) in a state of continuous readiness so that two crew members can carry out preparations ior
embarkation and launching in less than 5 min;
2 Lifeboats for 1owering down the ship's side shall be stowed as far forward of the propeller as practicable.
on cargo ships of BO m in"length and upwards but less than 120 m in length, each lifeboat shall be so stowed
that the after encl of the lifebo"at is not less than the length of the lifeboat forward of the
propeller. on cargo
ships of B0 m in length and upwards, each lifeboat shali
ships of i2O m in length and upwarcls ancl passenger
forward of
be so stowed that the after end of the lifeboat is iot less than 1.5 times the length of the lifeboat
in their stowed positions, are
the propeller. Where appropriate, the ship shall be so arranged that Iifeboats,
protected from damage by heavy seas.
Liferafts shall be so stowecl as to permit manual release of one raft or container at a time from
their'
4.3
securi ng arrangements.
4.4 Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.2 do not apply to liferafts required by regulation 31'1.4.
Davit-launched liferafts shall be stowed within reach of the lifting hooks, unless some means of
transfer
5 1.2 or
is provided which is not rendered inoperable within the limits of trim and list prescribed
in paragraph
by ship motion or power failure.
6 Liferafts intended for throw-overboard launching shall be so stowed as to be readily transferable for
iaunching on either side of the ship unless liferafts, of the aggregate capacity required by regulation 31.1 to be
capable of being launched on either side, are stowed on each side of the ship.
Regulation 14
Stowage of rescue boats
Rescue boats shall be stowed:
.1 in a state of continuous readiness for launching in not more than 5 min, and, if the inflated type, in
a fully inflated condition at all times;
Regulation 15
Stowage of marine evacuation systems
1 The ship's side shall not have any openings bretween the embarkation station of the marine evacuation
svstem and the waterline in the lightest seagoing condition and means shall be provided to protect the system
:rom any projections.
2 Marine evacuation systems shall be in such positions as to ensure safe launching having particular regard
.o clearance from the propeller and steeply overhanging positions of the hull and so that, as far as practicable,
.he system can be launched down the straight side of the ship.
3 Each marine evacuation system shall be stowed so that neither the passage nor platform nor its stowage
rr operational arrangements will interfere with the operation of any other life-saving appliance at any other
aunching station.
4 Where appropriate, the ship shall be so arranged that the marine evacuation systems in their stowed
cositions are protected from damage by heavy seas.
Regulation 16
Survival craft launching and recovery arrangements
'l Unless expressly provided otherwise, launching and embarkation appliances complying with the
'equirements of section 6.1 of the Code shall be provided for all survival craft except those which are:
.1 boarded from a position on deck less than 4.5 m above the waterline in the lightest seagoing
condition and which have a mass of not more than 185 kg; or
.2 boarded from a position on deck less than 4.5 m above the waterline in the lightest seagoing
condition and which are stowed for launching directly from the stowed position under unfavourable
conditions of trim of up to 10' and Iist of up to 20' either way; or
.3 carried in excess of the survival craft for 20Oo/. of the total number of persons on board the ship
and which have a mass of not more than 185 kg; or
.4 carried in excess of the survival craft for 200o/" of the total number of persons on board the ship,
are stowed for launching directly from the stowed position under unfavourable conditions of trim
of up to 10" and list of up to 20'either way; or
.5 provided for use in conjunction with a marine evacuation system, complying with the requiremen-.
of section 6.2 ol the Code and stowed for launching directly from the stowed position uncie'
unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10" and list of up to 20" either way.
2 Each lifeboat shall be provided with an appliance which is capable of launching and recovering tht
Iifeboat. ln addition there shall be provision for hanging-off the lifeboat to free the release gear for maintenance"
3 Launching and recovery arrangements shall be such that the appliance operator on the ship is able :-
observe the survival craft at all times during launching and for lifeboats during recovery.
4 Only one type of release mechanism shall be used for similar survival craft carried on board the ship.
5 Preparation and handling of survival craft at any one launching station shall not interfere with the pronrF,.
preparation and handling of any other survival craft or rescue boat at any other station.
6 Falls, where used, shall be long enough for the survival craft to reach the water with the ship in its lightes.
seagoing condition, under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10" and list of up to 20'either way.
7 During preparation and launching, the survival craft, its launching appliance, and the area of water ini,
which it is to be launched shall be adequately illuminated by lighting supplied from the emergency source c'
electrical power required by regulationll-1142 or ll-1143, as appropriate.
B Means shall be available to prevent any discharge of water onto survival craft during abandonment.
9 lf there is a danger of the survival craft being damaged by the ship's stabilizer wings, means shall br
available, powered by an emergency source of energy, to bring the stabilizer wings inboard; indicators
operated by an emergency source of energy shall be available on the navigating bridge to show the positio-
of the stabilizer wings.
10 lf partially enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.5 o{ the Code are carried. a
davit span shall be provided, fitted with not less than two lifelines of sufficient length to reach the water u it:
the ship in its lightest seagoing condition, under unfavourable conditions of trim of up to 10" and list of up 2t'
either way.
Regulation't7
Rescue boat embarkation, launching and recovery arrangements
1 The rescue boat embarkation and launching arrangements shall be such that the rescue boat can br
boarded and launched in the shortest possible time.
2 ll the rescue boat is one of the ship's survival craft, the embarkation arrangements and launching statio-
shall comply with the requirements of regulations '11 and 12.
3 Launching arrangements shall comply with the requirements of regulation 16. However, all rescue boa:.
shall be capable of being launched, where necessary utilizing painters, with the ship making headwar a
speeds up to 5 knots in calm water.
4 Recovery time of the rescue boat shall bre not more than 5 min in moderate sea conditions when loacle;
with its full complement of persons and equipment. lf the rescue boat is also a lifeboat, this recovery time sha
be possible when loaded with its lifeboat equipment and the approved rescue boat complement of at least s .
persons.
5 Rescue boat embarkation and recovery arrangements shall allow for safe and efficient handling of .
stretcher case. Foul weather recovery strops shall be provided for safety if heavy fall blocks constitute =
danger.
Regulation 17-1
Recovery of persons from the water
1 All ships shall have ship-specific plans and procedures for recovery of persons from the water, taking
into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.* The plans and procedures shall identify the
equipment intended to be used for recovery purposes and measures to be taken to minimize the risk to
shipboard personnel involved in recovery operations. Ships constructed before 1 )uly 2014 shall comply with
this requirement by the first periodical or renewal safety equipment survey of the ship to be carried out after
1 )uly 2014, whichever comes first.
2 Ro-ro passenger ships which comply with regulation 26.4 shall be deemed to comply with this regulation.
Regulation 1B
Li n e-th rowi n g ap pl i an ces
,\ line-throwing appliance complying with the requirements of section 7.1 of the Code shall be provided.
Regulation 19
Emergency training and drills
1 This regulation applies to all ships.
2.2 On a ship engaged on a voyage where passengers are scheduled to be on board for more than 24 h,
musters of the passengers shall take place within 24 h after their embarkation. Passengers shall be instructed
in the use of the lifejackets and the action to take in an emergency.
2.3 Whenever new passengers enrbark, a passenger safety briefing shall be given immediately before sailing,
or immediately after sailing. The briefing shall include the instructions required by regulations 8.2 and 8.4,
and shall be made by means of an announcement, in one or more languages likely to be understood by the
passengers. The announcement shall be made on the ship's public address system, or by other equivalent
nreans likely to be heard at least by the passengers who have not yet heard it during the voyage. The briefing
nray be included in the muster required by paragraph2.2if the muster is held immediately upon departure.
lnformation cards or posters or video programmes displayed on ships video displays may be used to supplement
the briefing, but may not be used to replace the announcement.
3 Drills
3.1 Drills shall, as far as practicable, be conducted as if there were an actual emergency.
3.2 Every crew member shall participate in at least one abandon ship drill and one fire drill every month.
The drills of the crew shall take place within 24 h of the ship leaving a port if more than 25"h of the crew have
not participated in abandon ship and fire drills on board that particular ship in the previous month. When a
ship enters service for the first time, after modification of a major character or when a new crew is engaged,
these drills shall be held before sailing. The Administration may accept other arrangements that are at least
equivalent for those classes of ships for which this is impracticable.
Refer to Cuidelines for the development of plans and procedures for recovery of persons from the water (MSC.1/Cic.1447)
.1 summoning of passengers and crew to muster stations with the alarm required by regulation 6.-{.1
followed by drill announcement on the public address or other communication system and ensurins
that they are made aware of the order to abandon ship;
) reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster list;
.3 checking that passengers and crew are suitably dressed;
.4 checking that Iifejackets are correctly donned;
.5 lowering of at least one lifeboat after any necessary preparation for launching;
.6 starting and operating the lifeboat engine;
.7 operation of davits used for launching liferafts;
.B a mock search and rescue of passengers trapped in their staterooms; and
.9 instruction in the use of radio life-saving appliances.
3.3.2 Different lifeboats shall, as far as practicable, be lowered in compliance with the requirements o'
paragraph 3.3.1.5 at successive drills.
3.3.3 Except as provided in paragraphs 3.3.4 and 3.3.5, each lifeboat shall be launched, and manoeuvred in
the water by its assigned operating crew, at least once every three months during an abandon ship drill.
3.3.4 In the case of a Iifeboat arranged for free-fall launching, at least once every three months during an
abandon ship drill the crew shall board the lifeboat, properly secure themselves in their seats and commence
launch procedures up to, but not including, the actual release of the lifeboat (i.e. the release hook shall not be
released). The lifeboat shall then either be free-fall launched with only the required operating crew on board
or lowered into the water by means of the secondary means of launching with or without the operating cre\\
on board. ln both cases, the lifeboat shall thereafter be manoeuvred in the water by the operating crew. At
intervals of not more than six months, the lifeboat shall either be launched by free fall with only the operatinq
crew on board, or simulated launching shall be carried out in accordance with the guidelines developed br
the Organization.*
3.3.5 The Administration may allow ships operating on short international voyages not to launch the lifeboats
on one side if their berthing arrangements in port and their trading patterns do not permit launching of Iifeboats
on that side. However, all such lifeboats shall be lowered at least once every three months and launched at
least annually.
3.3.6 As far as is reasonable and practicable, rescue boats other than lifeboats which are also rescue boats.
shall be launched each month with their assigned crew aboard and manoeuvred in the water. ln all cases this
requirement shall be complied with at least once every three months.
3.3.7 lf Iifeboat and rescue boat launching drills are carried out with the ship making headway, such drills
shall, because of the dangers involved, be practised in sheltered waters only and under the supervision of an
officer experienced in such drills.
3.3.8 lf a ship is fitted with marine evacuation systems, drills shall include exercising of the procedures
required for the deployment of such a system up to the point immediately preceding actual deployment oi
the system. This aspect of drills should be augmented by regular instruction using the on-board training aids
required by regulation 35.4. Additionally every system party member shall, as far as practicable, be further
trained by participation in a full deployment of a similar system into water, either on board a ship or ashore, at
intervals of not longer than two years, but in no case longer than three years. This training can be associated
with the deployments required by regulation 20.8.2.
3.3.9 Emergency lighting for mustering and abandonment shall be tested at each abandon ship drilt.
3.4."1 Fire drills should be planned in such a way that due consideration is given to regular practice in the
various emergencies that may occur depending on the type of ships and the cirgo.
.1 reporting to stations and preparing for the duties described in the muster Iist required by regulation B;
.2 starting of a fire pump, using at least the two required jets of water to show that the system is in
proper working order;
.5 checking the operation of watertight doors, fire doors, fire dampers and main inlets and outlets of
ventilation systems in the drill area; and
3.4.3 The equipment used during drills shall immediately be brought back to its fully operational condition
and any faults and defects discovered during the drills shall be rem",lied as soon ,r porribl".
4.2 Every crew member shall be given instructions which shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
.1 operation and use of the ship's inflatable Iiferafts;
.2 problems of hypothermia, first-aid treatment for hypothermia and other appropriate first-aid
procedures;
.3 special instructions necessary for use of the ship's life-saving appliances in severe weather and
severe sea conditions; and
.4 operation and use of fire-extinguishing appliances.
4.3 On-board training in the use of davit-launched liferafts shall take place at intervals of not more than four
months on every ship fitted with such appliances. Whenever practicable this shall include the inflation and
lowering of a liferaft. This liferaft may be a special liferaft intended for training purposes only, which is not part
of the ship's life-saving equipment; such a special liferaft shall be conspicuolsly marked.
5 Records
The date when musters are held, details of abandon ship drills and fire drills, drills of other life-saving appliances
and on board training shall be recorded in such logbook as may be prescribed by the Administraiion. tf , full
muster, drill or training session is not held at the appointed time, an entry shall be made in the logbook stating
the circumstances and the extent of the muster, drill or training session held.
Regulation 20
Operational readiness, maintenance and inspections
1 This regulation applies to all ships. The requirements of paragraphs 3.2,3.3 and 6.2 shall be conrplrt.
with, as far as is practicable, on ships constructed before 1 July 1986.
2 Operationalreadiness
Before the ship leaves port and at all times during the voyage, all life-saving appliances shall be in worki-.
order and ready for immediate use.
3 Maintenance
3.1 Maintenance, testing and inspections of life-saving appliances shall be carried out based on the guideline.
developed by the Organization'" and in a manner having due regard to ensuring reliability of such appliance.
3.2 Instructions for on-board maintenance of life-saving appliances complying with regulation 36 shall ir=
provided and maintenance shall be carried out accordingly.
3.3 The Administration may accept, in compliance with the requirements of paiagraph 3.2, a shipboar-i
planned maintenance programme, which includes the requirements of regulation 36.
4 Maintenance of falls
Falls used in launching shall be inspected periodically" with special regard for areas passingthrough sheares
and renewed when necessary due to deterioration of the falls or at intervals of not more than 5 years, whicher e-
is the earlier.
6 Weekly inspection
The following tests and inspections shall be carried out weekly and a report of the inspection shall be enterec
in the logbook:
.1 all survival craft, rescue boats and launching appliances shall be visually inspected to ensure tha
they are ready for use. The inspection shall include, but is not limited to, the condition of hook.
their attachment to the lifeboat and the on-load release gear being properly and completely rese:
.2 all engines in lifeboats and rescue boats shall be run for a total period of not less than 3 minute.
provided the ambient temperature is above the minimum temperature required for starting anc
running the engine. During this period of time, it should be demonstrated that the gearbox anc
gearbox train are engaging satisfactorily. lf the special characteristics of an outboard motor fitted t,
a rescue boat would not allow it to be run other than with its propeller submerged for a period of ,'
minutes, a suitable water supply may be provided. ln special cases, the Administration may wairt
this requirement for ships constructed before 1 July 1986;
.3 lifeboats, except free-fall lifeboats, on cargo ships shall be moved from their stowed positior
without any persons on board, to the extent necessary to demonstrate satisfactory operation c-
launching appliances, if weather and sea conditions so allow; and
.4 the general emergency alarm shall be tested.
7 Monthly inspections
7'1 All lifeboats, except free-fall Iifeboats, shall be turned out from their stowed position, without any persons
on board if weather and sea conditions so allow.
7.2 lnspection of the.life-saving appliances, including Iifeboat equipment, shall be carried out monthly using
the checklist required by regulation 36.1 to ensure thit they are complete and in good
order. n repori of thE
inspection shall be entered in the log-book.
8.1 Every inflatable liferaft, inflatable lifejacket, and marine evacuation system shall
be serviced:
'2 at an approved servicing station which is competent to service them, maintains proper servicing
facilities and uses only properly trained personnel.'*
8.3 An Administration which approves new and novel inflatable Iiferaft arrangements pursuant to regulation
4 may allow for extended service intervals on the following conditions:
8.3.1 The new and novel liferaft arrangement has provecl to maintain the same standard, as required by
testing procedure, during extended service intervals.
8.3.2 The liferaft system shall be checked on board by certified personnel according to paragraph 8.1.1.
8.3.3 Service at intervals not exceeding five years shall be carried out in accordance with the recommendations
of the Organization.*
8.4 AII repairs and maintenance of inflated rescue boats shall be carried out in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions. Emergency repairs may be carried out on board the ship; however, permanent
repairs shall be effected at an approved servicing station.
8.5 An Administration which permits extension of liferaft service intervals in accordance with paragraph 8.3
shall notify the Organization of such action in accordance with regulation I/5(b).
* Refer
to Recommendation on conditions for the approval of servicing stations for inflatable Iiferafts (resolution A.26l(.18), as
amended).
11.2 Lifeboat or rescue boat on-load release gear, including free-fall lifeboat release systems, shall be:
.1 maintained in accordance with instructions for on-board maintenance as required by regulation 36:
) subject to a thorough examination and operational test during the annual surveys required br
regulations l/7 and l/B by properly trained personnel familiar with the system;
a -l.1
.J operationally tested under a load of times the total mass of the boat when loaded with its full
complement of persons and equipment whenever the release gear is overhauled. Such overhauling
and test shall be carried out at least once every five years; and$
.4 notwithstanding subparagraph .3 above, the operational testing of free-fall lifeboat release systems
shall be performed either by free-fall launch with only the operating crew on board or by a simulated
launching carried out based on guidelines developed by the Organization.$
* Refer
to Servicing of li{e-saving appliances and radiocommunication equipment under the harmonized system of survey and
certification (HSSC) (MSC/Circ.955).
r Refer to Symbols related to life-saving appliances and arrangements (resolution A.760(18), as amended).
; Refer to Recommendation on testing of life-saving appliances (resolution A.689(17), as amended). For life-saving appliances installed
on board on or after 1 )uly 1999, refer to Revised Recommendations on testing of life-saving appliances (resolution MSC.BI(70), as
amended).
ii Refer to Measures to prevent accidents with lifeboats (MSC..l/Circ.l206/Rev.1).
'3 operationally tested under a load of 1.1 times the total mass of the liferaft when loaded
with its full
complement of persons and equipment whenever the automatic release hook is overhauled.
Such
over-hauling and test shall be carried out at least once every five years.*
Section ll
Passenger ships (additional requirements)
Regulation 21
Survival craft and rescue boats
1 Survival craft
1'1 Passenger ships engaged on international voyages which are not short international
voyages shall carry:
'1 partially or totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.5
or 4.6 of the
Code on each side of such aggregate .npu.ity is will accommodate not less than 50%
of the total
number of persons on broard. The Administration may permit the substitution of Iifeboats
by liferafts
of equivalent total capacity provided that there shall'never be less than sufficient lifeboats
on each
side of the ship to accommodale 37.5"h of the total number of persons on board. The inflatable
or rigid Iiferafts shall comply with the requirements of section +) or 4.3 of the Code and shall be
served by launching appliances equally distributed on each side of the ship; and
.2 in addition, inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3
of the
Code of trll u88fq8ate capacity as will accommodate at least 25"/" of the total number of persons
on board. These liferafts shall be served by at least one launching appliance on each side which
may be those provided in compliance with the requirements oT paragraph .1.-1.1 or equivalent
approved appliances capable of being used on both sides. However, sto;age of these liferafts neecl
not comply with the requirements of regulation -13.5.
.1 partially or totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.5 or 4.5 of the
Code of sul.h apgregate c.apacity as will accommodate at least 3O,h of the total number of persons
on board. The lifeboats shall, as far as practicable, be equally distributed on each side of tire ship.
In addition inflatable or rigid Iiferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of
the Code shall be carried of such aggregate capicity that, together with the Iifeboat capacity, the
survival craft will accommodate the total number of persons on board. The liferafts shall be served
by launching appliances equally distributed on each side of the ship; and
.2 in addition, inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section 4.2 or 4.3 of
the
Code of trll ,S8lggate capacity as will accommodate at least 25"h ol the total number of persons
on board- These liferafts shall be served by at least one launching appliance on each side which
may be those provided in compliance with the requirements oi paragraph 1.2.1 or equivalent
approved appliances capable of being used on both sides. However, stotirg" of these liferafts need
not comply with the requirements of regulation 13.5.
1.3 All survival craft required to provide for abandonment by the total number of persons on b'ard shall be
capable of being launched with their full complement of persons and equipment within a period of 30
min
from the time the abandon ship signal is given after all persons have been assembled, with lifejackets
donned.
"' Refer to Recommendation onlesting of life-saving:ppliances (resolution A.689(17), as amended). For lifc-saving appliances installed
.1999,
on board on or aiter 1 1u1y ref"cr to Revised Recommendations on testing'oi'lii"-iu"irgippiiur.ei (resolution MSC.B.l(20),
as
amended)
1.4 ln lieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.-l or.l.2, passenger ships of less than 500 gro..
tonnage where the total number of persons on board is less than 200, may comply with the following:
.1 they shall carry on each side of the ship, inflatable or rigid Iiferafts complying with the requiremen:.
of section 4.2 or 4.3 o{ the Code and of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate the tota.
number of persons on board;
) unless the liferafts required by paragraph 1.4.1 are stowed in a position providing for easy sicle-
to-side transfer at a single open deck level, additional Iiferafts shall be provided so that the tota
capacity available on each side will accommodate 150% of the total number of persons on boarci:
..)a if the rescue boat required by paragra ph 2.2 is also a partially or totally enclosed lifeboat complvin.
with the requirements of section 4.5 or 4.6 of the Code, it may be included in the aggregate
capacity required by paragraph 1.4.1, provided that the total capacity available on either side of the
ship is at least 150o1, of the total number of persons on board; and
-4 in the event of any one survival craft being lost or rendered unserviceable, there shall be sufficien:
survival craft available for use on each side, including those which are stowed in a position providin:
for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, to accommodate the total number o,
persons on board.
1.5 A marine evacuation system or systems complying with section 6.2 of the Code may be substituted ior
theequivalentcapacityof liferaftsandlaunchingappliancesrequiredbyparagraphl.l.l or1.2.1.
Rescue boats
2.1 Passenger ships of 500 gross tonnage and over shall carry at least one rescue boat complying with the
requirements of section 5.1 of the Code on each side of the ship.
2.2 Passenger ships of less than 500 gross tonnage shall carry at least one rescue boat complying with the
requirements of section 5.1 of the Code.
2.3 A lifeboat may be accepted as a rescue boat provided that it and its launching and recovery arrangements
also comply with the requirements for a rescue boat.
Marshalling of liferafts
3.1 The number of lifeboats and rescue boats that are carried on passenger ships shall be sufficient to ensure
that in providing for abandonment by the total number of persons on board not more than six liferafts need
be marshalled by each lifeboat or rescue boat.
3.2 The number of lifeboats and rescue boats that are carried on passenger ships engaged on short
international voyages shall be sufficient to ensure that in providing for abandonment by the total number o1
persons on boaid not more than nine liferafts need be marshalled by each lifeboat or rescue boat.
Regulation 22
Personal life-savi ng appliances
1 Lifebuoys
1.1 A passenger ship shall carry not less than the number of lifebuoys complying with the requirements of
regulation 7.1 and section 2.i of the Code prescribed in the following table:
-l'.2,
Notwithstanding,regulation 7.1.3, passenger ships of under 60 m in length shall carry not less than six
it.ebuoys provided with self-igniting Iights.
2 Lifejackets
2 '1ln addition to the Iifejackets required by re.gulatio n
.7.2,
every passenger sh ip shall carry lifejackets for not
iessthan 5"h of the total number of persons on lloard. These lifejackets sh"att oe stowed in conspicuous places
on deck or at muster stations.
2'2 Where lifejackets for passengers are stowed in staterooms which are located remotely
from direct routes
between public spaces and musier stations, the Iifejackets for these prrr"ng"r, required under
.additional
r-egulation 7'2'2, shall be stowed either in the public spaces, the muster stations, or on direct routes between
them' The lifejackets shall be stowed so that their distribution and donning
does not irf"de orderly ,ou"r"n,
to muster stations and survival craft embarkation stations.
3 Lifejacket lights
3'1 on.all passengerships each lifejacket shall be fitted with a Iight complying
paragraph 2.2.3 ol the Code.
4'2 The provisions of paragraph 4..1.1 also.apply to partially or totally enclosed lifeboats
not complying with
the requirements of section 4.5 or 4.6 ol the'Code,'proviied they are carried on
ships constructed before
1 July 1986.
Regulation 23
survival craft and rescue boat embarkation arrangements
1 On passenger ships, survival craft embarkation arrangements shall be designed for:
'-l all lifeboats to be boarded and launched either directly from the stowed position or from an
embarkation deck but not both; and
'2 davit-launched liferafts to be boarded and launched from a position immediately ac{jacent to the
stowed position or from a position to which, in compliance with the requirements
13.5, the Iiferaft is transferred prior to launching.
tf regulation
2 Rescue boat arrangements shall be such that the rescue boat can be boarded and launched directly from
the stowed position with the.number of persons assigned to crew the rescue
boat on board. Notwithstanding
the requirements of paragraph 1..1, if the rescue boatr:s also a lifeboat and the
other lifeboats are boarded and
Iaunched from an embarkation deck, the arrangements shall be such that the rescue
boat can also be boarded
and launched from the embarkation deck.
Regulation 24
Stowage of survival craft
The stowage height of a survival craft on a passenger ship shall take into account the requirements of regulatic,r-
13.1.2, the escape provisions of regulation ll-2113, the size of the ship, and the weather conditions likely to br
encountered in its intended area of operation. For a davit-launched survival craft, the height of the davit hea:
with the survival craft in embarkation position, shall, as far as practicable, not exceed 15 m to the waterline
when the ship is in its lightest seagoing condition.
Regulation 25
Muster stations
Every passenger ship shall, in addition to complying with the requirements of regulation 11, have passenger
muster stations which shall:
.1 be in the vicinity ol and permit ready access for the passengers to, the embarkation stations unless
in the same location; and
.2 have ample room for marshalling and instruction of the passengers, but at least 0.35 m2 per
passenEer.
Regulation 26
Additional requirements for ro-ro passenger ships
1 This regulation applies to all ro-ro passenger ships. Ro-ro passenger ships constructed:
.1 on or after 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements of paragraphs 2.3, 2.4,3.1,3.2,3.3, I
and 5;
.2 on or after 1 July 1986 and before 1 July 1998 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5
not Iater than the first periodical survey after 1 luly 1998 and with the requirements of paragraphs
2.3,2.4,3 and 4 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July 2000;
a
.J before 1 July 1986 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 not later than the first
periodical survey after 1 July 1998 and with the requirements of paragraphs2.1,2.2,2.3,2.4,3 and
4 not later than the first periodical survey after 1 July 2000; and
before 1 luly 2OO4 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 2.5 not later than the first
survey on or after that date.
Liferafts
2.1 The ro-ro passenger ship's liferafts shall be served by marine evacuation systems complying with the
requirements of section 6.2 of the Code or launching appliances complying with the requirements of paragraph
6.1.5 of the Code, equally distributed on each side of the ship.
2.2 Every liferaft on ro-ro passenger ships shall be provided with float-free stowage arrangements complying
with the requirements of regulation 13.4.
2.3 Every liferaft on ro-ro passenger ships shall be of a type fitted with a boarding ramp complying with the
requirements of paragraph 4.2.4.1 or 4.3.4.1 of the Code, as appropriate.
2.4 Every liferaft on ro-ro passenger ships shall either be automatically self-righting or be a canopied
reversible liferaft which is stable in a seaway and is capable of operating safely whichever way up it is floating.
Alternatively, the ship shall carry automatically self-righting liferafts or canopied reversible Iiferafts, in addition
to its normal complement of liferafts, of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate at least 50% of the
persons not accommodated in lifeboats. This additional liferaft capacity shall be determined on the basis of
're difference between the total number of persons on board and the number of persons
accommodatecl in
ieboats' Every such liferaft shall be approved by the Administration
having regard to the recommendations
.:clopted by the Organization."
2'5 Liferafts carried on ro-ro passenger ships shall be fitted with a search
and rescue locating device in the
'atio of one search and rescue locating device
for every four liferafts. The search una ,"rlr" lil;;;#;;;;
shall be mounted inside the liferaft so iIs antenna is more than
one metre above the sea level when the liferaft
s deployed, except that for canopied reversible liferafts the search
and rescue locating device shall be so
'rrranged as to be readily accessed and erected by survivors. Each search and rescue locating device shall be
arranged to be manually erected when the liferait is deployed. Containers
of liferafts fitted with search and
'escue locating devices shall be clearly marked.
3'1 At least one of the rescue boats on a ro-ro passenger ship shall be a fast rescue boat complying
with
section 5.1.4 of the Code."'
3'3 At least two crews of each fast rescue boat shall be trained and drilled regularly
having regard to the
Seafarers Training,certification and watchkeeping (srcw) Code and recom#endations adopted
by the
organization,t including all aspects of rescue, hlndling, manoeuvring,
operating these craft in various
conditions, and righting them after capsize.
3'4 ln the case where the. arrangement or size of a ro-ro passenger ship, constructed
before 1 )uly 1997, is
such as to prevent the installation of the fast rescue boat required by paragraph
3.-1, the fast rescue boat may be
installed in place of an existing lifeboat which is accepted as a rescue
b,oit or, in the case of ships constructed
prior to 1 )uly 1986, boats for use in an emergency, provided that all of the
following londitions are met:
'1 the fast rescue boat installed is served by a launching appliance complying with
the provisions of
paragraph 3.2;
'2 th-e capacity of the survival craft lost by the above substitution is compensated by the installation
of liferafts capable of carrying at least an equal number of persons served by the lifeboat
1-epluceJ;
and
'3 such liferafts are served by the existing launching appliances or marine evacuation
systems.
4 Means of rescuet
4'1 Each ro-ro passenger ship shall be equipped with efficient means for rapidly recovering survivors from
the water and transferring survivors from rescue units or survival craft to
the ship.'
4'2 The means of transfer of survivors to the ship may be part of a marine evacuation system, or may be part
of a system designed for rescue purposes.
4'3 lf the slide of a marine evacuation system is intended to provide the means
of transfer of survivors to the
deck of the ship, the slide shall be equipped with hancilines or ladders to aid in
climbing up the slide.
' Refer to Recommendation for canopied reversible Iiferafts, automatically
onro-ropassengerships(MSC/Circ.B09). o o.--.'
self-righting liferafts and fast rescue boats, including testing,
'RefertoRecommendationontrainingrequi,rementsforcrewsoffastrescueboats(resolutionA.lTl(18))andtosectionA-vl/2,table
A-vl/2-2, Specification of the minimufr standard of competencc in fntt ,Licr.boats, -
of the STCW c"ae.
i Refer to Recommendation on means of rescue on ro-ro passenger ships (MSC/Circ.B.l0).
5 Lifejackets
5.1 Notwithstanding the requirements of regulations 7.2 and 22.2, a sufficient number of lifejackets shal ::=
stowed in the vicinity of the muster stations so that passengers do not have to return to their cabins to col e -
their lifejackets.
5.2 ln ro-ro passenger ships, each lifejacket shall be fitted with a light complying with the requirements
'
paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code.
Regulation 27
lnformation on passengers
1 AII persons on board all passenger ships shall be counted prior to departure.
2 Details of persons who have declared a need for special care or assistance in emergency situations sl-a
be recorded and communicated to the master prior to departure.
3 In addition, not later than 1 January 1999, the names and gender of all persons on board, distinguishi:.
between adults, children and infants shall be recorded for search and rescue purposes.
4 The information required by paragraphs 1,2 and 3 shall be kept ashore and made readily available li
search and rescue services when needed.
5 Administrations may exempt passenger ships from the requirements of paragraph 3, if the schedulec
voyages of such ships render it impracticable for them to prepare such records.
Regulation 28
Helicopter landing and pick-up areas
1 All ro-ro passenger ships shall be provided with a helicopter pick-up area approved by the Administratior
having regard to the recommendations adopted by the Organization.*
2 Ro-rol passenger ships of 130 m in length and upwards, constructed on or after 1 )uly 1999, shall be
fitted with a helicopter landing area approved by the Administration having regard to the recommendations
adopted by the Organization.i
Regulation 29
Decision support system for masters of passenger ships
1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships. Passenger ships constructed before 1 )uly 1997 shall complr
with the requirements of this regulation not later than the date of the first periodical survey after I )uly 1999.
2 ln all passenger ships, a decision support system for emergency management shall be provided on the
navigation bridge.
3 The system shall, as a minimum, consist of a printed emergency plan or plans.$ All foreseeable emergencr
situations shall be identified in the emergency plan or plans, including, but not Iimited to, the following main
groups of emergencies:
'' Refer to the lnternational Aeronautical and Maritime Search and Rescue Manual (IAMSAR Manual).
i Rcfer to Application of SOLAS regulation llll2\.2 concerning helicopter Ianding areas on non-ro-ro passenger ships (MSC/Circ.907 .
* Refer to Recommendation on helicopter landing areas on ro-ro passen8er ships (MSC/Circ.B95) and Cuidelines for approval oi
helicopter foam fire-fighting appliances (MSC.1/Circ.143.l).
i Refer to Revised Cuidelines for a structure of an integrated system of contingency planning for shipboard emergencies (resolution
A.1078(28) and Corr.1).
.1 fire;
.2 damage to ship;
.3 pollution;
.4 unlawful acts threatening the safety of the ship and the security of its passengers and crew;
.5 personnelaccidents;
.6 cargo-related accidents; and ffi
.7 emergency assisrance to other ships. ffi
4 The emergency procedures established in the emergency plan or plans shall provide decision support to ffi
masters for handling any combination of emergency situjtions. *E
5 The emergency plan or plans shall have a uniform structure and be easy to use. Where applicable, I
the actual loading condition as calculated for the passenger ship's voyage stability shall be used for'damage
I
control purposes. I
6 ln addition to the printed emergency plan or plans, the Administration may also accept the use of a I
computer-based decision support system on the navigation bridge which provides all the information contained
I
in the emergency plan or plans, procedures, checklists, etc., which ls a'ble to present a list of recommended
actions to be carried out in foreseeable emergencies.
I
I
Regulation 30
Drills
1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships.
2 . On passenger ships, an abandon ship drill and fire drill shall take place weekly. The entire crew need
not be involved in every drill, but each crew member must participate in an abandon ship drill and a fire drill
each month as required in regulation 19.3.2. Passengers shall be strongly encouraged to attend these drills.
Section lll
Cargo ships (additional requirements)
Regulation 31
Survival craft and rescue boats
1 Survival craft
1.1 Cargo ships shall carry:
.1 one or more totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.6 of the Code
of such aggregate capacity on each side of the ship as will accommodate the total number of
persons on board; and
.2 in addition, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts, complying with the requirements of section 4.2
or 4.3 of the Code, of a mass of Iess than 185 kg and stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-
side transfer at a single open deck level, and of such aggregate capacity as will accommoc{ate the
total number of persons on board. If the Iiferaft or liferafts are not of a mass of less than 185 kg ancl
stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, the total
capacity available on each side shall be sufficient to accommodate the total number of persons on
board.
.1 one or more free-fall lifeboats, complying with the requirements of section 4.7 of the Cocr
capable of being free-fall launched over the stern of the ship of such aggregate capacity as r,,
accommodate the total number of persons on board; and
.2 in addition, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the requirements of section -1.-
or 4.3 of the Code, on each side of the ship, of such aggregate capacity as will accommodate ti.r
total number of persons on board. The liferafts on at least one side of the ship shall be served b,,
launching appliances.
1.3 In Iieu of meeting the requirements of paragraph 1.1 or 1 .2, cargo ships of less than 85 m in length othe-
than oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers, may comply with the following:
.-l they shall carry on each side of the ship, one or more inflatable or rigid liferafts complying with the
requirementsof section 4.2or4.3 of theCodeandof suchaggregatecapacityaswillaccommoclate
the total number of persons on board;
.2 unless the liferafts required by paragraph 1.3.1 are of a mass of less than lB5 kg ancl stowed in a
position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, additional liferafts shai
be provided so that the total capacity available on each side will accommodate 150% of the totai
number of persons on board;
.3 if the rescue boat required by paragraph 2 is also a totally enclosed lifeboat complying with the
requirements of section 4.6 of the Code, it may be included in the aggregate capacity required br
paragraph 1.3.1, provided that the total capacity available on either side of the ship is at least 150o.
of the total number of persons on board; and
.4 in the event of any one survival craft being lost or rendered unserviceable, there shall be sufficient
survival craft available for use on each side, including any which are of a mass of less than 185 kg
and stowed in a position providing for easy side-to-side transfer at a single open deck level, to
accommodate the total number of persons on board.
1.4 Cargo ships where the horizontal distance from the extreme end of the stem or stern of the ship to the
nearest end of the closest survival craft is more than '100 m shall carry, in addition to the liferafts required
byparagraphsl.l.2 and1.2.2, aliferaftstowedasfarforwardoraft,oroneasfarforwardandanotherasfar
aft, as is reasonable and practicable. Such liferaft or liferafts may be securely fastened so as to permit manual
release and need not be of the type which can be launched from an approved launching device.
1.5 With the exception of the survival craft referred to in regulation 16.1.1, all survival craft required to
provide for abandonment by the total number of persons on board shall be capable of being launched with
their full complement of persons and equipment within a period of 10 min from the time the abandon ship
signal is given.
1.6 Chemical tankers and gas carriers carrying cargoes emitting toxic vapours or gases* shall carry, in lieu
of totally enclosed lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.6 of the Code, Iifeboats with a
self-contained air support system complying with the requirements of section 4.8 of the Code.
1.7 Oil tankers, chemical tankers and gas carriers carrying cargoes having a flashpoint not exceeding 60'C
(closed-cup test) shall carry, in lieu of totally enclosed Iifeboats complying with the requirements of section
4.6 of the Code, fire-protected lifeboats complying with the requirements of section 4.9 of the Code.
1.8 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph'1.1, bulk carriers as defined in regulation lXl1.6
constructed on or after 1 July 2005 shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 1.2.
'Be]er t9 thc products.for which emergency escape respiratory protection is required in chapter 17 of the IBC Code (resolution
MSC.4(48), as amended), and in chapter 19 of the ICC Code (resolution MSC.5(48), as amended).
2 Rescue boats
Cargo ships shall carry at least one rescue boat complying with the requirements of section 5.1 of the Code. A
lifeboat may be accepted as a rescue boat, provided that it and its launching and recovery arrangements also
comply with the requirements for a rescue boat.
3 ln addition to their lifeboats, all cargo ships constructed before 1 July 1986 shall carry:
.1 one or more liferafts capable of being launched on either side of the ship and of such aggregate
capacity as will accommodate the total number of persons on board. The Iiferaft or liferafts shall
be equipped with a lashing or an equivalent means of securing the liferaft which will automatically
release it from a sinking ship; and
where the horizontal distance from the extreme end of the stem or stern of the sh ip to the nearest end
of the closest survival craft is more than 100 m, in addition to the Iiferafts required by paragraph 3.1,
a liferaft stowed as far forward or aft, or one as far forward and another as far aft, as is reasonable
and practicable. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph 3.1, such liferaft or liferafts may be
securely fastened so as to permit manual release.
Regulation 32
Personal life-saving appliances
1 Lifebuoys
1."1 Cargo ships shall carry not less than the number of lifebuoys complying with the requirements of
regulation 7.1 and section 2.1 of the Code prescribed in the following table;
1.2 Self-igniting lights for lifebuoys on tankers required by regulation 7.1.3 shall be of an electric battery type.
2 Lifejacket lights
2.1 This paragraph applies to all cargo ships.
2.2 On cargo ships, each Iifejacket shall be fitted with a lifejacket light complying with the requirements of
paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code.
2.3 LiShts fitted on lifejackets on board cargo ships prior to 1 July 1998 and not complying fully with
paragraph 2.2.3 of the Code may be accepted by the Administration until the Iifejacket Iight would normally
be replaced or until the first periodical survey after 1 )uly 2001, whichever is the earliest.
3 lmmersion suits
3.1 This paragraph applies to all cargo ships. However, with respect to cargo ships constructed before 1 July
2006, paragraphs 3.2 to 3.5 shall be complied with not later than the first safety equipment survey on or after
1 luly 2006.
3.2 An immersion suit of an appropriate size complying with the requirements of section 2.3 of the Code
shall be provided for every person on board the ship. However, for ships other than bulk carriers, as defined
in regulation lX/l, these immersion suits need not be required if the ship is constantly engaged on voyage. -
warm climates" where, in the opinion of the Administration, immersion suits are unnecessary.
3.3 lf a ship has any watch or work stations which are located remotely from the place or places u he'=
immersion suits are normally stowed, including remotely located survival craft carried in accordance \,, .-
regulation 31.1.4, additional immersion suits of an appropriate size shall be provided atthese locations for.-=
number of persons normally on watch or working at those locations at any time.
3.4 lmmersion suits shall be so placed as to be readily accessible and their position shall be plainly indicate.;
3.5 The immersion suits required by this regulation may be used to comply with the requirements ,-
regulation 7.3.
Regulation 33
Survival craft embarkation and launching arrangements
1 Cargo ship survival craft embarkation arrangements shall be so designed that lifeboats can be boarde:
and launched directly from the stowed position and davit-launched liferafts can be boarded and launched fror-
a position immediately adjacent to the stowed position or from a position to which the liferaft is transferrec
prior to launching in compliance with the requirements of regulation 13.5.
2 On cargo ships of 20,000 gross tonnage and upwards, Iifeboats shall be capable of being launchec
where necessary utilizing painters, with the ship making headway at speeds up to 5 knots in calm water.
Section IV
Life-saving appliances and arrangements requirements
Regulation 34
All life-saving appliances and arrangements shall comply with the applicable requirements of the Code.
Section V
Miscellaneous
Regulation 35
Training manual and on-board training aids
1 This regulation applies to all ships.
2 A training manual complying with the requirements of paragraph 3 shall be provided in each crew mess
room and recreation room or in each crew cabin.
3 The training manual, which may comprise several volumes, shall contain instructions and information, in
easily understood terms illustrated wherever possible, on the life-saving appliances provided in the ship and
on the best methods of survival. Any part of such information may be provided in the form of audio-visual aids
in lieu of the manual. The following shall be explained in detail:
.3 boarding, launching and clearing the survival craft and rescue boats, including, where applicable,
use of marine evacuation systems;
.6 methods and use of devices for protection in launching areas, where appropriate;
.7 illumination in launching areas;
.B use of all survival equipment;
.10 with the assistance of illustrations, the use of radio Iife-saving appliances;
."11 use of drogues;
.13 recovery of survival craft and rescue boats including stowage and securing;
|14 hazards of exposure and the need for warm clothing;
.15 best use of the survival craft facilities in order to survive;
.16 methods of retrieval, including the use of helicopter rescue gear (slings, baskets, stretchers),
breeches-buoy and shore life-saving apparatus ancl ship's line-throwing ap[aratus;
.17 all other functions contained in the muster list and emergency instructions; and
.18 instructions for emergency repair of the life-saving appliances.
4 Every ship fitted with a marine evacuation system shall be provided with on-board training aids in the
use of the system.
5 The training manual shall be written in the working language of the ship.
Regulation 36
I nstructions for on-board mai ntenance
lnstructions for on-board maintenance of Iife-saving appliances shall be easily understood, illustrated wherever
possible, and, as appropriate, shall include the following for each appliance:
.1 a checklist for use when carrying out the inspections required by regulation 20.7;
Regulation 37
Muster list and emergency instructions
1 The muster list shall specify details of the general emergency alarm and public address system prescribed
by section 7.2 of the Code and also action to be taken by crew and passengers when this alarm is soundecl.
The muster list shall also specify how the order to abandon ship will be given.
2 Each passenger ship shall have procedures in place for locating and rescuing passengers trapped in thel'
staterooms.
3 The muster list shall show the duties assigned to the different members of the crew including:
.1 closing of the watertight doors, fire doors, valves, scuppers, sidescuttles, skylights, portholes anc;
other similar openings in the ship;
.2 equipping of the survival craft and other life-saving appliances;
.3 preparation and launching of survival craft;
.4 general preparations of other Iife-saving appliances;
.5 muster of passengers;
.6 use of communication equipment;
4 The muster Iist shall specify which officers are assigned to ensure that life-saving and fire appliances are
maintained in good condition and are ready for immediate use.
5 The muster list shall specify substitutes for key persons who may become disabled, taking into accouni
that different emergencies may call for different actions.
6 The muster list shall show the duties assigned to members of the crew in relation to passengers in case
of emergency. These duties shall include:
.1 warning the passengers;
.2 seeing that they are suitably clad and have donned their lifejackets correctly;
7 The muster list shall be prepared before the ship proceeds to sea. After the muster list has been prepareC
if any change takes place in the crew which necessitates an alteration in the muster list, the master shall either
revise the list or prepare a new list.
B The format of the muster list used on passenger ships shall be approved.
Regulation 3B
Alternative design and arrangements
1
E
Purpose E
E
The purpose of this regulation is to provide a methodology for alternative clesign and arrangements for life-
E
saving appliances and arrangements.
2 General
2.1 Life-saving appliances and arrangements may deviate from the requirements set out in part B, provided
that the alternative design and arrangements meet the intent of the requirements concerned and provide an
equivalent level of safety to this chapter.
2.2 When alternative design or arrangements deviate from the prescriptive requirements of part B,
an engineering analysis, evaluation and approval of the design and arrangements shall be carried out in
accordance with this regulation.
3 Engineering analysis
The engineering analysis shall be prepared and submitted to the Administration, based on the guidelines
developed by the Organization* and shall include, as a minimum, the following elements:
.1 determination of the ship type and the life-saving appliance and arrangements concerned;
.2 identification of the prescriptive requirement(s) with which the Iife-saving appliance and
arrangements will not comply;
.3 identification of the reason the proposed design will not meet the prescriptive requirements
supported by compliance with other recognized engineering or industry standards;
.4 determination of the performance criteria for the ship and the life-saving appliance ancJ arrangements
concerned addressed by the relevant prescriptive requirement(s):
.4."1 performance criteria shall provide a level of safety not inferior to the relevant prescriptive
requirements contained in part B; and
.4.2 performance criteria shall be quantifiable and measurable;
.5 detailed description of the alternative design and arrangements, including a list of the assumptions
used in the design and any proposed operational restrictions or conditions;
.6 technical justification demonstrating that the alternative design and arrangements meet the safety
performance criteria; and
.7 risk assessment based on identification of the potential faults and hazards associated with the
proposal.
-
Refer to Cuidelines on alternative design and arrangements for SOLAS chapters I1-1 and Ill (MSC..l/Circ..l212).
4.2 A copy of the documentation, as approved by the Administration, indicating that the alternative cles .-
and arrangements comply with this regulation, shall be carried on board the ship.
Exchange of information
The Administration shall communicate to the Organization pertinent information concerning alternative desi.-
and arrangements approved by them for circulation to all Contracting Covernments.
Refer to Cuidelines on alternative design and arrangements for SOLAS chapters ll-1 and lll (MSC.IiCirc.l212)
SOI.AS CONSOLIDATED
EDITION 2O14
Part A
Ceneral
Regulation 1
Application
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter applies to all ships to which the present regulations
apply and to cargo ships of 300 gross tonnage and upwards.
2 This chapter does not apply to ships to which the present regulations would otherwise apply while such
ships are being navigated within the Creat Lakes of North America and their connecting and tributary waters
as far east as the lower exit of the St Lambert Lock at Montreal in the Province of Quebec, Canada.*
3 No provision in this chapter shall prevent the use by any ship, survival craft or person in distress, of any
means at their disposal to attract attention, make known their position and obtain help.
Regulation 2
Terms and definitions
For the purpose of this chapter, the following terms shall have the meanings defined below:
.1 Bridge-to-bridge communications means safety communications between ships from the position
from which the ships are normally navigated.
) Continuous watch means that the radio watch concerned shall not be interrupted other than for brief
intervals when the ship's receiving capability is impaired or blocked by its own communications or
when the facilities are under periodical maintenance or checks.
.3 Digital selective calling (DSC) means a technique using digital codes which enables a radio station
to establish contact with, and transfer information to, another station or group of stations, and
complying with the relevant recommendations of the lnternational Radio Consultative Committee
(CCtn).t
.4 Direct-printing telegraphy means automated telegraphy techniques which comply with the relevant
recommendations of the lnternational Radio Consultative Committee (CCtn;.t
.5 Ceneral radiocommunications means operational and public correspondence traffic, other than
distress, urgency and safety messages, conducted by radio.
.6 lnmarsati means the Organization established by the Convention on the lnternational Maritime
Satellite Organization adopted on 3 September 1976.
' Such ships are subject to special requirements relative to radio for safety purposes, as contained in the relevant agreement between
Canada and the United States of America.
'i
The name of the Committee was changed to "lTU Radiocommunication Sector" (ITU-R) due to Article 1 of the International
Telecommunication Constitution, Ceneva, 1992.
i The name of the Organization was changed to "lnternational Mobile Satellite Organization" (lnmarsat) by virtue of amendments to
.1Oth
its Convention and Operating Agreement adopted by the (extraordinary) Assembly (5 to 9 December 1994).
.7 lnternational NAVTEX service means the coordinated broadcast and automatic reception on 516
l<Hz of maritime safety information by means of narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy using the
English language.*
.11 Radio Regulations means the Radio Regulations annexed to, or regarded as being annexed to, the
tu .-12
most recent lnternational Telecommunication Convention which is in force at any time.
Sea area A/ means an area within the radiotelephone coverage of at least one VHF coast station i:
which continuous DSC alerting is available, as may be defined by a Contracting Covernment.+
.13 Sea area A2 means an area, excluding sea area A1, within the radiotelephone coverage of at Ieasl
one MF coast station in which continuous DSC alerting is available, as may be defined br a
Contracting Covernment.r
.-14 Sea area A3 means an area, excluding sea areas A1 and 42, within the coverage of an lnmarsai
geostationary satellite in which continuous alerting is available.
.15 Sea area A4 means an area outside sea areas A1 , A2 and A3.
."16 Clobal maritime distress and safety system (CMDSS) identities means maritime mobile services
identity, the ship's call sign, Inmarsat identities and serial number identity which may be transmitted
by the ship's equipment and used to identify the ship.
2 All other terms and abbreviations which are used in this chapter and which are defined in the Radio
Regulations and in the lnternational Convention on Maritime Search and Rescue (SAR), 1979, as may lte
amended, shall have the meanings as defined in those Regulations and the SAR Convention.
Regulation 3
Exemptions
1 The Contracting Covernments consider it highly desirable not to deviate from the requirements of this
chapter; nevertheless the Administration may grant partial or conditional exemptions to individual ships fronr
the requirements of regulations 7 to 11 provided:
.1 such ships comply with the functional requirements of regulation 4; and
.2 the Administration has taken into account the effect such exemptions may have upon the generar
efficiency of the service for the safety of all ships.
unreasonable or unnecessary;
.2 in exceptional circumstances, for a single voyage outside the sea area or sea areas for which the
ship is equipped.
3 Each Administration shall submit to the Organization, as soon as possible after the first of January in each
year, a report showing all exemptions granted under paragraphs 1 and 2 during the previous calendar year and
giving the reasons for granting such exemptions.
" Refer to the NAVTEX Manual (lMO publication, sales number lD951E).
i Refer to Provision of radio services for the global maritime distress and safety system (CMDSS) (resolution A.801(19), as amendedi.
Regulation 4
F u n cti o n al req u i re ments*
.1 except as provided in regulations B.'1.1 and 10.1.4.3, of transmitting ship-to-shore distress alerts by
at least two separate and independent means, each using a different radiocommunication service;
.2 of receiving shore-to-ship distress alerts;
.3 of transmitting and receiving ship-to-ship distress alerts;
.4 of transmitting and receiving search and rescue coordinating communications;
.5 of transmitting and receiving on-scene communications;
.6 of transmitting and, as required by regulationY/19.2.3.2, receiving signals for locating;t
.7 of transmitting and receivingt maritime safety information;
.B of transmitting.nld receiving general radiocommunications to and from shore-based radio systems
or networks subject to regulation 15.8; and
.9 of transmitting and receiving bridge-to-bridge communications.
Regulation 4-1
CM DSS satellite providers
The Maritime Safety Committee shall determine the criteria, procedures and arrangements for the evaluation,
recognition, review and oversight of the provision of mobile satellite communicaiion services in the Clobal
Varitime Distress and Safety System (CMDSS) pursuant to the provisions of this chapter.$
Regulation 5
Provision of radiocommu nication services
"l Each Contracting Covernment undertakes to make available, as it deems practical and necessary either
individually or in cooperation with other Contracting Covernments, appropriate shore-based facilities for space
and terrestrial radiocommunication services having due regard to the recommendations of the Organizaiion.-
These services are:
.3 the maritime mobile service in the bands between 156 MHz and 174 MHz;
.4 the maritime mobile service in the bands between 4,OOO kHz and 27,500 kHz; and
.5 the maritime mobile service in the bands between 415 kHz and 535 kHzf and between 1,605 kHz
and 4,000 kHz.
2 Each Contracting Covernment undertakes to provide the Organization with pertinent information
concerning the shore-based facilities in the maritime mobile service, mobile-satellite service and maritime
mobile-satellite service, established for sea areas which it has designated off its coasts.S
Regulation 5-1
Clobal maritime distress and safety system identities
2 Each Contracting Covernment undertakes to ensure that suitable arrangements are made for registering
global maritime distress and safety system (CMDSS) identities and for making information on these identities
available to rescue coordination centres on a 24-hour basis. Where appropriate, international organizations
maintaining a registry of these identities shall be notified by the Contracting Covernment of these assignments.
Regulation 6
Radio installations
1 Every ship shall be provided with radio installations capable of complying with the functional requirements
prescribed by regulation 4 throughout its intended voyage and, unless exempied under regulation 3,
complying
with the requirements of regulation 7 and, as appropriite for the sea area or areas throJgh which it *iil pass
during its intended voyage, the requirements oi'either regulation B, 9, 10 or 11.
.1 bre so located that no harmful interference of mechanical, electrical or other origin affects its proper
use, and so as to ensure electromagnetic compatibility and avoidance of harilful interaction with
other equipment and systems;
.2 be so located as to ensure the greatest possible degree of safety and operational availability;
.3 be protected against harmful effects of water, extremes of temperature and other adverse
environmental conditions;
.4 be provided with reliable, permanently arranged electrical lighting, indepenclent of the main and
emer$ency sources of electrical power, for the adequate illumination of the radio controls for
operating the radio installation; and
.5 be clearly marked with the call sign, the ship station identity and other codes as applicable for the
use of the radio installation.
3 Control of the VHF radiotelephone channels, required for navigational safety, shall be immediately
available on the navigation bridge convenient to the conning position and, *h"re necessary, facilities should
be available to permit radiocommunications from the wings of the navigation bridge. Portable VHF equipment
may be used to meet the latter provision.
4 In passenger ships,.a distress panel shall be installed at the conning position. This panel shall contain either
one single button which, when pressed, initiates a distress alert using all radiocommunication installations
required on board for that purpose or one button for each individual installation. The panel shall clearly and
visually indicate whenever any button or buttons have been pressed. Means shall be providecl to prevent
inadvertent activation of the button or buttons. lf the satellite f ping is used as the secondary means of distress
alerting and is not remotely activated, it shall be acceptable to have an additional EpIRB installed in the
wheelhouse near the conning position.
5 .ln passenger ships, information on the ship's position shall be continuously and automatically provided
to all relevant radiocommunication equipment to be included in the initial distiess alert when the ltutton or
buttons on the distress panel is pressed.
6 ln passenger ships, a distress alarm panel shall be installed at the conning position. The distress alarm
panel shall provide visual and aural indication of any distress alert or alerts received on board anc{ shall also
indicate through which radiocommunication service the distress alerts have been received.
Regulation 7
Radio equipment: Ceneral
.1.1 DSC on the frequenc y 156.525 MHz (channel 70). lt shall be possible to in itiate the transmission
of distress alerts on channel 70 from the position from which the ship is normally navigated;''
and
.155.550
;1.2 radiotelephonyon thefrequencles 156.300 MHz (channel 6), MHz (channel 13)and
156.800 MHz (channel 16);
.2 a radio installation capable of maintaining a continuous DSC watch on VHF channel 70 which mar
be separate from, or combined with, that required by subparagraph 1.1;*
-
.J a search and rescue locating device capable of operating either in the 9 CHz band or on frequencies
dedicated for AlS, which:
.3.2 may be one of those required by regulation llll6.2.2 for a survival craft;
.4 a receiver capable of receiving international NAVTEX service broadcasts if the ship is engaged on
voyages in any area in which an international NAVTEX service is provided;
.5 a radio facility for reception of maritime safety information by the lnmarsat enhanced group
calling system if the ship is engaged on voyages in any area of lnmarsat coverage but in which an
international NAVTEX service is not provided. However, ships engaged exclusively on voyages in
areas where an HF direct-printing telegraphy maritime safety information service is provided and
fitted with equipment capable of receiving such service, may be exempt from this requirement.i
.6 subject to the provisions of regulation 8.3, a satellite emergency position-indicating radio beacon
(satellite EPIRB)i which shall be:
.6.1 capable of transmitting a distress alert through the polar orbiting satellite service operating in
the 406 MHz band;
.6.3 ready to be manually released and capable of being carried by one person into a survival
crafu
.6.4 capable of floating free if the ship sinks and of being automatically activated when afloat; and
2 Every passenger ship shall be provided with means for two-way on-scene radiocommunications for
search and rescue purposes using the aeronautical frequencies 121.5 MHz and 123.1 MHz from the position
from which the ship is normally navigated.
*
Certain ships may be exempted from this requirement (see regulation 9.4).
i Refer to Recommendation on promulgation of maritime safety information (resolution A.705(17), as amended).
+ Refer to Search and rescue homing capability (resolution A.616(15)).
Regulation B
Radio equipment: Sea area Al
1 ln addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every ship engaged on voyages exclusively in
sea area A1 shall be provided with a radio installation capable of initiating the transmission of ship-to-shore
distress alerts from the position from which the ship is normally navigated, operating either:
."1 on VHF using DSC; this requirement may be fulfilled by the EPIRB prescribed by paragraph 3,
either by installing the EPIRB close to, or by remote activation from, the position from which the
ship is normally navigated; or
.2 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 405 MHz; this requirement may be fulfilled by the
satellite EPIRB, required by regulation 7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to, or by
remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated; or
.3 if the ship is engaged on voyages within coverage of MF coast stations equipped with DSC, on MF
using DSC; or
.4 on HF using DSC; or
.5 through the Inmarsat geostationary satellite service; this requirement may be fulfilled by:
.5.1 an Inmarsat ship earth station;* or
.5.2 the satelliteEPIRB, required by regulation7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to,
or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated.
2 The VHF radio installation, required by regulation 7.1.1, shall also be capable of transmitting ancl receiving
general radiocommunications using radiotelephony.
3 .
Ships engaged on voyages exclusively in sea area 41 may carry, in lieu of the satellite EPIRB required by
regulation 7.1.6, an EPIRB which shall be:
.1 capable of transmitting a distress alert using DSC on VHF channel 70 and providing for locating by
means of a radar transponder operating in the 9 CHz band;
.3 ready to be manually released and capable of being carried by one person into a survival craft;
.4 capable of floating free if the ship sinks and being automatically activated when afloat; and
Regulation 9
Radio equipment: Sea areas Al and 42
-l ln addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every ship engaged on voyages beyond sea area
A1, but remaining within sea area 42, shall be provided with:
.1 an MF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving, for distress and safety purposes, on
the frequencies:
.1.1 2,187.5 kHz using DSC; and
This requirement can be met by lnmarsat ship earth stations capable of two-way communications, such as Inmarsat-B and Flect-77
resolutions A.B0B(19) and MSC.130(75)) or lnmarsat-C (resoluiion A.807(19), as amended) ship earth stations. Unless otherwise
specified, this footnote applics to all requirements for an lnmarsat ship earth station prescribed by this chapter.
.3.1 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 406 MHz; this requirement may_le fulfilled
i:
I
"
the satellite EplRB, requlr;d by regulation7.1.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB
close:-
or
or by remote activation from,'the"position from which the ship is normally navigated;
The ship shall, in addition, be capable of transmitting and receiving general radiocommunications
usii"
3
radiotelephony or direct-printing telegraphy by either:
.1 a radio installation operating on working frequencies in the bands between 1,605 kHz
4,000 kHz or between +,OO"O kUz and )l,5OO kHz. This requirement may be fulfilled bi
addition of this capability in the equipment required by paragraph 1.1; or
Regulation 10
Badio equipment; Sea areas A1, A2 and A3
voyages beyond sea area:
1 ln addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every ship engaged.on
of paragrapr-
A.l and 42, but remaining"within sea area A3, shai1, if it does not comply with
the requirements
2, be provided with:
.1.3 maintaining watch for shore-to-ship distress alerts, including those directed to specificall"
defined geograPhical areas;
radiotelephony o"
.-1.4 transmitting and receiving general radiocommunications, using
di rect-printing telegraPhY; and
.4 means of initiating the transmission of shipto-shore distress alerts by a radio service operating either:
.4.1 through the polar orbiting satellite service on 406 MHz; this requirement may be fulfilled by
the satellite EPIRB, required by regulation7.l.6, either by installing the satellite EPIRB close to,
or by remote activation from, the position from which the ship is normally navigated; or
.4.2 on HF using DSC; or
.4.3 through the lnmarsat geostationary satellite service by an additional ship earth station.
2 ln addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, every ship engaged on voyages beyond sea
areas A1 and 42, but remaining within sea area 43, shall, if it does not comply with the requirements o{
-1,
paragraph be provided with:
.1 an MF/HF radio installation capable of transmitting and receiving, for distress and safety purposes,
on all distress and safety frequencies in the bands between 1,605 kHz and 4,000 kHz and between
4,000 kHz and 27,500 kHz:
.1.1 using DSC;
Jl.2 using radiotelephony; and
.1.3 using direct-printing telegraphy; and
.2 equipment capable of maintaining DSC watch on 2,187.5 kHz, 8,414.5 kHz and on at least one
of the distress and safety DSC frequencies 4,207.5 kHz, 6,312 kHz, 12,577 kHz or 16,804.5 kHz;
at any time, it shall be possible to select any of these DSC distress and safety frequencies. This
equipment may be separate from, or combined with, the equipment required by subparagraph .1;
and
.4 in addition, ships shall be capable of transmitting and receiving general radiocommunications using
radiotelephony or direct-printing telegraphy by an MF/HF radio installation operating on working
frequencies in the bands between 1,605kHz and 4,000 kHz and between 4,OOOkHzand27,500
kHz. This requirement may be fulfilled by the addition of this capability in the equipment required
by subparagraph .1.
3 It shall be possible to initiate transmission of distress alerts by the radio installations specif ied in paragraphs
1.1,1.2,1.4,2.1 and 2.3 from the position from which the ship is normally navigated.
4 The Administration may exempt ships constructed before .l February 1997, and engaged exclusively on
voyages within sea areas 42 and 43, from the requirements of regulations 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.2 provided such ships
maintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16. This watch shall be kept atthe
position from which the ship is normally navigated.
Regulation 11
Radio equipment: Sea areas Al, 42, 43 and 44
'l ln addition to meeting the requirements of regulation 7, ships engaged on voyages in all sea areas shall
be provided with the radio installations and equipment required by regulation 10.2, except that the equipment
required by regulation 10.2.3.2 shall not be accepted as an alternative to that required by regulation 10.2.3.1,
rvhich shall always be provided. ln addition, ships engaged on voyages in all sea areas shall comply with the
requirements of regulation 10.3.
2 The Administration may exempt ships constructed before 1 February 1997, and engaged exclusivelr --
voyageswithinseaareas A2,A3 and44,fromtherequirementsof regulations7.l.1.1 andT.l.2provideds-.-
ships maintain, when practicable, a continuous Iistening watch on VHF channel 16. This watch shall be k=:
at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.
I Regulation 12
Watches
.1 on VHF DSC channel T0, I the ship, in accordance with the requirements of regulation 7.1,2, .
Et._.-_ - - fitted with a VHF radio installation;
.2 on the distress and safety DSC frequency 2,187.5 k1z, if the ship, in accordance with tl'e
,|0.1.3,
requirements of regulation9.1.2 or is fitted with an MF radio installation;
.3 on the distress and safety DSC frequencies 2,1 87.5 kHz and 8,414.5 l<Hz and also on at least ont
of the distress and safety DSC frequencies 4,207.5 kHz, 6,312 kH2,12,577 kHz or 16,804.5 kHz
appropriate to the time of day and the geographical position of the ship, if the ship, in accordance
with the requirements of regulation 10.2.2 or 11.1, is fitted with an MF/HF radio installation. Th:.
watch may be kept by means of a scanning receiver;
.4 for satellite shore-to-ship distress alerts, if the ship, in accordance with the requirements of regulatior
10.-1.1, is fitted with an lnmarsat ship earth station.
2 Every ship, while at sea, shall maintain a radio watch for broadcasts of maritime safety information on the
appropriate frequency or frequencies on which such information is broadcast for the area in which the ship is
navigating.
3 Until 1 February 1999 or until such other date as may be determined by the Maritime Safety Committee.'
every ship while at sea shall maintain, when practicable, a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16.
This watch shall be kept at the position from which the ship is normally navigated.
Regulation 13
Sources of energy
1 There shall be available at all times, while the ship is at sea, a supply of electrical energy sufficient to
operate the radio installations and to charge any batteries used as part of a reserve source or sources of energr
for the radio installations.
2 A reserve source or sources of energy shall be provided on every ship, to supply radio installations, for
the purpose of conducting distress and safety radiocommunications, in the event of failure of the ship's main
and emergency sources of electrical power. The reserve source or sources of energy shall be capable of
simultaneously operating the VHF radio installation required by regulation 7.1.1 and, as appropriate for the sea
area or sea areas for which the ship is equipped, either the MF radio installation required by regulation 9.1.1,
the MF/HF radio installation required by regulation 10.2.1 or 11.1, or the Inmarsat ship earth station required
.10.1
by regu lation .1 and any of the additional loads mentioned in paragraphs 4, 5 and B for a period of at least:
.1 'l h on ships provided with an emergency source of electrical power, if such source of power
complies fully with all relevant provisions of regulation ll-1142 or 43, including the supply of such
power to the radio installations; and
- .l
Referto Maintenance of a continuous listening watch on VHF channel 16 by SOLAS ships whilst at sea after February 1999 and
installation of VHF DSC facilities on non-SOLAS ships (resolution MSC.131(75)).
.2 6 h on ships not provided with an emergency source of electrical power complying fully with
all relevant provisions of regulation ll-1142 or 43, including the supply of such power io the radio
installations.*
The reserve source or sources of energy need not supply independent HF and MF raclio installations
at the
same time.
3 The reserve source or sources of energy shall be independent of the propelling power of the ship
and the
ship's electrical system.
4 Where, in addition to the VHF radio installation, two or more of the other radio installations, referrecl
to in. paragraph
2, can be connected to the reserve source or sources of energy, they shall be capable of
simultaneously supplying, for the period specified, as appropriate, in paragtupiiZ.l or 2.2, the VHF
radio
installation and:
.'l all other radio installations which can be connected to the reserve source or sources of energy
at
the same time; or
.2 whichever of the other radio installations will consume the most power, if only one of the
other
radio installations can be connected to the reserve source or sources of energy at the same time
as
the VHF radio installation.
5 The reserve source or sources of energy may be used to supply the electrical lighting required by
regulation 6.2.4.
.1 a means of,automatically charging such batteries shall be provided which shall be capable of
recharging them to minimum capacity requirements within 1b h; and
.2 the capacity of the battery or batteries shall be checked, using an appropriate method,i' at intervals
not exceeding 12 months, when the ship is not at sea.
7 . The siting and installation of accumulator batteries which provide a reserve source of energy shall be
such as to ensure:
.2 a reasonable lifetime;
.3 reasonable safety;
.4 that battery temperatures remain within the manufacturer's specifications whether uncler charge or
idle; and
.5 that when fully charged, the batteries will provide at least the minimum required hours of operation
under all weather conditions.
B lf an uninterrupted input of information from the ship's navigational or other equipment to a radio
installation required by this chapter, including the navigation receiverleferred to in regulaiion lB, is needed to
ensure its proper performance, means shall be provided to ensure the continuous su[ply of such information
in the event of failure of the ship's main or emergency source of electrical power.
" For gu.idance, the following formula is recommended for,determinlngJh.e electrical Ioad to be supplied
by the reserve source of
energy for each radio installition required for d,istress conditions: 1/2"o1 the current consumption necesrnrf for transmissio".ilfr"
currenl consumplion necessarv lor reception r the current r onsumplion oI any additional loads.
' One method o[ chet king the capacilv o[ an accumulalor bailery is to fully discharqe and recharce lhe balerr. usino normal
operating rurrent and period {e.g. 10.h,. AssessmenI o[ the charge rondition can be madE at any time, E t ir ifrorf Jn; ;;"3;ilh";i
signiticant discharge of the battery when the ship is at sea.
Regulation'14
Regulation 14
Performance standards
1 AII equipment to which this chapter applies shall be of a type approved by the Administratio-
Such equipment shall conform to appropriate performance standards not inferior to those adopted b1' th.
I Organization.'"
Regulation 15
M ai nte n ance re q u i re m e nts
1 Equipment shall be so designed that the main units can be replaced readily, without elaborate recalibratio^
€ or readjustment.
2 Where applicable, equipment shall be so constructed and installed that it is readily accessible fc-
inspection and on-board maintenance purposes.
3 Adequate information shall be provided to enable the equipment to be properly operated and maintainec:
taking into account the recommendations of the Organization.l
Reicr to:
.1 Performance standards for narrow-band direct-printing telegraph equipment for thc reception of navigational a--.
meteorological warnings and urgent information tcl shipslresolution A.525(13), as revised);
.2 Ceneral requirements for shipborne radio equipment forming part of the global maritime distress and safety system (CMDS:
and for clectronic navigational aids (resolution A.694(17));
..) performance standards for ship e.trth stations capable of two-way communications (resolution A.B0B(19), as revisedra-:
Type approval of ship earth itations iresolution A 570(14)) and'Performance standards for lnmarsat ship earth statio-.
capable of two-way communications (MSC.1 30(75));
.4 Performance standards for shipborne VHF radio installations capable of voice communication and digital selective call
-.
(resoluti(rn A.803(19), as amended) ancl resolution MSC.6B(68), anner 1 rvalid ior equipment installed on or after 1 Janu.:'
2000);
.5 Performance standards for :hipborne MF radio installations capable of voice communication and digital selective call.--
(resolution A.804(19), as amendedl and resolution MSC.68(68), annex 2 (valid for equipment installed on or after 1 Janu.--
2000);
.6 performance standards for shipborne MF/HF radio installations capable of voice communication, narrow-band dire.-
pri."t,"g u.J Jigital selective calling {resolution A.806(19), as amended) and resolution MSC.68(68), annex 3 (valicl '
-
.15 periormance standards for a shipborne integrated radiocommunication system (IRCS) when used in the CMDSS (resolutir -
A.811(19)); and
.1
performance standards for on-scene (aeronautical)two-way portable VHF radiotelephone apparatus (resolution MSC.B0t,
6
L
annex 1 ).
i Refer to Recommcndation on general requirements for shipborne radio equipment forming part of the. global maritime distress ar -
5atetV \yslem and [or n.-trigationol aids,resolulion A.6Q4, 17,,, Ceneral requirciirentt for.eletlrom.rtneli( compJlihil'
ig,ydl iti .tt "t".ironiF
and electronii ship's equipment (resolution A.813(19), and Clarifications of certain requirements in lNlL
performance "t".trilut
standards for CMDSS equipment (MSC/Circ.B62).
aac)
L/ \) SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 2O1T
Part C: Ship requirements
Regulation 17
Regulation 16
Radio personnel
1 Every ship shall carry personnel qualified for distress
and safety radiocommunication purposes
to the satisfaction of the Administration.l The personnel rnurr
rr" holdels of certificates specified in the
Radio Regulations as appropriate, any one of whom
shall be Jesignated to have primary responsibility for
radiocommun ications during distress inciclents.
Regulation 17
Radio records
A record shall be kept, to the satisfaction of the Administration
and as required by the Radio Regulations, of
connected with the radiocommunication service which
appear to bJoi irporrance to safety of
ilLn:::tt
maintenance guidelines for the global maritime distress
and safety sysrem related to sea areas A3 and A,t (resolution
^.1"#i-.il,:'o'o
' Refer to the STCW Code, chapter lV, section B_lVl2.
Regulation 1B
Position-updating
AII two-way communication equipment carried on board a ship to which this chapter applies which.is capal =
of automatically including the ship's position in the distress alert shall be automatically provided with th s
information from an inteinal or external navigation receiver, if either is installed. lf such a receiver is i-t.
installed, the ship's position and the time at which the position was determined shall be manually updaie:
at intervals not exceecling 4 h, while the ship is under way, so that it is always ready for transmission bi t:e
equipment.
Page
Regulation 1 Application
285
Regulation 2 Definitions.
285
Regulation 3 Exemptions and equivalents. . .
286
Regulation 4 Navigational warnings
286
Regulation 5 Meteorological services and warnings
286
Regulation 6 lce Patrol Service. . .
10-
zo/
Regulation 7 Search and rescue services
-/-oo
Regulation B Life-saving signals aoo
zoo
Regulation 9 Hydrographic services
zoo
Regulation 10 Ships'routeing. . .
289
Regulation 11 Ship reporting systems
290
Regulation 12 Vessel traffic services. . . .
291
Regulation 13 Establishment and operation of aids to navigation.
292
Regulation 14 Ships'manning...
292
Regulation 15 Principles relating to bridge design, design and arrangement
of navigational systems
and equipment and bridge proc"drres.:. .
292
Regulation 16 Maintenance of equipment . .
293
Regulation 17 Electromagnetic compatibility .
293
Regulation 1B Approval, surveys and performance standards of navigational
systems
293
Regulation 19 carriage requirements for shipborne navigationar systems
and equipment . . . . . 295
Regulation 19-1 Long-range identification and tracking of ships
300
Regulation 20 Voyage data recorders. . . .
303
Regulation 21 lnternational Code of Signals and IAMSAR Manual
303
Regulation 22 Navigation bridge visibility.
303
Regulation 23 Pilot transfer arrangements. . . .
305
Regulation 24 Use of heading and/or track control svstems
307
Regulation 25 Operation of steering gear. .
307
Regulation 26 Steering gear: testing and drills
308
Regulation 27 Nautical charts and nautical publications.
308
Regulation 28 Records of navigational activities and daily reporting
309
Regulation 29 Life-saving signals to be used by ships, aircraft or persons
in distress. 309
Page
Regulation 1
lpplication
I Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter
shall apply to all ships on all voyages, except:
'1 warships, naval auxiliaries and other ships owned
or operated by a contracting covernment and
used only on Covernment non_commercial service;
and
'2 ships solely navigating the creat Lakes of North
America and their connecting and tributary waters
as far east as the lower exit of the St Lambert province
Lock at Montreal in the of euebec, canada.
However, warships, naval auxiliaries or other ships
owned or operated by a Contracting covernment and
used only on covernment non-commercial service
are encouraged to act in a manner consistent, so far
reasonable and practicable, with this chapter. as
4 The Administration shall determine to what e"xfgnt the provisions of regulations -l5,
22, 23,24,25, 26,27 and 2B do not apply to the following 16,17,18, 19,20,21,
lri"gori", of ships:
.1 ships below 150 gross tonnage engaged on any voyage;
Regulation 2
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter:
-l Constructed in respect of a ship means a stage of construction
where:
.1 the keel is laid; or
.2 construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; or
Mobile offshore drilling unit means a mobile offshore drilling unit as defined in regulation Xl-211.1.5.
Regulation 3
Exem ptions and equ ivalents
1 The Administration may grant general exemptions from the requirements of regulations 15, 17, 18, 19
(except 19.2.1.7), 20, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27 and 28 to ships without mechanical means of propulsion.
2 The Administration may grant to individual ships exemptions or equivalents of a partial or conditional
nature, when any such ship is engaged on a voyage where the maximum distance of the ship from the
shore, the Iength and nature of the voyage, the absence of general navigational hazards, and other conditions
affecting safety are such as to render the full application of this chapter unreasonable or unnecessary, provided
that the Administration has taken into account the effect such exemptions and equivalents may have upon the
safety of all other ships.
3 Each Administration shall subrmit to the Organization, as soon as possible after 1 January in each year, a
report summarizing all new exemptions and equivalents granted under paragraph2 of this regulation during the
previous calendar year and giving the reasons for granting such exemptions and equivalents. The Organizatron
shall circulate such particulars to other Contracting Covernments for information.
Regulation 4
Navigational warnings
Each Contracting Covernment shall take all steps necessary to ensure that, when intelligence of any dangers
is received from whatever reliable source, it shall be promptly brought to the knowledge of those concerned
and communicated to other interested Covernments.*
Regulation 5
Meteorological services and warnings
1 Contracting Covernments undertake to encourage the collection of meteorological data by ships at sea
and to arrange for their examination, dissemination and exchange in the manner most suitable for the purpose
of aiding navigation.l Administrations shall encourage the use of meteorological instruments of a high degree
of accuracy ,nd rhull facilitate the checking of such instruments upon request. Arrangements may be made br
appropriate national meteorological services for this checking to be undertaken, free of charge to the ship'
* Refer to Cuidance on the IMO/lHO World-Wide Navigational Warning Service (resolution A,.706 (17), as amended).
r Refer to Recommendation on weather routeing (resolution A.528(13).
t Refer to regulations \V17.1.4 and IV/7.1 .5.
.3 To prepare and issue such publications as may be necessary for the efficient conduct of
meteorological work at sea and to arrange, if practicable, for the publication and making available
of daily weather charts for the information of departing ships.
.4 To arrange for a selection of ships to be equipped with tested marine meteorological instruments
(such as a barometer, a barograph, a psychrometer and suitable apparatus foi measuring sea
temperature) for use in this service, and to take, record and transmit meteorological observJtiont
at the main standard times for surface synoptic observations (i.e. at least four times daily, whenever
circumstances permit) and to encourage other ships to take, record and transmit observations in a
modified form, particularly when in areas where shipping is sparse.
.5 To encourage companies to involve as many of their ships as practicable in the making and recording
of weather observations; these observations to be transmitted using the ship's terr6strial or" ,pu.6
radiocommunications facilities for the benefit of the various national meteorological services.
.6 The transmission of these weather observations is free of charge to the ships concerned.
-7 When in the vicinity of a tropical cyclone, or of a suspected tropical cyclone, ships shoulcl be
encouraged to take and transmit their observations at more frequent intervals whenever practicable,
bearing in mind navigational preoccupations of ships' officers during storm conditions.
.B To arrange for the reception and transmission of weather messages from and to ships, using the
appropriate shore-based facilities for terrestrial and space radiocommunications services.
.9 To encourage masters to inform ships in the vicinity and also shore stations whenever they
experience a wind speed of 50 knots or more (force l0 on the Beaufort scale).
3 The information provided for in this regulation shall be furnished in a form for transmission and be
transmitted in the order of priority prescribed by the Radio Regulations. During transmission "to all stations,,
of meteorological information, forecasts and warnings, all ship stations must conform to the provisions of the
Radio Regulations.
4 Forecasts, warnings, synoptic and other meteorological data intended for ships shall be issued and
disseminated by the national meteorological service in the best position to serve various coastal and high seas
areas, in accordance with mutual arrangements made by Contracting Covernments, in particular as defined
by the World Meteorological Organization's system for the preparation and dissemination of meteorological
forecasts and warnings for the high seas under the global maritime distress and safety system (CMDSS).
Regulation 6
lce Patrol Service
1 The lce Patrol contributes to safety of life at sea, safety and efficiency of navigation and protection of
the marine environment in the North Atlantic. Ships transiting the region of icebergs glarded by ihe lce patrol
during the ice season are required to make use of the services provided by the tce patrol.
2 The Contracting Covernments undertake to continue an ice patrol and a service for study and observation
of ice conditions in the North Atlantic. During the whole of the ice season, i.e. for the period from 15 February
through 1 July of each year, the south-eastern, southern and south-western limits of the region of icebergs in
the vicinity of the Crand Banks of Newfoundland shall be guarded for the purpose of informing passing shi[s of
the extent of this dangerous region; for the study of ice conditions in general; and for the purpose of iifoiding
assistance to ships and crews requiring aid within the limits of operation of the patrol ships and aircraft. Durin[
the rest of the year the study and observation of ice conditions shall be maintained as advisable.
3 Ships and aircraft used for the lce Patrol Service and the study and observation of ice conditions nra', : =
assigned other duties provided that such other duties do not interfere with the primary purpose or incre:.-
the cost of this service.
4 The Covernment of the United States of America agrees to continue the overall management of the --=
Patrol Service and the study and observation of ice conditions, including the dissemination of informa: - -
therefrom.
5 The terms and conditions governing the management, operation and financing of the lce Patrol are .=-
forth in the Rules for the management, operation and financing of the North Atlantic lce Patrol appenc{ec
this chapter, which shall form an integral part of this chapter.
6 ll, at any time, the United States and/or Canadian Covernments should desire to discontinue proric -.
these services, it may do so and the Contracting Covernments shall settle the question of continuing the..
services in accordance with their mutual interests. The United States and/or Canadian Covernments sr"
provide 1B months'written notice to all Contracting Covernments whose ships entitled to fly their flag ar-
whose ships are registered in territories to which those Contracting Covernments have extended this regulai:,- ^
benefit from these services before discontinuing providing these services.
Regulation 7
Search and rescue services
1 Each Contracting Covernment undertakes to ensure that necessary arrangements are made for distres.
communication and coordination in their area of responsibility and for the rescue of persons in distress at se.
around its coasts. These arrangements shall include the establishment, operation and maintenance oi suc-
search and rescue facilities as are deemed practicable and necessary, having regard to the density of tr =
seagoing traffic and the navigational dangers, and shall, so far as possible, provide adequate means of locatir-.
and rescuing such persons."
2 Each Contracting Covernment undertakes to make available information to the Organization concernii.
its existing search and rescue facilities and the plans for changes therein, if any.
3 Passenger ships to which chapter I applies shall have on board a plan for cooperation with appropria:e
search and rescue services in the event of an emergency. The plan shall be developed in cooperation betrree:
the ship, the company, as defined in regulation lX/1, and the search and rescue services. The plan shall incluc.
provisions for periodic exercises to be undertaken to test its effectiveness. The plan shall be developed basec
on the guidelines developed by the Organization.
Regulation B
Life-saving signals
Contracting Covernments undertaketo arrangethat life-savingsignals are used by search and rescuefacilities
engaged in search and rescue operations when communicating with ships or persons in distress.
Regulation 9
Hydrographic services
1 Contracting Covernments undertake to arrange for the collection and compilation of hydrographic da:a
and the publication, dissemination and keeping up to date of all nautical information necessary for saie
navigation.
'' Reier to the International Convention on Maritime Search and Rescue (SAR), 1979, ancl to the following resolutions adopted bv t-.
Organization: Homing capability of search and rescue (SAR) aircraft (resolution A,225(VIl)), Use of radar transponders for search ar-
resiue purposes (resolution A.5j0(13)), Search and rescue homing capability (resolution A.616(15)) and lnternational Aeronautical ar
Maritime Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual (resolution A.894(21), as amended).
'1 to ensure that hydrographic surveying is carried out, as far as possibrle, adequate
to the requirements
of safe navigation;
'2 to prepare and issue nautical charts, sailing directions, lists of lights, tide tables
and other nautical
publications, where applicable, satisfying the needs of safe navilation;
.3 to promulgate notices to mariners in order that nautical charts and publications
are kept, as far as
possible, up to date; and
.4 to provide data management arrangements to support these services.
Regulation 10
Ships' routeing
1 Ships' routeing systems contribute to safety of life at sea, safety and efficiency of navigation and/or
protection of the marine environment. Ships' routeing systems are recommencled
for use by, and may be
made mandatory for, al,l ships, certain categories of shifis or ships carrying
certain cargoes, when adopted and
implemented in accordance with the guidelines and ciiteria cleveloped fy the
organ}ation.i
2 .
The organization is recognized as the only international body for developing guidelines,
criteria and
regulations on an international level for ships' rouieing systems. Contracting
Coveinm"eits shall refer proposals
for the adoption of ships' routeing systems to the Org"anization. The OrganYzation
will collate and disseminate
to Contracting Covernments all relevant information with regard to any"adopted ships,
routeing systems.
3 The initiation of action for establishing a ships' routeing system is the responsibility of the Covernment
or Covernments concerned. In developing iuch systems for adoption by the organization, the
guidelines and
criteria developed by the organizationt shall be taken into account.
4 Ships' routeing systems should be submittecl to the organization for adoption. However,
a covernment
^
or, Covernments implementing ships' routeing systems not intended to be submittecl to the Organization for
adoption or which have not been adopted by ihe Organization are encouraged to take into
account, wherever
possible, the guidelines and criteria developed by the organization.r
5 Where two or more Covernments have a common interest in a particular area, they
should formulate joint
proposals for the delineation and use of a routeing system therein on the basis
of ,n ,gr""r"nt between them.
Upon receipt of such proposal and before proc"eding with consideration of it for adZption,
the Organization
shall ensure that details of the proposal are dissemina"ted to the Covernments which
have a common interest
in the area, including countries in the vicinity of the proposed ships, routeing system.
6 Contracting Governments shall adhere to the measures adopted by the organization concerning
ships,
routeing. They shall promulgate all information necessary for t[-re safe and effe"ctive
use of adoptej ships,
routeing systems. A Covernment or Covernments concerned may monitor traffic in
those systems. Contracting
Covernments shall do everything in their power to secure the appropriate use of ships,
routeing system!
adopted by the Organization.
*
Refer to the appropriate resolutions and recommendations adopted by the lnternational
Hydrographic Organization.
t Refer to ceneral provisions on ships' routeing (resolution A.s72(14), as amended).
7 A ship shall use a mandatory ships'routeing system adopted by the Organization as required for i-s
category or cargo carried and in accordance with the relevant provisions in force unless there are compellin:
reasons not to use a particular ships' routeing system. Any such reason shall be recorded in the ships' log.
B Mandatory ships' routeing systems shall be reviewed by the Contracting Covernment or Covernments
concerned in accordance with the guidelines and criteria developed by the Organization.*
9 All adopted ships'routeing systems and actions taken to enforce compliance with those systems shall be
consistent with international law, including the relevant provisions of the 1982 United Nations Convention or
the Law of the Sea.
10 Nothing in this regulation nor its associated guidelines and criteria shall prejudice the rights and duties
of Covernments under international law or the legal regimes of straits used for international navigation anci
archipelagic sea lanes.
Regulation 11
Sh i p reporti ng syste msr
1 Ship reporting systems contribute to safety of life at sea, safety and efficiency of navigation and/or
protection of the marine environment. A ship reporting system, when adopted and implemented in accordance
with the guidelines and criteria developed by the Organizationt pursuant to this regulation, shall be used ltr
all ships or certain categories of ships or ships carrying certain cargoes in accordance with the provisions oi
each system so adopted.
2 The Organization is recognized as the only international body for developing guidelines, criteria and
regulations on an international level for ship reporting systems. Contracting Covernments shall refer proposals
for the adoption of ship reporting systems to the Organization. The Organization will collate and disseminate
to Contracting Covernments all relevant information with regard to any adopted ship reporting system.
3 The initiation of action for establishing a ship reporting system is the responsibility of the Covernment or
Covernments concerned. ln developing such systems, provision of the guidelines and criteria developed br
the Organizationx shall be taken into account.
a Ship reporting systems not submitted to the Organization for adoption do not necessarily need to complr
with this regulation. However, Covernments implementing such systems are encouraged to folloW wherever
possible, the guidelines and criteria developed by the Organization.'i' Contracting Covernments may submit
such systems to the Organization for recognition.
5 Where two or more Covernments have a common interest in a particular area, they should formulate
proposals for a coordinated ship reporting system on the basis of agreement between them. Before proceeding
with a proposal for adoption of a ship reporting system, the Organization shall disseminate details of the
proposal to those Covernments which have a common interest in the area covered by the proposed systenr.
Where a coordinated ship reporting system is adopted and established, it shall have uniform procedures and
operations.
Regulation 12
Vessel traffic services
1 vessel traffic services (vrS) contribute to safety of life at sea, safety and efficiency
protection of the marine environment, adjacent shore areas, of navigation and
work sites and offshore installations from possible
adverse effects of maritime traffic.
3 contracting covernments planning and impJementing VTS shall, wherever possible, follow
developed by the organization.t The "use of VTS may the guidelines
Snry rr" made mandrrory in sea areas within the
territorial seas of a coastal State.
5 Nothing in this regulation or the guidelines aclopted by the organization shall prejudice
duties of covernments under international law or the'legal the rights and
r!gir", o7 straits used for international navigatiorl
and archipelagic sea lanes.
I
Regulation 13
t
Establishment and operation of aids to navigation
1 Each Contracting Covernment undertakes to provide, as it deems practical and necessary, eithe-
individually or in cooperation with other Contracting Covernments, such aids to navigation as the volume,:'
E 3 Contracting Covernments undertake to arrange for information relating to aids to navigation to be nrac=
E available to all concerned. Changes in the transmissions of position-fixing systems which could adverse .
IE
affect the performance of receivers fitted in ships shall be avoided as far as possible and only bre effected af:e "
timely and adequate notice has been promulgated.
Regulation 14
Ships'manning
1 Contracting Covernments undertake, each for its national ships, to maintain, or, if it is necessarr, .
adopt, measures for the purpose of ensuring that, from the point of view of safety of life at sea, all ships sha
be sufficiently and efficiently manned.i
2 For every ship to which chapter I applies, the Administration shall;
.1 establish appropriate minimum safe manning following a transparent procedure, taking into accour-
the relevant guidance adopted by the Organization;t and
) issue an appropriate minimum safe manning document or equivalent as evidence of the mininru:-
safe manning considered necessary to comply with the provisions of paragraph 1.
3 On all ships, to ensure effective crew performance in safety matters, a working language shall b=
established and recorded in the ship's logbook. The company, as defined in regulation lXl1, or the master, a.
appropriate, shall determine the appropriate working language. Each seafarer shall be required to understan::
and, where appropriate, give orders and instructions and to report back in that language. lf the workir.
Ianguage is not an official language of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, all plans and Iists require:;
to be posted shall include a translation into the working language.
4 On ships to which chapter I applies, English shall be used on the bridge as the working language fc -
bridge-to-bridge and bridge-to-shore safety communications as well as for communications on board betu'ee-
the pilot and bridge watchkeeping personnel,t unless those directly involved in the communication speak :.
common language other than English.
Regulation-15
Principles relating to bridge design, design and arrangement of navigational systems anci
equipment and bridge procedures
All decisions which are made for the purpose of applying the requirements of regulations 19,22,24,25 :-
and 28 and which affect bridge design, the design and arrangement of navigational systems and equipment c-
the bridge and bridge procedures$ shall be taken with the aim of:
:l facilitating the tasks to be performed by the bridge team and the pilot in making full appraisal of ti.
situation and in navigating the ship safely under all operational conditions;
"'Reiertotheappropriaterecomnrendationsandguidelinesof lALAandtoMaritimebuoyagesystem(SN/Circ.107).
r' Reier to Principles of minimum sa{c manning (resolution A.1047(27)).
+ Reier to the IMO Standard Marine Communication Phrases (resolution A.918(22), as amended).
Refer to Cuidelines on ergonomic criteria for bridge equipment and layout tMSC/Circ.9B2) and Cuidelines.for bridge equipment ;.-
-
N
systems, their arrangement"and integration (BES) (S"N.l/Circ.2BB) and, for lNS, to Recommendation on performance standards ior.-
integrated navigational system (rcsolution MSC.B6(70), annex 3, as amended).
.3 enabling the bridge team and the pilot to have convenient and continuous
access to essential
information which is presented in a clear and unambiguous manner, using
standa rdized symbols
and coding systems for controls and displays;
.5 allowing for expeditious, continuous and effective information processing and decision-making
by
the bridge team and the pilot;
Regulation 16
Maintenance of equi pment
1 The Administration shall be satisfied that adequate arrangements are in place to
ensure that the
performance of the equipment required by this chapter is maintained.
2 Except as provided in regulation s l/7(b)(ii),1/B and l/9, while all reasonable steps shall be taken to maintain
the eq,uipment required by this chapter in efficient working order, malfunctions
of that equipment shall not be
considered as making,the ship unseaworthy or as a r.earon fo, delaying the ship
in ports wh'ere repair facilities
are not readily available, provided suitable arrangements are made"by the'master
to take the inoperative
equipment or unavailable information into accouni in planning and executing a safe voyage
to a port where
repairs can take place.
Regulation 17
EIe ctro m agn eti c co m p atib i I i ty
1 Administrations shall ensure that all electrical and electronic equipment on the bridge or in the vicinity
of the bridge,.on ships constructed on or after 1 )uly 2002, is tested ior'electromagnetic
Jompatibility, taking
into account the recommendations developed by the organization.*
2 Electrical and electronic equipment shall be so installed that electromagnetic interference does not affect
the proper function of navigational systems and equipment.
3 Portable electrical and e.lectronic equipment shall not be operated on the bridge if it may affect the
proper function of navigational systems and equipment.
Regulation 1B
Approval, surveys and performance standards of navigational systems and equipment
and voyage data recorder
1 Systems and equipment required to meet the requirements of regulations '19
and 20 shall be of a type
approved by the Administration.
Ceneral requirements for electromagnetic compatibility for all electrical and electronic ship,s
^[""f:'lt:
A.Bll(19). equipment (resolution
2 Systems and equipment, including associated back-up arrangements, where applicable, installed on --
after 1 )uly 2OO2 to perform the functional requirements of regulations l9 and 20 shall conform to appropna.t
performance standards not inferior to those adopted by the Organization.*
3 When systems and equipment are replaced or added to on ships constructed before 1 July 2002, sur-
systems and equipment shall, in so far as is reasonable and practicable, comply with the requirements r'
paragraph 2.
Refer to:
Recommendations on general requirements for shipborne radio equipment forming part of the global maritime distress and saie:.
system (CMDSS) and for electronic navigational aids (resolution A.694(17));
Recommendation on performance standards for gyro-compasses (resolution A.424(Xl));
Recommendation on performance standards for radar equipment (resolution MSC.64(67), annex 4);
Revised Recommendation on performance standards for radar equipment (resolution MSC.192(79));
Performance standards for automatic radar plotting aids (resolution A.823(19));
Recommendation on performance standards for electronic chart display and information systems (ECDIS) (resolution A.817(19,. a.
amended);
Recommendation on accuracy standards for navigation (resolution A.529(13));
Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne Loran-C and Chayka receivers (resolution A.B1B(19));
Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne global positioning system receiver equipment (resolution A.819(.19,, a.
amended);
Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne CLONASS receiver equipment (resolution MSC.53(66), as amended;
Recommendation on performance standards for shipborne DCPS and DCLONASS maritime radio beacon receiver equipme::
(resolution MSC.64(67), annex 2, as amended);
Recommendation on performance standards for combined CPS/CLONASS receiver equipment (resolution MSC.74(69), annex l, a.
amended);
Recommendation on performance standards for heading control systems (resolution MSC.64(67), annex 3);
Recommendation on performance standards for track control systems (resolution MSC.74(69), annex 2);
Recommendation on performance standards for a universal shipborne automatic identification system (AlS) (resolution MSC.74 169
annex 3);
Cuidelines on annual testing of the automatic identification system (AlS) (MSCI/Cnc.1252);
Recommendation on performance standards for echo-sounding equipment (resolution A.224(Vll), as amended);
Recommendation on performance standards for devices to indicate speed and distance (resolution A.824(19), as amended);
Performance standards for rate-of-turn indicators (resolution A.526(13));
Recommendation on unification of performance standards for navigational equipment (resolution A.575(14));
Recommendation on methods of measuring noise levels at listening posts (resolution A.343(lX));
Recommendation on performance standards for radar reflectors (resolution A.384(X), as amended);
Recommendation on performance standards for magnetic compasses (resolution A.382(X));
Recommendation on performance standards for daylight signalling lamps (resolution MSC.95(72));
Recommendation on performance standards for sound reception systems (resolution MSC.86(70), annex 1);
Recommendatiqn on performance standards for marine transmitting magnetic heading devices (TMHDs) (resolution MSC.B6(70
annex 2);
Recommendation on performance standards for voyage data recorders (VDRs) (resolution A.861(20));
Recommendations on performance standards for marine transmitting heading devices (THDs) (resolution MSC.116(73)).
Performance standards for a bridge navigational watch alarm system (BNWAS) (resolution MSC.12B(75).
4 Systems and equipment installed prior to the adoption of performance standards by the Organization may
subsequently be exempted from full compliance with such standards at the discretion of the Administration,
having due regard to ihe recommended criteria adopted by the Organization. However, for an electronic
chartlisplay ind information system (ECDIS) to be accepted as satisfying the chart carriage requirement
of regulation 19.2.1.4, lhat ryri", shall conform to the relevant performance standards not inferior to
those"adopted by the Organlzation in effect on the date of installation, or, for systems installed before
1 January
j999, not inferioito the performance standards adopted by the Organization on 23 November 1995..
5 The Administration shall require that the manufacturers have a quality control system audited. by. a
competent authority to ensure continuous compliance with the type approval. conditions. Alternatively, the
Administration may use final product verification procedures where the compliance with the type approval
certificate is verified by a competent authority before the product is installed on board ships.
6 Before giving approval to systems or equipment embodying new features not covered by this chapter, the
Administration sfritt ensure that such features support functions at least as effective as those required by this
chapter.
7 When equipment, for which performance standards have been developed by the Organization, is carried
on ships in addition to those itemi of equipment required by regulations 19 and 20, such equipment shall be
subject to approval and shall, as far as practicable, comply with performance standards not inferior to those
adopted by the Organization.
B The voyage data recorder system, including all sensors, shall be subjected to_ an annual performance
test. The tesi stlall be conducted by an approved testing or servicing facility to verify the accuracy, duration
and recoverability of the recorded data. ln addition, tests and inspections shall be conducted to determine
the serviceability of all protective enclosures ancl devices fitted to aid location. A copy of the certificate of
compliance issued by the testing facility, stating the date of compliance and the applicable performance
standards, shall be retained on board the ship.
9 The automatic identification system (AlS) shall be subjected to an annual test. The test shall be
conducted by an approved surveyor or an approved testing or servicing facility. The test shall verify the correct
programming of the'ship static iniormation, correct data exchange with connected sensors as well as verifying
ihe"radio p"ifor*un." by radio frequency measurement and on-air test using, e.g. a Vessel Traffic Service
(VTS). A copy of the test report shall be retained on board the ship'
Regulation 19
Ca"rriage requirements for shipborne navigational systems and equipment
1.1 Ships constructed on or after 1 )uly 2OO2 shall be fitted with navigational systems and equipment
which
will fulfil the requirements prescribed in paragraphs 2.1 Io 2.9.
.1 sutrject to the provisions of paragraphs 1.2.2 and 1.2.3, unless they comply fully with this regulation,
continue to be fitted with equipment which fulfils the requirements prescribed in regulationsYlll,
yll2 andyl2O of the lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 in force prior to 1
)uly 2002;
295
SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 2014
Chapter V: Saiety of navigation
Regulation 19
.2 be fitted with the equipment or systems required in paragraph 2.1.6 not later than the first sur\e"
after 1 )uly 2002, at which time the radio direction-finding apparatus referred to in V/12(p) of lr=
lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 in force prior to 1 July 2002 shali r-
Ionger be required; and
.3 be fitted with the system required in paragraph 2.4 not later than the dates specified in paragran^
2.4.2 and 2.4.3.
to determine the ship's heading and display the reading at the main steering position;
) a pelorus or compass bearing device, or other means, independent of any power supply, to ta.r
bearings over an arc of the horizon of 360";
a
.J means of correcting heading and bearings to true at all times;
.4 nautical charts and nautical publications to plan and display the ship's route for the intenciei;
voyage and to plot and monitor positions throughout the voyage. An electronic chart displav an.;
information system (ECDIS) is also accepted as meeting the chart carriage requirements of th .
subparagraph. Ships to which paragraph 2..10 applies shall comply with the carriage requirenren..
for ECDIS detailed therein;
.5 back-up arrangements to meet the functional requirements of subparagraph function .
partly or fully fulfilled by electronic means;t
a receiver for a global navigation satellite system or a terrestrial radionavigation system, or othe-
means, suitable for use at all times throughout the intended voyage to establish and update thr
ship's position by automatic means;
.7 if
less than 150 gross tonnage and if practicable, a radar reflector, or other means/ to enal;le
detection by ships navigating by radar at both 9 and 3 CHz;
when the ship's bridge is totally enclosed and unless the Administration determines otherwise, a
sound reception system, or other means, to enable the officer in charge of the navigational watc-
to hear sound signals and determine their direction;
.9 a telephone, or other means, to communicate heading information to the emergency steerinq.
position, if provided.
2.2 All ships of 150 gross tonnage and upwards and passenger ships irrespective of size shall, in addition tc
the requirements of paragraph 2.1,be fitted with:
.1 a spare magnetic compass, interchangeable with the magnetic compass as referred to in paragrapl-
2.1 .1, or other means to perform the function referred to in paragraph 2.1.1 by means of replacemen
or duplicate equipment;
.2 a daylight signalling lamp, or other means, to communicate by light during day and night using ar
energy source of electrical power not solely dependent upon the ship's power supply.
"' Refer to Unified interprctation of the term "first survey" referred to in SOLAS regulations (MSC..l/Circ.1290).
i Rcfcr to appendix 6, Back-up requirements, of Performance standards for electronic chart display and information systems (ECDIS
(resolution A'.817(19), asamcndcd).Anappropriatefolioof papernautical chartsmaybeusedasaback-uparrangementforECDls
Other back-up arrangements for ECDIS are acceptable.
paragrar-
.4 the Aclministration may exempt ships from the application of the requirements of this -
of service within two years after the implementai'-
when such ships will be taken permanently out
date specified in subparagraphs .2 and .3;
.5 AIS shall:
airc':'-
,5.1 provide automatically to appropriately equippecl shore stations, other ships and
sta'-;
information, including the;hip'; identity, iype, position, coLrrse, speed, navigational
and other safety-related information;
.5.2 receive automatically such information from similarly fitted ships;
2.7 All ships of 3,000 gross tonnage and upwarcls shall, in addition to meeting the requirements
paragraph 2.5, have:
second 9 CHz radar' :-
.1 a 3CHz radar or, where considered appropriate by the Administration, a
craft, obstructior'
other means, to ietermine and clisplay ih"'rung" and bearing of other su{a9e
in navigation and in collision avoidance, r'r'hic-
buoys, shorelines and navigational'marks to asiist
are functionally independe"nt of those referred to in paragraph
2.3.2; and
2'B All ships of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards shall, in addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph
2.7 with the exception of paragraph 2.7.2, have:
'1 an automatic radar plotting aid, or other means, to plot automatically the range
and bearing of at
least 20 other targets, connected to a device to indicate speed and
iirtun." tXrough the waier, to
determine collision risks and simulate a trial manoeuvre; and
2'9 All ships of 50,000 Sross tonna8e and upwards shall, in addition to meeting the requirements
of paragraph
2.8, have:
'1 passenger ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards constructed on or after
I )uly 2Ol2;
.2 tankers of 3,000 gross tonnage and upwards constructed on or after 1
)uly 2012;
'3 cargo ships, other than tankers, of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards constructed on or after
1 )uly 2013;
'4 cargo ships, other than tankers, of 3,000 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 10,000
gross
tonnage constructed on or after 1 )uly 2014;
'5 passenger ships of 500 gross tonnage and upwards constructed before 1
)uly 2012, not later than
the first survey* on or after 1 )uly 2014;
'6 tankers of 3,000 Sross tonnage and upwards constructed before I )uly 2012, not later than the first
survey* on or after 1 )uly 2015;
.B cargo ships, other than tankers, of 20,000 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 50,000
gross
tonnage constructed before 1 )uly 2013, not later than the first survey* on or after I
)uly 2Ol7i and
.9 cargo ships, other than tankers, of 10,000 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 20,000
gross
tonnage constructed before 1 )uly 2013, not later than the first survey* on or after I
)uly 26i6l
2'11 Administrations may exempt ships from the application of the requirements of paragraph 2.10 when
such
ships will be taken permanently out of service within two years after the implementaion
date specified in
subparagraphs .5 to .9 of paragraph 2.10.
3 When "other means" are permitted under this regulation, such means must be approved by the
Administration in accordance with regulation 18.
4 The navigational equipment and systems referred to in this regulation shall be so installed,
tested and
maintained as to minimize malfunction.
5 .
Navigational equipment and systems offering alternative modes of operation shall indicate
the actual
mode of use.
6 lntegrated bridge systems* shall be so arranged that failure of one sub-system is brought to the immedia-=
attention of the officer in charge of the navigational watch by audible and visual alarms and does not cau:€
failure to any other sub-system. ln case of failure in one part of an integrated navigational system,i it shall :<
possible to operate each other individual item of equipment or part of the system separately.
Regulation 19-1
Long-range identification and tracking of ships*
1 Nothing in this regulation or the provisions of performance standards and functional requiremenls'
adopted by the Organization in relation to the long-range identification and tracking of ships shall prejudrce
the rights, jurisdiction or obligations of States under international law, in particular, the legal regimes of the hi.-
seas, the exclusive economic zone, the contiguous zone, the territorial seas or the straits used for internationa
navigation and archipelagic sea lanes.
.2 cargo ships, including high-speed craft, of 300 gross tonnage** and upwards; and
.3 mobile offshore drilling units.
2.2 The term shp, when used in paragraphs 3 to 11.2, includes the passenger and cargo ships, the higl'-
speed craft and the mobile offshore drilling units which are subject to the provisions of this regulation.
3 This regulation establishes provisions to enable Contracting Covernments to undertake the long-ranqe
identification and tracking of ships.
4.1 Shipsfi shall be fitted with a system to automatically transmit the information specified in paragraph 5 ai
follows:
.1 ships constructed on or after 3l December 2OOB;
.2 ships constructed before 3'l December 2008 and certified for operations:
.2.1 inseaareasA1 and A2,asdefinedinregulationslY12.1.12andlV12.1.13;or
.2.2 inseaareasAl,A2 and43,asdefinedinregulationslY12.l.l2,lV12.l.l3andlY/2.1.14;
not later than the first surveyti of the radio installation after 31 December 2008;
.3 ships constructed before 3.1 December 2008 and certified for operations in sea areas Al, A2, .\,r
and 44, as defined in regulations 1Y12.1.12, 1V12.1.13, lV/2.1.14 and 1V12.1.15, not later than the
first survey$ of the radio installation after 1 )uly 2009. However, these ships shall comply with the
provisions of subparagraph .2 above whilst they operate within sea areas A1, A2 and A3.
*
Refer to Cuidelines for bridge equipment and systems, their arrangement and integration (BES) (SN.1/Circ.2BB).
'i Refer to Recommendation
on performance standards for an integrated navigational systems (resolution MSC.B6(70), annex 3. ..
amended) and Adoption of the revised performance standards for lntegrated Navigation Systems (lNS) (resolution MSC.252(83)).
'i Refer to Cuidance on the implementation of the LRIT system (MSC.1 lCncl2g\).
$ Refer to Revised performance standards and functional requirements for the long-range identification and tracking of ships (resolutii -
MSC.263(84), as amended).
9l Referto Cuidance in relation to certain types of ships which are required to transmit LRIT information on exemptions and equivale::;
and on certain operation matters (MSC..l/Circ..l295).
--
The gross tonnage to be used for determining whether a cargo ship or high-speed craft is required to comply with the provisions :.
this regulation shall be that determined under the provisions ofthe lnternational Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships, 19t:
irrespective of the date on which the ship or high-speed craft has been or is being constructed.
rt Refer to Cuidance on the survey and certification of compliance of ships with the requirement to transmit LRIT information (MSC
Circ.1307).
it Refer to Unified interpretation of the term "first survey" referred to in SOLAS regulations (MSC.1/Circ.l290).
4.2 Ships, irrespective of the date of construction, fitted with an automatic identification system (AlS),
as defined in regulation 19.2.4, and operated exclusively within sea area 41, as defined in regulationlYl2.l.l2,
shall not be required to comply with the provisions of this regulation.
5 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 4.1, ships shall automatically transmit the following long-range
identification and tracking information:
.1 the identity of the ship;
.2 the position of the ship (latitude and longitude); and
.3 the date and time of the position provided.
6 Systems and equipment used to meet the requirements of this regulation shall conform to performance
standards and functional requiremepl5$$,'ltli not inferior to those adopted by the Organization. Any shipboard
equipment shall be of a type approved*"* by the Administration.
7 Systems and equipment usedto meet the requirements of this regulation shall be capable of being
switched off on board or be capable of ceasing the distribution of long-range identification and tracking
information:
.1 where international agreements, rules or standards provide for the protection of navigational
information; or
.2 in exceptional circumstances and for the shortest duration possible where the operation is considered
by the master to compromise the safety or security of the ship. ln such a case, the master shall
inform the Administration without undue delay and make an entry in the record of navigational
activities and incidents maintained in accordance with regulation 28 setting out the reasons for the
decision and indicating the period during which the system or equipment was switched off.
8.1 Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 8.2 to 11.2, Contracting Covernments shall be able to receive
Iong-range identification and tracking information about ships, for security and other purposeslit as agreed by
the Organization, as follows:
,1 the Administration shall be entitled to receive such information about ships entitled to fly its flag
irrespective of where such ships may be located;
.2 a Contracting Covernment shall be entitled to receive such information about ships which have
indicated their intention to enter a port facility, as defined in regulation Xl-211.1.9, or a place
under the jurisdiction of that Contracting Covernment, irrespective of where such ships may be
located provided they are not located within the waters landward of the baselines, established in
accordance with international law, of another Contracting Covernment; and
.3 a Contracting Covernment shall be entitled to receive such information about ships entitled to fly
the flag of other Contracting Covernments, not intending to enter a port facility or a place under
the jurisdiction of that Contracting Covernment, navigating within a distance not exceeding 1,000
nautical miles of its coast provided such ships are not located within the waters landward of the
baselines, established in accordance with international law, of another Contracting Covernment; and
.4 a Contracting Covernment shall not be entitled to receive, pursuant to subparagraph .3, such
information about a ship located within the territorial sea of the Contracting Covernment whose
flag the ship is entitled to fly.
"t"t Refer to Revised performance standards and functional requirements for the long-range identification and tracking of ships,
(resolution MSC.263(84), as amended).
'll'llRefer to LRIT technical documentation (part l) (MSC.1/Circ.1259/Rev.5).
Referto Cuidanceonthesurveyand certification of complianceof shipswiththe requirementtotransmit LRIT information (MSC.1l
Circ.1307)
it'l Refer to Use of the long-range identification and tracking information for maritime safety and marine environment protection
purposes (resolution MSC.242(83)).
8.2 Contracting Covernments shall specify and communicate" to the Organization relevant details, takinE
into account the performance standards and functional requirements adopted by the Organization,i tc
enable long-range identification and tracking information to be made available pursuant to the provisions
of paragraph 8.1 . The Contracting Covernment concerned may, at any time thereafter, amend or withdrar'"
such communication. The Organization shall inform all Contracting Covernments upon receipt of suc'
communication together with the particulars thereof.
9.1 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 8.1.3, the Administration shall be entitled, in order to nree
security or other concerns, at any time, to decide that long-range identification and tracking information abou.
ships entitled to fly its flag shall not be provided pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.1.3 to Contractir:.
Covernments. The Administration concerned may, at any time thereafter, amend, suspend or annul such decisions
9.2 The Administration concerned shall communicate, pursuant to paragraph 9.1, such decisions to the
Organization. The Organization shall inform all Contracting Covernments upon receipt of such communicatio-
together with the particulars thereof.
9.3 The rights, duties and obligations, under international law, of the ships whose Administration invoked the
provisions of paragraph 9.1 shall not be prejudiced as a result of such decisions.
.2 recognize and respect the commercial confidentiality and sensitivity of any long-range identif icatio-
and tracking information they may receive;
.3 protect the information they may receive from unauthorized access or disclosure; and
,4 use the information they may receive in a manner consistent with international
11.-l Contracting Covernments shall bear all costs associated with any long-range identification and trackin.
information they request and receive. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 11.2, Contractin=
Covernments shall not impose any charges on ships in relation to the long-range identification and trackin.
information they may seek to receive.
11.2 Unless the national legislation of the Administration provides otherwise, ships entitled to fly its flag sha
not incur any charges for transmitting long-range identification and tracking information in compliance rr i:-
the provisions of this regulation.
'12 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 8.1, the search and rescue services+ of Contractir.
Covernments shall bJentitled to receive, free ofiny charges, Iong-range identification and tracking informatic:
in relation to the search and rescue of persons in distress at sea.
'13 Contracting Covernments may report to the Organization any case where they consider that provisior.
of this regulation or of any other related requirements established by the Organization have not been or a'=
not being observed or adhered to.
14 The Maritime Safety Committee shall determine the criteria, procedures and arrangements for
establishment, review and audit$ of the provision of long-range identification and tracking information
Contracting Covernments pursuant to the provisions of this regulation.
" Refer to Cuidance on the implenrcntation of the LRIT system (MSC.1 /Cnc.129B).
; Refer to Revised performance standards and functional requirements for the long-range identification and tracking of ships (resolui.
MSC.263(84), as amended).
'i Refer to Cuidance to search and rescue services in relation to requesting and receiving LRIT information (MSC.I/Circ.130B).
ii Refer to Appointment of the LRIT Coordinator (resolution MSC.275(85), Revised performance standards.and functional requireme-
for the long-13nge identification and tracking o{ ships (resolution MSC.263(84), as amended) and Principles and guidelines relatins
the rcview and iudit of the performance of LRIT Data Centres and the lnternational LRIT Data Exchange (MSC..l/Circ.14.l2).
Regulation 20
Voyage data recorders*
1 To assist in casualty investigations, ships, when engaged on international voyages, subject to the provisions
of regulation 1.4, shall be fitted with a voyage data recorder (VDR) as follows:
.1 passenger ships constructed on or after 1 )uly 2002;
.2 ro-ro passenger ships constructed before 1 )uly 2002, not later than the first surveyi on or after
1 )uly 2OO2;
.3 passenger ships, other than ro-ro passenger ships, constructed before 1 )uly 2002, not later than
1 January 2004; and
.4 ships, other than passenger ships, of 3,000 gross tonnage and upwards constructed on or after
1 )uly 2002.
2 fo assist in casualty investigations, cargo ships, when engaged on international voyages, shall be fitted
with a VDR which may be a simplified voyage data recorder (S-VDR)i as follows:
.1 in the case of cargo ships of 20,000 gross tonnage and upwards constructed before 1 )uly 2002, at
the first scheduled dry-docking after 1 )uly 2006 but not later than 1 July 2009;
.2 in the case of cargo ships of 3,000 gross tonnage and upwards but less than 20,000 gross tonnage
constructed before 1 )uly 2002, at the first scheduled dry-docking after 1 )uly )007 but not later
than 1 July 2010; and
.3 Administrations may exempt cargo ships from the application of the requirements of subparagraphs
.1 and .2 when such ships will be taken permanently out of service within two years after the
implementation date specified in subparagraphs .1 and .2 above.
3 Administrations may exempt ships, other than ro-ro passenger ships, constructed before 1 )uly 2OO2lrom
being fitted with a VDR where it can be demonstrated that interfacing a VDR with the existing equipment on
the ship is unreasonable and impracticable.
Regulation 21
lnternational Code of Signals and IAMSAR Manual
1 All ships which, in accordance with the present Convention, are required to carry a radio installation
shall carry the lnternational Code of Signals as may be amended by the Organization. The Code shall also be
carried by any other ship which, in the opinion of the Administration, has a need to use it.
2 AII ships shall carry an up-to-date copy of Volume lll of the lnternational Aeronautical and Maritime
Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual.
Regulation 22
N avi gati o n b ri dge v i si bi I ity
1 Ships of not less than 55 m in length, as defined in regulation 2.4, constructed on or after 1 July 1998,
shall meet the iollowing requirements:
.1 The view of the sea surface from the conning position shall not be obscured by more than two ship
lengths, or 500 m, whichever is less, forward of the bow to 10'on either side under all conditions
of draught, trim and deck cargo;
" Refer to Performance Standards for Shipborne Voyage Data Recorders (VDRs) (resolution A.861(20), as amended), Recommendation
on Performance Standards for Shipborne Voyage Data Recorders (VDRs) (resolution MSC.333(90) and Cuidelines on voyage data
recorder (VDR) ownership and recovcry (MSC/Circ.1024).
.i
RefertoUnifiedinterpretationof theterm"firstsurvey"referredtoinSOLASregulations(MSC.1/Circ.1290).
; Refer to Performance standards for shipborne simplified voyage data recorders (S-VDR, (resolution MSC.163(78), as amended).
.2 No blind sector/ caused by cargo, cargo gear or other obstructions outside of the wheelho'.=
forward of the beam which obstructs the view of the sea surface as seen from the conning positic-
shall exceed 10". The total arc of blind sectors shall not exceed 20'. The clear sectors between bl ^ :
sectors shall be at least 5'. However, in the view described in .1, each individual blind sector sl'a
not exceed 5';
.3 The horizontal field of vision from the conning position shall extend over an arc of not less th.,*
225', thal is from right ahead to not less than 22.5' abaft the beam on either side of the ship;
.4 From each bridge wing, the horizontal field of vision shall extend over an arc of at least 225', tha: .
from at least 45'on the opposite bow through right ahead and then from right ahead to right aste'-
through 180'on the same side of the ship;
.5 From the main steering position, the horizontal field of vision shall extend over an arc from rish
ahead to at least 50' on each side of the ship;
.7 The height of the lower edge of the navigation bridge front windows above the bridge deck shall b.
kept as low as possible. ln no case shall the lower edge present an obstruction to the forward vie,,,.
as described in this regulation;
.B The upper edge of the navigation bridge front windows shall allow a forward view of the horizor
for a person with a height of eye of 1,800 mm above the bridge deck at the conning positior
when the ship is pitching in heavy seas. The Administration, if satisfied that a 1,800 mm height o'
eye is unreasonable and impractical, may allow reduction of the height of eye but not to less tha-
1,500 mm;
2 Ships constructed before 1 July'1998 shall, where practicable, meetthe requirements of paragraphs 1.1
and 1.2. However, structural alterations or additional equipment need not [:e required.
3 On ships of unconventional design which, in the opinion of the Administration, cannot comply with this
regulation, arrangements shall be provided to achieve a level of visibility that is as near as practical to thal
prescribed in this regulation.
4 Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraphs 1.1,1.3, 1.4 and 1.5, ballast water exchange may be
undertaken provided that:
.1 the master has determined that it is safe to do so and takes into consideration any increased blincj
sectors or reduced horizontal fields of vision resulting from the operation to ensure that a proper
lookout is maintained at all times;
.2 the operation is conducted in accordance with the ship's ballast water management plan, taking
into account the recommendations on ballast water exchange adopted by the Organization; and
.3 the commencement and termination of the operation are recorded in the ship's record of navigational
activities pursuant to regulation 28.
Regulation 23
P i I ot tran sfe r ar ran ge m e nts
1 Application
1'1 Ships engaged on voyages in the course of which pilots may be
employed shall be provided with pilot
transfer arrangements.
1'3 Except as provided oth.erwise, equipment and.arrangements for pilot transfer which are provided on
ships before 1 )uly 2012 shall at least comply with.the re{uirements
oi regulation 17i or 23, al-"fpii.Ji",
of the convention in force prior to that date, and due regard shall be paidto
the standards adopted by the
Organization prior to that date.
1'4 Equipment and arrangements installed on or.after 1 )uly 2012, which are a replacement of equipment
and arrangements provided on ships before 1 )uly 2012,-shall, in so far
as is reasonable and practicable,
comply with the requirements of this regulation.
1'5 With respect to ships constructed before 1 January 1994, paragraph 5 shall apply
not later than the first
surveyS on or after 1 )uly 2012.
1.6 Paragraph 5 applies to all ships.
2 General
2'1 All affangements used for pilot transfer shall efficiently fulfil their purpose of enabling
and
. pilots to embark
safely. The appliances shall be kept clean, properly maintained and stowed
.disembark and shall be
regularly inspected to ensure that they are safe to use. They sh'all be used
rotuLy io1. the embarkation and
disembarkation of personnel.
2'2The rigging of the pilot transfer arrangements and the embarkation of a pilot shall
be supervised by a
responsible officer having means of communication with the navigation
bridge and who shali also ,rrrigu
for the escort of the pilot by a safe route to and from the navigaiion bridge. personnel
engaged in riggifrg
and.operating any mechanical equipment shall be instructed in"the safe pr"ocedures
to be JdJpted un!"thE
equipment shall be tested prior to use.
2'3 A pilot ladder shall be certified by the manufacturer as complying with this regulation or with an
international standard acceptable to the organization.gt Ladders tnril d" inspected in accordance with
regulations 116, 7 and B.
2'4 AII pilot ladders used for pilot transfer shall be clearly identified with tags or other permanent marking
so as to enable identification of each appliance for the purposes of survey,
i"nspection and record keepingl
A record shall be kept on the ship as to the clate the identified Iadder
is pfaced' into service and any repaiTs
effected.
3 Transfer arrangements
3.1 Arrangements shall be provided to enable the pilot to embark and disembark safely on either side of the
ship.
3.2 In all ships, where the distance from sea level to the point of access to, or egress from, the ship exceeds
9 m, and when it is intended to embark and disembark pilots by means of the accommodation ladder,-
or other equally safe and convenient means in conjunction with a pilot ladder, the ship shall carry such
equipment on each side, unless the equipment is capable of being transferred for use on either side.
3.3 Safe and convenient access to, and egress from, the ship shall be provided by either:
.1.5
.1 a pilot ladder requiring a climb of not less than m and not more than 9 m above the surface of
the water so positioned and secured that:
.1.1 it is clear of any possible discharges from the ship;
.1.2 it is within the parallel body length of the ship and, as far as is practicable, within the mid-shlp
half length of the ship;
.1.3 each step rests firmly against the ship's side; where constructional features, such as rubbing
bands, would prevent the implementation of this provision, special arrangements shall, to the
satisfaction of the Administration, be made to ensure that persons are able to embark and
disembark safely;
.1.4 the single length of pilot ladder is capable of reaching the water from the point of access to,
or egress from, the ship and due allowance is made for all conditions of loading and trim of
the ship, and for an adverse list of 15"; the securing strong point, shackles and securing ropes
shall be at least as strong as the side ropes; or
.2 an accommodation ladder in conjunction with the pilot ladder (i.e. a combination arrangement), or
other equally safe and convenient means, whenever the distance from the surface of the water to
the point of access to the ship is more than 9 m. The accommodation ladder shall be sited leading
aft. When in use, means shall be provided to secure the lower platform of the accommodation
Iadder to the ship's side, so as to ensure that the lower end of the accommodation ladder and the
Iower platform are held firmly against the ship's side within the parallel body length of the ship and,
as far as is practicable, within the mid-ship half length and clear of all discharges.
.2.1 when a combination arrangement is used for pilot access, means shall be provided to secure
the pilot ladder and manropes to the ship's side at a point of nominally 1.5 m above the
bottom platform of the accommodation ladder. ln the case of a combination arrangement
using an accommodation ladder with a trapdoor in the bottom platform (i.e. embarkation
platform), the pilot ladder and manropes shall be rigged through the trapdoor extending
above the platform to the height of the handrail.
.2 a bulwark ladder, two handhold stanchions rigidly secured to the ship's structure at or near their
bases and at higher points shall be fitted. The bulwark ladder shall be securely attached to the ship
to prevent overturning.
- Refer to regulation ll-.1/3-9 on Means of embarkation on and disembarkation from ships (resolution MSC.256(84), together with the
associated Cuidelines (MSC..l/Circ.1 331 ).
5 Shipside doors
Shipside doors used for pilot transfer shall not open outwards.
7 Associated equipment
The following associated equipment shall be kept at hand ready for immediate use when persons are
1.1
being transferred:
.1 two manropes of not less than 28 mm and not more than 32 mm in diameter properly secured
to the ship if required by the pilot; manropes shall be fixed at the rope end to the ring plate fixed
on deck and sh.all be ready for use when the pilot disembarks, or upon request f"rom a pilot
approaching to board (the manropes shall reach the height of the stanchions or bulwarks at the
point of access to the deck before terminating at the ring plate on deck);
7.2 When required by paragraph 4 above, stanchions and bulwark ladders shall be provided.
B Lighting
Adequate lighting shall be provided to illuminate the transfer arrangements overside ancl the position on deck
where a person embarks or disembarks.
Regulation 24
Use of heading and/or track control systems
1 ln areas of high traffic density, in conditions of restricted visibility and in all other hazardous navigational
situations where heading and/or track control systems are in use, it shall be possible to establish manual
control of the ship's steering immediately.
2 ln circumstances as above, the officer in charge of the navigational watch shall have available without
delay the services of a qualified helmsperson who shall be ready at all times to take over steering control.
3 The change-over from automatic to manual steering and vice versa shall be made by, or under the
supervision of, a responsible officer.
4 The manual steering shall be tested after prolonged use of heading and/or track control systems and
before entering areas where navigation demands special caution.
Regulation 25
Operation of steering gear
ln areas where navigation demands special caution, ships shall have more than one steering gear power unit
in operation when such units are capable of simultaneous operation.
Regulation 26
Steering gear: testing and drills
1 Within 12 hours before departure, the ship's steering gear shall be checked and tested by the ship's cre,
The test procedure shall include, where applicable, the operation of the following:
.6 the rudder angle indicators in relation to the actual position of the rudder;
.1 the full movement of the rudder according to the required capabilities of the steering gear;
.2 a visual inspection of the steering gear and its connecting linkage; and
.3 the operation of the means of communication between the navigation bridge and steering gea.'
compartment.
3.1 Simple operating instructions with a block diagram showing the change-over procedures for remotE
steering gear control systems and steering gear power units shall be permanently displayed on the navigatio-
bridge and in the steering compartment.
3.2 AII ships' officers concerned with the operation and/or maintenance of steering gear shall be familia-
with the operation of the steering systems fitted on the ship and with the procedures for changing from ont
system to another.
4 ln addition to the routine checks and tests prescribed in paragraphs 1 and 2, emergency steering dril s
shall take place at least once every three months in order to practise emergency steering procedures. These
drills shall include direct control within the steering gear compartment, the communications procedure u'it:
the navigation bridge and, where applicable, the operation of alternative power supplies.
5 The Administration may waive the requirements to carry out the checks and tests prescribed in paragrallh.
1 and 2 for ships which regularly engage on voyages of short duration. Such ships shall carry out these check.
and tests at least once every week.
6 The date upon which the checks and tests prescribed in paragraphs 1 and 2 are carried out and the date
and details of emergency steering drllls carried out under paragraph 4 shall be recorded.
Regulation 27
lx,lautical charts and nautical publications
Nautical charts and nautical publications, such as sailing directions, lists of lights, notices to mariners, tide
tables and all other nautical publications necessary for the intended voyage, shall be adequate and up to date.
Regulation 2B
Records of navigational activities and daily reporting
.l All shi.ps on international voyages shall keep on board a record of navigational activities and
. .engaged
incidents which are of importance to saiety oinavigation and which must contain
sufficient detail to restore a
complete record of the voyage, taking into account the ,"correndations aclopted by
the Organization.,' When
such information is not maintained in the ship's logbook, it shall be maintained in anotherTorr
rpprou"j Uf
the Administration.
Each ship of 500 gross tonnage and above,.engaged on international voyages exceeding
48 hours, shall
submit a daily reportto its company, as defined in regulation lX/], which shali retain it
ani all subsequent
daily reports for the duration of the voyage. Daily reports may be transmitted by any means,
provided that
they are transmitted to the company as soon as praciicable afier determination of the position
named in the
report. Automated reporting_systems may be used, provided that they include u ,".oiding
function of their
transmission and that those functions and interfaces with position-fixing equipment
are suibjected to regular
verification by the ship's master. The report shall contain the following:
Jl ship's posirion;
.2 ship's course and speed; and
.3 details of any external or internal conditions that are affecting the ship's voyage or the
normal safe
operation of the ship.
Regulation 29
Life-saving signals to be used by ships, aircraft or persons in clistress
An illustrated table describing the Iife-saving signalsr shall be readily available to the officer of the watch
of every ship to which.this chapter applies.lhJsignals shall be used by ships or persons in distress when
communicating with Iife-saving stations, maritime rescue units and aircraft engaged in search and
rescue
operations.
Regulation 30
O pe rati o n al I i m itati o n s
2 A list of all limitations on the operation of a passenger ship, including exemptions from any of these
regulations, restrictions in operating areas, weather restrictions, sea state restrictions, iestrictions in permissible
loads, trim, speed and any other limitations, whether imposed by the Administration or established
during the
des.ign or the building sjages., shall be compiled before ihe prtsenger ship is put in service. The Iist,
togJther
with any necessary explanations, shall be documented in a form acieptable to the Administration, whic[
shall
be kept on board readily available to the master. The list shall be kept updated. lf the 1anguage usecl is
not
English or French, the list shall be provided in one of the two languages.
Regulation 31
Danger messages
1 The master of every ship which meets with dangerous ice, a dangerous derelict, or any other direct
danger to navigation, or a tropical storm, or encounters sub-freezing air"temperatures associated with gale
force winds causing severe ice accretion on superstructures, or winds of force 10 or above on the Beau'-*
scale for which no itop warning has been received, is bound to communicate the information by all me"-=
-
at his disposal to ships in the vicinity, and also to the competent authorities. The form in which the infornrat -
is sent is not obligatory. lt may be transmitted either in plain language (preferably English) or by means oi '-=
lnternational Code of Signals.
2 Each Contracting Covernment will take all steps necessary to ensure that when intelligence of anv o; :-=
dangers specified in piragraph 1 is received, it will be promptly brought to the knowledge of those concerr=:
and communicated to other interested Covernments'
3 The transmission of messages regarding the dangers specified is free of cost to the ships concerned.
4 All radio messages issued under paragraph 1 shall be preceded by the safety signal, using the procedu'=
as prescribed by the Radio Regulations as defined in regulation lV/2.
Regulation 32
lnformation required in danger messages
The following information is required in danger messages:
Subsequent observations
3 When a master has reported a tropical cyclone or other dangerous storm, it is desirable, but not obligatorr.
that further observations be made and transmitted hourly, if practicable, but in any case at intervals of
not
more than 3 hours, so long as the ship remains under the influence of the storm.
,'The term tropical cyclone is the generic term used by national meteorological services of the World M"l"_.-i"]P,Sl:ilOrBanization'
rhnLi.r iuriica,ne,'typhoor,rytior",severetropical storm,etc.t mayalsobeused,dependingonthegeographical location'
r The standard international unit for barometric pressure is the hectopascal (hPa), which is numerically equivalent to the millibar
(mbar).
4 Winds of force 10 or above on the Beaufort scale for which no storm warning has been received. This is
intended to deal with storms other than the tropical cyclones referred to in paragraph 2; when such a storm is
encountered, the message should contain similar information to that Iisted under the paragraph but excluding
the details concerning sea and swell.
5 Sub-freezing air temperatures associated with gale force winds causing severe ice accretion on
superstructu res:
Examples
lce
TTT ICE. LARGE BERG SIGHTED ]N 4505 N, 44IAW, AT OBOO UTC. MAY 15.
Derelicts
TTT DERELTCT. OBSERVED DERELTCT ALMOST SUBMERGED rN 4006 N, 7243 W, AT 1630 UTC.
APR]L 21.
Danger to navigation
TTT NAV]GATION. ALPHA LIGHTSH]P NOT ON STATION. 18OO UTC. JANUARY 3.
Tropical cyclone
TTT STORM. 0030 UTC. AUGUST 18. 2A04 N/ 71354 E. BAROMETER CORRECTED 994
MILLIBARSI TENDENCY DOWN 6 M]LL]BARS. W]ND NW/ FORCE 9, HEAVY SQUALLS. HEAVY
EASTERLY SWELL. COURSE 067, 5 KNOTS.
TTT STORM. APPEARANCES INDICATE APPROACH OE HURRICANE. 13OO UTC. SEPTEMBER 14.
22OO N, 1236 W. BAROMETER CORRECTED 29.64 INCHES/ TENDENCY DOWN .015 INCHES. WIND
NE, FORCE 8/ FREQUENT RAIN SQUALLS. COURSE 035, 9 KNOTS.
TTT STORM. CONDITTONS IND]CATE ]NTENSE CYCLONE HAS FORMED. O2OO UTC. MAY 4. L62O
N/ 9203 E. BAROMETER UNCORRECTED 753 MILLTMETRES/ TENDENCY DOWN 5 MILLIMETRES.
WIND S BY W/ FORCE 5. COURSE 3OO, B KNOTS.
TTT STORM. TYPHOON TO SOUTHEAST. O3OO UTC. JUNE 12. 1812 N, 726A5 E. BAROMETER
FALL]NG RAPIDLY. WIND INCREASING FROM N.
TTT STORM. WIND EORCE 7I, NO STORM WARN]NG RECEIVED. O3OO UTC. MAY 4. 4830 N,
30 w. BAROMETER CORRECTED 983 MTLLTBARS/ TENDENCY DOWN 4 MTLLTBARS. WrND SW,
FORCE 11 VEERING. COURSE 250, 5 KNOTS.
lcing
TTT EXPERIENC]NG SEVERE IC]NG. 14OO UTC. MARCH 2. 59 N, 10 W. A]R TEMPERATURE
1B'F (-7.8'C). SEA TEMPERATURE 29'F (-1.7"C). WTND NE, EORCE 8.
Regulation 33
Distress situations: obligations and procedures
1 The master of a ship at sea which is in a position to be able to provide assistance, on receiving information
from any source that persons are in distress at sea, is bound to proceed with all speed to their assistance, if
possible informing them or the search and rescue service that the ship is doing so. This obligation to pr', , :=
assistance applies regardless o{ the nationality or status of such persons or the circumstances in which the'.
'"=
found. lf the ship receiving the distress alert is unable or, in the special circumstances of the case, consicr'.
unreasonable or unnecessary to proceed to their assistance, the master must enter in the logbook the re.: - -
for failing to proceed to the assistance of the persons in distress, taking into account the recommendat ,, - -
the Organization to inform the appropriate search and rescue service accordingly.
'l-1 Contracting Covernments shall coordinate and cooperate to ensure that masters of ships pro\ ,r -.
assistance by embarking persons in distress at sea are released from their obligations with minimum i;-.-="
deviation from the ships' intended voyage, provided that releasing the master of the ship from the obliqe. - -;
under the current regulation does not further endanger the safety of life at sea. The Contracting Covernr .--
responsible for the search and rescue region in which such assistance is rendered shall exercise pr:^',-,
responsibility for ensuring such coordination and cooperation occurs, so that survivors assisted are disenrba".=:
from the assisting ship and delivered to a place of safety, taking into account the particular circumstance. -
the case and guidelines developed by the Organization.* ln these cases the relevant Contracting Covernnre- =
shall arrange for such disembarkation to be effected as soon as reasonably practicable.
2 The master of a ship in distress or the search and rescue service concerned, after consultation, so ;a' ,.
may be possibrle, with the masters of ships which answer the distress alert, has the right to requisition ore
more of those ships as the master of the ship in distress or the search and rescue service considers best ab e .-
render assistance, and it shall be the duty of the master or masters of the ship or ships requisitioned to coi-r-
with the requisition by continuing to proceed with all speed to the assistance of persons in distress.
3 Masters of ships shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph 1 on learning that their sr- :.
have not been requisitioned and that one or more other ships have been requisitioned and are complying ',', .-
the requisition. This decision shall, if possible, be communicated to the other requisitioned ships and to :-.
search and rescue service.
4 The master of a ship shall be released from the obligation imposed by paragraph 1 and, if his ship r..
been requisitioned, from the obligation imposed by paragraph 2 on being informed by the persons in distre=.
or by the search and rescue service or by the master of another ship which has reached such persons i:".
assistance is no longer necessary.
5 The provisions of this regulation do not prejudice the Convention for the Unification of Certain Ru es
of Law relating to Assistance and Salvage at Sea, signed at Brussels on 23 September 1910, particularlr\ t-E
obligation to render assistance imposed by article 11 of that Convention.l
6 Masters of ships who have embarked persons in distress at sea shall treat them with humanity, within ti'e
capabilities and limitations of the ship.
Regulation 34
Safe navigation and avoidance of dangerous situations
1 Prior to proceeding to sea, the master shall ensure that the intended voyage has been planned usin:
the appropriate nautical charts and nautical publications for the area concerned, taking into account the
guidelines and recommendations developed by the Organization.i
.4 takes into account the marine environmental protection measures that apply, and avoids, as far as
possible, actions and activities which could cause damage to the environment.
Regulation 34-1
Master's discretion
The owner, the charterer, the company operating the ship as defined in regulation lXl1, or any other person
shall not prevent or restrict the master of the ship from taking or executing any decision which, in the master's
professionaljudgement, is necessary for safety of life at sea and protection of the marine environment.
Regulation 35
Misuse of distress signals
The use of an international distress signal, except for the purpose of indicating that a person or persons are in
distress, and the use of any signal which may be confused with an international distress signal are prohibited.
Appendix
Rules for the management, operation and financing of
the North Atlantic lce Patrol
1 ln these Rules:
.1 /ce season means the annual period between 15 February and 1 July.
.2 Region of icebergs guarded by the tce Patrolmeans the south-eastern, southern and south-western
limits of the region of icebergs in the vicinity of the Crand Banks of Newfoundland.
.3 Routes passing through regions of icebergs guarded by the lce Patrol means:
.3.1 routes between Atlantic coast ports of Canada (including inland ports approached from the
North Atlantic through the Cut of Canso and Cabot Straits) and ports of Europe, Asia or Africa
approached from the North Atlantic through or north of the Straits of Cibraltar (except routes
which pass south of the extreme limits of ice of all types);
.3.2 routes via Cape Race, Newfoundland, between Atlantic coast ports of Canada (includins
inland ports approached from the North Atlantic through the Cut of Canso and Cabot Straits
west of Cape Race, Newfoundland, and Atlantic coast ports of Canada north of Cape Race
Newfoundland;
.3.3 routes between Atlantic and Culf Coast ports of the United States of America (includine
inland ports approached from the North Atlantic through the Cut of Canso and Cabot Straits
and ports of Europe, Asia or Africa approached from the North Atlantic through or north o'
the Straits of Cibraltar (except routes which pass south of the extreme limits of ice of all types
.3.4 routes via Cape Race, Newfoundland, between Atlantic and Culf Coast ports of the Unitec:
Statesof America (including inland ports approached from the North Atlantic through the
Cut of Canso and Cabot Straits) and Atlantic Coast ports of Canada north of Cape Race
Newfoundland.
.4 Extreme limits of ice of all types in the North Atlantic Ocean is defined by a line connecting th€
following points:
A, - 42' 23',.00 N, 59" 25',.00 W ) - 39" 49'.OO N, 41'00'.00 W
B - 41" 23.00 N, 57" 00',.00 W K - 40" 39'.00 N, 39'00'.00 w
c 40" 47'.OO N, 55" 00',.00 w L - 41'19',.00 N, 38'00',.00 W
D - 40' 07'.00 N, 53" 00'.00 w M - 43'00'.00 N,37'27'.00W
E- 39" 18'.00 N, 49'39',.00 w N - 44'00'.00 N, 37" 29'.00 w
F- 38" 00'.00 N, 47'35'.00 W o- 46'00'.00 N, 37'55'.00 W
c- 37'41'.00 N, 46" 40',.00 w P- 48" 00'.00 N, 38'28'.00 W
H- 38'00'.00 N, 45'33',.00 W Q- 50'00',.00 N, 39'07',.00 w
I - 39" 05',.00 N, 43" 00'.00 w R 5.1' 25',.00 N, 39" 45',.00 W.
.5 Managing and operating means maintaining, administering and operating the lce Patrol, includin:
the dissemination of information received therefrom.
.6 Contributing Covernment means a Contracting Covernment undertaking to contribute to the cos:.
of the lce Patrol Service pursuant to these Rules.
2 Each Contracting Covernment specially interested in these services whose ships pass through tht
region of icebergs during the ice season undertakes to contribute to the Covernment of the United States c'
America its proportionate share of the costs for the management and operation of the lce Patrol Service. Th.
contribuiion to the Covernment of the United States of America shall be based on the ratio which the averaE;
annual Sross tonnage of that contributing Covernment's ships passing through the region of icebergs guarded
by the lce Patrol during the previous three ice seasons bears to the Lombined average annual gro"r, ionnrg"
of all ships that passed through the region of icebergs guarded by the lce Patrol duririg the preriious three ife
seasons.
3 All contributions shall be calculated by multiplying the ratio described in paragraph 2 by the average
actual annual cost incurred by the Covernments of the United States of America and Cinada of managing aicl
operating ice patrol servjces during the previous three years. This ratio shall be computed annually, and shall
be expressed in terms of a lump sum per-annum fee.
4 Each of the contributing Covernments has the right to alter or discontinue its contribution, and other
interested Covernments may undertake to contribute to the expense. The contributing Covernment which
avails itself of this riSht will continue to be responsible for its current contribution up to 1 September following
the date of giving notice of intention to alter or discontinue its contribution. To take advantage of the said righi
it must give notice to the managing Covernment at least six months before the said .l September.
5 Each contributing Covernment shall notify the Secretary-Ceneral of its undertaking pursuant to paragraph
2, who shall notify all Contracting Covernments.
6 The Covernment of the United States of America shall furnish annually to each contributing Covernment
a statement of the total cost incurred by the Covernments of the United States of America and Canada of
managing and operating the lce Patrol for that year and of the average percentage share for the past three years
of each contributing Covernment.
Covernments providing the services for the past three years and the total gross tonnage using the service for
the past three years. The accounts shall be publicly available. Within three monthmft"r having received the
cost statement, contributing Covernments may request more detailed information regarding the tosts incurred
rn managing and operating the lce Patrol.
B These Rules shall be operative beginning with the ice season of 2A02.
Page
Part A General provisions
Regulation 1 Application 321
Regulation 1-1 Definitions. 321
Regulation 1-2 Requirements for the carriage of solid bulk cargoes other than grain 321
Regulation 2 Cargo information 322
Regulation 3 Oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment 322
Regulation 4 The use of pesticides in ships. 322
Regulation 5 Stowage and securing 322
Regulation 5-1 Material safety data sheets 323
Regulation 5-2 Prohibition of the blending of bulk liquid cargoes and production processes
during sea voyages 323
Regulation'l
Application
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this chapter applies to the carriage of cargoes (except liquids in
bulk, gases in bulk and those aspects of carriage covered by other chapters) which, owing to their particular
hazards to ships or persons on board, may require special precautions in all ships to which the present
regulations apply and in cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage. However, for cargo ships of less than
500 gross tonnage, the Administration, if it considers that the sheltered nature and conditions of voyage are
such as to render the application of any specific requirements of part A or B of this chapter unreasonable or
unnecessary, may take other effective measures to ensure the required safety for these ships.
2 To supplement the provisions of parts A and B of this chapter, each Contracting Covernment shall ensure
that appropriate information on cargo and its stowage and securing is provided, specifying, in particular,
precautions necessary for the safe carriage of such cargoes.*
Regulation 1-1
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise, the following definitions shall apply:
'l the lnternational Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes (IMSBC) Code adopted by the
TMSBC Code means
Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.26B(85), as may be amended by the
Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance
with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable
to the annex other than chapter l.
2 Solid bulk cargo means any cargo, other than liquid or gas, consisting of a combination of particles,
granules or any larger pieces of material generally uniform in composition, which is loaded directly into the
cargo spaces of a ship without any intermediate form of containment.
Regulation 1-2
Requirements for the carriage of solid bulk cargoes other than grain
The carriage of solid bulk cargoes other than grain shall be in compliance with the relevant provisions of the
IMSBC Code.
Refer to:
.1 the Code of Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing (resolution A,.714fi7), as amended);
.2 the Code of Safe Practice for Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes, 2011 (2011 TDC Code) (resolution A.1018Q7)), Cuidance
note on precautions to be takeir by the masters of ships of below 100 metres in length engaged in the carriage of logs
(MSC/Cir;.s25), and Cuidance note on precautions to be taken by masters of ships engaged in the carriage of timber cargoes
(MSC/Circ.54B); and
.3 the IMSBC Code (resolution MSC.26B(85), as amended).
Regulation 2
Cargo information
1 The shipper shall provide the master or his representative with appropriate information on the c:.'.-
sufficiently in advance of loading to enable the precautions which may be necessary for proper stoua.=
and safe carriage of the cargo to be put into effect. Such information- shall be confirmed in writing+ ancr ,
the gross mass of the cargo or of the cargo units, and any relevant special properties of the ca'.- l
For the pu rpose of this regu lation the cargo information requ ired in sub-chapter l .9 of the Cocle -
Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing, adopted by the Organization by resolution A.71-1
-
as may be amended, shall be provided. Any such amendment to sub-chapter 1.9 shall be adoplt-
brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the prest--
Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapte'
.2 in the case of solid bulk cargo, information as required by section 4 of the IMSBC Code.
3 Prior to loading cargo units on board ships, the shipper shall ensure that the Bross mass of such un::; .
in accordance with the gross mass declared on the shipping documents.
Regulation 3
Oxygen analysis and gas detection equipment
1 When transporting a solid bulk cargo which is liable to emit a toxic or flammable gas, or CaUS€ ox\.:-
depletion in the cargo space, an appropriate instrument for measuring the concentration of gas or o\\=:-
in the air shall be provided together with detailed instructions for its use. Such an instrument shall be to .-.
satisfaction of the Administration.
2 The Administration shall take steps to ensure that crews of ships are trained in the use of such instrunre--.
Regulation 4
The use of pesticides in ships*
Appropriate precautions shall be taken in the use of pesticides in ships, in particular for the purpose:
fumigation.
Regulation 5
Stowage and securing
1 Cargo, cargo units$ and cargo transport unitsll carried on or under deck shall be so loaded, stowecJ .-:
secured as to prevent as far as is practicable, throughout the voyage, damage or hazard to the ship anci .-=
persons on board, and loss of cargo overboard.
2 Cargo, cargo units and cargo transport units shall be so packed and secured within the unit as to prevent,
throughout the voyage, damage or hazard to the ship and the persons on board.
3 Appropriate precautions shall be taken during loading and transport of heavy cargoes or cargoes with
abnormal physical dimensions to ensure that no structural damage to the ship occurs and to maintain adequate
stability throughout the voyage.
4 Appropriate precautions shall be taken during loading and transport of cargo units and cargo transport
units on broard ro-ro ships, especially with regard to the securing arrangements on board such ships and on
the cargo units and cargo transport units and with regard to the strength of the securing points and lashings.
5 Freight containers shall not be Ioaded to more than the maximum gross weight indicated on the Safety
Approval Plate under the lnternational Convention for Safe Containers (CSC), as amended.
6 All cargoes, other than solid and liquid bulk cargoes, cargo units and cargo transport units, shall be
loaded, stowed and secured throughout the voyage in accordance with the Cargo Securing Manual approved
by the Administration. ln ships with ro-ro spaces, as defined in regulation ll-2/3.41, a[ securing of such
car$oes, cargo units, and cargo transport units, in accordance with the Cargo Securing Manual, shall be
completed before the ship leaves the berth. The Cargo Securing Manual shall be drawn up to a standard at
least equivalent to relevant guidelines developed by the Organization."'
Regulation 5-1
Material safety data sheets
Ships carrying oil or oil fuel, as defined in regulation 1 of Annex I of the lnternational Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, shall be provided
with material safety data sheets, based on the recommendations developed by the Organization,r' prior to the
loading of such oil as cargo in bulk or bunkering of oil fuel.
Regulation 5-2
Prohibition of the blending of bulk liquid cargoes and production processes
during sea voyages
1 The physical blending of bulk liquid cargoes during sea voyages is prohibited. Physical blending refers
to the process whereby the ship's cargo pumps and pipelines are used to internally circulate two or more
different cargoes with the intent to achieve a cargo with a new product designation. This prohibition does
not preclude the master from undertaking cargo transfers for the safety of the ship or protection of the marine
environment.
2 The prohibition in paragraph 1 does not apply to the blending of products for use in the search and
exploitation of seabed mineral resources on board ships used to facilitate such operations.
3 Any production process on board a ship during sea voyages is prohibited. Production processes refer
to any deliberate operation whereby a chemical reaction between a ship's cargo and any other substance or
cargo takes place.
4 The prohibition in paragraph 3 does not apply to the production processes of cargoes for use in the
search and exploitation of seabed mineral resources on board ships used to facilitate such operations.i
' Refer to Revised Cuidelines for the preparation of the Cargo Securing Manual (MSC.1/Circ.1353).
Refer to Recommendations for material safety data sheets (MSDS) for MARPOL Annex I oil cargo and oil fuel (resolution MSC.2B6(86),
.r( may be amended'.
- Refer to Cuidelines for the transport and handling of limited amounts of hazardous and noxious liquid substances in bulk in oflshore
.upport vessels rresolulion A.67 i, lbr, as amendedr.
Part B
Special provisions for solid bulk cargoes
Regulation 6
Acceptabi I ity for shipment
1 Priortoloadingasolidbulkcargo,themastershall beinpossessionofcomprehensiveinformationor -:
ship's stability and on the distribution of cargo for the standard loading conditions. The method of proric -.
such information shall be to the satisfaction of the Administration.*
Regulation 7
Loading, unloading and stowage of solid bulk cargoesl
1 For the purpose of this regulation, terminal representative means a person appointed by the termina '
other facility, where the ship is loading or unloading, who has responsibility for operations conducted lrr :-.,-
terminal or facility with regard to the particular ship.
2 To enable the master to prevent excessive stresses in the ship's structure, the ship shall be provided r'. -
a booklet, which shall be written in a language with which the ship's officers responsible for cargo operati,- -.
arefamiliar. lf thislanguageisnotEnglish,theshipshall beprovidedwithabookletwrittenalsointheEng.-
language. The booklet shall, as a minimum, include:
.3 maximum allowable load per unit surface area of the tank top plating;
.5 general loading and unloading instructions with regard to the strength of the ship's struci,"=
including any limitations on the most adverse operating conditions during loading, unload:-.
ballasting operations and the voyage;
.6 any special restrictions such as limitations on the most adverse operating conditions imposed :-
.7 where strength calculations are required, maximum permissible forces and moments on the sh : .
hull during loading, unloading and the voyage.
3 Before a solid bulk cargo is loaded or unloaded, the master and the terminal representative shall aq't=
on a planr which shall ensure that the permissible forces and moments on the ship are not exceeded dur'-:
loading or unloading, and shall include the sequence, quantity and rate of loading or unloading, taking i-
consideration the speed of loading or unloading, the number of pours and the deballasting or ballasl -:
capability of the ship. The plan and any subsequent amendments thereto shall be lodged with the appropn:-=
authority of the port State.
.-
324 SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 2L
Part B: Special provisions for solid bulk cargoes
Regulation 7
4 The master and terminal representative shall ensure that loading and unloading operations are conducted
in accordance with the agreed plan.
5 lf during loading or unloading any of the limits of the ship referred to in paragraph 2 are exceedecl or
are likely to become so if the loading or unloading continues, the master has the rlght to suspend operation
and the obligation to notify accordingly the appropriate authority of the port State with which the plan has
been lodged. The master and the terminal representative shall ensure that corrective action is taken. When
unloading car8o, the master and terminal representative shall ensure that the unloading method does not
damage the ship's structure.
6 The master shall ensure that ship's personnel continuously monitor cargo operations. Where possible,
the ship's draught shall be checked regularly during loading or unloading to confirm the tonnage figures
supplied. Each draught and tonnage observation shall be recorded in a cargo logbook. If significant deviations
from the agreed plan are detected, cargo or ballast operations or both shall 6e adjusteJto ensure that the
deviations are corrected.
Regulation B
Definitions
For the purposes of this part, unless expressly provided otherwise:
1 lnternational Crain Code means the lnternational Code for the Safe Carriage of Crain in Bulk adoptec
by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.23(59) as may be amended bv tl'"e
Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance
with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicab e
to the annex other than chapter l.
2 The term grain includes wheat, maize (corn), oats, rye, barley, rice, pulses, seeds and processed forr:-,s
thereof whose behaviour is similar to that of grain in its natural state.
Regulation 9
Requirements for cargo ships carrying grain
1 ln addition to any other applicable requirements of the present regulations, a cargo ship carrying gra;-
shall comply with the requirements of the lnternational Crain Code, and hold a document of authorizatic,-
as required by that Code. For the purpose of this regulation, the requirements of the Code shall be treated a;
mandatory.
2 A ship without such a document shall not load grain until the master satisfies the Administration, or t,he
Contracting Covernment of the port of loading on behalf of the Administration, that the ship will comply rr r:-
the requirements of the lnternational Crain Code in its proposed loaded condition.
Page
Part A Carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form
Regulation 1 Definitions.
331
Regulation 2 Application
33.r
Regulation 3 Requirements for the carriage of dangerous goods
331
Regulation 4 Documents
332
Regulation 5 Cargo Securing Manual
332
Regulation 5 Reporting of incidents involving dangerous goods ))1
J)L
Regulation 1
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
1 IMDC Code means the lnternational Maritime Dangerous Coods (IMDC) Code adopted by the Maritime
Safety Committee of the O.rganization by resolution MSC.122(75), as may be amended by the Organization,
provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordanc6 with the
provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the
annex other than chapter I.
2 Dangerous goods mean the substances, materials and articles covered by the IMDC Code.
3 Packaged form means the form of containment specified in the |MDC Code.
Regulation 2
Application*
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to the carriage of dangerous goods in packaged
form in all ships to which the present regulations apply and in cargo shipi of less than 500 gross tonnage.-
2 The provisions of this part do not apply to ships' stores and equipment.
3 The carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form is prohibited except in accordance with the provisions
of this chapter.
4 To supplement the provisions of this part, each Contracting Covernment shall issue, or cause to be
issued, detailed instructions on emergency response and medical first aid relevant to incidents involving
dangerous goods in packaged form, taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.t
Regulation 3
Requirements for the carriage of dangerous goods
The carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form shall be in compliance with the relevant provisions of the
IMDC Code.
*
Refer to:
.1 part D, which contains special requirements for the carriage of INF cargo; and
.2 regulation II-2l19, which contains special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods.
i Refer to:
..1 the Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Coods (EmS Cuide) (MSC/Circ.1O25, as amended); and
.2 the Medical First Aid Cuide for Use in Accidents lnvolving Dangerous Coods (MFAC) which is reproduced in the Supplement
to the IMDC Code published by the Organization.
Regulation 4
Documents :
1 Transport in{ormation relating to the carriage of dangerous goods in packaged form and the contai:.'
vehicle packing certificate shall be in accordance with the relevant provisions of the IMDC Code and shali i =
made available to the person or organization designated by the port State authority.
2 Each ship carrying dangerous goods in packaged form shall have a special list, manifestor stowage p;-
setting forth, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the IMDC Code, the dangerous goods on bo:',
ancl tie location thereof. A copy of one of these documents shall be made available before departure to .:=
person or organization designated by the port State authority.
Regulation 5
Cargo Securing Manual
Cargo, cargo units* and cargo transport units shall be loaded, stowed and secured throughout the voyage -
accordance with the Cargo Securing Manual approved by the Administration. The Cargo Securing Man-,
shall be drawn up to a standard at least equivalent to the guidelines developed by the Organization.i
Regulation 6
Reporting of incidents involving dangerous goods
1 When an incidenttakes place involvingthe loss or likely loss overboard of dangerous goods in packa:.':
form into the sea, the master, or other person having charge of the ship, shall report the particulars of such '-
-
incident without delay and to the fullest extent possible to the nearest coastal State. The report shall be dra'^',
up based on general principles and guidelines developed by the Organization.t
2 ln the event of the ship referred to in paragraph 1 being abandoned, or in the event of a report from suc-
a ship being incomplete or unobtainable, the company, as defined in regulation lKl1.2, shall, to the fulie.
extent possible, assume the obligations placed upon the master by this regulation.
lla
))L SOTAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 20--
Part A-1
Carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk
Regulation 7
Definitions
Dangerous goods in solid form in bulk means any material, other than Iiquid or gas, consisting of a combination
of particles, granules or any larger pieces of material, generally uniform in composition, which is covered by
the IMDC Code and is loaded directly into the cargo spaces of a ship without any intermediate form of
containment, and includes such materials loaded in a barge on a barge-carrying ship.
Regulation 7-1
Application*
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to the carriage of dangerous goods in solid form
in bulk in all ships to which the present regulations apply and in cargo ships of lesi than 5b0 gross tonnage.
2 The carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk is prohibited except in accordance with the
provisions of this part.
3 To supplement the provisions of this part, each Contracting Covernment shall issue, or cause to be
issued, instructions on emergency response and medical first aid relevant to incidents involving dangerous
goods in solid form in bulk, taking into account the guidelines developed by the Organization.l.
RegulationT-2
Documents
1 ln all documents relating to the carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk by sea, the bulk cargo
shipping name of the goods shall be used (trade names alone shall not be used).
2 Each ship carrying dangerous goods in solid form in bulk shall have a special list or manifest setting forth
the dangerous goods on board and the location thereof. A detailed stowage plan, which identifies by class and
sets out the location of all dangerous goods on board, may be used in place of such a special list or manifest.
A copy of one of these documents shall be made available before departure to the person or organization
designated by the port State authority.
Regulation 7-3
Stowage and segregation requirements
1 Dangerous goods in solid form in bulk shall be loaded and stowed safely and appropriately in accordance
with the nature of the goods. lncompatible goods shall be segregated from one another.
2 Dangerous goods in solid form in bulk, which are liable to spontaneous heating or combustion, shall not
be carried unless adequate precautions have been taken to minimize the likelihood of the outbreak of fire.
*
to regulation ll-2/19, which contains special requirements for ships carrying dangerous goods.
Refer
i Refer to the Medical First Aid Cuide for Use in Accidents involving Dangerous Coods (MFAC) which is reproduced in the Supplement
to the IMDC Code published by the Organization.
3 Dangerous goods in solid form in bulk, which give off dangerous vapours, shall be stowed in a ur
ventilated cargo space.
Regulation 7-4
Reporting of incidents involving dangerous g,oods
1 When an incident takes place involving the loss or likely loss overboard of dangerous goods in solid fo'-
in bulk into the sea, the master, or other person having charge of the ship, shall report the particulars of suc-
an incident without delay and to the fullest extent possible to the nearest coastal State. The report shall lo
drawn up based on general principles and guidelines developed by the Organization.*
2 ln the event of the ship referred to in paragraph 1 being abandoned, or in the event of a report from suc-
a ship being incomplete or unobtainable, the company, as defined in regulation lxl1.2, shall, to the fulies:
extent possible, assume the obligations placed upon the master by this regulation.
Regulation 7-s
Requirements for the carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk
The carriage of dangerous goods in solid form in bulk shall be in compliance with the relevant provisions rr
the IMSBC Code, as defined in regulation Vlll-1.1.
- Refer to Ceneral principles for ship reporting systems and ship reporting requirements, including Cuidelines for reporting incii:-i-
involving dangerous goods, harmful substances and/or marine pollutants (resolution A.851(20), as amended).
Regulation B
Definitions
For the purpose of this part, unless expressly provided otherwise:
1 lnternational Bulk Chemical Code (lBC Code) means the lnternational Code for the Construction and
Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of
the Organization by resolution MSC.4(48), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such
amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll
of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter
t.
2 Chemical tanker means a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any
liquid product listed in chapter 17 of the lnternational Bulk Chemical Code.
3 For the purpose of regulation 9, ship constructed means a ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a ffi
similar stage ofconstruction ffi
ffi&f,ffi
4 At a similar stage of construction means the stage at which:
ffi
.1 construction identifiable with a specific ship begins; and
.2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1o/" of the estimated mass
of all structural material, whichever is Iess.
Regulation 9
Application to chemical tankers
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to chemical tankers constructed on or after 1 July
1986 including those of less than 500 gross tonnage. Such tankers shall comply with the requirements of this
part in addition to any other applicable requirements of the present regulations.
2 Any chemical tanker, irrespective of the date of construction, which undergoes repairs, alterations,
modifications and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously
applicable to the ship. Such a ship, if constructed before 1 July 1986, shall, as a rule, comply with the
requirements for a ship constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as before undergoing such
repairs, alterations, modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character, and
outfitting related thereto, shall meet the requirements for a ship constructed on or after 1 July 1986 in so far
as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.
3 A ship, irrespective of the date of construction, which is converted to a chemical tanker shall be treated
as a chemical tanker constructed on the date on which such conversion commenced.
Regulation 10
Requirements for chemical tankers
1 A chemical tanker shall comply with the requirements of the lnternational Bulk Chemical Code anc
shall, in addition to the requirements of regulation ll\,ll9, and l/10, as applicable, be surveyed and certifiec
as provided for in that Code.
2 A chemical tanker holding a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be subjec.
to the control established in regulationlllg. For this purpose such certificate shall be treated as a certificate
issued under regulationlll2 or l/13.
Regulation 11
Definitions
For the purpose of this part, unless expressly providecl otherwise:
"l lnternational Cas Carrier Code (lCC Code) means the lnternational Code for the Construction and
Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Cases in Bulk as adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of
the Organization by resolution MSC.5(48), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such
amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll
of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter
t.
2 Cas carriermeans a cargo ship constructed or adapted and used for the carriage in bulk of any liquefieci
gas or other product listed in chapter 19 of the International Cas Carrier Code.
3 For the purpose of regulation 12, ship constructed means a ship the keel of which is laid or which is at a
similar stage of construction.
.2 assembly of that ship has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 1oh of the estimated mass
of all structural material, whichever is less.
Regulation 12
Application to gas carriers
1 Unless expressly provided otherwise, this part applies to gas carriers constructed on or after 1 July 19BG
including those of less than 500 gross tonnage. Such gas carriers shall comply with the requirements of this
part in addition to any other applicable requirements of the present regulations.
2 Any gas carrier, irrespective of the date of construction, which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications
and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable
to the ship. Such a ship if constructed before 1 iuly 1986 shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements for a
ship constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as before undergoing such repairs, alterations,
modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character, and outfitting related
thereto, shall meet the requirements for a ship constructed on or after 1 July 1986 in so far as the Administration
deems reasonable and practicable.
3 A ship, irrespective of the date of construction, which is converted to a gas carrier shall be treated as a
gas carrier constructed on the date on which such conversion commenced.
Regulation 13
Requirements for gas carriers
1 A gas carrier shall comply with the requirements of the lnternational Cas Carrier Code and shali.
in addition to the requirements of regulation l/8, l/9 and ll1O, as applicable, be surveyed and certified as
provided for in that Code. For the purpose of this regulation, the requirements of the Code shall be treated as
mandatory.
2 A gas carrier holding a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be subject to the
control established in regulation l/19. For this purpose such certificate shall be treated as a certificate issueC
under regulation ll12 or l/13.
Regulation 14
Definitions
1 /NF Code means the lnternational Code for the Safe Carriage of Packaged lrradiated Nuclear Fuel,
Plutonium and High-Level Radioactive Wastes on Board Ships, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee
of the Organization by resolution MSC.BB(71), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such
amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article VIll of
the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l.
2 INF cargo means packaged irradiated nuclear fuel, plutonium and high-level radioactive wastes carried
with class 7 of the IMDC Code.
as cargo in accordance
3 lrradiated nuclear fuel means material containing uranium, thorium and/or plutonium isotopes which has
been used to maintain a self-sustaining nuclear chain reaction.
4 Plutoniurn means the resultant mixture of isotopes of that material extracted from irradiated nuclear fuel
from reprocessing.
5 High-level radioactive wastes means liquid wastes resulting from the operation of the f irst stage extraction
system or the concentrated wastes from subsequent extraction stages, in a facility for reprocessing irradiated
nuclear fuel, or solids into which such liquid wastes have been converted.
Regulation 15
Application to ships carrying INF cargo
1 Except as provided for in paragraph2, this part shall apply to all ships regardless of the date of construct-
ion and size, including cargo ships of Iess than 500 gross tonnage, engaged in the carriage of INF cargo.
2 This part and the INF Code do not apply to warships, naval auxiliary or other vessels owned or operated
by a Contracting Covernment and used, for the time being, only on government non-commercial service;
however, each Administration shall ensure, by the adoption of appropriate measures not impairing operations
or operational capabilities of such ships owned or operated by it, that such ships carrying INF cargo act in a
manner consistent, so far as reasonable and practicable, with this part and the INF Code.
3 Nothing in this part or the INF Code shall prejudice the rights and duties of governments under
international law and any action taken to enforce compliance shall be consistent with international law.
Regulation 16
Requirements for ships carrying INF cargo
1 A ship carrying INF cargo shall comply with the requirements of the INF Code in addition to any othe'
applicable requirements of the present regulations and shall be surveyed and certified as provided for in tha:
Code.
2 A ship holding a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 1 shall be subject to the contro
established in regulations l/19 and Xl-114. For this purpose, such certificate shall be treated as a certificale
issued under regularion ll12 or 1113.
Page
'l
Regulation Application 345
Regulation 2 Application of other chapters 345
Regulation 3 Exemptions 345
Regulation 4 Approval of reactor installation 345
Regulation 5 Suitability of reactor installation for service on board ship . . 345
Regulation 6 Radiation safety. 345
Regulation 7 Safety assessment 345
Regulation B Operating manual 346
Regulation 9 Surveys 346
Regulation 10 Certificates 346
'11
Regulation Special control 346
Regulation 12 Casualties 347
Regulation 1
Application
This chapter applies to all nuclear ships except ships of war.
Regulation 2
Application of other chapters
The regulations contained in the other chapters of the present Convention apply to nuclear ships except as
modified by this chapter.*
Regulation 3
Exemptions
A nuclear ship shall not, in any circumstances, be exempted from compliance with any regulations of this
Convention.
Regulation 4
Approval of reactor installation
The design, construction and standards of inspection and assembly of the reactor installation shall be subject
to the approval and satisfaction of the Administration and shall take account of the limitations which wili be
imposed on surveys by the presence of radiation.
Regulation 5
Suitability of reactor installation for service on board ship
The reactor installation shall be designed having regard to the special conditions of service on board ship both
in normal and exceptional circumstances of navigation.
Regulation 6
Radiation safety
The Administration shall take measures to ensure that there are no unreasonable radiation or other nuclear
hazards, at sea or in port, to the crew, passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resources.
Regulation 7
Safety assessment
(a) A safety assessment shall be prepared to permit evaluation of the nuclear power plant and safety of
the ship to ensure that there are no unreasonable radiation or other hazards, at sea or in port, to the crew,
passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resources. The Administration, when satisfied, shall
approve such safety assessment which shall always be kept up to date.
(b) The safety assessment shall be made available sufficiently in advance to the Contracting Covernments of
the countries which a nuclear ship intends to visit so that they may evaluate the safety of the ship.
*
Refer to the Code of Safety for N uclear Merchant Ships (resolution A.491 (Xll)), wh ich supplements the requirements of th is chapter.
1i-
SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION 2014 )+)
Chapter Vlll: Nuclear ships
Regulation B
Regulation B
Operating manual
A fully detailed operating manual shall be prepared for the information and guidance of the operating p€rSo--:
in their duties on all matters relating to the operation of the nuclear power plant and having an impo'.'--
bearing on safety. The Administration, when satisfied, shall approve such operating manual and a copr s-.
be kept on board the ship. The operating manual shall always be kept up to date.
Regulation 9
Surveys
Survey of nuclear ships shall include the applicable requirements of regulation 7 of chapter l, or of regula: --,
B, 9 and 10 of chapter l, except in so far as surveys are limited by the presence of radiation. ln addition .-=
surveys shall include any special requirements of the safety assessment. They shall in all cases, notwithstanC -:
the provisions of regulations B and 10 of chapter l, be carried out not less frequently than once a year.
Regulation 10
Certificates
(a) The provisions of paragraph (a) of regulation '12
of chapter I and of regulation 14 of chapter I shall - -
(b) A certificate, called a Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection;--
survey to a nuclear passenger ship which complies with the requirements of chapters ll-1, ll-2, lll, IV ancl \
and any other relevant requirements of the present regulations.
(c) A certificate, called a Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificate shall be issued after inspection and su1.:,-
to a nuclear cargo ship which satisfies the requirements for cargo ships on survey set out in regulatior "
of chapter l, and complies with the requirements of chapters ll-1,11-2,lll, lV and VIll and any other rele'".--
requirements of the present regulations.
(d) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificates shall state: "T-:-
the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all requirements of chapter Vlll of the Convention and confor:-= -
to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship".
(e) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificates shall be valicl , -' .
period of not more than 12 months.
(f) Nuclear Passenger Ship Safety Certificates and Nuclear Cargo Ship Safety Certificates shall be iss-=:
either by the Administration or by any person or organization duly authorized by it. ln every case, .-:-
Administration assumes full responsibility for the certificate.
Regulation 11
Special controf
ln addition to the control established by regulation l9 of chapter l, nuclear ships shall be subject to speL,
control before entering the ports and in the ports of Contracting Covernments, directed towards verifying ::.-
there is on board a valid Nuclear Ship Safety Certificate and that there are no unreasonable radiation or oi!=-
hazards at sea or in port, to the crew, passengers or public, or to the waterways or food or water resource.
Refer to the IMO/IAEA Safety Recommendation on the Use of Ports by Nuclear Merchant Ships.
Regulation 12
Casualties
ln the event of any accident likely to lead to an environmental hazard the master of a nuclear ship shall
immediately inform the Administration. The master shall also immediately inform the competent governmental
authority of the country in whose waters the ship may be, or whose waters the ship approaches in a damaged
condition.
Page
Regulation 1
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
1 lnternational Safety Management (ISM) Code means the International Management Code for the Safe
Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention adopted by the Organization by resolution A.741(18), as may
be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take
effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment
procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
2 Company means the owner of the ship or any other organization or person such as the manager, or the
bareboat charterer, who has assumed the responsibility for operation of the ship from the owner of the ship
and who on assuming such responsibility has agreed to take over all the duties and responsibilities imposed
by the lnternational Safety Management Code.
6 Bulk carrier means a ship which is constructed generally with single deck, top-side tanks and hopper
side tanks in cargo spaces, and is intended primarily to carry dry cargo in bulk, and includes such types as ore
carriers and combination carriers.''
7 Mobile offshore drilling unit (MODU) means a vessel capable of engaging in drilling operations for the
exploration for or exploitation of resources beneath the sea-bed such as Iiquid or gaseous hydrocarbons,
sulphur or salt.
Regulation 2
Application
This chapter applies to ships, regardless of the date of construction, as follows:
.1 passenger ships including passenger high-speed craft, not later than 1 July 1998;
.2 oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers, bulk carriers and cargo high-speed craft of 500 gross
tonnage and upwards, not later than 1 July 1998; and
.3 other cargo ships and mobile offshore drilling units of 500 gross tonnage and upwards, not later
than I )uly 2OO2.i
This chapter does not apply to government-operated ships used for non-commercial purposes.
Regulation 3
Safety m anagement req u i re ments
1 The company and the ship shall comply with the requirements of the lnternational Safety Management
Code. For the purpose of this regulation, the requirements of the Code shall be treated as mandatory.
2 The ship shall be operated by a company holding a Document of Compliance referred to in regulation 4.
"Refer to lnterpretation of provisions of SOLAS chapter Xll on additional safety measures for bulk carriers (resolution MSC.79(70)).
'|
The Maritime Safety Committee, at its sixty-sixth session, decided that mobile offshore drilling units not propelled by mechanical
mcans need not comply with the requirements of the chapter.
Regulation 4
Certification
1 A Document of Compliance shall be issued to every company which complies with the requirements
of the International Safety Management Code. This document shall be issued by the Administration, br a^
organization recognized by the Administration, or at the request of the Administration by another Contractin.
Covernment.
2 A copy of the Document of Compliance shall be kept on board the ship in order that the master ca^
produce it on request for verification.
3 A Certificate, called a Safety Management Certificate, shall be issued to every ship by the Administratic,-
or an organization recognized by the Administration. The Administration or organization recognized by it sha
before issuing the Safety Management Certificate, verify that the company and its shipboard managemef
operate in accordance with the approved safety-management system.
Regulation 5
n an ce of
M ai nte co n d iti o n s
The safety-management system shall be maintained in accordance with the provisions of the lnternatio:a
Safety Management Code.
Regulation 6
Verification and control*
1 The Administration, another Contracting Covernment at the request of the Administration or a^
organization recognized by the Administration shall periodically verify the proper functioning of the ship s
safety- management system.
::*
2 A ship required to hold a certificate issued pursuant to the provisions of regulation 4.3 shall be subject .-
:.8 control in accordance with the provisions of regulationXll4. For this purpose such certificate shall be treate:
as a certificate issued under regulalion ll12 or l,113.
'' Refer to Revised Cuidelines on implementation of the lnternational Safety Management (lSM) Code by Administratic-.
(resolution A1071(28), Procedures concerning observed ISM Code major non-conformities (MSC/Circ.1059-MEPC/Circ.40l ,a---
IMO requirements on carriage of publications on board ships (MSC-MEPC.2lCirc.2).
Page
.l
Regulation Definitions. 359
Regulation 2 Application 359
Regulation 3 Requirements for high-speed craft 360
Regulation 1
Definitions
1 High Speed Craft Code, 1994 (1994 HSC Code)means the lnternational Code of Safety for High-Speed
Craft adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.36(63), ai may be
amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take
effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention conCerning the amenclment
procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l.
2 High-Speed Craft Code, 2000 (2000 HSC Code) means the International Code of Safety for High-Speed
Craft, 2000, adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee of the Organization by resolution MSC.g7(7i), as may
be_ amended by the organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force
and take
effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention conc6rning the amendment
procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter I.
3 High-speed craft is a craft capable of a maximum speed, in metres per second (m/s), equal to or exceeding:
).7V0166-
excluding craft the hull of which is supported completely clear abrove the water surface in non-displacement
mode by aerodynamic forces generated by ground effect.
4 Craft constructed means a craft the keel of which is laid or which is at a similar stage of construction.
.2 assembly of that craft has commenced comprising at least 50 tonnes or 3"k of the estimated mass
of all structural material, whichever is the less.
Regulation 2
Application
1 This chapter applies to high-speed craft constructed on or after 1 January 1996, as follows:
.1 passenger craft which do not proceed in the course of their voyage more than 4 h at operational
speed from a place of refuge when fully laden; and
.2 cargo craft of 500 gross tonnage and upwards which do not proceed in the course of their voyage
more than B h at operational speed from a place of refuge when fully laden.
2 Any craft, irrespective of the date of construction, which undergoes repairs, alterations, modifications
and outfitting related thereto shall continue to comply with at least the requirements previously applicable
to the craft. Such a craft, if constructed before 1 )uly 2002, shall, as a rule, comply with the requirements
for a craft constructed on or after that date to at least the same extent as it did before undergoing such
repairs, alterations, modifications or outfitting. Repairs, alterations and modifications of a major character, and
outfitting related thereto, shall meet the requirements for a craft constructed on or after 1 )uly 2OO2 in so far
as the Administration deems reasonable and practicable.
Regulation 3
Requirements for high-speed craft
1 Notwithstanding the provisions of chapters I to lV and regulations V/18, l9 and 20:
.1 a high-speed craft constructed on.or after 1 January .l996 but brefore 1 )uly 2oo2 which complies
with the requirements of the High-Speed Craft Code, 1994 in its entirety and which has been
surveyed and certified as provided in that Code shall be deemed to have complied with
the
requirements of chapters I to lV and regulations V/18, 19 and 20. For the purpose of inis regulation,
the requirements of that Code shall be treated as mandatory;
.2 a high-speed craft constructed on or after 1 July 2oo2 which complies with the requirements of
the High-Speed Craft Code, 2000 in its entirety and which has been surveyed and certified as
provided in that Code shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements of chapters
I to lV
and regulations V/lB, l9 and 20.
2 The certificates and permits issued under the High-Speed Craft Code shall have the same force and the
same recognition as the certificates issued under chapter l.
Page
Regulation 1
ii. Authorization of recognized organizations*
II
Organizations referred to in regulation I/5 shall comply with the guidelines adopted by the Organization
by resolution 4.739(18), as may be amended by the Organization, and the specifications adopted by the
Organization by resolution A.789(19), as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments
are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present
Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l.
Regulation 2
Enhanced surveys'l
Bulk carriers as defined in regulation lX/l.6 and oil tankers as defined in regulation ll-112.22 shall be subject
to an enhanced programme of inspections in accordance with the lnternational Code on the Enhanced
Programme of lnspections during Surveys of Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers, 2011 (2011 ESP Code), adopted
by the Assembly of the Organization by resolution A.1049(27), as may be amended by the Organization,
provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance with the
provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the
annex other than chapter I.
Regulation 3
Ship identification number
(Paragraphs 4 and 5 apply to all ships to which this regulation applies. For ships constructed before 1 )uly 2004,
the requirements of paragraphs 4 and 5 shall be complied with not later than the first scheduled dry-docking
of the ship after 1 )uly 2OOa)
1 This regulation applies to all passenger ships of 100 Bross tonnage and upwards and to all cargo ships of
300 gross tonnage and upwards.
2 Every ship shall be provided with an identification number which conforms to the IMO ship identification
number scheme adopted by the Organization.+
3 The ship's identification number shall be inserted$ on the certificates and certified copies thereof issued
under regulalion ll12 or regulation l/13.
.1 in a visible place either on the stern of the ship or on either side of the hull, amidships port and
starboard, above the deepest assigned load Iine or either side of the superstructure, port and
starboard or on the front of the superstructure or, in the case of passenger ships, on a horizontal
surface visible from the air; and
* Refer to the Code for Recognized Organizations (RO Code) (MSC.349(92) and MEPC.237(65)) and Cuidelines for Administrations to
ensure the adequacy of transfer of class-related matters between Recognized Organizations (ROs) (MSC-MEPC.5/Circ.2).
i Refer to Cuidance for planning the enhanced programme of inspections during surveys oi bulk carriers and oil tankers (MSC/
Circ.655) and Cuidelines on the means of acccss to structures for inspection and maintenance of oil tankers and bulk carriers (MSC/
Circ.6B6).
'! Refer to the IMO ship identification number scheme (resolution A.107S(28)).
{ Refer to Marl<ing the ship's plans, manuals and other documents with the IMO ship identification number (MSC/Circ.l142-MEPCI
Circ.425).
.2 in an easily accessible place either on one of the end transverse bulkheads of the machinery spaces,
as defined in regulation ll-2/3.30, or on one of the hatchways or, in the case of tankers, in the
pump-room or, in the case of ships with ro-ro spaces, as defined in regulation ll-2/3.41, on one oi
the end transverse bulkheads of the ro-ro spaces.
5.1 The permanent marking shall be plainly visible, clear of any other markings on the hull and shall be
painted in a contrasting colour.
5.2 The permanent marking referred to in paragraph 4.1 shall be not less than 200 mm in height. The
permanent marking referred to in paragraph 4.2 shall not be less than -l00 mm in height. The width of the
marks shall be proportionate to the height.
5.3 The permanent marking may be made by raised Iettering or by cutting it in or by centre-punching it or'
by any other equivalent method of marking the ship identification number which ensures that the marking 's
not easily expunged.
5.4 On ships constructed of material other than steel or metal, the Administration shall approve the methoc
of marking the ship identification numbrer.
Regulation 3-1
Company and registered owner identification number
1 This regulation applies to Companies and registered owners of ships to which chapter I applies.
2 For the purpose of this regulation, registered owner shall be as specified by the Administration anc
Company as defined in regulation lX/|.
3 Every Company and registered owner shall be provided with an identification number which conforn';
to the IMO Unique Company and Registered Owner ldentification Number Scheme adopted bir tre
Organization."
4 The Company identification number shall be inserted on the certificates and certified copies there,-'
issued under regulation lX/4 and section A119.2 or A/19.4 of the ISPS Code.
5 This regulation shall take effect when the certificates referred to in paragraph 4 are issued or renewed c,-
or after 1 lanuary 2009.
Regulation 4
Port State control on operational requirementst
1 A ship when in a port of another Contracting Covernment is subject to control by officers duly authorize:
by such Covernment concerning operational requirements in respect of the safety of ships, when there a'.
clear grounds for believing that the master or crew are not familiar with essential shipboard procedur.:
relating to the safety of ships.
2 Inthecircumstancesdefinedinparagraphl of thisregulation,theContractingCovernmentcarryingc--
the control shall take such steps as will ensure that the ship shall not sail until the situation has been brou,.--
to order in accordance with the requirements of the present Convention.
3 Procedures relating to the port State control prescribed in regulation l/19 shall apply to this regulatior:
4 Nothing in the present regulation shall be construed to limit the rights and obligations of a Contractr-.
Covernment carrying out control over operational requirements specifically provided for in the regulation'
*
Refer to Adoption of the IMO unique company and registered owner identification number scheme (resolution MSC.160(78r
'i Refer to Procedures for port State control, 2011 (resolution A.1052(27)).
Regulation 5
Continuous Synopsis Record
1 Every ship to which chapter I applies shall be issued with a Continuous Synopsis Record.
2.1 The Continuous Synopsis Record is intended to provide an on-board record of the history of the ship
with respect to the information recorded therein.
For ships constructed before 1 )uly 2004, the Continuous Synopsis Record shall, at least, provide the
?,2
historyof the ship as from 1 )uly 2004.
3 The Continuous Synopsis Record shal.l be issued by the Administration to each ship that is entitled
to fly
its flag and it shall contain, at least, the following information (the Continuous Synopsis
Record shall contain
the information in paragraphs 3.7 and 3.'10 when it is issued or updated on or afier i lunuury 2oo9):
.1 the name of the State whose flag the ship is entitled to fly;
.2 the date on which the ship was registered with that State;
.B the name of the registered bareboat charterer(s) and their registered address(es), if applicable;
.9 the name of the Company, as defined in regulation lX/1, its registered address and the address(es)
from where it carries out the safety-management activities;
.11 the name of all classification society(ies) with which the ship is classed;
.12 the name of the Administration or of the Contracting Covernment or of the recognized organization
which has issued the Document of Compliance (or ihe lnterim Document of Coilplianceispecified
in the ISM Code as defined in regulation lX/.1, to the Company operating the ship and the name of
the body which has carried out the audit on the basis of which the Doc-ument was issued, if other
than that issuing the Document;
.13 the name of the Administration or of the Contracting Covernment or of the recognized organization
that has issued the Safety Management Certificatelor the lnterim Safety Management C"ertificate),
specified in the ISM Code as defined in regulation lX/l,tothe ship and the namJof the body whicii
has carried out the audit on the basis of which the Certificate was issued, if other than thai issuing
the Certificate;
."14 the name of the Administration or of the Contracting Covernment or of the recognized security
organization that has issued the International Ship Security Certificate (or the Interim lnternational
Ship Security.Certificate), specified in part A of the ISpS Code as defined in regulation Xl_2/1, to
the ship and the name of the body which has carried out the verification on the basis of which the
Certificate was issued, if other than that issuing the certificate; and
.15 the date on which the ship ceased to be registered with that State.
4.1 Any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraphs 3.4 to3.12 shall be recorded in the Continuous
Synopsis Record so as to provide updated and current information together with the history of the changes.
4.2 ln case of any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraph 4.1, the Administration shall iss;.=
as soon as is practically possible but not later than three months from the date of the change, to the sl-,r:.
entitled to fly its flag either a revised and updated version of the Continuous Synopsis Record or appropria =
amendments thereto.
4.3 ln case of any changes relating to the entries referred to in paragraph 4.1, the Administration, pending i-=
issue of a revised and updated version of the Continuous Synopsis Record, shall authorize and require eit;..'
the Company as defined in regulation lXll or the master of the ship to amend the Continuous Synopsis Recc,- --
to reflect the changes. In such cases, after the Continuous Synopsis Record has been amended, the Compa^ "
5.1 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be in English, French or Spanish language. Additionallr :
translation of the Continuous Synopsis Record into the official language or languages of the Administrai , -
may be provided.
5.2 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be in the format developed by the Organization and shall i,.
maintained in accordance with guidelines developed by the Organization."'Any previous entries in .-=
Continuous Synopsis Record shall not be modified, deleted or, in any way, erased or defaced.
6 Whenever a ship is transferred to the f lag of another State or the ship is sold to another owner (or is tak.-
over by another bareboat charterer) or another Company assumes the responsibility for the operation of i^.
ship, the Continuous Synopsis Record shall be left on board.
7 When a ship is to be transferred to the flag of another State, the Company shall notify the Administratr -
of the name of the State under whose flag the ship is to be transferred so as to enable the Administratior'
forward to that State a copy of the Continuous Synopsis Record covering the period during which the ship ','.....
under its jurisdiction.
B When a ship is transferred to the flag of another State the Covernment of which is a Contract -:
Covernment, the Contracting Covernment of the State whose flag the ship was flying hitherto shall trans^- -
to the Administration, as soon as possible after the transfer takes place, a copy of the relevant Continur-.
Synopsis Record covering the period during which the ship was under their jurisdiction together with a-
Continuous Synopsis Records previously issued to the ship by other States.
9 When a ship is transferred to the flag of another State, the Administration shall append the preri,-,-.
Continuous Synopsis Records to the Continuous Synopsis Record the Administration will issue to the ship .
to provide the continuous history record intended by this regulation.
10 The Continuous Synopsis Record shall be kept on board the ship and shall be available for inspectio:- .-
all times.
* Refer
to Format and guidelines for the maintenance of the Continuous Synopsis Record (CSR) (resolution A.9-59(23), as amencle ;
MSC.198(80)) and Cuidance to port State control officers on the non-security related elements of the 2002 SOLAS amendments \':
Circ.l 113).
Regulation 6
Additional requirements for the investigation of marine casualties and incidents*
Taking into account regulation 1121, each Administration shall conduct investigations of marine casualties and
incidents, in accordance with the provisions of the present Convention, as su[plemented by the provisions of
the Code of the lnternational Standards and Recommended Practices for a Safety Investigation into a Marine
Casualty or Marine lncident (Casualty Investigation Code) adopted by resolution MSC.25l(84), ancl:
.1 the provisions of parts I and ll of the Casualty lnvestigation Code shall be fully complied with;
.2 the related guidance and explanatory material contained in part lll of the Casualty Investigation
Code should be taken into account to the greatest possible extent in order to achieve a more
uniform implementation of the Casualty lnvestigation Code;
.3 amendments to parts I and ll of the Casualty Investigation Code shall be adopted, brought into
force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Con-vention
concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l; and
.4 part Ill of the Casualty Investigation Code shall be amended by the Maritime Safety Committee in
accordance with its rules of procedure.
Page
Regulation 1
Definitions
1 For the purpose of this chapter, unless expressly provided otherwise:
.12 lnternational Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code means the lnternational Code for the
Security of Ships and of Port Facilities consisting of part A (the provisions of which shall be treated
as mandatory) and part B (the provisions of which shall be treated as recommendatory), as adopted,
on 12 December 2002, by resolution 2 of the Conference of Contracting Covernments to the
lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 as may be amended by the Organization,
provided that:
.12.1 amendments to part A of the Code are adopted, brought into force and take effect in
accordance with article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment
procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l; and
.12.2 amendments to part B of the Code are adopted by the Maritime Safety Committee in
accordance with its Rules of Procedure.
.13 Security incident means any suspicious act or circumstance threatening the security of a ship,
including a mobile offshore drilling unit and a high-speed craft, or of a port facility or of any ship/
port interface or any ship-to-ship activity.
.14 Security /eve/ means the qualification of the degree of risk that a security incident will be attempted
or will occur.
.15 Declaration of Security means an agreement reached between a ship and either a port facility or
another ship with which it interfaces, specifying the security measures each will implement.
."16 Recognized security organization means an organization with appropriate expertise in security
matters and with appropriate knowledge of ship and port operations authorized to carry out an
assessment, or a verification, or an approval or a certification activity, required by this chapter or
by part A of the ISPS Code.
2 The term "ship", when used in regulations 3 to 13, includes mobile offshore drilling units and high-spet-
craft.
3 The term "all ships", when used in this chapter, means any ship to which this chapter applies.
4 The term "Contracting Covernment", when used in regulations 3, 4,7 and 10 to 13, includes a refere--=
to the Designated Authority.
Regulation 2
Application
1 This chapter applies to:
.1.2 cargo ships, including high-speed craft, of 500 gross tonnage and upwards; and
.1.3 mobile offshore drilling units; and
2 Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1.2, Contracting Covernments shall decide the exten. -
application of this chapter and of the relevant sections of part A of the ISPS Code to those port facilities u i:- -
their territory which, although used primarily by ships not engaged on international voyages, are requ,r.-
occasionally, to serve ships arriving or departing on an international voyage. l
2Jl Contracting Covernments shall base their decisions, under paragraph 2, on a port facility secL' ,
assessment carried out in accordance with the provisions of part A of the ISPS Code.
2.2 Any decision which a Contracting Covernment makes, under paragraph 2, shall not compromise .-.
level of security intended to be achieved by this chapter or by part A of the ISPS Code.
3 This chapter does not apply to warships, naval auxiliaries or other ships owned or operated I;. .
Contracting Covernment and used only on Covernment non-commercial service.
4 Nothing in this chapter shall prejudice the rights or obligations of States under international law.
Regulation 3
Obligations of Contracting Covernments with respect to security
1 Administrations shall set security levels and ensure the provision of security-level information to si^:.
entitled to fly their flag. When changes in security level occur, security-level information shall be updatec ,.
the circumstance dictates.
2 Contracting Covernments shall set security levels and ensure the provision of security-level informa-t -
to port facilities within their territory, and to ships prior to entering a port or whilst in a port within their territl
When changes in security level occur, security-level information shall be updated as the circumstance dicta:=.
Regulation 4
Requirements for Companies and ships
1 Companies shall comply with the relevant requirements of this chapter and of part A of the ISPS Cc
taking into account the guidance given in part B of the ISPS Code.
2 Ships shall comply with the relevant requirements of this chapter and of part A of the ISPS Code, taking
into account the guidance given in part B of the ISPS Code, and such compliance shall be verified anJ
certified as provided for in part A of the ISPS Code.
3 Prior to entering a port or whilst in a port within the territory of a Contracting Covernment, a ship shall
!9rqly with the requirements for the security level set by that Contracting Covernment, if such security level
is higher than the security level set by the Administration for that ship.
4 Ships shall respond without undue delay to any change to a higher security level.
5 Where a ship is not in compliance with the requirements of this chapter or of part A of the ISPS Code, or
cannot comply with the requirements of the security level set by the Administration or by another Contracting
Covernment and applicable to that ship, then the ship shall notify the appropriate competent authority prior
to conducting any ship/port interface or prior to entry into port, whichever occurs earlier.
Regulation 5
Specific responsibility of Companies
The Company shall ensure that the master has available on board, at all times, information through which
officers duly authorized by a Contracting Covernment can establish:
.1 who is responsible for appointing the members of the crew or other persons currently employed or
engaged on board the ship in any capacity on the business of that ship;
.2 who is responsible for deciding the employment of the ship; and
.3 in cases where the ship is employed under the terms of charter party(ies), who are the parties to
such charter party(ies).
Regulation 6
Ship security alert system*
All ships shall be provided with a ship security alert system, as follows:
.1 ships constructed on or after 1 )uly 2OO4;
.2 passenger ships, including high-speed passenger crafl, constructed before 1 )uly 2OOa, not later
than the first survey of the radio installation after 1 )uly 2OO4;
.3 oil tankers, chemical tankers, gas carriers, bulk carriers and cargo high-speed craft, of 500 gross
tonnage and upwards constructed before 1 )uly 2004, not later than the first survey of the radio
-l
installation after July 2004; and
.4 other cargo ships of 500 gross tonnage and upward and mobile offshore drilling units constructed
before 1 )uly 2004, not later than the first survey of the radio installation after I july 2006.
.1 be capable of being activated from the navigation bridge and in at least one other location; anc
4 The ship security alert system activation points shall be designed so as to prevent the inadvertent initia:ir -
of the ship security alert.
5 The requirement for a ship security alert system may be complied with by using the radio installa: -
fitted for compliance with the requirements of chapter lV, provided all requirements of this regulatior i-:
complied with.
5 When an Administration receives notif ication of a ship security alert, that Administration shall immed ia.=
notify the State(s) in the vicinity of which the ship is presently operating.
7 When a Contracting Covernment receives notification of a ship security alert from a ship which rs -.
entitled to fly its flag, that Contracting Covernment shall immediately notify the relevant Administration .-.
if appropriate, the State(s) in the vicinity of which the ship is presently operating.
Regulation 7
Threats to ships
1 Contracting Covernments shall set security levels and ensure the provision of security-level inforn-:
to ships operating in their territorial sea or having communicated an intention to enter their territorial se;.
2 Contracting Covernments shall provide a point of contact through which such ships can request a.,
or assistance and to which such ships can report any security concerns about other ships, movenrer:.
communications.
3 Where a risk of attack has been identified, the Contracting Covernment concerned shall advise the .^
concerned and their Administrations of:
.'l the current security level;
.2 any security measures that should be put in place by the ships concerned to protect then:s=
from attack, in accordance with the provisions of part A of the ISPS Code; and
.3 security measures that the coastal State has decided to put in place, as appropriate.
Regulation B
Master's discretion for ship safety and security
1 The master shall not be constrained by the Company, the charterer or any other person from tar -:
executing any decision which, in the professional judgement of the master, is necessary to maintain the ..-='
and security of the ship. This includes denial of access to persons (except those identified as duly authi' -.,
by a Contracting Covernment) or their effects and refusal to load cargo, including containers or other : i:,
cargo transport units.
2 lf, in the professional judgementof the master, a conflict between any safety and security require--=- -
applicable to the ship arises during its operations, the master shall give effect to those requirements rec.::: -
to maintain the safety of the ship. ln such cases, the master may implement temporary securitl, rr€:::--:"
and shall forthwith inform the Administration and, if appropriate, the Contracting Covernment in rvhos= , -
the ship is operating or intends to enter. Any such temporary security measures under this regulatior- .-,
to the highest possible degree, be commensurate with the prevailing security level. When such ca..=' ,'"
identified, the Administration shall ensure that such conflicts are resolved and that the possibility oi rec;-"= - ,
is minimized.
Regulation 9
Control and compliance measures
1.2 When there are such clear grounds, or when no valid Certificate is produced when required, the officers
duly authorizedby the Contracting Covernment shall impose any one or more control measures in relation
to that sh.ip as provided in paragraph 1.3. Any such measures imposed must be proportionate, taking into
account the guidance given in part B of the lSpS Code.
1.3 Such control measures are as follows: inspection of the ship, delaying the ship, detention of the ship,
restriction of operations, including movement within the port, or expulsion oT the ship from port. Such control
measures may additionally or alternatively include other lesser administrative or corrective measures.
.1 that the ship possesses a valid Certificate and the name of its issuing authority;
.2 the security level at which the ship is currently operating;
.3 the security level at which the ship operated in any previous port where it has conducted a ship/
port interface within the timeframe specified in paragraph 2.3;
.4 any special or additional security measures that were taken by the ship in any previous port where
'
it has conducted a ship/port interface within the timeframe specified in paragraph 2.3;
.5 that the appropriate ship security procedures were maintained during any shipto-ship activity
within the timeframe specified in paragraph 2.3; or
.6 other practical security-related information (but not details of the ship security plan), taking into
account the guidance given in part B of the lSpS Code.
lf requested by the Contracting Covernment, the ship or the Company shall provide confirmation, acceptable
to that Contracting Covernment, of the information required above.
2.2 Every ship to which this chapter applies intending to enter the port of another Contracting Covernment
shall provide the information described in paragraph 2.1 on the request of the officers duly authlrized by that
Covernment. The master may decline to provide such information on the understanding that failure to do so
may result in denial of entry into port.
2.3 The ship shall keep records of the information referred to in paragraph 2.1 for the last l0 calls at port
facilities.
non-compliance. lf such communication does not result in rectification, or if such officers have clear grour-il:
otherwise for believing that the ship is in non-compliance with the requirements of this chapter or part A of tl-.
ISPS Code, such officers may take steps in relation to that ship as provided in paragraph 2.5. Any such ster.
taken must be proportionate, taking into account the guidance given in part B of the ISPS Code.
.2 a requirement that the ship proceed to a location specified in the territorial sea or internal \\aie':
of that Contracting Covernment;
.3 inspection of the ship, if the ship is in the territorial sea of the Contracting Covernmentthe port --
which the ship intends to enter; or
Prior to initiating any such steps, the ship shall be informed by the Contracting Covernment of its intentio-:
Upon this information the master may withdraw the intention to enter that port. ln such cases, this regulat : -
shall not apply.
3 Additional provisions
3.1 ln the event:
.1 of the imposition of a control measure, other than a lesser administrative or corrective meas-'=
referred to in paragraph 1.3; or
an officer duly authorizedby the Contracting Covernment shall forthwith inform in writing the Administrai,: -
specifying which control measures have beeri imposed or steps taken and the reasons thereof. The Contrac: :.
Covernment imposing the control measures or steps shall also notify the recognized security organizat.-:
which issued the Certificate relating to the ship concerned and the Organization when any such con:'-
measures have been imposed or steps taken.
3.2 When entry into port is denied or the ship is expelled from port, the authorities of the port State shc,- :
communicate the appropriate facts to the authorities of the State of the next appropriate ports of call, u:e-
known, and any other appropriate coastal States, taking into account guidelines to be developed br :-.
Organization. Confidentiality and security of such notification shall be ensured.
3.3 Denial of entry into port, pursuant to paragraphs 2.4 and 2.5, or expulsion from port, pursuanl ,
paragraphs 1.1 to 1.3, shall only be imposed where the officers duly authorizedby the Contracting Covernn-e--
have clear grounds to believe that the ship poses an immediate threat to the security or safety of persons : -
of ships or other property and there are no other appropriate means for removing that threat.
3.4 The control measures referred to in paragraph 1.3 and the steps referred to in paragraph 2.5 shall o- ,
be imposed, pursuant to this regulation, until the non-compliance giving rise to the control measures or sier5
has been corrected to the satisfaction of the Contracting Covernment, taking into account actions prollo:el
by the ship or the Administration, if any.
3.5 When Contracting Covernments exercise control under paragraph 'l or take steps under paragraph l
.1 all possible efforts shall be made to avoid a ship being unduly detained or delayed. lf a shi: .
thereby unduly detained, or delayed, it shall be entitled to compensation for any loss or danra-
suffered; and
.2 necessary access to the ship shall not be prevented for emergency or humanitarian reasons anc -'- -
security purposes.
Regulation 10
Requirements for port facilities
'l Port facilities shall comply with the relevant requirements of this chapter and part A of the lSpS Cocle,
taking into account the guidance given in part B of the lSpS Code.
2 Contracting Covernments with a port facility or port facilities within their territory, to which this regulation
applies, shall ensure that:
.1 port facility security assessments are carried out, reviewed and approved in accordance with the
provisions of part A of the ISPS Code; and
.2 port facility security plans are developed, reviewed, approved and implemented in accordance
with the provisions of part A of the ISPS Code.
3 Contracting Covernments shall designate and communicate the measures required to be addressed in
a port facility security plan for the various security levels, including when the submission of a Declaration of
Security will be required.
Regulation 11
Alternative secu rity agreeme nts
1 Contracting Covernments may, when implementing this chapter and part A of the ISPS Code, conclude
in writing bilateral or multilateral agreements with other Contracting Covernments on alternative security
arrangements covering short international voyages on fixed routes between port facilities located within their
territories.
2 Any such agreement shall not compromise the level of security of other ships or of port facilities not
covered by the agreement.
3 No ship covered by such an agreement shall conduct any shipto-ship activities with any ship not covered
by the agreement.
4 Such agreements shall be reviewed periodically, taking into account the experience gained as well
as any changes in the particular circumstances or the assessed threats to the security of the ships, the port
facilities or the routes covered by the agreement.
Regulation 12
Eq u ivalent secu rity arrangements
1 An Administration may allow a particular ship or a group of ships entitled to fly its flag to implement
other security measures equivalent to those prescribed in this chapter or in part A of the ISPS Code, provided
such security measures are at least as effective as those prescribed in this chapter or part A of the ISPS Code.
The Administration which allows such security measures shall communicate to the Organization particulars
thereof.
2 When implementing this chapter and part A of the ISPS Code, a Contracting Covernment may allow a
particular port facility or a group of port facilities located within its territory, other than those covered by an
.11,
agreement concluded under regulation to implement security measures equivalent to those prescribed in
this chapter or in part A of the ISPS Code, provided such security measures are at Ieast as effective as those
prescribed in this chapter or part A of the ISPS Code. The Contracting Covernment which allows such security
measures shall communicate to the Organization particulars thereof.
Regulation 13
Co m m u n i cati o n of i nfo r mati o n
1 Contracting Covernments shall, not later than 1 )uly 20O4, communicate to the Organization and sh:.
make available for the information of Companies and ships:
.1 the names and contact details of their national authority or authorities responsible for ship and pc'
facility security;
.2 the locations within their territory covered by approved port facility security plans;
.3 the names and contact details of those who have been designated to be available at all times t-
receive and act upon the ship-to-shore security alerts referred to in regulation 6.2.1;
.4 the names and contact details of those who have been designated to be available at all times t-
receive and act upon any communications from Contracting Covernments exercising control ar:;
compliance measures referred to in regulation 9.3.1; and
.5 the names and contact details of those who have been designated to be available at all times l-
provide advice or assistance to ships and to whom ships can report any security concerns referi'er
to in regulation 7.2
and thereafter update such information as and when changes relating thereto occur. The Organization sh..
circulate such particulars to other Contracting Covernments for the information of their officers.
2 Contracting Covernments shall, not later than 1 July 2004, communicate to the Organization :l=
names and contact details of any recognized security organizations authorized to act on their behalf togethr'
with details of the specific responsibility and conditions of authority delegated to such organizations. Suc-
information shall be updated as and when changes relating thereto occur. The Organization shall circul;..=
such particulars to other Contracting Covernments for the information of their officers.
3 Contracting Covernments shall, not later than 1 )uly 2004, communicate to the Organization a .-
showing the approved port facility security plans for the port facilities located within their territory togetre'
with the location or locations covered by each approved port facility security plan and the corresponding da..
of approval and thereafter shall further communicate when any of the following changes take place:
.1 changes in the location or Iocations covered by an approved port facility security plan are to l:=
introduced or have been introduced. ln such cases the information to be communicated sh..
indicate the changes in the location or locations covered by the plan and the date as of which suc.-
changes are to be introduced or were implemented;
.2 an approved port facility security plan, previously included in the list submitted to the Organizatic,-
is to be withdrawn or has been withdrawn. ln such cases, the information to be communicale:
shall indicate the date on which the withdrawal will take effect or was implemented. In these case.
the communication shall be made to the Organization as soon as is practically possible; and
.3 additions are to be made to the list of approved port facility security plans. ln such cases, :-=
information to be communicated shall indicate the location or locations covered by the plan a-:
the date of approval.
4 Contracting Covernments shall, at five year intervals after 1 July 2004, communicate to the Organtzat',r^
a revised and updated Iist showing all the approved port facility security plans for the port facilities locat.:
within their territory together with the location or locations covered by each approved port facility secu.
plan and the corresponding date of approval (and the date of approval of any amendments thereto) which ,,'"
supersede and replace all information communicated to the Organization, pursuant to paragraph 3, during --=
preceding five years.
5 Contracting Covernments shall communicate to the Organization information that an agreement un.r:"
regulation 1'l has been concluded. The information communicated shall include:
.1 the names of the Contracting Covernments which have concluded the agreemenu
.2 the port facilities and the fixed routes covered by the agreemen|
101
)(rL SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION ]t-_
Chapter Xl-2: Special measures to enhance maritime security
Regulation'13
and thereafter shall communicate, as soon as practically possible, to the Organization information when the
agreement has been amended or has ended.
6 Any Contracting Covernment which allows, under the provisions of regulation 12, any equivalent security
arrangements with respect to a ship entitled to fly its flag or with respect to a port facility located within its
territory shall communicate to the Organization particulars thereof.
7 fhe Organization shall make available the information communicated under paragraphs 3 to 6 to other
Contracting Covernments upon request.
Page
Regulation 1 Definitions. 389
Regulation 2 Application 390
Regulation 3 lmplementation schedule. . . . . 390
Regulation 4 Damage stability requirements applicable to bulk carriers 390
Regulation 5 Structural strength of bulk carriers 391
Regulation 6 Structural and other requirements for bulk carriers 391
Regulation 7 Survey and maintenance of bulk carriers 392
Regulation B lnformation on compliance with requirements for bulk carriers 393
Regulation 9 Requirements for bulk carriers not being capable of complying with
regulation 4.3 due to the design configuration of their cargo holds 393
Regulation 10 Solid bulk cargo density declaration. . . . . 393
Regulation 11 Loading instrument 394
Regulation 12 Hold, ballast and dry space water ingress alarms 394
Regulation 13 Availability of pumping systems 395
Regulation 14 Restrictions from sailing with any hold empty 395
Regulation 1
Definitions
For the purpose of this chapter:
"l Bulk carrier means a ship which is intended primarily to carry dry cargo in bulk, including such types as
ore carriers and combination carriers.*
2 Bulk carrier of single-side skin construction means a bulk carrier as defined in paragraph 1, in which:
.1 any part of a cargo hold is brounded by the side shell; or
.2 one or more cargo holds are bounded by a double-side skin, the width of which is less than
760 mm in bulk carriers constructed before 1 January 2000 and less than 1,000 mm in bull< carriers
constructed on or after 1 January 2000 but before 1 )uly 2006, the distance being measured
perpendicular to the side shell.
Such ships include combination carriers in which any part of a cargo hold is bounded by the side shell.
3 Bulk carrier of double-side skin construction means a bulk carrier as defined in paragraph '1,
in which all
cargo holds are bounded by a double-side skin, other than as defined in paragraph 2.2.
4 Double-side skin means a configuration where each ship side is constructed by the side shell ancl a
longitudinal bulkhead connecting the double bottom and the deck. Hopper side tanks and top-side tanks may,
where fitted, be integral parts of the double-side skin configuration.
5 Length of a bulk carrier means the length as defined in the lnternational Convention on Load Lines in
force.
6 Solid bulk cargo means any material, other than liquid or gas, consisting of a combination of particles,
granules or any larger pieces of material, generally uniform in composition, which is loaded directly into the
cargo spaces of a ship without any intermediate form of containment.
7 Bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strength standards means "standards for the evaluation of
scantlings of the transverse watertight vertically corrugated bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds
and for the evaluation of allowable hold Ioading of the foremost cargo hold" adopted by resolution 4 of the
Conference of Contracting Covernments to the lnternational Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 on
27 November 1997, as may be amended by the Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted,
brought into force and take effect in accordance with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention
concerning the amendment procedures applicable to the annex other than chapter l.
B Bulk carriers constructed means bulk carriers the keels of which are laid or which are at a similar stage
of construction.
10 Breadth (B) of a bulk carrier means the breadth as defined in the International Convention on Load Lines
in force.
Refer to:
t fol.sf rPl.1974,
constructed b.ef91e )uly 20.06, resolution 6, lnterpretation of the definition of
I "bulk carrier", as given in chapter lX of
SOLAS as amended in 1994, adopted by the 1997 SOLAS Conference.
.2 lnterpretation of the provisions of SOLAS chapter Xll on Add itional safety measures for bu Ik carriers (resotution MSC.79(70)).
.l The ap-plication provisions of annex I to the lnterpretation of the provisions of SOLAS chapter XII on Additional safety measures
for bulk ( arriers 1re'solulion MSC.BqrTltt.
Regulation 2
Application
Bulk carriers shall comply with the requirements of this chapter in addition to the applicable requirements --
other chapters.
Regulation 3
Im pl e m e ntati o n sch ed u I e
Bulk carriers constructed before 1 )uly 1999 to which regulations 4 or 6 apply shall comply with the provisic -.
of such regulations according to the following schedule, with reference to the enhanced programme - -
inspections required by regulation Xl-l12:
.1 bulk carriers which are 20 years of age and over on 1 )uly 1999, by the date of the first intermecl ; =
survey or the first periodical survey* after 1 )uly 1999, whichever comes first;
.2 bulk carriers which are 15 years of age and over but less than 20 years of age on 1 July 1999 :.
the date of the first periodical survey" after 1 )uly 1999, but not later than 1 )uly 2OO2; and
.3 bulk carriers which are less than l5 years of age on 1 )uly 1999, by the date of the first perioclr-.
survey* after the date on which the ship reaches 15 years of age, but not later than the date --
which the ship reaches 17 years of age.
Regulation 4
Damage stability requirements applicable to bulk carriers
1 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single-side skin construction, designed to carrv sc' :
l
bull< cargoes having a density of 1,000 kg/m3 and above, constructed on or after July 1999, shall, ui=-
loaded to the Summer Load Line, be able to withstand flooding of any one cargo hold in all loading concliti,, -.
and remain afloat in a satisfactory condition of equilibrium, as specified in paragraph 4.
2 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of double-side skin construction in which any parr. -
longitudinal bulkhead is located within Bl5 or 1.1.5 m, whichever is less, inboard from the ship's side at r.--
angle to the centreline at the assigned Summer Load Line, designed to carry solid bull< cargoes harin. .
density of 1,000 kg/m3 and above, constructed on or after 1)uly 2006, shall, when loaded to the Sunrr-'='
Load Line, be able to withstand flooding of any one cargo hold in all loading conditions and remain afloa: -
a satisfactory condition of equilibrium, as specified in paragraph 4.
3 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single-side skin construction, carrying solid bulk cargi:.:
having a density of 1,780 kg/m3 and above, constructed before 1 )uly 1999, shall, when loaded to the Sunr:-=-
Load Line, be able to withstand flooding of the foremost cargo hold in all loading conditions and remain ai : .,-
in a satisfactory condition of equilibrium, as specified in paragraph 4. This requirement shall be complied r,, -
in accordance with the implementation schedule specified in regulation 3.
4 Subject to the provisions of paragraph 7, the condition of equilibrium after flooding shall satrsfr .-=
condition of equilibrium laid down in the annex to resolution A.320(lX) - Regulation equivalent to regulai -
27 of the lnternational Convention on Load Lines, 1966, as amended by resolution A.514(13). The assur---=-
flooding need only take into account flooding of the cargo hold space to the water level outside the shir; -
that flooded condition. The permeability of a loaded hold shall be assumed as 0.9 and the permeability oi .-
empty hold shall be assumed as 0.95, unless a permeability relevantto a particular cargo is assumed for .--
volume of a flooded hold occupied by cargo and a permeability of 0.95 is assumed for the remaining enr:,-,
volume of the hold.
" Refer to Application of SOLAS regulations Xll13, Xll/7 and Xll/1 1 (MSC.1/Circ.1453).
5 Bulk carriers constructed before l July 1999, which have been assigned a reduced freeboard in
compliancewith regulation2T(7') of the International Convention on Load Line"s, 1966, as adopted on 5 April
1966, may be considered as complying with paragraph 3 of this regulation.
6 Bulk carriers which.have been assigned a reduced freeboard in compliance with the provisions of
paragraph (B) of the regulation equivalent to regulation 27 of the International Convention on Load Lines,
1965, adopted by resolution A.320(lX), as amended bry resolution A.514(13), may be considered as complying
with paragraphs .l or 2, as appropriate.
7 On bull< carriers which have been assigned reduced freeboard in compliance with the provisions of
regulation 27(B) of annex B of the Protocol of 'l9BB relating to the International Convention on Load Lines,
1966,ihe condition of equilibrium after flooding shall satisfy the relevant provisions of that protocol.
Regulation 5
Structural strength of bulk carriers
1 Bulk carriers of 150 m"in length and upwards of single-side skin construction, designed to carry solid bulk
car8oes having a density of 1,000 kg/m3 and above, constructed on or after 1 )uly $d9, shall have sufficient
strength to withstand flooding of any one cargo hold to the water level outside the ship in that flooded
condition in all loading and ballast conditions, taking also into account dynamic effects iesulting from the
presence of water in the hold, and taking into account the recommendations adopted by the Orga"nization."
2 Bulk carriers of 150 m in.length and upwards of double-side skin construction, in which any part of
longitudinal bulkhead is located within Bl5 or 11.5 m, whichever is less, inboard from the ship's side at right
angle to the centreline at the assigned Summer Load Line, designed to carry bulk cargoes having a denJty
of 1,000 l<g/m:r and above, constructed on or after 1 )uly 2006, shall comply with tie structu[l strength
provisions of paragraph 1.
Regulation 6
Structural and other requirements for bulk carriers
1 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single-side skin construction, carrying solid bulk cargoes
having a density of 1,780 kg/m3 and above, constructed before 1 )uly 1999, shall comply with the folloriring
requirements in accordance with the implementation schedule specified in regulation 3:
.1 The transverse watertight bulkhead between the two foremost cargo holds and the double bottom
of the foremost cargo hold shall have sufficient strength to withstand flooding of the foremost cargo
hold, taking also into account dynamic effects resulting from the presence of water in the hold,ln
compliance with the bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strength standards. For the purpose
of this regulation, the bulk carrier bulkhead and double bottom strength standards shall be treated
as mandatory.
.2 ln considering the need for, and the extent of, strengthening of the transverse watertight bulkhead
or double bottom to meet the requirements of 1.1, the following restrictions may be taken into
account:
.2.1 restrictions on the clistribution of the total cargo weight between the cargo holds; and
.2.2 restrictions on the maximum deadweight.
.3 For bulk carriers using either of or both, the restrictions given in 1.2.1 and 1.2.2 above for the
purpose of fulfilling the requirements of -1.1, these restrictions shall be complied with whenever
solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1,780 kg/m3 and above are carried.
'Referto Recommendation on compliancewith SOLAS regulation XII/5 (resolution 3 oithe.1997 SOLAS Conference).
.150
2 Bulk carriers of m in length and upwards constructed on or after 1 luly 2006 shall comply in all area.
with double-side skin construction with the following requirements:
.1 Primary stiffening structures of the double-side skin shall not be placed inside the cargo hold space
.2 Subject to the provisions below, the distance between the outer shell and the inner shell at ar.
transverse section shall not be Iess than -l,000 mm measured perpendicular to the side she
The double-side skin construction shall be such as to allow access for inspection as provided :-
regulation ll-113-6 and the Technical Provisions referring thereto.
.2.1 The clearances below need not be maintained in way of cross ties, upper and lower er:
brackets of transverse framing or end brackets of longitudinal framing.
.2.2 fhe minimum width of the clear passage through the double-side skin space in wa\ ,,-
obstructions such as piping or vertical ladders shall not be less than 500 mm.
.2.3 Where the inner and/or outer skins are transversely framed, the minimum clearance betuee-
the inner surfaces o{ the frames shall not be less than 600 mm.
.2.4 Where the inner and outer skins are longitudinally framed, the minimum clearance betuee-
the inner surfaces of the frames shall not be less than 800 mm. Outside the parallel part .-
the cargo hold Iength this clearance may be reduced where necessitated by the structu:-
configuration, but shall in no case be less than 600 mm.
.2.5 The minimum clearance referred to above shall be the shortest distance measured betuee-
assumed lines connecting the inner surfaces of the frames on the inner and outer skins.
3 The double-side sl<in spaces, with the exception of top-side wing tanks, if fitted, shall not be used for l-:
carriage of cargo.
4 ln bulk carriers of '150 m in length and upwards, carrying solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1,000 i.=
m3 and above, constructed on or after 1 )uly 2006:
.1 the structure of cargo holds shall be such that all contemplated cargoes can be loaded ar:
discharged by standard loading/discharge equipment and procedures without damage which n.a-.
compromise the safety of the structure;
.2 effective continuity between the side shell structure and the rest of the hull structure shall i:=
assured; and
.3 the structure of cargo areas shall be such that single failure of one stiffening structural menrbe'
will not lead to immediate consequential failure of other structural items potentially leading to t!=
collapse of the entire stiffened panels.
Regulation 7
Survey and maintenance of bulk carriers
1 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single-side skin construction, constructed before 1 J- .
1999, o{ 10 years of age and over, shall not carry solid bulk cargoes having a density of 1,780 kg/m3 and abo.
=
unless they have satisfactorily undergone either:
.1 a periodical survey,'* in accordance with the enhanced programme of inspections during sur\e.i
required by regulationXl-112; or
.2 a survey of all cargo holds to the same extent as required for periodical surveys in the enhanct-:
programme of inspections during surveys required by regulation Xl-l/2.
2 Bull< carriers shall comply with the maintenance requirements provided in regulation ll-113-1 and l-=
Standards for owners' inspection and maintenance of bulk carrier hatch covers, adopted by the Organizat -
Regulation 9
R.equirements for bulk carriers not b.eing capable of complying
with regulation 4.3
due to the design configuration of their"cargo holds
For bulk carriers constructed before_ 1 )uly 199.9 being within the application limits of regulation 4.3, which
have been constructed with an insufficient number of tiansverse wateriight
bulkheads to satisfy that regulation,
the Administration may allow relaxation from the application of regulatlons
4.3 and 6, on condition that they
'1 for the foremost cargo hold, the inspections prescribed for the annual survey in
the enhanced
programme of inspections during surveys required by regulation Xl-112
shall be replaced by ih"
inspections prescribed therein for the intermediate rrlu"ylf cargo holds;
'2 they are provided with bilge well high water level alarms in all cargo holds, or in
cargo conveyor
tunnels, as appropriate, giving an auclible and visual alarm on the Xavigation
bridge, L upprorl"d
by the Admin_istration or an organization recognized by it in ,..ordui." with the prouirion,
of
regulation XI-.1/1; and
'3 they are provided with detailed. information on specific cargo hold flooding scenarios.
This
information shall be accompanied by detailed instruction, on preparidness under the
"iu.rrtion
provisions of section B of the International Safety Management (lSM) Code and be used as the basis
for crew training and drills.
Regulation 10
Solid bulk cargo density declaration
-1, Prior to loading bulk cargo on bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards,
. the shipper shall declare the
density of the cargo, in addition to providing the cargo informatTon reqriled
tf rejrration vrzz.
2 For bulk carriers to which regulation 6 applies, unless such bulk carriers comply
with all relevant
requirements of this chapter applicable to the carriage of solid bulk cargoes
having a density ol 1,780 kg/m3
and above, declared to have a density wilhin the range l,zs"okg/mz b"1,7BO kgum: shall
_any.cargo hrrie its
density verified by an accredited testing organization.* "
Regulation 11
Loading instrument
(Unless provided otherwise, this regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of constructior
1 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards shall be fitted with a loading instrument capable of pror ic -.
information on hull girder shear forces and bending moments, taking into account the recommendal',- -
adopted by the Organization.*
2 Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards constructed before 1)uly 1999 shall comply rvith .-=
requirements of paragraph 1 not later than the date of the first intermediate or periodical surveyi of the s- ::
to be carried out after 1 July 1999.
3 Bulk carriers of less than 150 m in length constructed on or after 1 iuly 2005 shall be fitted with a loac -.
instrument capable of providing information on the ship's stability in the intact condition. The comp-:=:
software shall be approved for stability calculations by the Administration and shall be provided with stanc:-:
conditions for testing purposes relating to the approved stability information.t
Regulation 12
Hold, ballast and dry space water ingress alarms
(This regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of construction)
2 The audible and visual alarms specified in paragraph 1 shall be located on the navigation bridge.
3 Bull< carriers constructed before 1 )uly 2004 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation - -,,
Iater than the date of the annual, intermediate or renewal survey of the ship to be carried out after 1 Jull' 2C - -
whichever comes iirst.
Regulation 13
Availability of pumping systems"
(This regulation applies to bulk carriers regardless of their date of construction)
1 On bulk carriers, the means for draining and pumping ballast tanks forward of the collision bulkhead
and bilges of dry spaces any part of which extends forward oi the foremost cargo hold shall be capable of
being brought into operation from a readily accessible enclosed space, the locition of which is accessible
from the navigation bridge or propulsion machinery control position without traversing exposed freeboard or
superstructure decks. Where pipes serving such tanks or bilges pierce the collision buikhead, valve operation
by means of remotely operated actuators may be accepted, as an alternative to the valve control specified in
regulation ll-1/12, provided that the location of such valve controls complies with this regulation.
2 Bulk carriers constru"cted before 1 )uly 2OO4 shall comply with the requirements of this regulation not
Iater than the date of the first intermediate or renewal survey of the ship to be carried out after
luly ZOO+, i
but in no case later than 1 )uly 2007.
Regulation 14
Restrictions from sailing with any hold empty
Bulk carriers of 150 m in length and upwards of single-side skin construction, carrying cargoes having a
density of 1,780 kg/m3 and above, if not meeting the requirements for withstanding f loodiig of Iny on" .uigo
hold as specified in regulation 5.1 and the Standards and criteria for side structurel of bulk"carrieis of sing[e-
side skin construction,.adopted by the Organization by resolution MSC.I68(79), as may be amended by"the
Organization, provided that such amendments are adopted, brought into force and take effect in accordance
with the provisions of article Vlll of the present Convention concerning the amendment procedures applicable
to the annex other than chapter l, shall not sail with any hold loaded to less than l0% of the hold,s maximum
allowable cargo weight when in the full load condition, after reaching 10 years of age. The applicable full load
condition_for this regulation is a load equal to or greater than 90% of the ship's Jeadweight at the relevant
assigned freeboard.
Page
. The present appendix contains the forms of certificates and records of equipment of the 1974 SOLAS Convention, as modified by the
19BB SOLAS Protocol. States which are Contracting Covernments to the 1974 SOLAS Convention but not Parties to the 19BB SOLAS
.l9BB
Protocol may issue certificates in the form prescribed by the SOLAS Protocol in accordance with resolution A.BB3(2,1) relating
to the global implementation of the harmonized system of survey and certification.
This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment for Passenger Ship Safety (Form P)
by
(pe rso n o r o rg an izati o n auth o rized)
Particulars of ship2
Name of ship
Port of registry
Gross tonnage
IMO Number3
Date of build
Date on which keel was laid or ship was at similar stage of construction
Date of delivery
1 Delete as appropriate.
2 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.
3 ln accordance with the IMO ship identification number scheme (resolution A.1078(28).
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation l/7 of the Convention.
2 That the survey showed that:
2.1 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards:
.1 the structure, main and auxiliary machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels;
.2 the watertight subdivision arrangements and details;
.3 the following subdivision load lines:
Subdivision load lines assigned and Freeboard To apply when the spaces in which passengers are
marked on the ship's side amidships carried include the following alternative spaces
(regulation ll-1/18)4
P1
P2
P3
2.2 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards structural fire protection, fire safety systen-s
and appliances and fire control plans;
2.3 the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats were provided -
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.4 the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and radio installations used in life-saving appliances -
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.5 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;
2.6 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances complied with the requirements of r-:
Convention;
2.7 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards shipborne navigational equipment, mea-:
of embarkation for pilots and nautical publications;
2.8 the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals, in accordanc=
with the requirements of the Convention and the lnternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in forc:
2.9 in all other respects the ship complied with the relevant requirements of the Convention;
2.'10 the ship was/was notl subjected to an alternative design and arrangements in pursuance of regulatior s
ll-1/55 / ll-2/17 / llll381 of the Convention;
2.11 a Document of approval of alternative design and arrangements for machinery and electrical installationsi+.:
protection/life-saving appliances and arrangementsl is/is notl appended to this Certificate.
That an Exemption Certificaie has/has notl been issued.
lssued at
(place of issue of certificate)
1 Delete as appropriate.
a For ships constructed before 1 January 2009, the applicable subdivision notation "C.1", "C.2" and "C.3" should be usec
Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regutation tll4(d) appties
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with
regulation l/14(d) ot the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey
or for a period of grace where regulation l/14(e) or l/14(f) applies
This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation l/14(e) / l/14(f)1 ot the Convention, be accepted as valid
until
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
1 Delete as appropriate.
1 Particulars of ship
Name of ship
Minimum number of persons with required qualifications to operate the radio installations
r Refer to the 1983 amendments to SOLAS (MSC.6(48), applicable to ships constructed on or after 1 July 1986, but be':r*
1 July 1998.
2 Excluding those required by the LSA code, paragraphs 4.1 .5.1.24 , 4.4.9.91 and 5.j.2.2.13.
4 Methods used to ensure availability of radio facilities (regulations lV/15.6 and 15.7)
4.1 Duplication of equipment
4.2 Shore-based maintenance
4.3 At-sea maintenance capability
3Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. ln case of other means, they shall ce
specified.
a Delete as appropriate.
lssued at
(place of issue of the Record)
(officialseal) (State,
by
(person or organization authorized)
Particulars of shipl
Name of ship
Type of shipa
Bulk carrier
Oil tanker
Chemical tanker
Gas carrier
Date on which keel was laid or ship was at similar stage of construction
Date of delivery
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation l/10 of the Convention.
2 fhat the survey showed that the condition of the structure, machinery and equipment as defined in the above
regulation was satisfactory and the ship complied with the relevant requirements of chapters ll-1 and ll-2 of the
Convention (other than those relating to fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans).
That the last two inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom took place on
and (dd/mm/yyyy)
4 That an Exemption Certificate has/has nota been issued.
5 The ship was/was nota subjected to an alternative design and arrangements in pursuance of regulation(s)
ll-1/55 / ll-2/174 of the Convention.
A Document of approval of alternative design and arrangements for machinery and electrical installations/fire
protectiona is/is nota appended to this Certificate.
Issued at
(place of issue of the certificate)
a Delete as appropriate.
lnsert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulation l/14(a) of the Convention. The
5.
day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversary date, as defined in regulation l/2(n) ot the Convention, unless
amended in accordance with regulation l/14(h\.
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Signed
(si g natu re of authorized offi c i al)
Place
Date
a Delete as appropriate.
Place
Date
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for /ess than five years where regulation l/14(c) appties
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with
regulation l/14(c) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regulation UU(d) applies
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with
regulation l/14(d) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey
or for a period of grace where regulation Ula@) or l/14(f) applies
The certificate shall, in accordance with regulation l/14(e) / l/14(f)4 of the Convention, be accepted as valid unti
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Daie
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
ln accordance with regulation l/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
4 Delete as appropriate.
This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment for Cargo Ship Safety (Form E)
(officialseal) (State)
by
(person or organization authorized)
Particulars of shipl
Name of ship
Port of registry
Gross tonnage
IMO Number3
Type of shipa
Bulk carrier
Oil tanker
Chemical tanker
Gas carrier
Date on which keel was laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction or, where applicable, date on which work for
a conversion or an alteration or modification of a major character was commenced
THIS IS TO CEBTIFY:
1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation l/8 of the Convention.
2.1 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards fire safety systems and appliances and fire
control plans;
2.2 the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats were provided ir
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.3 the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and radio installations used in life-saving appliances ir
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.4 the ship complied with the requirements of ihe Convention as regards shipborne navlgational equipment, means
of embarkation for pilots and nautical publications;
2.5 the ship was provided with lights, shapes and means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance
with the requirements of the Convention and the lnternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force:
2.6 in all other respects the ship complied with the relevant requirements of the Convention;
2.7 the ship was/was not4 subjected to an alternative design and arrangements in pursuance of regulationis
ll-2/17 / lll/384 of the Convention;
2.8 a Document of approval of alternative design and arrangements for fire protection/life-saving appliances anc
arrangementsa is/is nota appended to this Certificate.
e That the ship operates in accordance with regulation lll/26.'1.1 .15 within the limits of the trade area
lssued at
(place of issue of the certificate)
a Delete as appropriate.
5 Refer to the 1983 amendments to SOLAS (MSC.6(48), applicable io ships constructed on or after 1 July 1986, but bef:'=
1 July 1998 in the case of self-righting partially enclosed lifeboats on board.
6lnsert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulation l/14(a) of the Convention. --e
day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversary date, as defined in regulation l/2(n) of the Convention, un es:
amended in accordance with regulation l/14(h).
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
a Delete as appropriate.
Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for /ess than five years where regulation l/14(c) applies
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with
regulation l/14(c) o't the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regulation il1a@) applies
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance v; t-
regulation l/1a(d) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey
or for a period of grace where regulation Ula@) or l/14(t) applies
The certificate shall, in accordance with regulation lha@) / l/14(t)a of the Convention, be accepted as va,:
until
Signed
(sig natu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
4 Delete as appropriate.
Signed
(si g n atu re of auth o rize d off i c i al)
Place
Date
ln accordance with regulation l/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is
Signed
(si g n atu re of autho rize d off i ci al)
Place
Date
1 Particulars of ship
Name of ship
1 Refer to the 1983 amendments to SOLAS (MSC.6(48), applicable to ships constructed on or after'1 July 1986, bu: ::,: r
1 July 1998.
2 Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. ln case of other means, they shall be
specified.
3 Delete as appropriate.
lssued at
(place of issue of the Record)
2Alternative means of meeting this requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. ln case of other means, they shall be
specified.
(official seal)
(stare)
by
Particulars of shipl
Name of ship
Port of registry
Gross tonnage
IMO Number2
Date on which keelwas laid or ship was at a similar stage of construction or, where applicable,
a conversion or an alteration or modification of a major character
date on which work for
was commenced
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation l/9 of the Convention.
2.1 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;
2.2 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances complied with the requirements of the
Convention.
lssued at
(place of issue of the certificate)
3 Delete as appropriate.
lnsert.the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulation l/14(a) of the Convention. The
a.
day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversary date, as defined in reg-ulation l/2(n\'ot the Convention, unless
amended in accordance with regulation l/14(h).
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Signed
(si g n atu re of auth o rized off i c i al)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for /ess than five years where regulation l/14(c) applies
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance witi-
regulation l/14(c) ot the Convention, be accepted as valid until _
Signed
(sig natu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regulation l/14(d) applies
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance rvi't*
regulationl/14(d)oltheConvention,beacceptedasvaliduntil
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey
or for a period of grace where regulation l/14(e) or ll14(t) applies
The ceriificate shall, in accordance with regulaiion lha@) / l/14(t)3 of the Convention, be accepted as va :
until
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
3 Delete as appropriate.
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
ln accordance with regulation l/14(h) of the convention, the new anniversary date is
Signed
(sig nature of authorized official)
Place
Date
1 Particulars of ship
Name of ship
4.1 COSPAS.SARSAT
5 VHF EPIRB
6 Ship's search and rescue locating device
6.1 Radar search and rescue transponder (SART)
6.2 AIS search and rescue transmitter (AIS-SART)
426
SOLAS CONSOLIDATED EDITTON tr-j
Appendix
Record of equipment for cargo ship safety radio (Form R)
lssued at
(place of issue of the Record)
(officialseal) (Sta:e
by
(perso n o r o rg an izati o n auth orized)
Particulars of shipl
Name of ship
Gross tonnage
IMO Number3
Type of shipa
Bulk carrier
Oil tanker
Chemical tanker
Gas carrier
Cargo ship other than any of the above
Date of build
Date of building contract
Date on which keel was laid or ship was at similar stage of construction
Date of delivery
Date on which work for a conversion or an alteration or modification of a major character was commenc3:
(where applicable)
All applicable dates shall be completed.
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulations l/8, l/9 and l/10 of the
Convention.
2.1 the condition of the structure, machinery and equipment as defined in regulation l/10 was satisfactory and the
ship complied with the relevant requirements of chapter ll-1 and chapter ll-2 of the Convention (other than those
relating to fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans);
2.2 the last two inspections of the outside of the ship's bottom took place on _ and _ (dates);
2.3 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards fire safety systems and appliances and fire
control plans;
2.4 the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats were provided in
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.5 the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and radio installations used in life-saving appliances in
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.6 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;
2.7 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances complied with the requirements of the
Convention;
2.8 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards shipborne navigational equipment, means
of embarkation for pilots and nautical publlcations;
2.9 the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals in accordance with
the requirements of the Convention and the lnternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;
2.1O in all other respects the ship complied with the relevant requirements of the Convention;
2.11 the ship was/was nota subjected to an alternative design and arrangements in pursuance of regulation(s)
ll-1/55 / ll-2/17 / lll/384 of the Convention;
2.12 a Document of approval of alternative design and arrangements for machinery and electrical installations/fire
protection/life-saving appliances and arrangements4 is/is nota appended to this Certificate.
3 That the ship operates in accordance with regulation lll/26.1 .1.15 within the limits of the trade area
a Delete as appropriate.
s Refer to the 1983 amendments to SOLAS (MSC.6(48), applicable to ships constructed on or after 1 July 1986, but before
1 July 1998 in the case of self-righting partially enclosed lifeboat(s) on board.
lssued at
(place of issue of the certificate)
6lnsert the date of expiry as specified by the Administration in accordance with regulation l/14(a) of the Convention. Tle
day and the month of this date correspond to the anniversary date as defined in regulation l/2(n) ot the Conveniion, unless
amended in accordance with regulation l/14(h).
Endorsement for annual and intermediate surveys relating to structure, machinery and equipment
referred to in paragraph 2.1 of this certificate
THIS lS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation l/10 of the Convention, the ship was found to comply with
the relevant requirements of the Convention.
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
a Delete as appropriate.
Signed
- (s ignut*e of auth*Zed oft'oiu|
Place
Place
Date
Place
Date
a Delete as appropriate.
7 Provision may be made for additional inspections.
Endorsement for annual and periodical surveys retating to tife-saving appliances and other equipment
referred to in paragraphs 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.8 and 2.9 of this certificate
THIS lS TO CERTIFY that, at a survey required by regulation l/8 of the Convention, ihe ship was found to comply with
the relevant requirements of the Convention.
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
Place
Date
a Delete as appropriate.
Signed
(si g natu re of auth o rized off i ci al)
Place
Date
Place
Date
Date
Date
Date
a Delete as appropriate.
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for /ess than five years where regulation ll14(c) applies
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with
regulation l/14(c) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regulation l/14(d) applies
The ship complies with the relevant requirements of the Convention, and this certificate shall, in accordance with
regulation l/14(d) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey
or for a period of grace where regulation ffia@) or Ll14(f) applies
The certificate shall, in accordance with regulation l/14(e) / l/14(f)4 of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
ln accordance with regulation l/14(h) of the Convention, the new anniversary date is
Signed
(s i g n atu re of autho ri zed of fi c i al)
Place
Date
a Delete as appropriate.
(officialseal) (State)
by
(person or organization authorized)
Particulars of shipl
Name of ship
Port of registry
Gross tonnage
IMO Number2
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
That the ship is, under the authority conferred by regulation of the Convention, exempted from the
requirements of the Convention
lssued at
(place of issue of the certificate)
Endorsement to extend the certificate if valid for /ess than five years where regulation ttlh@) appties
This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation l/14(c) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
subject to the Certificate, to which this certificate is attached, remaining valid.
Signed
(signatu re of authorized official)
PIace
Date
Endo.rsement where the renewal survey has been completed and regutation l/14(d) applies
This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation l/14(d) of the Convention, be accepted as valid until
subject to the Certificate, to which this certificate is attached, remaining valid
Signed
(si g natu re of auth orized off i ci al)
Place
Date
Endorsement to extend the validity of the certificate until reaching the port of survey or for a period of grace
where regulation l/14(e) or l/14(f) applies
This certificate shall, in accordance with regulation lha@) / l/14(t)3 ot the Convention, be accepted as valid
until subject to the Certificate, to which this certificate is
attached, remaining valid.
Signed
(signature of authorized official)
Place
Date
3 Delete as appropriate.
This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment for Passenger Ship Safety (Form p)
by
(person or organization authorized)
Particulars of ship2
Name of ship
Port of registry
Gross tonnage
IMO Number3
Date of build
Date on which keel was laid or ship was at similar stage of construction
Date of delivery
1 Delete as appropriate.
2 Alternatively, the particulars of the ship may be placed horizontally in boxes.
3 ln accordance with the IMO ship identification number
scheme (resolution A.1078(28).
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation Vlll/9 of the Convention.
2 fhal the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all the requirements of chapter Vlll of the Convention and
conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship; and that:
2.1 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards:
.1 the structure, main and auxiliary machinery, boilers and other pressure vessels, including the nuclear
propulsion plant and the collision protective structure;
.2 the watertight subdivision arrangements and details;
.3 the following subdivision load lines:
Subdivision load lines assigned and Freeboard To apply when the spaces in which passengers are
marked on the ship's side amidships carried include the following alternative spaces
(regulation ll-1/18)4
P1
P2
P3
2.2 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards structural fire protection, fire safety systems
and appliances and fire control plans;
2.3 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radiation protection systems and equipment;
2.4 the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats were provided in
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.5 the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and radio installations used in life-saving appliances in
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.6 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;
2.7 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-saving appliances complied with the requirements of the
Convention;
2.8 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards shipborne navigational equipment, means
of embarkation for pilots and nautical publications;
2.9 the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals, in accordance
with the requirements of the Convention and the lnternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force;
2.10 in all other respects the ship complied with the relevant requirements of the Convention;
2.11 the ship was/was notl subjected to an alternative design and arrangements in pursuance of regulation(s)
ll-1/55 / ll-2/17 / lll/381 of the Conveniion;
2.12 a Document of approval of alternative design and arrangements for machinery and electrical installations/fire
protection/life-saving appliances and arrangementsl is/is notl appended to this Certificate.
1 Delete as appropriate.
a For ships constructed before 1 January 2009, the applicable subdivision notation "C.1", C.2" and "C.3" should be used.
lssued at
(place of issue of certificate)
This Certificate shall be supplemented by a Record of Equipment for Cargo Ship Safety (Form C)
(officialseal) (State)
by
(person or organization authorized)
Particulars of shipr
Name of ship
Gross tonnage
IMO Number3
Type of shipa
Bulk carrier
Oil tanker
Chemical tanker
Gas carrier
Cargo ship other than any of the above
Date of build
Date on which keel was laid or ship was at similar stage of construction
Date of delivery
THIS IS TO CERTIFY:
1 That the ship has been surveyed in accordance with the requirements of regulation Vlll/9 of the Convention.
2 fhat the ship, being a nuclear ship, complied with all the requirements of chapter Vlll of the Convention and
conformed to the Safety Assessment approved for the ship; and that:
2.1 the condition of the structure, machinery and equipment as defined in regulation l/10 (as applicable to comply with
regulation Vlll/9), including the nuclear propulsion plant and the collision protective structure, was satisfactory and
the ship complied with the relevant requirements of chapter ll-1 and chapter ll-2 of the Convention (other than
those relating to fire safety systems and appliances and fire control plans);
2.2 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards fire safety systems and appliances and fire
control plans;
the life-saving appliances and the equipment of the lifeboats, liferafts and rescue boats were provided in
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.4 the ship was provided with a line-throwing appliance and radio installations used in life-saving appliances in
accordance with the requirements of the Convention;
2.5 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards radio installations;
2.6 the functioning of the radio installations used in life-savlng appliances complied with the requirements of the
Convention;
2.7 the ship complied with the requirements of the Convention as regards shipborne navigational equipment, means
of embarkation for pilots and nautical publications;
2-8 the ship was provided with lights, shapes, means of making sound signals and distress signals, in accordance
with the requirements of the Convention and the lnternational Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea in force:
2.9 in all other respects the ship complied with the relevant requirements of the regulations, so far as these requirements
apply thereto;
2.10 the ship was/was nota subjected to an alternative design and arrangements in pursuance of regulation(s1
ll-1/55 / ll-2/17 / lll/384 of the Convention;
2.11 a Document of approval of alternative design and arrangements for machinery and electrical installations/fire
protection/life-saving appliance and arrangementsa is/is nota appended to this Certificate.
lssued at
(place of issue of certificate)
a Delete as appropriate.
1 Particulars of ship
Name of ship
Minimum number of persons with required qualifications to operate the radio installations
1 Refer to the 1983 amendments to SOLAS (MSC.6(48), applicable to ships constructed on or after 1 July 1986, but before
1 July 1998.
4 Methods used to ensure availability of radio facilities (regulations lvl15.6 and 15.7)
4.1 Duplication of equipment
4.2 Shore-based maintenance
4.3 At-sea maintenance capability
2 Alternative means of meeting ihis requirement are permitted under regulation V/19. ln case of other means, they shall be
specified.
3 Deleie as appropriate.
lssued at
(place of issue of the Record)
(Note: All certificates to be carried on board must be valid and drawn up in the form corresponding to the
model where required by the relevant international convention or instrument.)
Reference
An lnternational Load Line Certificate shall be issued under the provisions LL Convention, article 16;
of the lnternational Convention on Load Lines, 1965, to every ship which 19BB LL Protocol, article 15
has been surveyed and marked in accordance with the Convention or the
Convention as modified by the 19BB LL Protocol, as appropriate.
lnternational Load Line Exemption Certificate
An lnternational Load Line Exemption Certificate shall be issued to any ship LL Convention, article 6;
to which an exemption has been granted under and in accordance with 19BB LL Protocol, article l6
article 6 of the Load Line Convention or the Convention as modified bv the
19BB LL Protocol, as appropriate.
Construction drawings
A set of as-built construction drawings and other plans showing any SOLAS 1974,
subsequent structural alterations shall be kept on board a ship constructed regulation ll-113-7;
on or after 1 )anuary )007. MSC/Circ.l.135 on as-built
construction drawings to be
maintained on board the
ship and ashore
"Refer to List of certificates and documents required to be carried on board ships,2013 (FAl.2/Cic.127-MEPC.1/Circ.B.l7-MSC.1/
Cuc.1462).
Reference
Stability information
Every passenger ship regardless of size and every cargo ship of 24 m and SOLAS 1974,
over shall be inclined on completion and the elements of their stability regulations ll-1/5 and ll-115-1;
determined. The master shall be supplied with stability information LL Convention;
containing such information as is necessary to enable him, by rapid and 19BB LL Protocol,
simple procedures, to obtain accurate guidance as to the stability of the ship regulation 10
under varying conditions of service to maintain the required intact stability
and stability after damage. For bulk carriers, the information required in a
bulk carrier booklet may be contained in the stability information.
Damage control plans and booklets
On passenger and cargo ships, there shall be permanently exhibited plans SOLAS 1974,
showing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries of the watertight regulation ll-1/19;
compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position MSC.1/Cic.1245
of any controls thereof and the arrangements for the correction of any list
due to flooding. Booklets containing the aforementioned information shall
be made available to the officers of the ship.
Minimum safe manning document
Every ship to which chapter I of the Convention applies shall be provided SOLAS 1974,
with an appropriate safe manning document or equivalent issued by the regulation V/14.2
Administration as evidence of the minimum safe manning.
Fire safety training manual
A training manual shall be written in the working language of the ship and SOLAS 1974,
shall be provided in each crew mess room and recreation room or in each regulation ll-2 I 15.2.3
crew cabin. The manual shall contain the instructions and information
required in regulation ll-2115.2.3.4. Part of such information may be
provided in the form of audio-visual aids in lieu of the manual.
Reference
Fire control plan/booklet
ceneral arrangement plans shall be permanently exhibited for the guidance SOLAS 1974,
of the ship's officers, showing clearly for each deck the control stations, regulations ll-2/15.2.4 and
the various fire sections together with particulars of the fire detection and |-2/15.3.2
fire.alarm systems and the fire-extinguishing appliances, etc. Alternatively,
at the discretion of the Administration, the ifoiementioned details may be
set out in a booklet, a copy of which shall be supplied to each officer, and
one copy shall at all times be available on board in an accessible position.
Plans and booklets shall be kept up to date; any alterations shall be recorded
as soon as practicable. A duplicate set of fire control plans or a booklet
containing such plans shall be permanently stored in a prominently marked
weathertight enclosure outside the deckhouse for the assistance oi shoreside
fire-fighting personnel.
Training manual
The training manual, which may comprise several volumes, shall contain SOLAS 1974,
instructions and information, in easily understood terms illustrated wherever regulation llll35
possible, on the life-saving appliances provided in the ship and on the best
methods of survival. Any part of such information may be provided in the
form of audio-visual aids in lieu of the manual.
Nautical charts and nautical publications
Nautical charts and nautical publications for the intended voyage shall be SOLAS 1974, regulations
and up to date. An electronic chart display and inforriation system V/19.2.1.4 andV/27
1d_equate
(ECDls) is also accepted as meeting the chart carriage requirements of
ihis
subparagraph.
Reference
Reference
I nternational Oil pollution prevention Certificate
An lnternational oil pollution prevention certificate shall
be issued, after MARPOL Annex l,
survey in accordance with reguration 6 of Annex r
of MARpoL, to any oir regulation 7
tanker of 150 gross tonnag" und rbou" and any
other shlf of +ttO gro*
tonnage and above which is engaged in voyages
to ports or offshore
terminals under the jurisdiction bf other parties to MARpoL.
The certificate
is supplemented with a Record of Construction
and Equipment for ships
other than oil Tankers (Form A) or a Record of construciion
and Equipment
for Oil Tankers (Form B), as appropriate.
Oil Record Book
Every oil tanker of -r50 gross tonnage and akrove
and every ship of 400 gross MARPOL Annex I,
tonnage and above other than an oir tanker shall be
provided with an oil regulations 17 and 36
Record Book, Part I,(Machinery space operations).
Every oir tanker of 150
gross tonnage and above shall also be provided
with an oil Record Book,
Part Il (Cargo/ballast operations).
Reference
Document of Compliance
A Document of Compliance shall be issued to every company which SOLAS 1974, regulation IX/4;
complies with the requirements of the ISM Code. A copy of the document ISM Code, paragraph 13
shall be kept on board.
Reference
Ship Security Plan and associated records
Each ship shall carry on board a ship security plan approved by the
SOLAS 1974,
Administration. The plan shall make provisioni for tl-re three security levels regulation Xl-2/9;
as. defined in part A of the tsps Code. Records of the following
activities ISPS Code, part A,
addressed in the ship security plan shall be kept on board for Xt least the
sections 9 and 10
minimum period specified by the Administration:
.1 training, drills and exercises;
.2 security threats and security incidents;
.3 breaches of security;
.4 changes in security level;
.5 communications relating to the direct security of the ship such as
specific threats to the ship or to port facilities the ship is, or has
been, in;
,6 internal audits and reviews of security activities;
.7 periodic review of the ship security assessment;
.o periodic review of the ship security plan;
.9 implementation of any amendments to the plan; and
.10 maintenance, calibration and testing of any security equipment
provided on board, including testing of the ship securiiy alert
system.
In te r n u I i n g Sy s te m Ce rtif i c ate
ati o n a I A nti 1o
ships of 400 cr
and above engaged in internationar voyages, excluding AFS Convention,
fixe.d or floating platforms, FSUs, and Fpsos, shall be issuEa after inspeltion
regulation 2(1) of annex
and survey an lnternational Anti-fouling System Certificate together with a
Record of Anti-fouling Systems.
Reference
EED\Technical File
Applicable to ships falling into one or more of categories in MARPOL MARPOL Annex Vl,
Annex Vl, regulations 2.25 to 2.35. regulation 20
Technical File
Every marine diesel engine installed on broard a ship shall be provided with NO* Technical Code,
a Technical File. The Technical File shall be prepared by the applicant for paragraph 2.3.4
engine certification and approved by the Administration, and is required
to accompany an engine throughout its life on board ships. The Technical
File shall contain the information as specified in paragraph 2.4.1 of the NO*
Technical Code.
Reference
Ship-specific Plans and Procedures for Recovery of Persons from the Water
All ships shall have ship-specific plans and procedures for recovery of SOLAS 1974,
persons from the water. Ships constructed before 1 July 2014 shall comply regulation, llll17-1;
with this requirement by the first periodical or renewal safety equipment Resolution MSC.346(91 );
survey of the ship to be carried out after 1 )uly 2014, whichever comes first. MSC.1/Ckc.1447
Ro-ro passenger ships which comply with regulation 111126.4 shall be Note: The above mandatory
deemed to comply with this regulation. requirements are expected to
enter into force on 117/2014
The Plans and Procedures should be considered as a part of the emergency
preparedness plan required by paragraph B of the ISM Code.
-
SLS..l4lCirc..l15, Add.1, Add.2 and Add.3 refer to the issue of exemption certificates.
Reference
Special Trade Passenger Ship Safety Certificate, Special Trade Passenger Ship
Space Certificate
A Special Trade Passenger Ship Safety Certificate issued under the provisions STP 71, rule 5
of the Special Trade Passenger Ships Agreement, 1971.
A certificate called a special Trade Passenger ship space Certificate shall SSTP 73, rule 5
be issued under the provisions of the Protocol on Space Requirements for
Special Trade Passenger Ships, 1973.
Reference
Re/erence
Cargo lnformation
The shipper shall provide the master or his representative with appropriate SOLAS 1974,
information, confirmed in writing, on the cargo, in advance of loading. regulations Yll2 and Xlli.l0;
ln bulk carriers, the density of the cargo shall be provided in the above MSC/Circ.663
information.
Reference
Bulk Carrier Booklet
To enable the master to prevent excessive stress in the ship,s structure, SOLAS 1974,
the ship loading and unloading solid bulk cargoes shall be provided with regulations Yl/7 and Xll/B;
a booklet referred to in soLAS regulation vl/1.2. The booklet shall be Code of Practice for the Safe
endorsed by the Administration or on its behalf to indicate that soLAS Loading and Unloading of
regulations Xll/4, 5, 6 and 7, as appropriate, are complied with. As an Bulk Carriers (BLU Code)
alternative to a separate booklet, the required information may be contained
in the intact stability booklet.
Records of srs operations shall be retained on board for three years and be
readily available for inspection.
Reference
4 ln addition to the certificates Iisted in sections 1 and 3 above,
where appropriate, any ship carrying noxious liquid chemical substances
in bulk shall carry:
lnternational Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious
Liquid Substances in Bulk (NLS Certificate)
An lnternational Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious MARPOL Annex ll,
Liquid Substances in Bulk (NLS Certificate) shall be issued, after survey in regulation B
accordance with the provisions of regulation B of Annex Il of MARPOL, to
any ship carrying noxious liquid substances in bulk and which is engaged
in voyages to ports or terminals under the jurisdiction of other Parties to
MARPOL. ln respect of chemical tankers, the Certificate of Fitness for the
Carriage of Dangerous chemicals in Bulk and the lnternational certificate
of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, issued under
the provisions of the Bulk chemical Code and International Bulk Chemical
Code, respectively, shall have the same force and receive the same
recognition as the NLS Certificate.
Cargo Record Book
Ships carrying noxious liquid substances in bulk shall be provided with MARPOL Annex ll,
a Cargo Record Book, whether as part of the ship's official logbook or regulation 15.2
otherwise, in the form specified in appendix Il to Annex Il.
Procedures and Arrangements Manual (P & A Manual)
Every ship certified to carry noxious liquid substances in bulk shall have MARPOL Annex Il,
on board a Procedures and Arrangements Manual approved by the regulation 14;
Administration. resolution MEPC.l B(22)
Shipboard Marine Pollution Emergency Plan for Noxious Liquid Substances
.150
Every ship of gross tonnage and above certified to carry noxious MARPOL Annex ll,
liquid substances in bulk shall carry on board a Shipboard Marine regulation 17
Pollution Emergency Plan For Noxious Liquid Substances approved by the
Administration.
Reference
Note: The Code is mandatory under both chapter Vll of SOLAS 1974 and
Annex ll of MARPOL for chemical tankers constructed on or after 1 July
1986.
Reference
Reference
Diving systems
Diving System Safety Certificate
A certificate should be issued either by the Administration or any person Resolution A.535(13),
or organization duly authorized by it after survey or inspection to a diving '1.6
section
system which complies with the requirements of the Code of Safety for
Diving Systems. In every case, the Administration should assume full
responsibility for the certificate.
Reference
Mobile offshore drilling units
Mobile Offshore Drilling lJnit Safety Certificate
To be issued after survey carried out in accordance with the provisions of Resolution A.414(Xl),
the Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile offshore Drilling section 1.6;
Units, 1979, or, for units constructed on or after 1 May 1991, the Code for resolution A.649(16),
the Construction and Equipment of Drilling Units, 1989. section 1.6;
resol ution A.649(1 6), as
modified by resolution
MSC.38(63), section'1.6;
2009 MODU Code
(reso uti on A,.1 023 (26))
I
A certificate called a wlc craft Safety Certificate should be issued after MSC/Circ.]054, section 9
completion of an initial or renewal survey to a craft, which complies with
the provisions of the Interim Cuidelines for WIC craft.
Permit to Operate WIC Craft
A permit to operate should be issued by the Administration to certify MSC/Circ.1 054, section'l 0
compliance with the provisions of the lnterim Cuidelines for WIC craft.
Noise /evels
AaA
+/+ SOTAS CONSOLIDATED EDITION
Notes